1
STUDENT HANDBOOK
Applicable for students admitted into
M.Tech Programs from 2015-2016
2
INSIDE
S.NO DETAILS PAGE NO
I. Contact Details 3
II. About University 4
III. Academic Regulation 25
IV. Programs Offered 27
1. Master of Technology in Biotechnology (BT) 34
2. Master of Technology in Structural Engineering (SE) 64
3. Master of Technology in Geo-Spatial Technology (GS) 84
4. Master of Technology in Construction Technology and Management (CT) 110
5. Master of Technology in Computer Science & Engineering (CS) 135
6. Master of Technology in Computer Networks and Security (NS) 163
7. Master of Technology in Cloud Computing (CC) 192
8. Master of Technology in Computational Intelligence (CI) 220
9. Master of Technology in Cyber Security & Digital Forensics (CSDF) 251
10. Master of Technology in Communication and Radar Systems (CRS) 266
11. Master of Technology in Signal Processing (SP) 289
12. Master of Technology in Space Technology and Atmospheric Science (STAS) 308
13. Master of Technology in RF and Microwave Engineering (RFMW) 325
14. Master of Technology in Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) 345
15. Master of Technology in Embedded Systems (ES) 369
16. Master of Technology in Wireless Communication and Sensor Networks (WCSN)391
17. Master of Technology in Power Electronics and Drives (PED) 419
18. Master of Technology in Power Systems (PS) 439
19. Master of Technology in Mechatronics (MECH) 450
20. Master of Technology in Thermal Engineering (TE) 472
3
CONTACT DETAILS
Note: While every effort has been made to ensure that this book is accurate and up to date, it
may include typographical or other errors. Changes are periodically made to this publication
and will be incorporated in new editions.
Postal Address
Official
Communication
KoneruLakshmaiah Education Foundation,
Admin. Office, 29-36-38, Museum Road, Governorpet,
Vijayawada. A.P., India.
Pincode: 520 002.
Campus
K L University,
Green Fields, Vaddeswaram,
Guntur District, A.P., INDIA.
Pincode : 522 502.
Phone Number
Administrative
Office
0866 - 2577715
Campus
0863-2399999
Fax Number
Campus
0863-2388999
4
ABOUT UNIVERSITY
5
VISION:
To be a globally renowned university.
MISSION :
To impart quality higher education and to undertake research and extension with emphasis on
application and innovation that cater to the emerging societal needs through all-round
development of students of all sections enabling them to be globally competitive and socially
responsible citizens with intrinsic values.
OBJECTIVES :
Focus
Objective
Academics
1. To offer academic flexibility by means of Choice based credit systems
and the like.
2. To identify and introduce new specializations and offer programs in
emerging areas therein
3. To incorporate into the curriculum the Application orientation and use
high standards of competence for academic delivery
4. To design and implement educational system adhering to outcome based
International models.
5. To introduce and implement innovation in teaching and learning process
to strengthen academic delivery
6. To offer academic programs at UG, PG, doctoral, Post-Doctoral which
are industry focused, and incorporates Trans-discipline, inter-discipline
aspects of the education system
7. To deliver higher education that includes technologies and meeting the
global requirements
Research
8. To promote inter-disciplinary studies and create needful facilities that
enhance inter-disciplinary research and innovation
9. To create an ambience that is conducive for undertaking sponsored
research, internal funded research and offering consultancy services to
wide spectrum of originations
10. To establish centers of excellence in frontier areas of research, and
design innovation centers with industry collaboration
11. To create environment to innovate and incubate the products and
services that addresses the societal requirements
6
12. To integrate research into all academic programs
13. To maintain high standards in achieving research outcomes
14. To promote International conferences / Seminars / Workshops / in
collaboration with professional bodies for creation of avenues for
research exchange
Extramural and
extension
15. To generate means and avenues for carrying out extramural research for
Industry and Academia
16. To organize extension activities covering literacy promotion, health
awareness and improve the living standards of community
17. To make the research outcomes useful and applicable for the societal
needs
Infrastructure
18. To promote and maintain state of the art facilities for academic delivery,
research and co & extra-curricular facilities and develop congenial and
eco-friendly fully residential campus
19. To create and strengthen focused and modern infrastructure that address
the national needs through generation of dedicated funds from Industry,
Government and research organizations,
Equity / Access
20. To provide and promote the opportunities to higher education to socially
deprived communities and remove disparities by promoting women,
differently abled and socially deprived
21. To provide equal access to meritorious both in terms of admissions and
financial support
ICT
22. To lay emphasis on effective usage of ICT, WEB –resources and train
the faculty on the latest advancements thereof and develop effective e-
content
23. To develop and maintain world class ICT infrastructure and lay
emphasis on its effective usage, extend regular training to both faculty
and students on its latest advancements there by ensure interactive
academic delivery
Examinations
and evaluations
24. To introduce reforms in the examination and evaluation system that
brings out knowledge application skills and competencies of the students
and ensure transparency
7
Ecology and
Environment
25. To Build into curriculum, issues related to social awareness about
ecology and environment towards achieving greener society
Linkages
26. To promote collaborations with international and national organizations
for advancements of academics, research, Technology transfer and
Intellectual property rights.
27. To Indigenize the global technological solutions and develop the
products, and services that transforms the standard of living of rural
India
28. Design new products and services that address commercially attractive
needs and opportunities while leveraging the available resources in the
form of un-employed and under-employed Individuals
Employability
29. To provide skills through curriculum and training that are essential in
fostering entrepreneurial thoughts, employability prospects and at the
same time provides necessary support for incubating the innovations and
assisting them for prospective commercialization.
30. To provide necessary business infrastructure that allows attracting and
sustaining the industry to commence their business establishments
within the University Campus and aid in life long sustenance of
employment.
31. To develop industrial cluster that helps the students to start their industry
after incubating the products at the incubating centers which will create
Jobs
32. To develop National depositories for meeting the goals of National skill
development council
33. Train people to profile neighborhood and communities for the needs and
commercial opportunities that will support financially sustainable new
businesses
Governance
34. To institute measures for transparent administration that aid in
improving efficiency, accountability and reliance
35. To comply with regulations of all the statutory bodies.
36. To install professional managers who are global visionaries, thought
leaders, and thinkers into the management of the University so as to
contribute to the ideals of the University system
8
Quality
37. To continuously upgrade the faculty in curriculum design, teaching
pedagogy, usage of ICT and various processes pertaining to academics,
research and University administration
38. To develop mechanism that attracts talented, qualified and experienced
faculty from across the globe for pursuing their academic and research
careers at the University.
39. To consider and implement norms, metrics, standards, procedures and
benchmarks for assessing and improving the quality in every aspect of
University system and achieve quality certifications by National and
International bodies.
40. To establish Internal quality Assurance cell (IQAC) and install a quality
systems that is integral part of all the University processes
41. To continuously upkeep overall quality of the University based on
aspects of regular feedback from the stake holders
42. To improve the quality of faculty through faculty incentives, awards and
recognitions
Value
orientation
43. To mold the students to possess professional ethics, moral values and
intrapersonal skills that shape them into effective leaders and who are
having the thoughts of equality and unanimity towards all walks and
sects of life.
44. To inculcate the self-consistency, self-reliance and self-learning qualities
for shaping the students to lead their life on their own.
45. To sharpen the critical thinking and reasoning skills by making students
tackle problems and ideas that are yet to be tackled through application
of their intellectual discovery.
46. Developing the students towards human intellectual achievement and
make them rich in cultural experience
47. Students to be encouraged and provided with necessary support enabling
them to choose and pursue careers of their choice & interest that make
them professionally satisfied.
National
development
48. To expand the University in all its modes of delivery so as to contribute
to the Nation’s increase in Gross Enrolment Ratio
49. To align the academic programs and courses to match the requirements
of the National goals
9
50. To develop technology that helps sustainable socio economic
development
History
The President of KoneruLakshmaiah Education foundation, Er.KoneruSatyanarayana, along
with Late Sri.KoneruLakshmaiah, founded the K L College of Engineering in the Academic
year 1980-81. With the mighty vision and restless efforts of Er.KoneruSatyanarayana K L
College of Engineering carved a niche for itself through excellence in engineering education,
discipline and record numbers of placements and was the leading college in the state of AP. K
L College of Engineering achieved NBA Accreditation for all its B.Tech. programs in 2004
and later re-accredited in 2007. K L College of Engineering was transformed into an
autonomous engineering college in the year 2006. In 2008 this college received a record grade
of 3.76 on a 4 points scale with “A” Grade from NAAC; and in February 2009, the college,
through its founding society “KoneruLakshmaiah Education Foundation” was recognized as
Deemed to be University by the MHRD-Govt. of India, Under Section 3 of UGC Act 1956.
This Deemed to be University is named as “K L University”.
Location
Vijayawada is located on the banks of river Krishna in the state of Andhra Pradesh and has
been historically a cultural, political and educational center. It is also a part of Andhra Pradesh
Capital Region. The city is well connected by National Highway and Rail with Chennai (440
km), Hyderabad (275 km), Vizag (385 km) and is a central junction for trains running from
North to South India. Daily flights operate from Hyderabad and Bangalore.
K L University is situated in a spacious 100-acre campus on the banks of Buckingham Canal of
river Krishna, eight kilometers from Vijayawada city. Built within a rural setting of lush green
fields, the institute is a virtual paradise of pristine nature and idyllic beauty. The campus has
been aptly named "Green Fields" and the splendid avenue of trees and gardens bear testimony
to the importance of ecology and environment. The campus ambience is most befitting for
scholastic pursuits. The University has been situated on a built up area of around 15, 00,000 S.
Ft.
ACCREDITATIONS:
Declared as Deemed to be University u/s 3 of UGC Act 1956.
10
Accredited by National Assessment and Accreditation Council (NAAC) of UGC as
‘A’ Grade with 3.16 CGPA on 4 point scale.
Approved by All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE), New Delhi.
ISO 9001 - 2008 Certified Institution.
FACILITIES :
Central Library: E-Resources
The Central Library is the largest, and holds materials to serve the whole University
community. It has materials relevant to the Engineering, Science & Humanities courses
offered by the University.
The library system contains more than one lakh and fifty thousand books and periodicals on
all subjects related to the teaching and research interests of the University staff and students.
The library has over 15,000 electronic journal titles, academic databases and 5000 eBooks.
Access is available on campus on student computers and remotely.
A new library building will be opened shortly on par with international standard with
modern IT facilities.
Every department of the college maintains their library to cater the needs of students and
faculty. All foreign and Indian journals are made available in the department library for the
convenience of faculty and students.
The libraries render following library services.
Circulation of library documentary.
Inter-library loan services.
Photo copying services.
Reference service.
CD-ROM search services.
Inter Net services.
OPAC
WEB OPAC
Audio visual
Online lectures
The Data Center
A State-of-the-Art Data center with advanced servers provides highly interactive learning
environment with full-fledged hardware and software training facilities.
Hardware:
The configuration of high end stream of servers that provides various services is
Super Computer
HPC Infrastructure (Super Computer):
5.3 TERA Flops ( CPU + GPU)
11
HP SL 230 4* SL230s Gen8, (2 * 2.6 GHz, 32GB RAM, 2x500GB HD, 10G IB
HCA) providing -1.3TF
HP SL 250 2* SL250s Gen8, (2 * 2.6 GHz, 32GB RAM, 2x500GB HD, 10G IB
HCA + 2 NVIDIA K20 GPU providing -4TF. Master Node:
HP DL 380P 1* DL380p Gen8 (2* 2.6Ghz, 64GB RAM, 2x2TB HD, 10G IB HCA).
Compute Switch (48 Port Low latency switch)QLogic IB QDR 36 Port Switch.
Intel® Composer XE for Linux.
The data centers consists of BYOD Servers& Backup Server, Sun Servers, Dell and
HP Blade Servers, Apple Server Xserve:
SPECIAL LABORATORIES
The institute is equipped with various Industry Collaborated Labs
S. No
Discipline
Name of the
Lab
Research Group Associated
1.
Computer Science and Engineering
CISCO
Computer Networks and
security
2.
Computer Science and Engineering
IBM
Software Engineering
Knowledge Engineering
3.
Computer Science and Engineering
Microsoft
Embedded Systems
Software Engineering
Knowledge Engineering
4.
Computer Science and Engineering
Adobe
Web technologies
Image processing
5.
Computer Science and Engineering
Oracle
Knowledge Engineering
6.
Electronics Communication
Engineering
NI Lab View
Communications Systems
Physical Education- Sports Facilities:
KL University encourages students to explore their latent talents by providing good games
and sports facilities. The institute is equipped with the following.
Athletic track Hockey Field Badminton Courts -4
12
Tenni-koit Courts -2
Cricket Field with Net
practice - 3
Volleyball Courts -4
Tennis Courts - 2
Handball Court
Netball Courts - 2
Throw ball courts - 2
Beach Volleyball Court
Football Field
Basketball Courts – 2
Kabaddi Courts – 2
Table Tennis - 6
Chess
Caroms
Kho Kho Court
Soft Ball
Archery
13
The University had State-of- the - Art Indoor stadium of 30000 sq.ft with:
4 wooden Shuttle Courts/ Basketball Court
Yoga and Meditation Center
Dramatics
8 Table Tennis Tables
Hobby Center
Gymnasium for Girls
Gymnasium for Boys
Multipurpose room with Chess, Carroms etc.
Power lifting/Weight Lifting
Accommodation- Hostels
KL University has separate hostels for boys and girls with well furnished rooms and
modern amenities. The overall atmosphere is very conducive for the students to
concentrate on studies.
A state- of – the- art kitchen and spacious dining area has been provided for both the
hostels.
Generators have been provided as power back up.
Emphasis has been laid on hygiene and cleanliness for healthy living. A customized
menu caters to the student needs and it keeps changing according to their tastes.
Teaching staff will have to address academic and personal problems of the students.
Round-the-clock security, communication, dispensary facilities are also available.
The Girls Hostel
The girl’s hostel is within the campus with a capacity of 1192 in 500 rooms. Different rooms
accommodating 2 per room, 3 per room with attached toilets as well as A.C. rooms are
available. Suite rooms with modern furniture and separate study room are also available.
The Boys Hostel
It is a short walk from the university with a capacity of 2040 in 780 rooms. Different rooms
accommodating 2 per room, 3 per room with attached toilets as well as A.C. rooms are
available.
14
Facilities in the Hostels
Protected drinking water, state of the art kitchen, dining hall, newspapers, telephones, toilets
and bathrooms are well maintained. Every student in the hostel is provided with a cot, study
table, chair and a rack. Fan and light are also provided in each room.
Gas & Steam based hygienic food preparation
Palatable regional, national and international cuisines
Cleanliness and Safety
STD/ISD Facilities
Medical Kits and First Aid Boxes
Soft drinks, snacks, Fruits etc.
Laundry
Stationary shop
Hostel Rules & Regulations
Students are hereby informed that while staying in the hostel, it is essential to be
responsible in maintaining dignity by upholding discipline. They must be obedient to the
hostel warden/floor in – charges.
Valuable items like jewelry etc., should not be kept with students while staying in the
hostel. It is student’s own responsibility to safeguard her/his Laptops, Money by locking
suitcases and bags. If any loss is found, management will not take any responsibility.
Student has to intimate to the hostel authorities before you giving police complaint
against losses.
Students are not allowed to indulge in smoking, consumption of Alcohol, Narcotic drugs
etc., and defaulters will be strictly viewed upon.
Students are directed that after locking their rooms they have to hand over the keys to
security and can collect them on returning back to the hostel.
Students must switch off Fans, Lights, Geysers, A/C’s etc., before leaving their rooms.
Visitors are not allowed inside the hostel at any time, however they are allowed into the
visitor’s hall with the prior permission of the warden. Only family members listed by the
parents are allowed to contact the student. Visiting hours are up to 7.30 pm only and after
7.30 pm visitors are required to leave premises.
Hostel students are not allowed to come into the hostel after 3.00 pm in case morning
shift students and 6.00pm for day shift students. Those students who are utilizing
15
computer lab, library etc., after the times specified have to submit the permission slip to
the security while entering into the hostel.
During public holiday outings, those who seek permission to leave the hostel will have to
obtain a written permission from warden. Permission will be given only to those
students who get permission from parents to leave the hostel during holidays/outings.
Moving out of campus without permission are strictly prohibited.
Strict study hours from 7.30 to10.30 pm shall be maintained in the hostel. The hostellers
must be in their allotted rooms during study hours.
The general complaints of any kind should be noted in the complaint register, which is
available at the hostel office. Registered complaints only will be entertained.
Any health problem should be brought to the notice of Warden/Floor In – charge for
necessary treatment.
Transportation:
The institution runs 70 buses covering all the important points in Vijayawada City,
Mangalagiri, Guntur & Tenali towns with a total seating capacity of 4000 students in
two shifts.
Transport is available 24 hrs in case of any emergency in the institute / hostels.
Transportation is available for conducting industrial tours and visits etc.
Regular transport facility available up to 10 PM.
Health Centre
A full-fledged health center with all the facilities is established to cater to the needs of the
students, staff, Faculty and to the general public in the adopted villages. It consists of three
doctors (Homoeopathy, Ayurvedic& Allopathy).
Cafeteria
KL University has a spacious canteen with latest equipment and hygienic
environment which provides quality food and prompts service and caters to needs of
all the students and the staff.
A central cafeteria of 1500 Sq.m. is available in the campus. Mini cafes and fast-
food centers are available in various blocks.
16
The canteen is open from 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 p.m. There is a wide variety of North-
Indian and South-Indian cuisine and the students enjoy the pleasure of eating during
the breaks. Cool aqua water for drinking is available.
Placements:
K L University has meticulously planned to make all its outgoing students employed. The
University had installed the infrastructure, employed well experienced faculty, designed and
delivered programs that help enhancing the communication and soft skills which are required
for making the students employable. An excellent system is in place that considers all the
issues that make a student employable. The University has been successful for the last 7
years, in employing all the students who have registered and eligible for placement through
its offices located across the country. About 50 trained personnel work extensively to make
the students ready for recruitment by the Industry.
Counselling & Career Guidance
A special Counseling Cell consisting of professional student counselors, psychologists, senior
professors counsels/helps the students in preparing themselves to cope with studies, perform
well in the tests & various competitions. This Cell provides its services to the students in
getting the solutions for their personal problems and also provides career guidance with the
help of Industrial Relations and Placements (IRP) department.
A group of 20 students are allotted to a senior faculty member who counsels them regularly
and acts as their mentor.
Social Service Wing
KL University has a social service wing which is used to channelizing the social service
activities of the faculty, the staff and the students. It has adopted 5 nearby villages and
conducts activities like medical camps, literacy camps and educates the villagers regarding
hygiene and health care on a regular basis.
NSS Wing of Institute
Regularly organizes Blood donation camps, Blood grouping camps, Fund collection and
distribution to poor children and old age homes, distribution of old clothes and free medicines
to slum dwellers, tree plantations, AIDS awareness program, teaching basic computer skills
to a target group of 500 people in villages.
17
Hobby Clubs
Wholly and solely managed by the students, the clubs have in the past contributed much to
the cultural life of the campus and to the cultural evolution of the students, A number of
student bodies and clubs operate in the campus like music society, dance club, drama society,
literary and debating club, English press club, drawing club, painting club, mime club,
computer club etc. Students manage entire activities and budget of the organization for the
entire semester in advance. Around 4000 students are the active members of the Hobby
Clubs.
Life Skills and Inner Engineering
KL University feels that it is its responsibility to mould the students as good human beings
contributing to the country and to the society by producing responsible citizens. Along with
the regular programs every student admitted into KLU undergoes a one week special life
skills /orientation program. Through this program, KLU is producing the students with the
clarity of thoughts and charity at hearts. Strict regularity, implicit obedience, courtesy in
speech and conduct, cleanliness in dress and person is expected of each KLU student. Life
skills and inner engineering teach a student his/her obligations towards GOD, himself /herself
his/her country and fellow human beings. Every student is encouraged to practise his/her own
religious faith and be tolerant and respectful towards other religions.
Technical Festival
KLU organizes various programs for the all round development of the students. The technical
festival and project exhibition is being organized in the odd semester (October) every year to
elicit the innovative ideas and technical skills of the students.
Cultural Festival
The cultural festival in the even semester (February) of every year is the best platform for the
students for exhibiting their talents and creativity. Through these festivals KLU is imparting
organizational skills, leadership skills, competitive spirit, and team behavior skills to our
students. Along with the knowledge, KLU festivals are providing recreation to the student
community.
18
INNOVATION, INCUBATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP CENTER
KLU being a pioneering institute supporting Academics and Research in Engineering,
Science and Technology is endowed with all the infrastructure and highly experienced
faculty, has an Innovation, Incubation and Entrepreneurship Centre (IIE) that comprises of:
Innovation centre which aims to inculcate a spirit of innovation.
Incubation centre which aims to incubate the innovations through prototype
product development.
Entrepreneurship Development Centre (EDC) which aims at fostering
entrepreneurial skills among the students.
UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION
KoneruSatyanarayana,
President
Sri KoneruSatyanarayana, BE, FIE, FIETE, MIEEE graduated in
Electronics and Communication Engineering in the year 1977. Along with
Sri KoneruLakshmaiah, he is the co-founder of the Institute which was
established in the year 1980. He is an educationist of eminence and also an
industrialist of great repute. He runs a number of industries in and around Vijayawada.
Dr. M Ramamoorty
Chancellor
Dr. Ramamoorty assumed charge as Chancellor, K L University with
effect from 30th March 2015 after successful career as a Professor in IIT
Kanpur and also as first Director General of CPRI.
Dr. Ramamoorty obtained his B.E. (Honors) from Andhra University in
1957 and M.E. from IISc Bangalore in 1959. He obtained his MASc and PhD from Toronto
University in 1965 and 1967 respectively.
He was a Commonwealth Fellow at U of T from 1964 to 1967. He then joined IIT Kanpur as a
faculty member in the Electrical Engineering Department and became a professor in 1972. He
had established the first graduate program in Power Electronics in India in 1968 at IIT Kanpur.
19
He had supervised 12 doctoral projects and was associated with many sponsored research
activities with industries like BHEL and Hindustan Steel Limited during his tenure at IIT
Kanpur.
Dr.L.S.S Reddy
Vice Chancellor
Dr. L.S.S. Reddy is an eminent Professor in Computer Science and
Engineering Department holding Ph.D in Computer Science Engineering
from BITS Pilani. Dr. Reddy is an outstanding administrator, a prolific
researcher and a forward looking educationist. Dr. Reddy has over 30
years of experience in Teaching, Research and Administration at
prestigious institutes like BITS Pilani, CBIT etc.
Dr.L.S.S.Reddy had joined KoneruLakshmaiah College of Engineering in December 1995 and
proved his administrative excellence as a Head of Department of Computer Science and
Engineering. Dr. Reddy was instrumental and a driving force as Principal (2002-2009) in
promoting KLCE as one of leading Institutions in India.
Dr.A.V.S.Prasad
Pro-Vice Chancellor
Dr.A.V.S.Prasad, M.E (Hydraulics & Irrigation Engineering) and Ph.D
(Environmental Sciences and Technology) from JNTU, Hyderabad is a
Professor in Civil Engineering. He has a rich experience of 27 Years in
academics and 20 years in administration at various caders ranging from
Head of the Department, Dean, Principal and Director.
Dean (Academics I/C)
Prof. N Venkatram
Dean (R&D)
Dr.K.L.Narayana
Dean (School of Engineering)
Prof.A.Anand Kumar
anandkumar@kluniversity.in
Dean (P&D)
Dr. J.K.R.Sastry
Dean (Student Affairs)
Dr.Habibulla Khan
20
Dean (Examinations &
Evaluation)
Dr.Ch. Hanumantha
Rao
Principal, KLU College of
Engineering
Prof.A.Anand Kumar
Principal, KLU Academic Staff
College
Dr. A. Srinath
Controller of Examinations
Dr.K.J. Babu
Director (Internal Quality
Assurance)
Prof. K. Subba Rao
Director (Placements)
Prof. N B V Prasad
nbvprasaad@kluniversity.in
Director-Academic
Registrations
Dr. B. Thirumala Rao
FED Coordinator
Dr. B. Raghu Kumar
Director (Practice School)
Dr.P.V.Chalapathi
Director - Consultancy cell,
School of Civil and
Architecture
Dr. K. Ramesh
Director (Engineering-PG)
Dr. K. Sarat Kumar
Director (Innovation,
Incubation and
Entrepreneurship Cell)
Dr.K. Rajasekhar
Vice-Principal, KLU College
of Engineering
Dr. V. Srikanth
Associate Dean-Academics
Dr. K. Thirupathi Rao
21
Associate Dean-Academics
Dr. G.V Subbba Rao
Associate Dean-Academics
Prof. DVA Rama
Sastry
Associate Dean-Academics
Dr.
Vedantamvenumadhav
dr.v.v.madhav@kluniversity.in
Associate Dean-Academic
research
Dr. K. Subrahmanyam
HOD, BT
Dr.K. Srinivasulu,
HOD, CIVIL
Dr. C. Ravi Kumar
Reddy
HOD, CSE
Dr.V. Srikanth
HOD, ECE
Dr.A.S.C.S.Sastry
HOD, EEE
Dr. O. Chandra Sekhar
sekharobbu@kluniversity.in
HOD, ECM
Dr.M. Suman
HOD, MECH
Prof.Y.V.Hanumantha
Rao
HOD, PE
Dr.G.Ravi Kumar
HOD, MBA
Dr.M Kishore Babu
HOD, COMMERCE
Prof.A.V.N. Murthy
dravnmurty@kluniversity.in
HOD, MATHEMATICS
Dr.V. Vasantha
Kumar
HOD, PHYSICS
DR.Ch.Rajesh
HOD, CHEMISTRY
Dr.J V Shanmukha
22
Kumar
HOD, ENGLISH
Dr.M. Latha
HOD, BES
Dr.D. Haritha
haritha_donavalli@kluniversity.in
Head, Super Computer Centre
& In-charge ERP
Implementation Project
Prof.S. Venkateswarlu
Department of Visual
Communications
Sri Jai Kishan Y
Professor In-charge (Training)
Sri T.Ravi Kumar
Professor In-charge (Centre for
Competitive Examinations)
Mr.J. Somlal
Doctoral Admissions
Dr.K.L.Narayana
Foreign Student Admissions
Dr.J V Shanmukha
Kumar
23
24
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
This document supplements the University’s rules and regulations to provide assistance to all
M.Tech students. It is the responsibility of the student to comply with it, under all
circumstances.
1.0 TERMINOLOGY
Academic Council: The Academic Council is the highest academic body of the University
and is responsible for the maintenance of standards of instruction, education and examination
within the University. Academic Council is an authority as per UGC regulations and it has
the right to take decisions on all academic matters including academic research.
Academic Year: It is the period necessary to complete an actual course of study within a
year. It comprises of two consecutive semesters i.e., Even and Odd semester.
Course: A course is a subject offered by the University for learning in a particular semester.
Program: Program is a set of courses offered by the Department. A student can opt and
complete the stipulated minimum credits to qualify for the award of a degree in that Program.
Term Paper: A 'term paper' is a research paper written by students engulfing their course
based knowledge, accounting for a grade. Term paper is a written original research work
discussing a topic in detail. It is a credit based course.
Dissertation: Dissertation is a course that a student has to undergo during his/her second year
which involves the student to undertake a research or design, which is carefully planned to
achieve a particular aim. It is a credit based course.
Practice School :It is a part of the total program and takes one/two full semester/s in a
professional location, where the students and the faculty get involved in finding solutions to
live industrial problems. A student can choose thesis/practice school during his/her 3
rd
and/or
4
th
semester of his/her course to meet the final requirements for a degree.
BOS (Board of Studies) :Board of studies is an authority as defined in UGC regulations,
constituted by Vice Chancellor for each of the department separately. They are responsible
for curriculum design and update in respect of all the programs offered by a department.
Backlog Course: A course is considered to be a backlog course if the student has obtained a
failure grade (F).
Re-appearing:A student can reappear only in the semester end examination for the Theory
component of a course, subject to the regulations contained herein.
Re- Registering: A student desiring to repeat a course is permitted to do so, subject to the
regulations contained herein.
25
Credit :A credit is a unit that gives weight to the value, level or time requirements of an
academic course. The number of 'Contact Hours' in a week of a particular course determines
its credit value. One credit is equivalent to one lecture hour per week or two hours per week
of tutorials/ self-learning/ practical/ field work during a semester.
Credit point :It is the product of grade point and number of credits for a course.
Grade Point :It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on a 10 - point scale.
Grade :It is an index of the performance of the students in a said course. Grades are denoted
by letters.
Course Handout :Course Handout is a document which gives complete plan of the course. It
contains the details of the course viz. Course title, Course code, Credit structure, Course
objectives, Course rationale, Course Outcomes and the relevant syllabus, textbook(s) and
reference books, Course delivery plan and session plan, evaluation method, chamber
consultation hour, course notices and other course related aspects. In essence, course handout
is an agreement between students (learners) and the instructor.
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) :It is a measure of cumulative performance of a
student over all the completed semesters. The CGPA is the ratio of total credit points secured
by a student in various courses in all semesters and the sum of the total credits of all courses
in all the semesters. It is expressed up to two decimal places.
Credit Transfer :The procedure of granting credit(s) to a student for course(s) undertaken at
another institution.
Curriculum: Curriculum incorporates the planned interaction of students with instructional
content, materials, resources, and processes for evaluating the attainment of Program
Educational Objectives.
Detention in a course: Student who does not obtain minimum prescribed marks in
continuous in-semester evaluation and /or minimum prescribed attendance in a course shall
be detained in that particular course.
Evaluation :Evaluation is the process of judging the academic work done by the student in
her/his courses. It is done through a combination of continuous in-semester assessment and
semester end examinations.
Semester End Examinations :It is an examination conducted at the end of a course of study.
Make-up Test :An additional test scheduled on a date other than the originally scheduled
date.
Compulsory course :Courses required to be undertaken for the award of the degree as per
the program.
Elective Course: A course that can be chosen from a set of courses.
26
Degree: A student who fulfills all the Program requirements is eligible to receive a degree.
Overloading :Registering for more number of credits than normally prescribed by the
Program in a semester.
Program Educational Objectives :The broad career, professional, personal goals that every
student will achieve through a strategic and sequential action plan.
Student Outcomes: The essential skill sets that need to be acquired by every student during
her/his program of study. These skill sets are in the areas of employability, entrepreneurial,
social and behavioral.
Course Outcomes :The essential skills that need to be acquired by every student through a
course.
Registration:It is a process of enrolling into a set of courses in a semester/ term of the
Program.
Semester :It is a period of study consisting of 15 to 18 weeks of academic work equivalent to
90 actual teaching days. The odd Semester starts normally in July and even semester in
December.
Substitution of Elective course: Replacing an elective course with another elective course as
opted by the student.
Dropping from the Semester: A student who doesn’t want to register for the semester
should do so in writing in a prescribed format before commencement of the semester.
Department :An academic entity that conducts relevant curricular and co-curricular
activities, involving both teaching and non-teaching staff and other resources.
2.0 DETAILS OF M.TECH PROGRAMS ON OFFER
K L University confers M. Tech degree to candidates who are admitted in the Program and
fulfills the following requirements for the award of the degree.
a) Must successfully earn minimum of 80-85 credits, as stipulated in the program
structure.
b) Must successfully complete four (4) Professional Elective Courses from the program
c) Must successfully complete the Seminar and term paper.
d) Must successfully complete Dissertation and/or practice school.
e) Must have published a minimum of one publication (along with Supervisor) in
Scopus/SCI indexed Journals.
f) Must have successfully obtained a minimum CGPA of 5.5 at the end of the program.
g) Must have finished all the above-mentioned requirements in less than twice the period
mentioned in the Academic structure of the program, which includes debarred period if
any, from the University.
2.1 M.Tech. Programs offered:
The students are admitted into the following 2 year full time M. Tech Programs
27
1. Master of Technology in Biotechnology (BT)
2. Master of Technology in Structural Engineering (SE)
3. Master of Technology in Geo-Spatial Technology (GS)
4. Master of Technology in Construction Technology and Management (CT)
5. Master of Technology in Cloud Computing (CC)
6. Master of Technology in Computer Science & Engineering (CS)
7. Master of Technology in Computer Networks and Security (NS)
8. Master of Technology in Cyber Security & Digital Forensics (CSDF)
9. Master of Technology in Computational Intelligence (CI)
10. Master of Technology in Communication and Radar Systems (CRS)
11. Master of Technology in Signal Processing (SP)
12. Master of Technology in Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI)
13. Master of Technology in RF and Microwave Engineering (RFMW)
14. Master of Technology in Space Technology and Atmospheric Science (STAS)
15. Master of Technology in Wireless Communication and Sensor Networks (WCSN)
16. Master of Technology in Embedded Systems (ES)
17. Master of Technology in Power Electronics and Drives (PED)
18. Master of Technology in Power Systems (PS)
19. Master of Technology in Renewable Energy (RE)
20. Master of Technology in Thermal Engineering (TE)
21. Master of Technology in Mechatronics (MECH)
3.0 ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR REGISTERING INTO M.Tech. PROGRAMS
Candidates should have passed B.E. / B.Tech. / MCA / M.Sc. from recognized universities /
institutions in respective discipline with minimum of 55% marks or equivalent CGPA.
Further more the candidates should have secured a qualifying rank in the PG entrance
Examination i.e., KLU PGET / GATE / AP PGCET / any other equivalent examination.
For foreign students who wish to study at the University, please refer to the “Foreign Student
Admission Procedures” stated separately and comply with the study requirements of the
Ministry of HRD, Govt. of India.
4.0 PG PROGRAM CURRICULUM DESIGN
For an academic program the curriculum is the basic framework that will stipulate the credits,
category, course code, course title, course delivery (Lectures / Tutorials / Lab / Project), in
the choice based credit system.
4.1 Program Structure
a) Each Academic Year is divided into two semesters, each of, approximately, 18
weeks duration:
Odd Semester (July – December)
Even Semester (January – May).
28
b) All courses are categorized into three streams even, odd and dual semester
courses.
c) Even semester courses are offered only during even semester i.e., January-May,
Odd semester courses are offered only during odd semester i.e., July-December
and dual semester courses are offered during both even & odd semesters.
d) A Program is a set of courses offered by the University that a student can opt and
complete certain stipulated credits to qualify for the award of a degree.
e) A student can opt for dissertation either by means of research at the University
(or) through Internship at a Industry; this is however allowed during 3
rd
(or) 4
th
semesters only.
4.2 Course Structure
a) Every course has a Lecture-Tutorial-Practice(L-T-P) component attached to it.
b) Based upon the LTP structure the credits are allotted to a course using the following
criteria.
i. Every lecture hour is equivalent to one credit.
ii. Every Tutorial/Practice hour is equivalent to half credit.
iii. If the calculated value of credit is a fraction, it is rounded to the lower number.
5.0 EVALUATION OF M.Tech. PROGRAMS
A student’s academic progress is examined through one or more of the following methods as
decided by the Course Coordinator and duly approved by the Dean Academic.
Assignments
Sessional Tests
Semester End Examinations
Term-paper
Dissertation
Laboratory Reviews
Seminars
Group Discussions
Participation in Active Learning
Case Study Reports
Capstone Design Projects
Simulations
a) The Sessional tests and the Semester-End Examinations will be conducted by the
University Examination Cell as per the Academic Calendar.
b) Appearing in the Semester End Examinations is mandatory for all eligible students in
each course of the program.
c) Students will be permitted to appear in the examinations only in those courses for which
they have registered.
d) Students may have to take more than one examination in a day either during
regular/supplementary examination.
29
5.1 In-Semester Evaluation
a) The process of evaluation should be continuous throughout the semester and
involves components as decided by the course coordinator.
b) The distribution of weightage for various evaluation components will be decided
and notified by the course coordinator through the course handout after approval
by the Dean Academic.
c) In order to maintain transparency in evaluation, answer scripts will be shown to
the students for verification, within one week of conduct of exam. If there is any
discrepancy in evaluation, the student can request the course coordinator to re-
evaluate.
d) No correction is permitted once the course coordinator submits the marks/grades
to the Controller of Examination.
5.2 Detention policy
a) In any course, a student has to maintain a minimum of 75% attendance and must
secure a minimum of 40% marks in continuous In-Semester Examinations to be
eligible for appearing to the Semester End Examination, student will be detained
in such courses were fulfillment of these two conditions is not achieved.
b) However the following are the special cases where the lack of attendance can be
condoned:
i. Up to a maximum of 10% on medical grounds, in such cases the student must
submit the medical certificate from any recognized medical practitioner,
immediately after the absence period.
ii. Up to a maximum of 10% if the student represents the University / State /
Country in any Extra / Co curricular activities in all such cases student must
submit proofs to the HOD immediately after participation in such events.
iii. The maximum extent to which a student can be condoned is 10%, and any
student with less than 65% is deemed to be detained.
5.3 Semester End Examination
The minimum weightage for Semester End Examination is 50% of the aggregate
marks.
The duration of such examination is 3 hours.
The pattern of the examination will be decided and notified by the Course
Coordinator through the Course handout, after approval from the Dean Academic.
As double evaluation of answer scripts is followed, there is no re-evaluation for the P.
G. programs in case of semester end examinations.
Re-appearing with Registration:
30
A student can repeat a course by re-registering under the following two conditions:
i) In case the student fails to fulfill the minimum academic requirements for
the award of the degree
ii) When s/he is detained in a course.
*Repeating a course implies that the student will re-register for the course.
Re-appearing without Registration:
A student can reappear and clear the course in which s/he is failed by taking
supplementary examinations. In such a case the continuous in semester evaluation
components obtained earlier are carried forward.
5.4 Reports/Grades
5.4.1. Grading Process
a) At the end of all evaluation components based on the performance of the student, each
student is awarded grades based on absolute grading system. The list of absolute grades
and its connotation are given below:
GRADE
GRADE POINTS
RANGE
O (Outstanding)
10
85
100
A+(Excellent)
9
80
<85
A(Very Good)
8
65
<80
B+(Good)
7
60
<65
B(Above Average)
6
50
<60
C(Average)
5
45
<50
P (Pass)
4
40
<45
F(Fail)
0
<40
-
Ab (Absent)
0
-
-
b) The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credit s with the grade
points scored by a student in all the courses and the sum of the number of credits of all
the courses undergone by a student, in a semester.
i.e SGPA (S
i
) = ∑(C
i
x G
i
) / ∑C
i
where‘C
i
’ is the number of credits of the i
th
course and ‘G
i
’ is the grade point scored by
the student in the i
th
course.
c) The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into account all the courses
undergone by a student over all the semesters of a program,
i.e. CGPA = ∑(C
i
x S
i
) / ∑ C
i
where ‘S’
i
is the SGPA of the i
th
semester and ‘C
i
’ is the total number of credits in that
semester.
d) The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported in the
transcripts.
e) CGPA can be converted to percentage of marks : 10 X CGPA - 7.5
f) A student who obtains ‘F’ grade has to reappear for all the components of Semester End
examination.
31
g) At the end of each semester, the University issues grade sheet indicating the SGPA and
CGPA of the student. However, grade sheet will not be issued to the student if he/she
has any outstanding dues.
6.0 REGISTRATION PROCESS
For every course, the student has to undertake the registration process prior to
commencement of the course-work, based on the following conditions;
a) Registration into a course will be permitted only for such courses, which are offered by
the program in that particular semester.
b) The University has the right to refuse registration process if a student does not turn up
on the day of registration.
c) Registration shall not be permitted after the fifth working day from the scheduled date
of commencement of classes.
d) The University reserves the right to withdraw any elective course offered within one
week of the commencement of the semester if sufficient numbers of students have not
registered or for any other reasons. In such cases, the students are permitted to register
for any other elective course of their choice provided they have fulfilled the eligibility
conditions.
e) The University reserves the right to cancel the registration of a student from a course or
a semester or debar from the degree on disciplinary grounds.
7.0 ACADEMIC COUNSELING BOARD (ACB)
Academic Counseling Board is constituted by the Dean Academic, for each program
separately. This board shall comprise of the Chairman, Board of Studies, of the relevant
program, two (2) Professors and two (2) Associate Professors.
A student will be put under Academic Counseling Board in the following circumstances:
(i) Has CGPA of less than 6.00.
(ii) Has ‘F’ grade in multiple courses.
The students under Academic Counseling Board may not be allowed to register for all regular
courses in the semester, based on the recommendation of Academic Counseling Board and
decision of Dean, Academic.
8.0 BACKLOG COURSES
A course is considered to be a backlog if the student has obtained ‘F’ grade in the course; the
student has to re-appear for all components of semester end examinations in that course.
However, student must successfully complete such a course in a maximum of four (4)
consecutive attempts, failing which s/he must re-register for that course or a substitute course.
The decision for substitute course shall be obtained from the Dean Academic, based on the
recommendations of the Board of Studies.
9.0 RUSTICATION
A student may be rusticated from the University on disciplinary grounds, based on
the recommendations of committees constituted for such purposes as needed by the Vice
Chancellor.
32
10.0 AWARD OF DEGREES
A student having cleared all the courses and met all the requirements for the award of degree
with
1) CGPA between 5.5 to 6.75 will be awarded second class
2) CGPA ≥ 6.75 will be awarded first class
3) CGPA ≥ 7.5 will be awarded first class with distinction provided the student has
cleared all the courses in first attempt, and must have fulfilled all the program
requirements in two (2) years duration.
11.0 AWARD OF MEDALS
University awards Gold and silver medals to the top two (2) students based on CGPA.
However,
1. The grade obtained through betterment, will not be considered for this award.
2. S/he must have obtained first class with distinction for the award of Gold or silver
medal.
Any of the above rules can be altered at the discretion of the Vice Chancellor in special situations.
34
M. TECH - BIOTECHNOLOGY
First Year (First Semester):
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 BT 5101
Mathematics and Biostatistics
3
2
0
4
2
15 BT 5102
Biochemical Engineering
3
0
2
4
3
15 BT 5103
Molecular Biology and r-DNA Technology
3
0
2
4
4
15 BT 5104
Applied Bioinformatics
3
0
2
4
5
Elective 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5148
Seminar/Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total Credits
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 BT 5205
Plant and Animal Biotechnology
3
0
2
4
2
15 BT 5206
Immuno technology
3
0
2
4
3
15 BT 5207
Bioreactor modeling and Simulation
3
2
0
4
4
15 BT 5208
Downstream Processing
3
0
2
4
5
Elective 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total Credits
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Corse Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
35
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 BT 51A1
Protein Engineering
3
0
0
3
2
15 BT 51A2
Enzyme Technology
3
0
0
3
3
15 BT 51A3
Medical Biotechnology
3
0
0
3
4
15 BT 51A4
Stem cell technology
3
0
0
3
5
15 BT 51A5
Molecular Modeling and Drug Design
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
6
15 BT 51B1
Food Technology
3
0
0
3
7
15 BT 51B2
Transport phenomenon in bioprocess
3
0
0
3
8
15 BT 51B3
Bio mining
3
0
0
3
9
15 BT 51B4
Bioprocess validation and cGMP
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
10
15 BT 52C1
Perl programming and Bioperl
3
0
0
3
11
15 BT 52C2
Bioprocess Technology
3
0
0
3
12
15 BT 52C3
Environmental Biotechnology
3
0
0
3
13
15 BT 52C4
Nano Technology
3
0
0
3
14
15 BT 52C5
IPR and Patent Laws
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
15
15 BT 52D1
Regulatory affairs & Clinical trials
3
0
0
3
16
15 BT 52D2
Bioprocess economics and plant design
3
0
0
3
17
15 BT 52D3
Genomics and Proteomics
3
0
0
3
18
15 BT 52D4
Bio catalysis and enzyme
3
0
0
3
36
MATHEMATICS & BIOSTATISTICS
Course Code: 15BT5101 L-T-P: 3-2-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:4
Syllabus:
Numerical Methods Solutions of algebraic & transcendental equations - Bisection Method,
New-Raphson Method, Solution of linear simultaneous equations, Simpson’s rule, Trapezoidal
rule.
Linear-Differential equation:1st order differential equations, solutions of 1st order, variable
separable, homogeneous equation linear and enact equations. Linear differential equations of
higher order with constant co efficient. Rules for finding complementary function and particular
integral.
Presentation of data & Measures of central tendency-Frequency distribution, graphical
presentation of data by histogram, frequency curve and cumulative frequency curves. Mean,
medium, mode, and their simple properties (without derivation), range, mean deviation, standard
deviation and coefficient of variation.
Correlation, Regression and Tests of significance -Simple correlation and regression
coefficients and their relations. Limits of correlationcoefficient, effect of change of origin and
scale on correlation coefficient, Linear regression and equations of line of regression, association
and independence of attributes. Paired and unpaired t-test for correlation and regression
coefficient. T- test for comparison of variances of two populations. Chi-square test-
independence of attributes, goodness of fit, and homogeneity of sample.
Experimental designs- Principles of experimental design, completely randomized design,
randomized block design and Latin square design. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and its use in
the analysis of RBD. F-test.
Recommended Textbooks:
1. Norman T.J. Bailey, Statistical methods in biology (3rd edition), Cambridge University Press
(1995).
2. Bernard Rosner, Fundamentals of Biostatistics, 5th edition, Thomson Brooks/ Cole, 2000.
3. Higher engineering mathematics by B.S Grawel
References Books:
1. S.C.Gupta and V.K. Kapoor – Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 9th Extensively
revised edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, 1999.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Michael D.Greenberg, Pearson Education.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Ervin Kreyszic.
4. Higher engineering mathematics by Bird john
37
BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Course Code: 15BT5102 L-T-P: 3-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Biochemical reactions :Types of reactions (Simple stepwise and Parallel) and
their applications in fermentations, reaction rates, kinetics of homogenous reactions,
molecularity and order of reaction and temperature dependency of reaction rate.
Design and Operation of Bioreactors : Mass transfer aspect, Bioreactor types and design,
Continuous stirred tank bioreactors, fed batch bioreactors, airlift bioreactors, Fluidised bed
bioreactor, Bioreactors for plant and animal cell, scale up of bioreactor using constant p/v and
constant KLa
Mass Transfer in Bioprocess Operation :Mass transfer by diffusion, Theories of Diffusional
mass transfer film theory, Penetration theory, Surface renewal theory Mass transfer by
convection, Gas-liquid mass transfer, correlation for mass transfer coefficient, measurement of
KLa, O2 transfer, methodology in fermenters, specific oxygen uptake rate, critical oxygen
concentration, maximum cell concentration.
Heterogeneous reactor systems : Classification of reaction systems, (homogenous,
heterogeneous), mass transfer consideration in heterogeneous systems, Intra particle diffusion
and reaction rates, Effectiveness factor and Thiele modules, observed Thiele modules, criterion
for mass transfers limitations.
Non-ideal flow in bioreactors: Reasons for non-ideality, RTD studies (F-Curve, C-Curve for
ideal and non-ideal CSTR and plug flow reactors), mean and variance of residence time,
conversion using tracer information, modeling of non-ideal flow behavior by dispersion model.
Recommended textbooks:
1. Introduction to Biochemical Engineering by D.G.Rao
2. Biochemical Engineering fundamentals by Bailey and Oliss
Reference Books:
1. Bioprocess Engineering Principles by Pauline and Doran
38
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY & R-DNA TECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15BT5103 L-T-P: 3-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Scope: Recombinant DNA technology is fundamental to molecular biotechnology that is
comprised of different scientific disciplines i.e. molecular biology, microbiology, biochemistry,
immunology etc. The subject generates a wide range of consumer products (i.e. crops, drugs,
vaccines, diagnostics, and livestock). Recombinant DNA technology uses prokaryotic and
eukaryotic organisms and is the manipulation of DNA to generate clones, examine gene
regulation, and express proteins. The course includes current technical procedures for
recombinant DNA technology and its applications.
DNA Structure & Replication : Structure of DNA:-Watson & Crick’s model, Types of DNA,
Denaturation and renaturation Kinetics, Replication of DNA- Semi conservative, bi-directional
replication. DNA damage and repair: Types of DNA damages- deamination, alkylation,
pyrimidine dimmers; Repair mechanisms-Excision, mismatch and SOS repair, Recombination:
Homologous and non homologous; rec gene and its role in DNA repair.
Transcription And Translation : Structure of Promoters-RNA Polymerases of Prokaryotic and
Eukaryotic Organism; Transcription- Initiation, Elongation and Termination; Prokaryotic &
Eukaryotic transcription; Post Transcriptional Processing of Eukaryotic RNA. Translation in
prokaryotic and Eukaryotes: initiation of translation, elongation of polypeptide chain,
termination of translation. Post-translational modifications.
Regulation of Gene Expression : Regulation of Gene expression in bacteria- Operon concept,
lac, trp, ara operons. Control of gene expression by sigma factor and post transcriptional control.
Absolute control by antisense RNA’s; enhancers, upstream controlling elements, structural
Motifs of transcription factors: helix turn, zinc finger motifs, leucine zippers and homeotic genes.
Enzymes And Vectors In Cloning : Restriction Enzymes; DNA ligase, Alkaline phosphatase;
Cohesive and blunt end ligation; Linkers; Adaptors; Homopolymeric tailing; Labeling of DNA:
Nick translation, Random priming, Radioactive and non-radioactive probes, Hybridization
techniques: Northern, Southern, Colony hybridization & FISH, Plasmids; Phagemids; Cosmids;
Shuttle vectors, Artificial chromosome vectors (YACs; BACs); Expression vectors: Baculovirus
and pichia vectors system; Plant based vectors: Ti and Ri vectors, Construction of cDNA and
genomic libraries; cDNA and genomic cloning; Expression cloning; Yeast two hybrid system;
Phage display.
PCR, Sequencing & RNA Technologies : Primer design; Fidelity of thermostable enzymes;
DNA polymerases; Types of PCR; PCR Applications Sequencing methods; Enzymatic DNA
sequencing; Chemical sequencing of DNA; Automated DNA sequencing; Introduction to
siRNA; siRNA technology; Micro RNA; Principle and application of gene silencing; Gene
knockouts and Gene Therapy; knockout mice; Disease model; Transgenics; Differential gene
expression and protein array.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Biology by Avinash & Kakoli Upadhyay; Himalaya
Reference books:
39
1. Current protocols in Molecular biology; Wiley Publishers.
APPLIED BIOINFORMATICS
Course Code: 15BT5104 L-T-P: 3-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:4
Syllabus:
Scope: The Course aims to prepare the students for understanding biological data at molecular
level from both informational and biological perspective and impart conceptual, computational and
practical skills to acquire, analyze, process or use the data to address significant problems in the
field of Bioinformatics, of both pure and applied nature.
Comparative Genomics
Genetic mapping, Physical mapping, SNPs, ESTs, GSS, Gene prediction methods, Gene
prediction tools, Gene annotation, Molecular Predictions with DNA sequence, Human Genome
Project.
Protein Structure Prediction and Evaluation methods
Structure of Protein – PDB, MMDB; Ramachandran Plots; Structure visualization – Rasmol;
Methods of Structure prediction – Homology modeling - SPDBV, Threading, Ab-initio method;
Structure Evaluation – DSSP, ProCheck, Verify 3D; Structure comparison.
Protein Identification And Interactions
Proteomics approaches for protein analysis; Protein identification Programs – Mascot, GFS;
Comparative Proteomics methods; Protein interactions; Protein Interaction dbs – GRID, MINT;
Network Mapping; Biological Pathway dbs – EcoCyc, KEGG; Pathway prediction; Metabolic
pathway reconstruction.
Gene Expression Analysis
Introduction; Serial Analysis of Gene Expression; Microarray, Types of Microarrays, Microarray
Fabrication, Microarray hybridization and detection, Microarray Image Processing and analysis,
Expression ratios, Transformations of the Expression ratio, Data Normalization.
System Biology
Foundations of System Biology- Objectives of System Biology-Strategies relating to In Silico
Modeling of biological processes- Metabolic Networks- Signal Transduction pathways, Gene
Expression patterns – Applications of System Biology Markup Language (SBML), E-cell, V-cell
simulations and Applications
Recommended Textbooks:
1. G. Gibson and SV Muse, A Primer of Genome Science, Second Edition - Sinauer
Associates, Inc.
2. CW Sensen, Essentials of genomics and Bioinformatics, Wiley-VCH publication.
40
Reference textbooks:
1. Speed T. (ed.) Statistical analysis of gene expression microarray data (CRC, 2003)
PLANT AND ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15BT5205 L-T-P: 3-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction & Overview
Introduction & Historical Overview of Plant Tissue Culture, Totipotency, Growth &
Cytodifferentiation of Cultured Plant Tissues Nutritional Media- Obligatory & Optional
Constituents, Growth Regulators. Concept of sterilization and aseptic technique, Incubation
Systems: Light & Dark, Static & Agitated, And Problems in Plant Tissue Culture:
Contamination, Phenolics, Recalcitrance and Seasonal variation.
Micro Propagation and Secondary Metabolites
Homozygous Plant Production through Anther Culture. Callus & Suspension Culture Systems
and Organogenesis: Direct & Indirect- Basic aspects, Somatic Embryogenesis, Somaclonal &
Gametoclonal Variation. Plant Secondary Metabolites: Commercial Production using appropriate
media supplements (Elicitors, Growth Factors, Stress Factors, Precursors, Anti-metabolites and
Defense Proteins.
Gene Transfer Techniques and Applications
Gene transfer methods (Direct and Indirect), current status and limitations. Agro bacterium
mediated genetic transformation and application in crop improvement. Herbicide, stress and
disease resistant plants and callus/cell line selection for resistance. Applications of Plant Tissue
culture.
Animal cell culture
Basic requirements for animal cell culture; Cell culture media and reagents; Animal cell, tissue
and organ cultures; Primary culture, secondary culture; Continuous cell lines; Suspension
cultures; Somatic cell cloning and hybridization. Transfection and transformation of cells;
Commercial scale production of animal cells; Stem cells and their application; Application of
animal cell culture, for in vitro testing of drugs; Testing of toxicity of environmental pollutants in
cell culture; Application of cell culture technology in production of human and animal vaccines
and pharmaceutical proteins.
Animal Reproductive Biotechnology
Culture of embryos; Micromanipulation of animal embryos; Cryopreservation of embryos;
Embryo transfer; Embryo-splitting; Embryo sexing; Transgenic animal technology and its
different applications; Animal viral vectors; Animal cloning- basic concepts; Cloning from
embryonic cells and adult cells; Ethical, social and moral issues related to cloning. Introduction
41
to animal genomics; Different methods for the characterization of animal genomes, SNP, STR,
QTLS, RFLP, RAPD, Genetic basis for disease resistance; Biocrimes and Bioterrorism.
Recommended textbooks:
1. Experiments in Plant Tissue Culture (Dodds, J.H. and Roberts, L.W.) 1985.
2. Ed. John R.W. Masters, Animal Cell Culture - Practical Approach, 3rd Edition, OUP, 2000.
3. Ed. Martin, Clynes Animal Cell Culture Techniques, Springer, 1998.
4. Plant Tissue Culture methods and application in agriculture (Thorpe, T.A.) 1981;
Reference books:
1. An Introduction to Plant Tissue Culture.MK Razdan.2nd Ed.2003. Oxford and IBH.
2. Plant Biotechnology by C.Chawla.2004.Oxford and IBH.
3. Animal Cell Biotechnology. Portner, 2nd Edition, Humana Press, 2007.
4. Plant Biotechnology and its applications in Plant tissue culture by Ashwani Kumar and Shikha
Roy.
IMMUNO TECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 5206 L-T-P: 3-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:4
Syllabus:
Immune system overview, innate and acquired immune system. Components of immune
system.Phagocytosis; Inflammation, opsonization. Primary and secondary lymphoid organs.
Complement. B cell, T cell ontogeny. Characteristics of antigen, T cell dependent and
independent antigens and Super antigens. Types and applications of Hapten and Adjuvant.
Immune response
Generation of immune response - Primary and Secondary immune responses. Structure,
functions of antibody and BCR.. Generation of Antibody diversity. TCR structure, δγTCR. MHC
I and II gene, polymorphism. T helper, T cytotoxic cells. MHC peptide interaction. Antigen
presentation, secondary signaling.
Immunological disorders
Immunological disorders; Hypersensitivity and autoimmune diseases. Immune response to viral
and bacterial lymphatic infection. Kinetics of immune response. Techniques in humoral and
cellular immunology.
Immunotechnology
Animal models and transgenic animals and their use in immunology. Experimental immunology.
Hybridoma technology. Chimeric antibodies, phage display, antibody engineering; Large scale
manufacture of antibodies. Manufacturing of immunodiagnostics.
Disease diagnosis and Vaccines
42
Concept of vaccination & Vaccine development. Strategies for development of vaccines against
dreadful diseases – malaria, tuberculosis, HIV. Diagnostic tools and Kit development
technology.
Recommended textbooks:
1. Kuby, RA Goldsby, Thomas J. Kindt, Barbara, A. Osborne Immunology, 6th Edition,
Freeman, 2002.
2. Janeway et al., Immunobiology, 4th Edition, Current Biology publications., 1999.
Reference books:
1. Brostoff J, Seaddin JK, Male D, Roitt IM., Clinical Immunology, 6th Edition, Gower Medical
Publishing, 2002.
2. Paul.W.E, Fundamental of Immunology, 4th edition, Lippencott Raven.
BIOREACTOR MODELING AND SIMULATION
Course Code: 15 BT 5207 L-T-P: 3-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of Modeling
Different approaches towards modeling, (Empirical and Modeling approach), applications and
advantages of modeling and simulations, general flow diagrams for model building, simulation
tools (Berkeley-Madonna, Mat Lab- Simu Link)
Enzymes and growth kinetic models
Michaelis-Menten equation, graphical determination of Km and Vmax, Double Michaelis
Menten kinetic model, inhibition models (Competitive, Non-Competitive, Uncompetitive,
Deactivation Kinetics models) Monad growth kinetics model, equation for inhibition of growth,
Product inhibition, , Teisser equation for growth, Contoin equation, Moses equation for growth
models.
Modeling of batch cultures
Unstructured growth models, structural kinetic model, metabolic models for batch cultures.
Product formation Kinetics
Product formation kinetic models, unstructured models, chemically structured models,
genetically structured models.
Case studies of simulations
Programme for simulation of Batch fermentation, continuous fermentation, steady state and fed
batch fermentation.
Recommended textbooks:
43
1. Biological reaction Engineering- J.J.Dunn, E.Heinzle, J.Ingham, J.E.Presnosil
2. Biochemical Engineering fundamentals- James.E.Bailey and David.F.Ollis, TMH Edition
3. Franks.R.G.E (1973), Modeling and simulation in chemical Engineering, Wiley, NY
Reference Books
1. Modeling and simulation in Biochemical Engineering. Adv, Biochemical Engineering, 3,
127-165
2. Hanm, B, Ruth. B (1997) Modeling dynamic biological systems, Springer-Verlag, NY.
DOWN STREAM PROCESSING
Course Code: 15 BT 5208 L-T-P: 3-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:4
Syllabus:
Down Stream Processing In Biotechnology
Overview of bioseparations, Characterization of Biomolecules, characterization of Bioprocess,
characterization of fermentation broth: Morphology of cells, structure of the cell wall, product
concentrations, Biomass density, Rheological Behavior of fermentation broth.
Primary Separation and Recovery Processes : Recovery of intracellular products: Cell
disruption methods-physical methods (osmotic shock, grinding with abrasives, solid shear, liquid
shear) – chemical methods (alkali, detergents)- enzymatic methods. Removal of suspended
solids: Foam separation, filtration. Filtration equipment, centrifugation, tubular bowl centrifuge,
disk. Bowl centrifuge, basket centrifuge, scale up of centrifuges.
Product Enrichment Operations : Membrane based separations – Classification &
characteristics of membrane separation, merits of the process. Micro filtration, ultra filtration,
Reverse osmosis, dialysis & electro dialysis. Selection of membrane, operational requirements
of membrane. Retention coefficient, concentration factor, permeate yield & solid yield in
membrane separation processes. Membrane modules: Plate & Frame, hollow fiber, spiral wound,
shell & tube, cross flow micro filtration. Aqueous two-phase extraction process: Applications
of aqueous two-phase extraction, reversed micelles extraction principle, micellar structures,
critical micelle concentration. Protein solubilization, limitation of reversed micelles.
Precipitations of proteins with salts and organic solvents, kinetics of protein aggregation.
Product Purification : Chromatographic Separations: Classification of chromatographic
techniques, column chromatography, elusion frontal displacement techniques, partition
coefficient, retention time and volume, capacity factor, column efficiency, design and scale up of
chromatography. Principles & practices of Gel Filtration, Ion Exchange and Affinity
chromatography.
Alternative Separation Methods and Product Polishing
Super critical extraction: principles of SCE, Flow scheme of a simple SCE system. Formulation
strategies: Importance of formulation, formulation of beakers yeast, Enzymes, formulation of
44
pharmaceutical products. Polishing: Crystallization, Principles of crystallization and equipment.
Principles of drying and lyophilization, Freeze dryer.
Recommended Textbooks
1. Butterworth and Heinmann. Product recovery in bioprocess Technology-Biotol series,
2. B.Siva Sankar. Bioseperations
References Books:
1. Harvey Blanch. Biochemical Engineering
2. Christie J.Geankoplis., Transport processes and Unit operations
ELECTIVES
PROTEIN ENGINEERING
Course Code: 15 BT 51A1 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Protein Engineering
Methods of protein isolation, purification, detection, quantitation and characterization. Study of
protein structure and organization. Solid phase peptide synthesis, use of peptides in biology,
examples of engineered proteins, protein design with examples.
Structure & Functional Relationship Of Proteins
Structural characteristics of DNA binding proteins, prokaryotic and Eukaryotic transcription
factors, DNA polymerases, Bacteriorhodopsin, epidermal growth factors, insulin and PDGF
receptors and their interaction effectors, protein phosphorylation, Immunoglobulins, nucleotide
binding proteins, serine proteases, Ribonuclease, Lysozyme.
Protein Folding
Chaperons in protein folding, types of chaperons. Non-covalent forces in protein folding,
Structural Dynamics of proteins, Protein folding models, Denaturation of proteins, Protein
degradation and turn over; ATP dependent proteolysis, intracellular digestion of proteins in
Lysosomes.
Protein Targeting
Introduction, Methods in targeting, translocation and transport. Signal sequences, Signal
Recognition Particle, Protein export in bacteria, Protein modification and targeting. Protein
targeting in Bacterial system. Protein targeting in Endoplasmic Reticulum, Mitochondria and
Chloroplast.
Protein Techniques
Solution properties of proteins, Protein fragmentation, Peptide sequence determination, Protein
hydration, Conformational stability of proteins, Recombinant protein, Fusion proteins,
Modification of proteins, Protein labeling, Peptide mapping.
45
Recommended Textbooks:
1. L. Stryer by Biochemistry, 5th edition Freeman – Toppan publications.
2. TM Devlin, Textbook of Biochemistry with clinical correlations, 6th edition with human
molecular genetics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Reference textbooks:
1. Moody P C E and A J Wilkinson. Protein Engineering. IRL Press.
2. Creighton T E, Proteins. Freeman W H. Second edition 1993.
46
ENZYME TECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 51A2 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Introduction to enzyme technology
Source of enzymes; Production, isolation and purification of enzymes; Characterization in terms
of pH,temperature, ionic strength, substrate and product tolerance, effects of metal ions etc.;
Various production methods for commercial enzymes; Large scale production of enzymes.
Production of recombinant proteins (Insulin, Interleukin, Interferon); Important commercial
enzymes; Amylases; Proteases; Lipases; Cellulases.
Enzyme Kinetics
Michaelis-Menten equation, alterations and significance. General mechanisms of enzyme
regulation, Types of inhibition; Irreversible inhibition (proteases), Reversible (glutamine
synthase & phosphorylase), competitive inhibition, Non & Un-competitive, mixed inhibition,
and substrate & product.inhibition; Allosteric enzymes, qualitative description of concerted &
sequential models for allosteric enzymes. Allo-steric regulation of enzymes; Deactivation
kinetics. Feed back inhibition and feed forward stimulation. Half site reactivity, Flipflop
mechanism, positive and negative co-operativity with special reference to aspartate
transcarbamoylase. Protein-ligand binding measurement, analysis of binding isotherms, Hill and
Scatchard plots.
Enzyme Engineering
Enzymes as biological catalysts; Active site, Functional group, Enzyme substrate complex,
Cofactors; Acidbase catalysis, covalent catalysis, proximity, orientation effect. Strain &
distortion theory. Chemical modification of active site groups. Random and rational approach of
protein engineering; Directed evolution and its applications in the field of biocatalysis; Various
approaches of creating variant enzyme molecules; Site directed mutagenesis of enzymes.
Mechanism of action of chymotrypsin, lysozyme, carboxypeptidase and alcohol dehydrogenase.
Enzyme immobilization and applications
Introduction to enzyme immobilization; various immobilization methods; physical and chemical
techniques for enzyme immobilization – adsorption; Matrix entrapment, encapsulation; Cross-
linking; Covalent binding; Medical and analytical applications of immobilized enzymes; Design
of enzyme electrode & their application in clinical diagnostics. Role of enzymes in recombinant
DNA technology; Enzymes for diagnostic and analytical purposes. Use of enzymes in analysis-
types of sensing-gadgetry and methods. Case studies on application – chiral conversion,
esterification.
Mass transfer effects in immobilized systems
Analysis of Film and Pore Diffusion Effects on kinetics of Immobilized Enzyme Reactions;
Calculations of diffusional resistances and Thiele’s modulus; Multi step immobilized enzyme
systems; Solutions of numerical problems; Application and future of immobilized enzyme
47
technology. Concentration gradients and Reaction rates in solid catalysts; Internal mass transfer
and reaction; Steady state Shell Mass balance; Formulation of dimensionless groups and
calculation of Effectiveness factors
Recommended Textbooks;
1. Nelson and Cox, Principles of Biochemistry, 4th Edition, W. H. Freeman, 2004.
2. J. Rehm and G. Reed, Enzyme Technology, Vol. 7a, VCH-Verlag.
3. Trevor Palmer: ENZYMES – Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Clinical chemistry. Horwood
Publishing Ltd. Affiliated East – West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
Reference Text Books:
1. Biotol Series (This series has many volumes pertaining to different subjects including
white, red, blue and green biotechnology).
MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 51A3 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Introduction to medical technology
Introduction and applications of medical Biotechnology. Artificial organs – methods and
production principles. Artificial pancreas, Liver and Heart. Therapeutic proteins: Production of
interferons, cytokinins, insulin etc.
Medical diagnosis
Immunodiagnostic techniques: monoclonal antibodies production as diagnostic reagents;
Diagnosis by ELISA and Western blot. DNA sequencing and diagnosis. PCR and Array based
techniques in diagnosis; Present methods for diagnosis of Specific diseases like Tuberculosis,
Malaria and AIDS; ethics in Molecular Diagnosis
Gene transfer technology
Gene therapy; Intracellular barriers to gene delivery; Overview of inherited and acquired
diseases for gene therapy, Retro and adeno virus mediated gene transfer. Liposome and
nanoparticles mediated gene delivery Cellular therapy.
Stem cell technology
Stem cells; definition, properties and potency of stem cells; Sources; embryonic and adult stem
cells; Concept of tissue engineering; Role of scaffolds; Role of growth factors; Role of adult and
embryonic stem cells. Clinical applications; Ethical issues.
Hybridoma technology
Hybridoma techniques and monoclonal antibody production. Production, purification,
48
characterization and applications of monoclonal antibodies. Antibody engineering – chimeric
antibody, diabody.
Recommended text books ( Latest Edition);
1. F.C. Hay, O.M.R. Westwood, Practical Immunology, 4th Edition-, Blackwell Publishing, 2002
2. Pratibha Nallari, V. Venugopal Rao; Medical Biotechnology, oxford University press, 2010.
Reference text books:
1. James W. Goding , Monoclonal antibodies; Principles and Practice , 3rd Edition , Academic
Press 1996.
2. George Patrinos and Wilhelm Ansorage, Molecular Diagnostics, 1st Edition , Academic Press,
2005.
STEM CELL TECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 51A4 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Introduction
What are stem cells, types, origin and nature of stem cells? Characteristic features, pluripotent
stem cells and its types, Molecular basis of pluripotency. Cell surface markers of stem cells.
Embryonic stem cells, factors requirements for maintain stem cells. Differences between human
and mouse stem cells. Development of epithelial stem cell concept. Stem cell niches.
Stem cell characterization
Cell cycle regulation in stem cell. Mechanism of stem cell renewal, Changes of phenotypic
characters, Characterization of human embryonic stem cells, Isolation and maintenance of Stem
cell. Genetic manipulation of Embryonic Stem cell, homologous recombination of stem cells.
Surface antigenic markers, lineage marking, Genomic reprogramming. Microarray analysis of
stem cells & differentiation. Zebra fish and Stem cell research.
Tissue engineering
Neural stem cells and applications in neurodegenerative diseases, Treatment of heart diseases,
diabetes, burns & skin ulcers, muscular dystrophy, regeneration of epidermis, orthopedic
applications. Embryonic applications in tissue engineering. Novel sources of multipotent stem
cells. Adult stem cells, Stem cell gene therapy.
Biopharming
What is biopharming? Applications of stem cell technology in animal biotechnology. Production
of artificial organs using stem cell technology. Artificial pancreas, kidney, heart, liver etc.
Regulations and Ethics
Ethics of human cell research-immortal cells and moral selves, Ethical considerations, stem cell
based therapies. FDA products and preclinical regulatory considerations. Patent advocacy,
49
Science policies, ethics in stem cell research, primordial germ cells and germ cell development
epigenetics and reprogramming in stem cell biology, norms in clean room.
Books recommended:
1. Rober Lanza, Essentials of Stem cell biology, Elsevier academic press, 2009
2. Joseph D. Bronzino Tissue engineering and artificial organs, Biomedical engineering hand
book. volume -2, 3rd edition, CRC press, Taylor & Francis publications, 2006
Reference book:
1. Daniel R. Marshak, Stem Cell Biology, Johns Hopkins University and Cambrex
Corp.; Richard L. Gardner, University of Oxford; David Gottlieb, Washington University, St.
Louis, 2001.
MOLECULAR MODELING AND DRUG DESIGN
Course Code: 15 BT 51A5 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Empirical Force Fields and Molecular Mechanisms
Models, Approximations and Reality, Force Field concepts and Mathematical Expressions,
Molecular Mechanical and Quantum Mechanical Force Fields, Parameterization, Generation of
Potential energy surfaces. Bond Stretching, Angle bending, Torsional I terms, Out of plane,
Bonding Motions, Electrostatic interactions, Vander Walls interactions, Effective pair potentials,
Hydrogen Bonding, Simulation of liquid water.
Computer Simulation Methods
Time averages, Ensemble averages, Free energy methods, Thermo dynamic Perturbation
Methods, Thermodynamic Integration Methods. Calculation of thermodynamics properties.
Phase space; Practical aspects of computer simulation; Boundaries monitoring Equilibrium;
Long range process; Analyzing results of simulation and estimation errors.
Molecular Dynamics Simulation Methods
Molecular Dynamics using simple modules; Molecular Dynamics with continuous potentials;
Running Molecular Dynamics Simulation; Constant Dynamics; Time dependent properties;
Molecular Dynamics at constant temperature and pressure.
Monte Carlo Simulation Methods
Metropolis methods; Monte Carlo simulation of molecules; Monte Carlo simulation of Polymers;
Calculating Chemical potentials; Monte Carlo simulation and molecular dynamics.
Molecular Modeling In Drug Discovery
Molecular modeling in drug discovery-Deriving and using 3D Pharma cores, Molecular docking
Structure Based methods to identify lead components-Denovo ligand design. QSARs and
50
QSPRs, QSAR Methodology, Various Descriptors used in QSARs: Electronic; Topology;
Quantum Chemical based Descriptors
Recommended textbooks:
1. Molecular Modeling Principles and Applications- AR Leach, Longman, 1996.
2. Molecular Dynamics Simulation-Elementary Methods- John Wiley and Sons, 1997.
Reference textbooks:
1. Current Protocols in Protein Science, Wiley Publishers, 2005; Deuflhard P., et al.
Computational molecular dynamics - Challenges, methods, ideas.(Springer,1999)
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 51B1 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Food associated Microbes
History of microorganisms in food, historical developments. Biotechnology in relation to the
food industry, nutritive value of food, types of microorganism’s associated with food, its sources,
types and behavior in foods. Role and significance of microorganisms in food. Intrinsic and
extrinsic parameters of foods that affect microbial growth.
Food processing
Bioprocessing of meat, fisheries, vegetables, diary product, enzymes and chemicals used in food
processing, biochemical engineering for flavour and food productions. Emerging processing and
preservation technologies for milk and dairy products.
Food preservation
Food preservation using irradiation, Characteristics of Radiations of interest in food preservation.
Principles underlying the destruction of Microorganisms by irradiation, processing of foods for
irradiation. Application of radiation, Radappertization, Radicidation, and Radurization of foods.
Legal status of food irradiation. Effect of irradiation of food constituents.
Storage of foods
Stability of food preservation with low temperatures, high temperatures, drying. Indicator and
food borne pathogens. Food borne illness, quality control, HFCS (High Fructose Corn Syrup)
and mycoproteins. Air sampling, metabolically injured organisms, enumeration and detection of
foodborne organisms.
Food microbiology
Utilization of microorganisms in food industries, genetic manipulations. Thermophiles and
Radiation-resistant microorganisms, characteristics and growth of thermophilic microorganisms,
Nature of Radiation resistance in microorganisms. Rheology of food production.
51
Recommended textbooks:
1. Lidsay, Willis Biotechnology, Challenges for the flavour and food industries, Elsevier
Applied Science. 1988.
2. Food Science and Food Biotechnology by F.F.G. Lopez & G.V. B. Canovas (2003), CRC
Press, Florida, USA.
Reference Books:
1. George J.B. Basic Food Microbilogy, CBS Publishers & Distributors, 1987.
2. Roger, A., Gordan B., and John T. Food Biotechnology, 1989.
TRANSPORT PHENOMENON IN BIOPROCESS
Course Code: 15 BT 51B2 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Introduction to transport phenomena
Three levels of transport process, conservation laws, Basic laws governing momentum, heat and
mass transport, pressure and temperature dependence on viscosity, thermal conductivity and
mass diffusivity, Molecular theories of viscosity, thermal conductivity and mass diffusivity
under different condition, Introduction to convective transport process
Shell balances for momentum, mass and energy
Flow of a falling film, flow through a circular tube, flow through annulus, heat conduction with
electrical, nuclear and chemical heat, heat conduction in a fin, diffusion through a stagnant gas
film, diffusion with homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reaction, diffusion and reaction in
a porous catalyst, Forced convective momentum, heat and mass transport process
Transport process under turbulent conditions
Equations of change for isothermal and non-isothermal conditions, unsteady state momentum,
heat and mass transport process, Velocity distribution in turbulent flow, time smoothed equation
of change, turbulent flow in ducts, unsteady state heat conduction, temperature distribution for
turbulent flow in tubes, jets and at large Prandtl number, concentration distribution in turbulent
flow
Interphase transport process
Definition of friction factors, friction factors for flow in tubes and pressure drop calculations,
heat transfer coefficients, heat transfer coefficient for free and forced convection, analytical
calculations of heat transfer, mass transfer coefficient, mass transfer coefficient in single and two
phase system, mass transfer with chemical reactions
Macroscopic balances and other mechanisms of transport
Macroscopic balances for steady and unsteady state balances in momentum, heat and mass
transport. Heat transfer by radiation, radiation between nonblack bodies at different
52
temperatures, mass transport during centrifugation of proteins, diffusion of salts in aqueous
solution, mass transport across permeable membranes, mass transport in porous media
Recommended Textbook:
1. R. B. Bird. W.E. Stewart and E.N. Lightfoor, Transport Phenomenoa Wiley II edition,
India.
Reference books:
1. D.G.Rao, Introduction to Biochemical Engineering, Tata Mc Hill (2005).
2. Paul M. Doran, Bioprocess Engineering Principles Academic press (1995).
3. J E Bailey and D F Ollis, “Biochemical Engineering fundamentals “2nd edition Mc
Graw-Hill (1986).
4. S Aiba, A E Humphrey and N Millis, “Biochemical Engineering” Prentice- Hall (1978).
5. Michaeln L shuler and F Kargi,Bio process Engineering : Basic concepts” 2nd ed.,
Prentice Hall of India (2003).
BIOMINING
Course Code: 15 BT 51B3 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Data mining
Introduction to Data mining- methods- selection & sampling- Preprocessing and cleaning-
Transformation & reduction- Data mining methods- Evaluation- visualization
Text mining
Overview on text mining- Natural Language Processing -Text summarization –tools-
Applications of Data Mining
Introduction to Genetic Algorithms
Introduction to Genetic Algorithm, Genetic Operators and Parameters, Genetic Algorithmsin
Problem Solving, Theoretical Foundations of Genetic Algorithms, Implementation issues
Neural Network
Neural Model and Network Architectures, Perceptron Learning, Supervised HebbianLearning,
Backpropagation, Associative Learning, Competitive Networks, Hopfield-Network, Computing
with Neural Nets and Applications of Neural Network
Introduction to Fuzzy Sets
Introduction to Fuzzy Sets, Operations on Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy Relations, Fuzzy
Measures,Applications of Fuzzy Set Theory to different branches of Science and Engineering
Recommended textbooks:
1. Mitchell, M., 1998, an Introduction to Genetic Algorithms, Prentice-Hall.
53
2. Lau C., (Ed), 1992, Neural Networks, IEEE Press.
Reference textbooks:
1. Freeman, J. and Skapura, D., 1991 Neural Networks: Algorithms, Applications and
Programming Techniques, Addison-Wesley.
2. Klir, G.J. and Folger, T.A., 1988, Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty, and Information, PHI.
54
BIOPROCESS VALIDATION & Cgmp
Course Code: 15 BT 51B4 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Bioprocess Validations
Validations – Methods of validation. Prerequisites, process design & testing process
characterization, Process optimization, Validation options, Prospective process validation,
retrospective validations, Concurrent validations, Revalidation, Organizing Revalidation studies,
Analytical method validations, Cleaning validation, Prevalidation verification, Documentation,
Control of cleaning materials & ancillary tools, Frequency of cleaning, Development of
validation protocol.
Quality Assurance
Quality Assurance, Quality control, Quality management, Responsibilities of quality
management in laboratories, Development of quality records, Deviations of quality product
process, Good laboratory practices, Responsibilities in GLP, Computational processes in GLP.
Standard Operating Procedures
Standard operating procedures, SOP of immunological industries, SOP of tissue culture,
Deviations of SOP, Revision occurrence in SOP, Authorized control of SOP, Guidelines and
regulation of FDA and ICH for GLP.
Good Manufacturing Practices
Quality control of a product, Good manufacturing practices, cGMP, GMP of industries,
Sanitation & Hygiene, Control of finished products, Maintenance of materials in laboratories,
Zero contamination, Documentation of GMP, Compliance of GMP.
Clinical Practices Of GMP
Clinical practices in laboratories, Clinical practices in vaccine production, Clean room, Class A,
B (USFDA), Bacterial counts in clean room, Waste disposal in laboratories, Health & hygiene of
persons involved in clinical laboratories. ICH guidelines for clinical laboratories.
Recommended Textbooks:
1. P. P. Sharma,How to Practice GMP’s
2. ICH Guidelines – USFDA Hand book
Reference textbook:
1. J. Seiler,Good Laboratory Practices
55
PERL PROGRAMMING AND BIOPERL
Course Code: 15 BT 52C1 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
An Introduction to Perl & Variables and Data Types
The Perl Interpreter - Perl Variables-Scalar Values-Variable Definition-Special Variables
Arrays and Hashes
Arrays-Array Manipulation -Push and Pop, Shift and Unshift –Splice-Other Useful Array
Functions- List and Scalar Context -Hashes -Maintaining a Hash
Control Structures & String Manipulation
Comparisons Choices- If - Boolean Operators- Else-Loops-For Loops -Foreach Loops 52.
Indeterminate Loops -While -Repeat Until -Loop Exits -Last - Next and Continue -Array-Based
Character Manipulation-Regular Expressions–Match-Substitute - Translate
Input and Output
Program Parameters -File I/O -Filehandles- Working with Files -Built-in File Handles -File
Safety - The Input Operator–Binary- Interprocess Communications–Processes- Process Pipes-
Creating Processes - Monitoring Processes
Bioperl
Sequences -SeqFeature –Annotation-Sequence - Example Bioperl Programs
Recommended text books:
1. Beginning Perl for Bioinformatics, James Tisdall, O'Reilly Publishers
2. Jamison D., Perl Programming for Biologists, Wiley publishers
Reference text books:
1. Introduction to computers, Peter Norton, Tata Mc Graw Hill publishers
BIOPROCESS TECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 52C2 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Introduction
Isolation and screening of industrially important microbes. Strain improvement – mutation and
recombination. Substrates for industrial fermentation.
56
Fermentation technology
Concepts of basic modes of fermentation - Batch, Fed batch and Continuous fermentation.
Bioreactor designs, Media formulation. Air and media sterilization, Aeration & agitation in
bioprocess.
Bioprocess control and monitoring
Bioprocess control and monitoring variables such as temperature, pH, agitation, pressure, online
measurement, on / off control, PID control, computers in bioprocess control system.
Downstream processing
Downstream processing–Filtration, Centrifugation, cell disruption, chromatography, Liquid–
liquid extraction, membrane process, drying crystallization, broth processing. Effluent
treatment–disposal, treatment process, by-products. Fermentation economics, Bioprocess for the
production of amino acids, organic acids, nucleotides, nucleosides and related compounds,
Bioproducts
Bioprocess for the production of enzymes, vitamins, antibiotics and SCP. Immobilization of
enzymes and microbial cells.
Recommended Textbooks:
1. Industrial Microbiology & Biotechnology by Arnold L. demain & Julian E. Davis. (2004)
ASM Press.
2. Fermentation Microbiology & Biotechnology by Emt.el-Mansi & CFA. Bryce (2004). Taylor
& Francis Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
3. Principles of fermentation technology by P.F. Stanbury, A. Whitaker & S.J. Hall(1997).
Oxford.
4. The Bacterial Vol. Ill by Gungalus, I.C. and stainer. RY. (Eds.) Academic press. New York.
5. Bacterial physiology and metabolism by Sala Teh JR - Academic press, New York..
6. Chemical Engineering by J.M. Coulson and J.F. Richardson (1984) Pergamon Press.
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 52C3 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Environmental Pollution
Types, Environmental pollution (water, soil, air), Noise & Thermal pollution, sources, and
control. Reduction of environmental impact of industrial effluents, chemical herbicides and
fertilizers. Biotechnology for hazardous waste management, persistent organic pollutants,
Xenobiotics, biological detoxification of pH. Removal of oil spills. Environmental monitoring.
Bioremediation – solid & liquid waste treatment.
57
Water Pollution
Water Quality modeling for streams. Water pollution and its control, wastewater treatment –
Biological processes for Industrial and domestic effluents treatments, Aerobic and non-aerobic
Biological treatment. Role of Biotechnology in water purification systems. (Primary, secondary
and tertiary treatments)
Air Pollution
Source of air, water and solid wastes. Micrometeorology and dispersion of pollutants in
Environment. Centrifugal collectors, Electrostatics, precipitator, bag filters and wet scrubbers.
Design and efficiencies. Combustion generated pollution mine drainages, vehicle emission
control. Case studies – Bio techniques for Air pollution control.
Microbe-Metal Interaction
Heavy metal pollution and impact on environment Bioleaching Microbial systems for heavy
metal accumulation, Biosorption, molecular mechanism of heavy metal tolerance, role of
microbes insynthesis of nanoparticles.
Environment & Energy
Renewable sources of energy – Biogas, waste material, energy crops, cellulose. Bio-fuels &
Biodiesel using microorganisms. Global Environmental problems. Ozone depletion, UV-B,
Green house effect. National policy on environment.
Recommended textbooks:
1. T. Srinivas, Environmental Biotechnology, New-Age Publications, New Delhi (2008)
2. Bru E. Rittmann and Perry L.Mc Carty, Environmental Biotechnology: Principles and
Applications, Mc Graw Hill Company (2001).
Reference textbooks:
1. Howard S. Peavy, Donal R. Rowe and George Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering,
Mc Graw Hill Company (1985).
NANO TECHNOLOGY
Course Code: 15 BT 52C4 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Introduction to nanotechnology: Definition of nanoscale with reference to physics and bio-
systems. Crystal Structure, Unit Cells, Bravais Lattices, Crystallographic Directions,
Crystallographic Planes, Miller Indices, Bragg’s Law, Single Crystal and Powder X-ray
Diffraction. Types of Material -Different types of materials: Metals, Semiconductors,
Composite materials, Ceramics, Alloys, Polymers and Bio Polymer composites. Imperfections
58
in solids -Imperfections of crystal structure: point defects, Grain boundaries, phase boundaries,
Screw & Edge Dislocations.
Nano materials and synthesis: Nano material Synthesis: Top-Down Approach. Physical
methods - Inert gas condensation, aerosol method, Arc discharge, RF-plasma technique, laser
ablation, Spray Pyrolysis, Ball Milling. Bottom-up approach - Chemical Methods - Metal
nanocrystals by reduction, Solvothermal synthesis, Photochemical synthesis, Electrochemical
synthesis, Sonochemical routes, Solvated metal atom dispersion, Sol- gel technique.
Characterization of Nano materials by Spectroscopic techniques : Introduction to
microscope, optical microscope, Optical absorption spectrometer, UV-Vis-NIR spectrometer, x-
ray Diffraction, Scanning electron microscopy, scanning probe microscopy, scanning tunneling
microscope and transmission electron microscopy.
Mechanical & Optical properties: Mechanical properties of nano materials, structural
properties of nano materials, melting of nano materials, electrical conductivity, optical properties
of nano structured metals and semiconductors.
CNT’s : Introduction to carbon nano tubes, types of carbon nanotubes, synthesis, growth
mechanism, Nanolithography, lithography using photons, lithography using paticle beams,
scnaning probe lithography, soft lithography. Nano sensors, Carbon nano tube applications
Recommended text books:
1. Carl.C.Koch, “Nanostructured materials, processing, properties and applications, NFL
publications,2007.
2. Hari Singh Nalwa – Handbook of nanostructured materials and nanotechnology: Synthesis
and processing, ASP,2004.
3. Stephen Elliott & S. R. Elliott The Physics and Chemistry of Solids, John Wiley & Sons,
1998.
Recommended Reference:
1. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley & Sons, 2004
2. Van Vlack, Elements materials science, Addison-Wesley, 1964
3. Zhong Lin Wang, “Characterization of Nanophase Materials”, Wiley-VCH, 2001
4. T.J.Chung, P.M. Anderson, M.K.Wu and S.Hsieh, “Nanomechanics of materials and
structures, Springer, 2006.
5. Jackie Ying. Ed “Nanostructured Materials”, Academic Press, 2001. A small edited
volume with some good articles on some specialized topics such as adsorption in
nanoporous materials
6. R. Haynes, “Optical Microscopy of Materials, International Textbook Company, Glascow,
1984.
7. John J. Bozzola and Lonnie D. Russel, “Electron Microscopy”, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers Inc., USA, 1999.
8. YIP-WAH-CHUNG, “Practical Guide to Surface Science & Spectroscopy”, Academic
Press, 2001.
59
9. Christopher Hammond, “The Basics of Crystallography, II edition, Oxford Univ. Press,
(2001).
10. D. P. Woodruff and T. A. Delchar, “Modern Techniques of Surface Science”, Cambridge
Solid State Science Series, 1994.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENT LAWS
Course Code: 15 BT 52C5 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Intellectual Property Rights
Patents and intellectual property rights (IPR): Definition, History of intellectual property; Types
of intellectual property rights, copy rights, trade marks, geographical indication, Industrial design
rights, patents. Sources of patent information, patent application procedures.
Principles, Scope and Functions of GATT&WTO
GATT- Historical perspective, objectives and fundamental principles, impact on developing
countries. WTO-Objectives, scope, functions, structure, status, membership and withdrawal,
dispute settlement, impact on globalization, India-tasks and challenges.
Regulatory Affairs
Indian contest-requirements and guidelines of GMP, understanding of Drugs and cosmetic act
1940 and rules 1945 with reference schedule M,U & Y. Related quality systems-objectives and
guidelines of USFDA,WHO & ICH; Introduction to ISO series.
Documentation and Protocols
Documentation: Types related to pharmaceuticals industry, protocols, harmonizing formulation
development for global fillings, NDA, ANDA, CTD, Dealing with post approval changes-
SUPAC, handling and maintenance including electronic documentation.
Case Studies on Patents: Case Studies on patents (Basumati rice, turmeric, Neem, etc.)
Recommended Textbooks:
1. S. H. Willing, Good manufacturing practices for Pharmaceuticals
Reference textbooks:
1. P. Das & Gokul Das, Protection of Industrial property Rights.
REGULATORY AFFAIRS AND CLINICAL TRIALS
Course Code: 15 BT 52D1 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
60
Syllabus:
Basics and Features of Clinical Trails
What is clinical trial - Need, Types and phases of clinical trials, Benefits and Risks in clinical
trials: Team involved in a clinical trial: Features and essential components of clinical trials: Good
clinical trial practices:
Patent Requirement and Clinical Trail Statistic
Stages in patent recruitment: Recruitment evidence. Challenges in patent recruitment, Research
methodology, Primary and secondary outcomes: Subgroup analysis, Checklists
Design of Experiments and Role of It In Clinical Trails
Design configuration, Multicenter trails, Types of comparison: Group sequential designs, Sample
size, Data capture and processing: Role of IT in clinical trials: Clinical trial team
Clinical Trail Regulatory Affairs
The history of clinical testing and its regulation, Clinical trial regulation, Good clinical trail
guidance-The Indian scenario, Essential standards for performing clinical trials, Good clinical
practice, Institutional ethics committee, General ethical principles, Specific ethical principles,
The guidelines for drug trails, Phase wise guidelines for clinical trials, Guidelines for vaccine
trails, Essential documents.
Clinical Trail Business Environment
Basic components of clinical trials budgets, Clinical trial Industry, Economic challenges faced by
Pharmaceutical companies, India as a place for conducting clinical trials. Indian/USA/EU ethics
approval system.
Recommended Textbooks:
1. Good Clinical practices,Central Drugs Standard Control organization,Govt.of India
2. Drugs and cosmetics Act 1940.
Reference Books:
1. International Clinical Trail, Volume 1 & 2 Dominique P.brunier and Nahler, Interpham press,
Denver, Colorado.
2. Code of Federal Regulation by USFDA-Download.
BIOPROCESS ECONOMICS AND PLANT DESIGN
Course Code: 15 BT 52D2 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Economic evaluation
61
Capital cost of a project. Interest calculations, nominal and effective interest rates. Basic
concepts in tax and depreciation. Measures of economic performance, rate of return, payout time.
Cash flow diagrams; Cost accounting-balance sheet and profit loss account. Break even and
minimum cost analysis.
Bioprocess Economics
Introduction, elements of total production cost, outline of the total capital investment, equipment
sizing, capital cost estimates large-scale equipment and utilities. Manufacturing cost estimates-
Operating costs-Raw materials, utilities, fixed costs and overhead costs, case studies of
antibiotics, recombinant products, single cell protein.
Introduction to process design
Schematic representation of unit operations, design information and flow diagrams, material and
energy balances, formulation of the design problem, the Hierarchy of chemical process design
and integration, optimization, Health and safety Hazards, Environment protection, plant location
and lay out.
Basic considerations in equipment design
General design procedure, equipment classification, materials of construction-Mechanical
propertiesstrength, elasticity, ductility, resilience, toughness, hardness, creep, fatigue. Metals-
ferrous metals, types of iron & steels, Nonferrous metals and Non-metals. Corrosion: Forms of
corrosion and their presentation. Choice of materials. Design conventions.
Basic Design Problems
Design examples on continuous fermentation, aeration and agitation. Design calculation of filter
for air sterilization. Design of batch and continuous sterilizers. Design calculations for
immobilized enzyme kinetics. Practical considerations in designing of Bioreactor/Fermentor
construction. Introduction to different types of valves, pumps, steam traps, spargers and
impellers used in fermentation industries. Design exercise on trickle flow fermenter. Problems
associated with design equations.
Recommended Text Books:
1. Peters & Timmerhaus, Plant design and Economics for Chemical Engineers –
2. M V Joshi & V V Mahajani, Process equipment design
3. Robin smith, Chemical process design and integration
Reference books:
1. Harvey W Blanch, Biochemical Engineering
2. S.K. Hazra and choudary, Material Science & Processes
GENOMICS AND PROTEOMICS
Course Code: 15 BT 52D3 L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
62
Syllabus:
Organization of genome and its mapping
Organization and structure of genomes, Genome Mapping - Construction of genomic libraries,
mapping strategies and techniques. Human Genome Project, Genomes of other organisms.
Principles of gene expression; Global analysis of gene expression.
Structural and Functional genomics
Comparative genomics: protein evolution from exon shuffling, Protein structural genomics, Gene
function by sequence comparison. Functional Genomics, Pharmacogenomics, Genomics in
relation to molecular Diagnosis, Role of genomics in Drug discovery and development.
Microarrays and gene therapy
Whole genome analysis of mRNA and protein expression, micro array analysis, types of
microarrays and applications. Gene Therapy: New Targets for drug discovery. Knockout mice,
Role of animal models in identification of genes for disorders.
Proteomics
Principles of separation of Bio-molecules, Anfinsen’s experiments, diagonal electrophoresis, 2D-
Gel Electrophoresis, MALDI-TOF, Protein-protein interaction networks – Topology, Network
motifs, Protein Expression profiling, Protein Biochips, Applications of Proteomics and Protein
arrays.
Yeast two hybrid systems
Yeast two hybrid, Co-Precipitation, Phage Display, Phylogenetic Profile, Domain fusion, Gene
Neighborhood, Gene Cluster, Mirror Tree, Analysis of genome wide Protein-Protein Interactions
in yeast, Genome wide yeast two hybrid analysis of other organisms, Protein fragment
complementation assays.
Recommended Text Books:
1. S.Sahai, Genomics and Proteomics, "Functional an Computational Aspects", Pienum
Publications, 1999.
2. Moody P C E and A J Wilkinson. Protein Engineering. IRL Press.
Reference Books:
1. Molecular Biology by Watson et al
2. Creighton T E, Proteins. Freeman W H. Second edition 1993.
3. Lela Buchingham and Maribeth L Flawsm , Molecular Diagnostics; Fundamentals, Methods
and Clinical Application , 1st Edition F.A. Davis Company Philadelphia USA, 2007.
BIOCATALYSIS AND ENZYME MECHANISMS
Course Code: 15 BT 52D4 L-T-P: 3-0-0
63
Prerequisites: Nil Credits:3
Syllabus:
Biocatalysis - Current Status, Advantages & disadvantages, Comparison with other Catalysts,
Biocatalysts as a technology, Green Chemistry.
Characterization of a Biocatalyst: Enzyme Kinetics, Basis of Enzyme Action, Theories of
Enzyme Catalysis, Efficiency, Stability, Selectivity of Enzymes, Screening of New Enzyme
Activity
Biocatalytic Asymmetric Synthesis: Basic of stereochemistry; Enantiomerically pure amino
acids, Hydroxy esters with carbonyl reductase, Alcohols with ADH, Penicillin G, Ephedrine,
Chiral drugs, Anticholesterol drugs, Anti-infectives, Anti-AIDS drugs, Cardiovascular drugs,
Applications of Lipases and Esterases in the Pharma industry, Steroids UNIT-IV
Biocatalysis In Non-Conventional Media: Enzymes in organic solvents, Advantages of
Biocatalysis in organic media, Role of water in Enzyme reactions in Organic solvents, Substrate
as solvent, Ionic liquids and Supercritical Solvents for enzymatic reactions .
Industrial Enzymes: Enzymes in the food industry, Cell-wall degrading enzymes, Lipases,
Proteases, Amylases, Xylanases, Enzymes in brewing, Fat splitting, Enzymes in the paper and
pulp industry, Enzymes in the textile industry, Enzymes for preservation, The future of enzyme
applications
Text books:
1. Biocatalysis: Fundamentals & Applications by Andreas Sebastian Bommarius , Bettina R.
Riebel, VCH. 2. Biotransformations in Organic Chemistry by Kurt Faber, Springer Berlin.
Reference books:
1. Enzymes by palmer, 2. Enzymes in Industry by Wolfgang Aehle, Wiley-VCH.
64
M-TECH - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
First Year [First Semester]
S No
Code
Course Title
L
T
P
Cr
1
15 CE 5101
Applied Mathematics
3
2
0
4
2
15 CE 5102
Theory of Elasticity
3
2
0
4
3
15 CE 5103
Structural Dynamics
3
0
2
4
4
15 CE 5104
Advanced Prestressed Concrete
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – I
6
Elective – II
3
0
0
3
7
15 CE 5148
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total Credits:
24
First Year [Second Semester]
S No
Code
Course Title
L
T
P
Cr
1
15 CE 5205
Finite Element Analysis
3
0
2
4
2
15 CE 5206
Bridge Engineering
3
2
0
4
3
15 CE 5207
Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
3
0
2
4
4
15 CE 5208
Theory of Plates and Shells
3
2
0
4
5
Elective – III
6
Elective – IV
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total Credits:
24
Second Year
S No
Code
Course Title
L
T
P
Cr
1
15 IE 6050
DISSERTATION
0
0
72
36
Total Credits:
36
65
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CE 51A1
Repair and Rehabilitation of structures
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 51A2
Design of Offshore structures
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CE 51B1
Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 51B2
Stability of Structures
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CE 52C1
Industrial Structures
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 52C2
Design of Tall Structures
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 52C3
Optimization of Structures3
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CE 52D1
Advanced Design of structures
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 52D2
Fracture Mechanics
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 52D3
Green Buildings
3
0
0
3
66
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Course Code :15 CE 5101 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
One Dimensional Wave and Heat Equations
Laplace transform methods for one-dimensional wave equation – Displacements in a long string
– longitudinal vibration of an elastic bar – Fourier transform methods for one-dimensional heat
conduction problems in infinite and semi-infinite rods.
Elliptic Equation
Laplace equation – Properties of harmonic functions – Solution of Laplace’s equation by means
of Fourier transforms in a half plane, in an infinite strip and in a semi-infinite strip – Solution of
Poisson equation by Fourier transform method.
Calculus of Variations
Concept of variation and its properties – Euler’s equation – Functional dependant on first and
higher order derivatives – Functionals dependant on functions of several independent variables –
Variational problems with moving boundaries –Direct methods – Ritz and Kantorovich methods.
Eigen Value Problems
Methods of solutions: Faddeev – Leverrier Method, Power Method with deflation – Approximate
Methods: Rayleigh – Ritz Method
Numerical Integration
Gaussian Quadrature – One and Two Dimensions – Gauss Hermite Quadrature – Monte Carlo
Method – Multiple Integration by using mapping function
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations by K. Sankara Rao, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
2. Numerical Methods in Science and Engineering A Practical Approach by S.
Rajasekaran, A. H. Wheeler and Company Private Limited, 1986.
3. Calculus of Variations with Applications by A.S. Gupta, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
4. Integral Transforms for Engineers by L.C. Andrews and B. K. Shivamoggi, Prentice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
67
THEORY OF ELASTICITY
Course Code :15 CE 5102 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Two-dimensional problems in rectangular coordinates
Plane stress ; Plane strain; Differential equations of equilibrium; Boundary conditions;
Compatibility equations; Stress function; Governing differential equation; Solution by
Polynomials; End effects – Saint-Venant’s Principle; Determination of displacements; Bending
of a cantilever loaded at the end; Bending of a beam by uniform load
Two-dimensional problems in polar coordinates
General equations in polar coordinates; Stress distribution symmetrical about an axis; Effect of
circular holes on stress distribution in plates; Concentrated force at a point of a straight
boundary; Concentrated force acting on a beam; Stresses in a circular disc, general solutions of
the two dimensional problem in polar coordinates, applications of the general solutions in polar
coordinates.
Strain energy methods
Total strain energy; Principle of virtual work; Griffith’s theory of rupture; Castigliano’s theorem;
Principle of least work (Stationary potential energy), applications of the principle of least
workrectangular plates, shear lag
Analysis of stress and strain in three dimensions
Stress at a point – components of stress; Principal stresses; Stress ellipsoid and stress director
surface; Determination of principal stresses; Stress invariants; Determination of maximum shear
stresses; Octahedral shear stress; strain at a point – Components of strain; differential equations
of equilibrium, the principle of superposition
Torsion
Torsion of straight bars – Saint Venant’s theory; Elliptic cross section; Membrane analogy;
Torsion of a bar of narrow rectangular cross-section; Torsion of rolled profile sections; Torsion
of thin tubes
Text Books:
1. Theory of Elasticity by Timoshenko, S. and Goodier J.N., McGraw Hill Book Co., Newyork,
1988.
Reference Books
1. Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1988.
2. Hearn , E.J. “Mechanics of Materials”, Vol.2, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1985
3. Irving H.Shames and James, M.Pitarresi, “Introduction to Solid Mechanics”, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd., Newl Delhi -2002.
68
STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
Course Code :15 CE 5103 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Equation of Motions, Problem Statement, Solution Methods of Single Degree of Freedom
Systems (SDOF) : Basic concepts of structural dynamics; single degree of freedom system,
force displacement relationship, damping force, equation of motion, mass-spring-damper system,
methods of solution of differential equation.
Free Vibration (SDOF): Undamped free vibration, viscously damped free vibration, energy
in free vibration.
Response to Harmonic and Periodic Excitations (SDOF) : Harmonic vibration of undamped
systems, Harmonic vibration with viscous damping, response to vibration generator, natural
frequency and damping from harmonic test, force transmission and vibration isolation, vibration
measuring instruments, energy dissipated in viscous damping. Response to periodic force.
Response to Arbitrary, Step And Pulse Excitations (SDOF) : Response to unit impuse,
response to arbitrary force, step force, ramp force, response to pulse excitations, solution
methods, effects of viscous damping.
Numerical Evaluation of Dynamic Response (SDOF) : Time stepping methods, methods
based on interpolation of excitation, central difference method, newmark’s method, stability and
computational error, analysis of nonlinear response by newmark’s method.Earthquake Response
to Linear Systems (SDOF)
Earthquake excitation, equation of motion, response quantities, response history, response
spectrum concept, deformation, pseudo-velocity and pseudo acceleration response spectra, peak
structural response from the response spectrum, response spectrum characteristics, elastic design
spectrum, comparison and distinction between design and response spectra.
Generalised Single Degree of Freedom Systems : Generalised SDOF systems, rigid body
assemblages, systems with distributed mass and elasticity, lumped mass system-shear building,
natural vibration frequency by Rayleigh’s method.
Multi -degree of freedom systems (MDOF) : Equation of motions: simple system-two storey
shear building, general approach for linear systems, static condensation, symmetric plan systems:
ground motion. Multiple support excitation, methods of solving the equation of motions.
Free Vibration (MDOF) : Natural frequencies and modes: systems without damping, modal
and spectral matrices, orthogonality of modes, normalization of modes. Solution of undamped
free vibration systems, solution methods for eigenvalue problem.
Text Books:
1. Dynamics of structures by Anil K Chopra; Prentice-Hall of India Limited, New Delhi.3
rd
edition 2006.
2. Dynamics of Structures by R.W. Clough and P.E. Penzien, McGraw-Hill. 1
st
edition 1975
Reference Books:
1. Structural Dynamics for Structural Engineers by G. C. Hart & K. Wang; John Wiley &
Sons. 1
st
edition 1991
2. Structural Dynamics by Mario Paz, CBS Publishers.1
st
edition 1991.
69
ADVANCED PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
Course Code :15 CE 5104 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction, Prestressing Systems and Material Properties
Basic concepts of pre-stressing; Historical development; Advantages and Types of Pre-stressing,
Pre-tensioning Systems and Devices, Post-tensioning Systems and Devices, Need for High
strength steel and High strength concrete; Losses Of Prestress: Nature of losses of pre-stress;
Loss due to elastic deformation of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, relaxation
of stress in steel, friction and anchorage slip; Total losses allowed for in design.
Analysis of Prestressed Member
Analysis of Members under Axial Load: Analysis at Transfer, Analysis at Service , Analysis for
Ultimate Strength, Analysis of Member under Flexure:, Analysis at Transfer and at Service,
Cracking Moment, Kern Point, Pressure Line, Analysis for Ultimate Strength, design loads and
strength, Calculation of Crack Width, Variation of Stress in Steel, Analysis of a Rectangular
Section, Analysis of a Flanged Section.
Deflections of Prestressed Concrete Members:
Importance of control of deflections; Factors influencing deflections; Short term deflections of
uncracked members. Long term deflection of cracked member; Transmission Of Pre-Stress:
Transmission of Pre-stressing force by bond; Transmission length; Bond stresses; Transverse
tensile stresses; End zone reinforcement; Flexural bond stresses in pre –tensioned and post –
tensioned grouted beams, stress distribution in end block, Anchorage zone reinforcements;
Shear And Torsion Resistance Of Prestressed Concrete Member: Shear and Principal
stresses; Ultimate shear resistance of pre-stressed concrete members; Design of shear
reinforcement, pre-stressed concrete members in torsion, Design of reinforcements for torsion,
shear and bending.
Design of Pre-Stressed Members : Design of sections for flexure, Design of Sections for Axial
Tension, Design of Sections for compression and bending, design of pre-stressed section for
shear and torsion, design of pre-stressed member for bond. Dimensioning of flexural member,
design for pre-tensioning member, design of post-tensioning members.
Composite Construction of Prestressed Concrete : Composite structural member, types of
composite construction, analysis of stresses, differential shrinkages, deflection of composite
member, flexural strength of composite sections, shear strength of composite section; Design of
Continuous Prestressed Concrete Member: Advantages of continuous members, ultimate load
analysis of continuous pre-stressed member, design of continuous pre-stressed concrete beams.
Text Books: (supplemented with IS: 1343)
1. Prestressed Concrete by N. Krishna Raju; Tata Mc Graw - Hill Publishing Company Limited,
New Delhi.3
rd
edition, 1995.
2. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures by T.Y. Lin & Ned H. Burns; John Wiley & Sons,
3
rd
edition, 1981.
Reference Books
1. Prestressed concrete by N. Rajagopalan; Narosa Publishing House.2
nd
edition, 2005.
2. Design of Prestressed Concrete by A. Nilson; John Willey & Sons.2
nd
edition, 1987.
70
REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 51A1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction
Deterioration of structures with aging; Need for rehabilitation
Distress in concrete /steel structures
Types of damages; Sources or causes for damages; effects of damages; Case studies
Damage assessment and evaluation models
Damage testing methods; Non-destructive testing methods
Rehabilitation methods
Grouting; Detailing; Imbalance of structural stability; Case studies
Methods of Repair
Shortcreting; Grouting; Epoxy-cement mortar injection; Crack ceiling
Seismic Retrofitting of reinforced concrete buildings
Introduction; Considerations in retrofitting of structures; Source of weakness in RC frame
building – Structural damage due to discontinuous load path; Structural damage due to lack of
deformation; Quality of workmanship and materials; Classification of retrofitting techniques;
Retrofitting strategies for RC buildings – Structural level (global) retrofit methods; Member
level (local) retrofit methods; Comparative analysis of methods of retrofitting
Text Books:
1. Diagnosis and treatment of structures in distress by R.N.Raikar, Published by R&D Centre
of Structural Designers & Consultants Pvt.Ltd., Mumbai, 1994.
2. Handbook on Repair and Rehabilitation of RCC buildings, Published by CPWD, Delhi,
2002.
3. Earthquake resistant design of structures by Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande,
Prentice-Hall of India, 2006.
71
DESIGN OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 51A2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
WAVE THEORIES
Wave generation process, small and finite amplitude wave theories.
FORCES OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
Wind forces, wave forces on vertical, inclined cylinders, structures - current forces and use of
Morison equation.
OFFSHORE SOIL AND STRUCTURE MODELLING
Different types of offshore structures, foundation modeling, structural modeling.
ANALYSIS OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
Static method of analysis, foundation analysis and dynamics of offshore structures.
DESIGN OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
Design of platforms, helipads, Jacket tower and mooring cables and pipe lines.
Text Books:
Dawson.T.H., “Offshore Structural Engineering”, Prentice Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1983
Reference Books:
1.Chakrabarti, S.K. “Hydrodynamics of Offshore Structures”, Computational Mechanics
Publications, 1987.
2.Brebia, C.A and Walker, S., “Dynamic Analysis of Offshore Structures”, New
Butterworths, U.K. 1979.
3.API, Recommended Practice for Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore
Platforms, American Petroleum Institute Publication, RP2A, Dalls, Tex, 2000.
4.Reddy, D.V. and Arockiasamy, M., “Offshore Structures”, Vol.1 and Vol.2, Krieger
Publishing Company, Florida, 1991.
72
GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 CE 51B1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Seismology and Earthquakes
Introduction, Seismic Hazards, seismic waves, internal structure of earth, Continental drift and
plate tectonics, faults, elastics rebound theory, geometric notations, location of earthquakes, size
of earthquakes.
Strong Ground Motion
Strong ground motion measurement, ground motion parameters, estimation of ground motion
parameters.
Seismic Hazard Analysis: Identification and Evaluation of Earthquake Sources, deterministic
seismic hazard analysis, probabilistic seismic hazard analysis.
Wave propagation
Waves in unbounded media, waves in a semi – infinite body, waves in a layered media,
attenuation of stress waves.
Dynamic soil properties: Measurement of dynamic soil properties using field and laboratory
tests (overview), stress strain behavior of cyclically loaded soils, strength of cyclically loaded
soils.
Ground Response Analysis
One – Dimensional Ground response Analysis – Linear and Non-Linear Approaches.
Local Site Effects: Effect of local site conditions on ground motion, design parameters,
development of design parameters.
Liquefaction
Flow liquefaction, cyclic mobility, evaluation of liquefaction hazards, liquefaction susceptibility,
initiation of liquefaction, effects of liquefaction.
Soil Improvement for Remediation of Seismic Hazards: Densification techniques,
Reinforcement Techniques, Grouting and Mixing techniques, Drainage techniques.
TEXT BOOK:
Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering by Steven L. Kramer, prentice Hall, 1
st
edition, 1996.
REFERENCE BOOK:
Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook by Robert W. Day, McGraw-Hill.2
nd
edition,
2010.
73
STABILITY OF STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 51B2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
BUCKLING OF COLUMNS
Introduction; Methods of finding critical loads; Critical loads for straight columns with different
end conditions and loading; Inelastic buckling of axially loaded columns; Energy methods;
Prismatic and non-prismatic columns under discrete and distributed loading; General Principles
of elastic 0stability of framed structures.
Buckling of thin walled members of open cross section
Torsion of thin-walled bars; warping; Non-uniform torsion; Torsional buckling under axial
loading; Combined bending and torsion buckling.
Lateral Buckling of Beams
Beams under pure bending; Cantilever and simply supported beams of rectangular and I-
sections; Beams under transverse loading; Energy methods; Solution of simple problems.
Buckling of Rectangular Plates
Plates simply supported on all edges and subjected to constant compression in one or two
directions; Plates simply supported along two opposite sides perpendicular to the direction of
compression and having various edge conditions along the other two sides.
Buckling of Shells
Introduction to buckling of axially compressed cylindrical shells.
Mathematical treatment of stability problems
Discrete/Discontinuous systems; Eigen value problem; Converting continuous systems to
discrete systems using the finite element method – Buckling of a column with sudden change in
cross-section
Text Books:
Theory of elastic stability by Timoshenko & Gere, McGraw Hill, 1961.
Reference Books:
1.Background to buckling by Allen and Bulson, McGraw-Hill, 1980.
2.Elastic stability of structural elements by N.G.R.Iyengar, Macmillan India Ltd., 2007.
74
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
Course Code :15 CE 5205 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Basic Principles
Equilibrium equations; Strain-displacement relations; linear constitutive relations;Principle
virtual work; Principle of stationary potential energy
Element Properties
Different types of elements; Displacement models; Relation between nodal degrees of freedom
and generalized coordinates; Convergence requirements; Compatibility requirement; Geometric
invariance; Natural coordinate systems; Shape functions; Element strains and stresses; Element
stiffness matrix; Element nodal load vector. Isoparametric elements – Definition, Two-
dimensional isoparametric elements – Jacobian transformation, Numerical integration
Direct Stiffness method and Solution Technique
Assemblage of elements–Obtaining Global stiffness matrix and Global load vector; Governing
equilibrium equation for static problems; Storage of Global stiffness matrix in banded and
skyline form; Incorporation of boundary conditions; Solution to resulting simultaneous
equations by Gauss elimination method
Plane-stress and Plane-strain analysis
Solving plane stress and plane-strain problems using constant strain triangle and four nodded
isoparametric element
Analysis of plate bending
Basic theory of plate bending; Shear deformation plates; Plate bending analysis using four noded
isoparametric elements
Text Books:
1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering by R.T. Chandrupatla and A.D. Belegundu,
Prentice Hall of India, 1997.
Reference Books:
1. Finite Element Analysis by Abel and Desai, New Age Publishers, 2007.
2. Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming by C. S. Krishnamoorthy, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 1995
3. Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis by K. J. Bathe, Prentice Hall Inc.,
1996.
4. The Finite Element Method by O.C. Zienkiewicz, and R.L.Taylor, McGraw – Hill, 1987.
75
BRIDGE ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 CE 5206 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
I.R.C. Specifications For Road Bridges
Different types of bridges; I.R.C. specifications for road bridges; Design Of R.C Slab Culvert:
Loads considered for design, Design of R.C. slab culvert.
Design of T – Beam Bridge
Pigeaud’s method for computation of slab moments; courbon’s method for computation of
moments in girders; Design of simply supported T-beam Bridge.
Design of Sub Structure For Bridges
Pier and abutment caps; Materials for piers and abutments’ Design of pier; Design of abutment;
Backfill behind abutment; approach slab.
Design of Bearings For Bridges
Importance of bearings; bearings for slab bridge; bearings for girder bridges; Expansion
bearings; Fixed bearings; Design of elastomeric pad bearing; Foundations For Bridges: Scour
at abutments and piers; Grip length; Types of foundations; Design of well foundation.
Cable Supported Bridge
Different types of cable supported bridge, difference between suspension bridge and cable
stayed bridge. Different components and factors considered for design of a) suspension bridge,
b) cable stayed bridge.
Text Books:
1. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by Johnson Victor; Oxford & IBH publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd.2007
2. Cable supported bridges, concepts and design by N J Gimsing. John Willey and Sons, 2
nd
edition
Reference Books:
1. Design of Bridge Structures by T. R Jagadeesh, M.A Jayaram, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd. 2
nd
edition.
76
EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 5206 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Seismic-resistant building architecture
Introduction; Lateral load resisting systems- moment resisting frame, Building with shear wall or
bearing wall system, building with dual system; Building configuration – Problems and
solutions; Building characteristics – Mode shape and fundamental period, building frequency and
ground period, damping, ductility, seismic weight, hyperstaticity/redundancy, non-structural
elements, foundation soil/ liquefaction. Foundations; Quality of construction and materials –
quality of concrete, construction joints, general detailing requirements
Design forces for buildings
Introduction; Equivalent static method; Mode superposition technique; Dynamic inelastic-
time history analysis; Advantages and disadvantages of these methods; Determination of
lateral forces as per IS 1893(Part 1) – Equivalent static method, Model analysis using response
spectrum
Ductility considerations in earthquake resistant design of RCC buildings
Introduction; Impact of ductility; Requirements for ductility; Assessment of ductility–
Member/element ductility, Structural ductility; Factor affecting ductility; Ductility factors;
Ductility considerations as per IS13920
Earthquake resistant design of a long two-storey, two-bay RCC building
Determination of lateral forces on an intermediate plane frame using Equivalent static
method and Model analysis using response spectrum; Analysis of the intermediate frame for
various load combinations as per IS1893(Part 1); Identification of design forces and moments in
the members; Design and detailing of typical flexural member ,typical column, footing and
detailing of a exterior joint as per IS13920.
Base isolation of structures
Introduction; Considerations for seismic isolation; Basic elements of seismic isolation; seismic-
isolation design principle; Feasibility of seismic isolation; Seismic-isolation configurations
Text Books:
1. Earthquake resistant design of structures by Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande,
Prentice-Hall of India, 2006.
2. Seismic design of reinforced concrete and masonry buildings by T. Paulay and M.J.N.
Priestley, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
3. The seismic design handbook, Edited by F. Naeim, Kluwer Academic publishers, 2001.
77
THEORY OF PLATES AND SHELLS
Course Code :15 CE 5208 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Assumptions in the theory of thin plates – Pure bending of Plates – Relations
between bending moments and curvature - Particular cases of pure bending of rectangular plates,
Cylindrical bending - immovable simply supported edges – Synclastic bending and Anticlastic
bending – Strain energy in pure bending of plates in Cartesian and polar co-ordinates –
Limitations.
Laterally Loaded Circular Plates:- Differential equation of equilibrium – Uniformly loaded
circular plates with simply supported and fixed boundary conditions – Annular plate with
uniform moment and shear force along the boundaries.
Laterally Loaded Rectangular Plates: - Differential equation of plates – Boundary conditions –
Navier solution for simply supported plates subjected to uniformly distributed load and point
load – Levy’s method of solution for plates having two opposite edges simply supported with
various symmetrical boundary conditions along the other two edges loaded with u. d. l. – Simply
supported plates with moments distributed along the edges - Approximate Methods.
Effect of transverse shear deformation - plates of variable thickness – Anisotropic plates-thick
plates- orthotropic plates and grids - Large Deflection theory.
Deformation of Shells without Bending:- Definitions and notation, shells in the form of a surface
of revolution, displacements, unsymmetrical loading, spherical shell supported at isolated points,
membrane theory of cylindrical shells, the use of stress function in calculating membrane forces
of shells.
General Theory of Cylindrical Shells:- A circular cylindrical shell loaded symmetrically with
respect to its axis, symmetrical deformation, pressure vessels, cylindrical tanks, thermal stresses,
in extensional deformation, general case of deformation, cylindrical shells with supported edges,
approximate investigation of the bending of cylindrical shells, the use of a strain and stress
function, stress analysis of cylindrical roof shells.
Text Books:
1. S.P Timoshenko and S.W Krieger, Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill, 1989.
Reference Books:
1. R. Szilard, Theory and Analysis of Plates – Classical Numerical Methods’, Prentice Hall
inc, 1974.
2. P.L Gould, Analysis of Shells and Plates, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1988.
78
INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 52C1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
PLANNING AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Classification of Industries and Industrial structures - planning for Layout Requirements
regarding Lighting, Ventilation and Fire Safety – Protection against noise and vibration -
Guidelines of Factories Act.
INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS
Roofs for Industrial Buildings - Steel and RCC - Gantry Girders - Design of Corbels and Nibs –
Machine foundations.
POWER PLANT STRUCTURES
Types of power plants – Design of Turbo generator foundation – containment structures.
POWER TRANSMISSION STRUCTURES
Transmission Line Towers - Substation Structures - Tower Foundations - Testing Towers.
AUXILLIARY STRUCTURES
Chimneys and Cooling Towers – Bunkers and Silos – Pipe supporting structures.
Text Books:
1. Manohar S.N, “Tall Chimneys - Design and Construction”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1985
2. Santha kumar A.R. and Murthy S.S., “Transmission Line Structures”, Tata McGraw Hill,
1992.
3. Srinivasulu P and Vaidyanathan.C, “Handbook of Machine Foundations”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1976.
4. Jurgen Axel Adam, Katharria Hausmann, Frank Juttner, Klauss Daniel, “Industrial
Buildings: A Design Manual”, Birkhauser Publishers, 2004.
5. Proceedings of Advanced course on “Industrial Structures”, Structural Engineering
Research Centre, Chennai, 1982.
79
DESIGN OF TALL STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 52C2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction : Why Tall Buildings, Factors affecting growth, Height and structural form
The Tall Building Structure: Design process, Philosophy, scope and content; Design Criteria:
Design philosophy, Loading, Sequential loading, Strength and Stability, Stiffness and drift
limitations, Human Comfort criteria, Creep, Shrinkage and temperature effects, Fire, Foundation
settlement and soil structure interaction.
Loading On Tall Structures :Gravity loading:-Methods of live load reduction, Impact gravity
loading, Construction loading, Wind loading:-Simple static loading, Dynamic loading,
Earthquake loading:-Equivalent lateral force procedure, Model analysis procedure, Combination
of loading:-Working stress design, Limit Sate design; Structural Form: Structural form:-Braced
frame structures, Rigid Frame structures, In filled-Frame structures, Flat plate- Flat slab
structures, Shear wall structures, Wall frame structures, Framed tube structures, Suspended
structures, Floor systems :-( Reinforced concrete):-One-way slabs on beams or walls, One-way
pan joints and Beams, One-way slab on beams and girders, Two-way Flat plate, Twoway flat
slab, Waffle flat slabs, Two-way slab and beam, Floor systems :- ( Steel framing):-Oneway beam
system, Two-way beam system, Three way beam system, Composite Steel-Concrete floor system
Modeling For Analysis : Approaches to analysis:-Preliminary analyses, Intermediate and final
analysis, Assumptions:- Materials, Participating components, Floor slabs, Negligible stiffnesses,
Negligible deformations, Cracking, High-Rise Behavior, Modeling for Approximate analyses:-
Approximate Representation Bents, Approximate modeling of slabs, Modeling for continuum
analyses, Modeling for Accurate analyses:-Plane frames, Plane shear walls, Three dimensional
frame and wall structures, P-Delta effects, The assembled model; Braced Frames: Types of
bracings, Behavior of bracings, Behavior of bracing bents, Methods of analysis:-member force
analysis, Drift analysis, Worked example for calculating drift by approximate methods, use large
scale bracing.
Rigid-Frame Structures : Rigid frame behavior, Approximate determination of member forces
caused by Gravity loading:- Girder forces-Code recommended values, two cycle moment
distribution, and Column forces, Approximate Analysis of member forces caused by horizontal
loading:-Allocation of loading between bents, member force analysis by portal frame method,
Approximate method by cantilever method, Approximate analysis of rigid frames with setbacks,
Approximate analysis for drift:- Components of drift, correction of excessive drift, Effective
shear rigidity (GA), Flat plate structures:-Analogues rigid frame, Worked examples, Computer
analysis of rigid frames, Reduction of rigid frames for analysis:-Lumped girder frame, single-bay
substite frame; Shear Wall Structures: Behavior of shear wall structures, Analysis of
proportionate wall systems:- Proportionate Non twisting structures, Proportionate twisting
structures, Non Proportionate structures:-No proportionate Non twisting structures, Non
proportionate twisting structures, Behavior of nonproportionate structures, Effects of
discontinuities at base, Stress analysis of shear wall:- Membrane finite element analysis,
Analogous frame analysis
Tubular Structures
80
Structural behavior of tabular structures:-Framed- tube structures, Bundled Tube structures,
Braced-Tube structures, General three dimensional structural analysis, Simplified Analytical
models for symmetrical Tubular structures:-Reduction of three dimensional frame tube to an
equivalent plane frame, Bundled-Tube structures, Diagonally braced frame tube structures;
Dynamic Analysis: Dynamic Response to Wind Loading:-Sensivity of structures wind forces,
Dynamic structural response due to wind forces, Along wind response, Cross wind response,
worked examples, Dynamic response to Earthquake motions:-Response of Tall buildings to
ground accelerations, response spectrum analysis, Empirical relations for fundamental natural
frequency, Structural damping ratios, Comfort criteria: Human response to building motions:-
Human perception of building motion, Perception thresholds, Use of comfort criteria in design
Text Books:
1. Tall Building Structures Analysis and Design by Bryan Stafford Smith & Alex Coull; A
Wiley-Interscience Publications, Newyork,1991
Reference Books:
1. Tall Building Structures on Elastic Subgrade and Research of Semi-Analytical. Method
[D] by Gong Yaoqing. Beijing: Tsinghua University, 2006
2. ETABS, Three Dimensional Analysis of Building Systems. Computers and Structures inc.,
Berkeley, California, 1989.
OPTIMIZATION OF STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 52C3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basics of engineering analysis and design, Need for optimal design, formulation of optimal
design problems, basic difficulties associated with solution of optimal problems,
Classical optimization methods, necessary and sufficient optimality criteria for unconstrained
and constrained problems, Kuhn-Tucker conditions, Global optimality and convex analysis,
Linear optimal problems, Simplex method, Introduction to Karmarkar’s algorithm.
Numerical methods for nonlinear unconstrained and constrained problems, sensitivity analysis,
Linear post optimal analysis, sensitivity analysis of discrete and distributed systems.
Introduction to variational methods of sensitivity analysis, shape sensitivity,
Introduction to integer programming, dynamic programming, stochastic programming and
geometric programming,
Introduction to genetic algorithm and simulated annealing.
Text Books
1. S.S. Rao, Optimization, Theory and Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New
Delhi, 1991.
2. Kalyanmoy Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design: Algorithms and examples,
Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd, 1998.
81
Reference Books:
1. J.S. Arora, Introduction to Optimum Design, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York,
1989.
2. A.J. Morris (Editor), Foundations of Structural Optimization - A Unified Approach; John
Wiley and Sons, Chichester, 1982.
3. R.T. Hafta and Z. Gurdal, Elements of Structural Optimization, 3rd Ed., Kluwer
academic publishers, 1996.
ADVANCED DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
Course Code :15 CE 52D1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Analysis and design of portal frames, Design example for hinged and fixed frame.
Reinforced concrete deep beams:
Introduction to Deep Beams Parameters influencing design; IS code provisions; design of simply
supported and continuous beam
Elevated water tanks: Introduction, Analysis & Design of INTZ Tanks including staging
and continuous deep beams.
Earthquake resistant design: Concept of Earthquake resistant design, provisions of seismic code
IS 1893 (Part-I), Response spectrum, Design spectrum, Design of buildings, Reinforcement
detailing, Provisions of IS 13920
Introduction to plastic analysis: stress strain relationship of Mild steel, Elastic design versus
Ultimate load design, Plastic bending of beams, Shape factor, Load factor, Plastic analysis,
Procedure for plastic analysis, Design consideration
Text Book:
Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design, by N.Krishna Raju, CBS publishers, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design by Varghese,Pentice Hall India, 1
st
edition 2004.
2. Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design (vol-II) by S. S. Bhavikatti, New age
international, 2
nd
edition, 2009.
3. Design of steel structures by L.S Negi Tata Mc Graw Hill publishing company Limited,
2
nd
edition, 1997
4. Earthquake Resistant Design of structures by Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikande PHI
Learning Private Limited. 2006.
82
FRACTURE MECHANICS
Course Code :15 CE 52D2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction:- Significance of fracture mechanics, Griffith energy balance approach, Irwin’s
modification to the Griffith theory, Stress intensity approach, Crack tip plasticity, Fracture
toughness, sub-critical crack growth, Influence of material behaviour, I, II & III modes, Mixed
mode problems.
Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics (LEFM):- Elastic stress field approach, Mode I elastic stress
field equations, Expressions for stresses and strains in the crack tip region, Finite specimen
width, Superposition of stress intensity factors (SIF), SIF solutions for well known problems
such as centre cracked plate, single edge notched plate and embedded elliptical cracks.
Crack Tip Plasticity:- Irwin plastic zone size, Dugdale approach, Shape of plastic zone, State of
stress in the crack tip region, Influence of stress state on fracture behaviour. Energy Balance
approach:- Griffith energy balance approach, Relations for practical use, Determination of SIF
from compliance, Slow stable crack growth and R-curve concept,
Description of crack resistance. LEFM Testing:- Plane strain and plane stress fracture toughness
testing, Determination of R-curves, Effects of yield strength and specimen thickness on fracture
toughness, Practical use of fracture toughness and R-curve data.
Elastic Plastic Fracture Mechanics (EPFM):- Development of EPFM, J-integral, Crack opening
displacement (COD) approach, COD design curve, Relation between J and COD, Tearing
modulus concept, Standard JIc test and COD test.
Fatigue Crack Growth:- Description of fatigue crack growth using stress intensity factor, Effects
of stress ratio and crack tip plasticity – crack closure, Prediction of fatigue crack growth under
constant amplitude and variable amplitude loading, Fatigue crack growth from notches – the
short crack problem.
Practical Problems:- Through cracks emanating from holes, Corner cracks at holes, Cracks
approaching holes, fracture toughness of weldments, Service failure analysis, applications in
pressure vessels, pipelines and stiffened sheet structures.
Text Book:
1. Ewalds, H.L. & Wanhill, R.J.H., Fracture Mechanics – Edward Arnold Edition
Reference Books:
1. Broek, D. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics, Sijthoff & Noordhoff Int. Pub.,
1988.
2. Broek, D. The Practical Use of Fracture Mechanics, Kluwer Academic Pub., 1990.
3. Hellan, D. Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1985.
4. Kumar, P. Elements of Fracture Mechanics, Wheeler Publishing, 1998.
5. Simha, K.R.Y. Fracture Mechanics for Modern Engineering Design, University Press,1996.
83
GREEN BUILDINGS
Course Code :15 CE 52D3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction
What is Green Building, Why to go for Green Building, Benefits of Green Buildings, Green
Building Materials and Equipment in India, What are key Requisites for Constructing a Green
Building, Important Sustainable features for Green Building,
Green Building Concepts and Practices
Indian Green Building Council, Green Building Moment in India, Benefits Experienced in Green
Buildings, Launch of Green Building Rating Systems, Residential Sector, Market
Transformation;
Green Building Opportunities And Benefits: Opportunities of Green Building, Green Building
Features, Material and Resources, Water Efficiency, Optimum Energy Efficiency, Typical
Energy Saving Approach in Buildings, LEED India Rating System and Energy Efficiency,
Green Building Design
Introduction, Reduction in Energy Demand, Onsite Sources and Sinks, Maximise System
Efficiency, Steps to Reduce Energy Demand and Use Onsite Sources and Sinks, Use of
Renewable Energy Sources. Ecofriendly captive power generation for factory, Building
requirement,
Air Conditioning
Introduction,CII Godrej Green business centre,Design philosophy,Design interventions,Energy
modeling, HVAC System design,Chiller selection,pump selection,Selection of cooling
towers,Selection of air handing units,Precooling of fresh air,Interior lighting system,Key feature
of the building. Eco-friendly captive power generation for factory,Building requirement.
Material Conservation
Handling of non process waste, waste reduction during construction,materials with recycled
content,local materials,material reuse,certified wood ,Rapidly renewable building materials and
furniture;
Indoor Environment Quality And Occupational Health: Air conditioning, Indore air quality,
Sick building syndrome, Tobacco smoke control, Minimum fresh air requirements avoid use of
asbestos in the building, improved fresh air ventilation, Measure of IAQ, Reasons for poor IAQ,
Measures to achieve Acceptable IAQ levels,
Text Books:
1. Handbook on Green Practices published by Indian Society of Heating Refrigerating
and Air conditioning Engineers, 2009.
2. Green Building Hand Book by Tomwoolley and Samkimings, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Complete Guide to Green Buildings by Trish riley
2. Standard for the design for High Performance Green Buildings by Kent Peterson, 2009
84
84
M. TECH - GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY
First Year (First Semester):
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CE 5109
Fundamentals of Geospatial Technology
3
0
2
4
2
15 CE 5110
Geographical Information System
3
0
2
4
3
15 CE 5111
Advanced computer Programming and Statistics
3
2
0
4
4
15 CE 5112
Photogrammetry
3
2
0
4
5
Elective 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5148
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total Credits
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CE 5213
Digital Image Processing
3
0
2
4
2
15 CE 5214
GIS Data Analysis & Modelling
3
0
2
4
3
15 CE 5215
Geodesy and GPS
3
2
0
4
4
15 CE 5216
Geospatial Applications
3
2
0
4
5
Elective 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total Credits
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
ELECTIVE COURSES
85
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CE 51E1
Principles of Earth & Environment Sciences
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 51E2
Geoinformatics for Water Resource
Management
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 51E3
Data base Management system(DBMS)
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE 51E4
Topographical Surveying
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CE 51F1
Advanced Surveying and cartography
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 51F2
Environmental Geoinformatics
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 51F3
Structural Analysis using Geomatics
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE 51F4
Geospatial Technology for Transport
Engineering
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CE52G1
Statistics and Adjustment Computations
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE52G2
Cadastral survey’ and information system
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE52G3
Engineering Survey Methodology and
Instrumentation
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE52G4
Geospatial Technology for Natural Resources
&Disaster Management
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CE 52H1
Coordinate systems and Map Projections
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 52H2
Principles of Geomatics
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 52H3
Geospatial Technology for Rural
Development
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE 52H4
Urban Water Management using Geomatics
3
0
0
3
86
FUNDAMENTALS OF GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY
Course Code :15 CE 5109 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION : Definition, History of Remote Sensing. Basic components of Remote
sensing, Electromagnetic Remote sensing process, Passive and active remote sensing.
Electromagnetic Spectrum, Energy source and its characteristics, Nature of EMR, Blackbody
radiation priciples, radiation quantities and terminology
PHYSICS OF REMOTE SENSING : .EMR Interaction With Earth Surface Materials -Spectral
signature concepts – Spectral reflectance & emittance – Typical spectral reflective characteristics
of water – vegetation, soil, minerals/rock, man-made structuresAtmospheric properties, solar
radiant energy characteristics with atmosphere Atmospheric Scattering, Particulate scattering &
absorption, Rayleigh’s & Mie’s theories. Sunlight & skylight & its spectral composition,
Atmospheric Windows.
REMOTE SENSING PLATFORMS AND SENSORS : Introduction; Satellite system
parameters; instrumental and viewing parameters, sensor parameters: Spatial, Spectral and
Radiometric resolutions, Imaging sensor systems: Multi spectral imaging sensor systems,
Thermal sensing systems, microwave image systems. Earth resources satellites: Landsat, SPOT,
IRS, AEM and other recent satellites. Meteorological satellites: NOAA, GOES, NIMBUS,
Meteosat series, Oceansat, IKONOS satellites.
Visual Image Interpretation: Introduction; Types of pictorial data products; Image
interpretation strategy, Levels of interpretation keys; Process of image interpretation; Basic
elements of image interpretation. Overview on visual image interpretation equipment.Key
elements of visual image interpretation, Topography, Drainage Pattern and Texture, Erosion,
Image tone, Vegetation and land use; Concept of converging evidence. Temporal aspects of
image interpretation.
Image Analysis: Visual image analysis for land use / land cover mapping, geological and soil
mapping, Agriculture applications for forestry applications, water resources applications, Urban
and regional planning, Environmental assessment. Principles of land form identification and
evaluation : Sedimentary, Igneous and Metamorphic rock terrain.
Text books:
1. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer R.W. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and
Sons, Inc, New York, 1987.
2. Remote Sensing by JAMES B. CAMPBELL Published by Taylor & Francis Ltd.
3. M.Anji Reddy , Text book of Remote sensing and GIS by, BSP Publications, Hyderabad,
2001.
87
GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM
Course Code :15 CE 5110 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTON : Introduction, Definitions of GIS and related terminology, The Evaluation of
GIS, Components of GIS, Geospatial data, Spatial data infrastructure,Introduction, Map as a
model, Spatial elements and terminology, Classification of maps, Map scale, Spatial referencing
system, Computers in map production, Trends in computer construction, General software’s in
map production.
FUNDAMENTALS OF GIS : A brief history of GIS, GIS architecture, Components of a GIS,
GIS workflow, Theoretical models of GIS: Functional elements, Fundamental operations,
Theoretical framework, GIS categories, Levels of measurement.Introduction; Stages of GIS data
modeling; Graphic representation of Spatial Data, Raster data representation, Vector data
representation, Spatial data models; Raster GIS models: Types of raster GIS models, Compact
raster data models; Vector GIS models, Spaghetti model, Topological model, Shape file,
Compact vector data models; Comparison of Raster and Vector Models.
GIS DATA MANAGEMENT : Introduction, Database management systems: Functions of
DBMS, Components of DBMS; GIS data file management: Simple list, Ordered sequential files,
Indexed files, Building GIS worlds; Database models: Hierarchical database models, Network
systems, Relational database models, Standard query language (SQL), Storage of GIS data, The
hybrid data model, The integrated data model; Object based data models: Entity-Relationship-
Attribute model, Organizational strategy of DBMS in GIS.
DATA INPUT, DATA EDITING AND DATA QUALITY : Introduction, The data stream, Data
input methods: Keyboard entry, Manual digitizing, Scanning and automatic digitizing; GPS for
GIS data captureData editing, Detecting and correcting errors, Data reduction and generalization,
Edge matching and Rubbersheeting
DATA QUALITY : Components of data quality. Accuracy, Precision and resolution,
Consistency, Completeness, Sources of error in GIS; Modeling errors, Point data error models,
Line and area data error models, Models for dot and pixel counting; Error evaluation by
graphical methods. GIS APPLICATIONS:Remote sensing and GIS Linkage, GIS software,
Topography as an environmental factor, locational factor, topographic elements, topographic
structures and topographic connections. Case studies
Books:
1. Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology Edited By John. D. Bossler, Taylor And
Francis, London
2. Text book of Remote sensing and GIS by M. Anji Reddy, BSP Publications, Hyderabad.
3. Geographical Information Sysytems by Demmeers
88
ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND STASTICS
Course Code :15 CE 5111 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Computer basics :Problem solving using computers- flowcharts-algorithms-CPU-Input and
output units-.computer memory- Basic concepts of Object oriented Languages, Basic structure of
C++ programming- tokes-keywords-data types: basic data types-derived data types-user defined
data types- constants-variables-arrays-one, two and multi dimensional arrays-structure-union-
enumerated data types.
Arithmetic operators- relational operators-increment and decrement operators-bit wise operators-
arithmetic expression-precedence of operators-Evaluation of expression- type compatibility-
expression and implicit conversion-manipulators-control structures: decision making and
branching-decision making and looping-Function declaration and definition- argument passing-
return values. Class and objects-member functions- array of objects-object as a argument-
function overloading- friend function-operator overloading-this pointer-static data member-static
member function
Constructors: default constructor-parameterized-copy constructor-dynamic constructor-
destructors-Inheritance-single inheritance-multiple inheritance-multilevel inheritance-pointers
virtual functions and polymorphismIntroduction to statistics :population-sample –primary data
and secondary data - graphical and diagrammatic representation of data- Measure of central
tendency-Mean, median and mode-measure of dispersion-range-standard deviation -raw and
central moments-skewness and kurtosis(definition only)-Concept of probability –classical and
relative frequency definition of probability-addition and multiplication laws of
probability( without proofs) and examples.
Concept of Random variables: Probability mass function-probability density function-probability
distribution function( definitions only)- Binomial ,Poisson and Normal distribution( definitions
and statements of properties and examples).Principles of least square-fitting of straight line-
parsons coefficient of correlation and concept of linear regression.
Concept of testing of hypothesis critical region-two type errors-level of significance of large
sample tests for single mean and difference of means. single proposition and difference
proportion- chi square test for goodness of fit and chi square test of means and f-test for equality
of variances-arithmetic, Geometric and harmonic mean.
Text book :
1) Fundamentals of Computers by V Raja Raman
2) Object Oriented Programming with C++ by E. Balagurusawmy
3) Statistical methods S.P.Gupta. S Chand Pubplications
89
PHOTOGRAMMETRY
Course Code :15 CE 5112 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION :Definition of photogrammetry, History of photogrammetry, Types of
photographs, Organisation of Aerial photography, Geometry of vertical photograph, Scale of
vertical aerial photograph, Displacement of image position due to height, Displacement of image
position due to tilt. Introduction, Types of aerial cameras, Classification single lens frame
camera, Components of frame aerial camera, Fudicial marks, Principle point, Camera mounts,
Camera controls, Automatic data recording, Camera calibration, Elements of interior orientation.
STEREO PHOTOGRAMMETRY : Depth perception, Monoscopic depth perception,
stereoscopic depth perception, Experiment for stereoscopic viewing, Stereoscopic viewing of
overlapping aerial photographs, Stereoscope, pocket stereoscope, Mirror stereoscope, Procedure
for use of stereoscopes, Steps for viewing stereo pair of aerial photographs, Y parallax, Vertical
exaggeration in stereo viewing.Definition of parallax, stereoscopic parallax, Methods of parallax
measurement (monoscopic), Principle of floating mark, Stereoscopic methods of parallax
measurement, parallax equations, Elevation by parallax differences, Approximate equation for
elevation, Measurement of parallax differences, Parallax corrections, Parallax correction graph,
Computation of flight height and air base, Error evaluation.
FLIGHT PLANNING : Need for flight planning, Items for flight planning, Purpose of
photography, Photo scale, Flying height, End lap and side lap, Base-height ( B-H ) ratio, Neat
model, Flight map, Flight planning template.
CONTROL FOR AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY : Definition, Classification
(Horizontal,Vertical), Nature and characteristics of control points, Location and numbering,
Bridging of strip, Bridging of blocks, Ground control provision, Post-pointing and pre-pointing.
ORIENTATION PROCEDURES FOR STEREOPLOTTING INSTRUMENTS :Introduction,
Basic concept, Interior orientation, Relative orientation, Absolute orientation.
AERIAL TRIANGULATION : Introduction, Purpose of aerial triangulation, Principle of
Aerial Triangulation, Classification of Aerial triangulation based on methods, Preparation for
aerial triangulation, Independent Model Triangulation (IMT), Aerial Triangulation (Analytical
method), Blocks of photos, Bundles adjustment.
Text Books:
1. Paul,R.Wolf Elements of Phogrammetry,McGrew-Hill,International BookCompany,Japan,
1993.
2. Geoinformatics for Environmental Management by M. Anji Reddy, BS Publications
3. Remote sensing and image interpretation by Lillesand and Kiefer, John wiley and sons.
4. Elements of Photogrammetry by K.K.Rampal.
90
PRINCIPLES OF EARTH & ENVIRONMENT SCIENCES
Course Code :15 CE 51E1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of Earth Sciences: Introduction, Origin of the Earth; Age of the Earth; Internal
constitution of the Earth; surface-features of the globe; Concepts of petrology - Igneous,
sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.Groundwater Hydrology: Geologic formations as
aquifers, Types of aquifers, Ground water basins, ground water quality aspects, concepts of basin
management, Floods –Estimation and control, Reservoir, Surface investigation of ground water.
Fundamentals of Geomorphology: Definition of Geomorphology, geomorphological agents,
weathering, Soil process, fluvial, eolian, coastal and other land forms, Stream deposition. Hydro
Chemistry : Physical , Chemical and Microbial nature of Water. Water Pollution- Surface and
Ground water pollution- Point and Non-point sources.
Ecosystems: Structure and function, Abiotic and Biotic components. Biochemical aspects of
toxic chemicals in the environment-Air, Water: Pesticides in water. Scope of ecology in
environmental management: Physical, chemical and environmental factors and their relation to
organisms. Climatic factors: Interaction of ecological factors - light – temperature. Precipitation-
Humidity-Wind.
Edaphic Factors (Soil Science): Composition of soil-formation of soil-Factors affecting soil
formation-soil profile- Soil classification – Soil Complex – components and properties-soil
erosion – soil conservation.
Structure and Function of Ecosystem: Energy flow - Food chains - producers-herbivores –
carnivores – decomposers – food webs – Ecological pyramids. Major Ecosystems: Pond,
Marine, Grassland, Forest, Desert and Cropland ecosystems – Productivity of different
ecosystems.
Text Books:
1. A textbook of Geology, P.K. Mukerjee, 12
th
Edition, 1995.
2. Textbook of Engineering and general geology by Parbin Singh 7
th
Edition 2004
3. Ground water hydrology, Danid Keithtodd, 2
nd
Edition, 1995.
4. Hydrology, HM Raghunath, 1986.
5. Principles of Geomorphology, William D Thonbury, 2
nd
Edition 2002.
6. Ecology & Environment, P.D.Sharma, Ashish Publications, 1994.
7. Introduction to Ecology, Paul Colinvaux, 1973. Wiley International Edition.
8. Fundamentals of Ecology, E.P. Odum, 1971. W.B. Saunders & Co.
91
GEOINFORMATICS FOR WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Course Code :15 CE 51E2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals: Internal Constitution of the Earth. Basic Concepts of Geologic Structures
Governing Occurrence and Movement of Ground Water, Ground Water in Igneous,
Metamorphic and Sedimentary Rocks, Hydrogeological Methods of ExplorationWatershed
Management: Objectives of Planning Watershed Projects, Guidelines for Project Preparation,
Watershed Delineation, Codification, Resources Surveys, Hydrological, Soil, Vegetative and
Land Use Surveys, Socio-Economic Surveys, Water and Soil Conservation Works, People’s
Participation and Constraints, Participatory Rural Appraisal in Watershed Programme,
Community Mobilization & Participatory Management, Peoples Institutions, Capacity Building.
Rain Water-Harvesting Methods:Methods of Rainwater Harvesting from Roof Tops,
Purification Techniques for Direct use, Harvesting of Surface Runoff, Climatic Changes, Its
Effects on Water Resourc
Wetlands:Introduction, Definition, Classification, Delineation, Identification Methods,
Importance Of Wetlands, Human Impacts, Wetland Protection, Mitigation. Wetland
Management: Designed Ecosystem, Water and Treated Wastewater Recycling and Reuse, Soil
Filters, Constructed Wetlands.es & Water Supplies.
Introduction, concept of watershed, need for watershed management, concept of sustainable
development ,Hydrology of small watersheds ,Principles of soil erosion, causes of soil erosion,
types of soil erosion, estimation of soil erosion from small watersheds Control of soil erosion,
methods of soil conservation – structural and non-structural measures.
Principles of water harvesting, methods of rainwater harvesting, design of rainwater harvesting
structures ,Artificial recharge of groundwater in small watersheds, methods of artificial recharge
,Reclamation of saline soils ,Micro farming, biomass management on the farm
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Hydrogeology by Davis and Dewiest
2.Soil and Water Conservation Engineering by Schwarb, Fengmin, John Wiley, 2002.
3.Applied Hydrology by Ven Te Chow, Maidenment & Mays, Mc Graw Hill, 1987.
4.Water Resources Engineering by L.W.Mays, Wiley, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Watershed Management for Indian conditions by E.M. Tademan, Omega Scientific
Publishers, 2002.
2. Watershed Hydrology by Peter.S.Black, Prentice Hall, 1991.
3. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, 3
rd
Edition- Revised & Updated, May, 1999
Published by CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development, GOI, New Delhi.
4. Analysis of flow in water distribution Networks by P.R. Bhave, Technomic Publishing Co.,
USA, 1991.
5. Geiger, W.F., Marsalek, J. Zudima and Rawls, G. J. (1987 “Manual on Drainage in Urban
Areas”, 2 Volumes, UNESCO, Paris.
92
6. Storm water Management by Wanelista and Edelin, Wiley publications, 1993.
DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 CE 51E3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION : Databases and Application development, Components, Advantages of the
DBMS, System approach, Leading commercial databases, Brief history of DBMS, Application
development
DATABASE DESIGN : Designing Databases, Class diagrams, Data types (Domains), Events,
Large projects, Application design. DATA NORMALIZATION:Tables, Classes and Keys,
Sample database, Normal Forms, Data Rules and Integrity, Converting a class diagram to
normalized Tables, View Integration, Data Dictionary
DATA QUERIES : Three Tasks of a Query Language, Query basics, Computations, Subtotals
and GROUP BY, Multiple tables ADVANCED QUERIES AND SUBQUERIES:NOT IN,
OUTER JOINTS, SQL SELECT, SQL Data Definition Commands, SQL Data Manipulation
Commands, Quality: Testing Queries
FORMS, REPORTS AND APPLICATIONS : Effective Design of Reports and Forms, Form
Layout, Creating Forms, Direct manipulation of
Graphicalobjects,Reports,ApplicationFeaturesDATABASEINTEGRITYANDTRANSACTIO
NS:Procedural languages, Data triggers, Transactions, Multiple users and concurrent Access
ACID Transactions, Key generation, Database cursors.
DATA BASE ADMINISTRATION : Introduction, Data administrator, Data Base
administrator, Data Base Structure, Meta data, Backup and recovery, Security
BOOKS:
1. Data Base Management Systems by Gerald V.Post, Tata Mcgraw-hill edition
2. Data Base Management Systems by Ramakrishnan and Gehrke Tata Mcgraw-hill.
3. DataBase Systems Concepts by Silberschatz , Tata Mcgraw-hill edition.
93
TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEYING
Course Code :15 CE 51E4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of Surveying: Historical development of surveying, principles of surveying,
types of surveying, classification of surveys & maps, Plan Vs Map, Accuracy Vs Precision,
sources and kinds of error; Principle, use and adjustment of surveying instruments – Chain,
Compass, Plane table, Level & Tacheometer; Chains- types, errors in chaining, chain
triangulation, basic problems in chain surveying; Compass- types, designation of bearings,
Plane table- instruments used for plane table survey, working with plane table, methods of plane
tabling; Leveling – definition, leveling instruments, methods of leveling;
Tacheometric surveying – principle, methods to determine horizontal distance, uses of
tachymetric surveying; azimuth, bearing, relationship between bearings & azimuths.
Advanced Surveying: Electronic Distance Measurement (EDM) – principle, instrument
characteristics, accessories, operation, EDM without reflecting prisms; Total Station – types,
instrument description, field techniques, motorized total stations; field procedures for total
stations in topographic surveys.
Topographical Surveying: Definition, uses of topographical maps, relief, methods of
representing relief, contour and contour interval, characteristics of a contour, procedure in
topographic surveying, Methods of locating contours, Interpolation of contours, DAM Surveys
Project Planning: Definition & Terms, Systems of Co-ordinates, constitution of a survey party,
duties of an Officer-in-charge, Duties of camp Officers; planning, execution and completion of a
topographical survey, Quality Vs Quantity; Case studies.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text Book of Plane Surveying By David Clark Part I and Part II
2. Text Book of Surveying By Punmia Part I and Part II
REFERENCES:
1. Surveying and Leveling – Agor
2. Principles of Cartography – K.S.Singh
3. Estimation & Costing – N.D.Chakraborti
94
ADVANCED SURVEYING AND CARTOGRAPHY
Course Code :15 CE 51F1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Topographical Surveying: Introduction to topographical mapping, scale of topographical maps,
Indian topographical series and their numbering system, topographical survey methods. Precise
level and Precise levelling
Electronic Surveying: Basic principles, classifications, applications, comparison with
conventional surveying. electromagnetic wave theory - electromagnetic distance measuring
system - principle of working and EDM instruments, application of Lasers in distance
measurement .
Geodesy and Astronomy: Introduction to Geodesy, Earth and its size and shape, coordinate
systems, earth and its motions-annual, spin, precession, nutation, polar motion. Earth and its
gravity field – anamoly, gravity potential, geoid and deflection to vertical. Celestial sphere,
meridians and vertical circles, astronomical coordinate systems, astronomical triangle,
determination of azimuth
Cartography: Definition, scope and content the spheroid, map scale, co-ordinate system,
methods of mapping, relief maps, thematic maps, map projections, classification, principles of
construction of common projections, cylindrical, conical, azimutal, and globular projections,
properties and uses and choice of projections, plane co-ordinates, UTM system, projection used
in Survey of India topographical sheets, map reproduction.
Global Positioning System: Components of GPS – space segment, control segment and user
segment, reference systems, satellite orbits, GPS observations. Applications of GPS: Surveying
and mapping, remote sensing, GIS.
Textbooks :
1.Gopi, “Advanced surveying: Total station, GIS and Remote Sensing”, Pearson Education
India, 2007.
2. Hoffman.B, H.Lichtenegga and J.Collins, "Global Positioning System - Theory and Practice",
Springer - Verlag Publishers, 2001.
3. Borden D. Dent, Jeffrey Troguson, Thomas W. Hodler, “Cartography: Thematic map Design”,
McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2008.
4. Wolfgang Torge, “Geodesy”, Berlin: de Gruyter, 2001.
95
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOINFORMATICS
Course Code :15 CE 51F2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Forest Resources Management
Geomatics in forestry, forest cover mapping and change detection, forest inventory and stock
mapping, dynamics of forest ecosystem and forest canopy, forest damage assessment, parameters of
forest inventory, development of working plan, forest management information system (FMIS),
forest fire forecasting and risk area mapping, biodiversity characterization, wildlife habitat mapping.
Watershed Management
Introduction and concepts of watershed, role of remote sensing and GIS database for watershed
management, objectives of watershed management, Watershed characteristics, research approach,
thematic mapping for a model watershed, watershed management for sustainable development.
Water Quality Mapping and Modeling
Geoinformatics for water resources development and management, ground water exploration and
targeting using RS and GIS, water quality management case studies – groundwater and surface
water quality mapping and salt water intrusion modeling.
Solid Waste Management
Introduction, types and classification of solid waste, impacts of solid waste, physical and
chemical characteristics of solid waste, factors affecting solid waste generation rates, collection
and transportation systems, solid waste sampling techniques, types, merits and demerits of solid
waste disposal methods, hierarchy of solid waste management, disposal site identification.
Natural Disaster Management
Introduction, types of landslides, common features of landslides, causes of landslides and related
phenomena, landslide analysis, remote sensing for landslide mapping, hazard mapping of
landslides. Urban Planning and Management:Introduction, geoinformatics in urban planning,
issues in urban planning, urban growth management, urban sprawl assessment, urban land use
and infrastructure, urban transport network identification and mapping, urban city guide map
change detection and updation, pipeline alignment studies, Land evaluation and suitability studies,
Land use/Land cover mapping and planning.
Textbooks:
1. Geoinformatics for Environmental Management by Anji Reddy, M.
2. Introduction to Environmental Remote Sensing by Barrett, E.C.
3. Remote Sensing and Tropical Land Management by Eden, M.J., Parry I.T.
4. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation by Lillesand and Kiefer.
5. Remote Sensing in Hydrology by Engman
6. Advances in Environmental Remote Sensing by F. Mark Danson.
7. Remote Sensing in Geology by Siegal.
8. Remote Sensing in Soil Science by Mulders M.A.
96
9. Principles odd GIS for Land Resources Assessment by Burrough P.A.
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS USING GEOMATICS
Course Code :15 CE 51F3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Remote sensing: Electromagnetic spectrum, electromagnetic radiation-atmospheric interaction,
interaction with matter, resolutions, platforms, IRS, LANDSAT, etc. Geographical information
system: Components and structure, databases and structures, data types, data models, spatial data
analysis techniques.
Structural Analysis: Attitude of beds, Structural mapping- lineaments, folds, faults, joints and
unconformities, Structural analysis using aerial and satellite data.
Lithology: Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, Lithological mapping using aerial
photos and satellite imagery.Elements of interpretation - Digital analysis for litho logical
discrimination.
Geomorphology: Geomorphological mapping using aerial photos and satellite imagery,
Landforms like denudational, structural - fluvial, marine, aeolian, glacial and volcanic landforms.
Flood and drought studies – flood frequency analysis, flood plane zoning, estimation of flood for
different frequencies, flood forecasting, drought assessment and monitoring.
Exploration Techniques: Mineral Resources, Groundwater, Engineering Geology,
Hydrogeomorphological mapping, Landslide studies.
Text books:
1. Ravi P. Gupta - Remote Sensing Geology - Springer Verlag Publications, 2005.
2. Floyd F. Sabins: Remote sensing: Principles and Interpretation, W.H. Freeman and Company,
2007.
3. Verstappean H.T, Remote Sensing in Geomorphology,Elsevier Scientific Publications,1977.
4. Druary, S.A - Image Interpretation in Geology - Allen and Unwin Ltd,2004.
5. Lintz J and Simonett David.S, - Remote Sensing of Environment - Addission Wesley
Reading,1976.
97
GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY FOR TRANSPORT ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 CE 51F4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
GIS – T Data Models: Data Domains and Data Modelling in GIS – T; Data Modelling
Techniques; Data Modeling and Design Issues; Graph Theory and Network Analysis; Network
representation of a Transportation System; Linear referencing methods and systems;
Transportation Data Models for ITS and related Applications.
Transportation Data Sources And Integration: Basic Mapping Concepts; Transportation Data
Capture and Data Products; Transportation Data Integration; Spatial Data Quality; Spatial and
Network aggregation.
Shortest Paths And Routing: Fundamental Network Properties; Fundamental Properties of
Algorithms; Shortest Path Algorithms; Routing Vehicles with in Networks.
Network Flows And Facility Location: Flow through Uncongested Networks; Flow through
Congested Network; Facility location within Networks; Spatial Aggregation in Network Routing
and location problems.
GIS based Spatial Ananlysis and Modeling: GIS and spatial Analysis; Urban sprawl; GIS
Analytical functions; Coupling Transportation Analysis and Modelling with GIS; Customising
GIS; Supporting Advanced Transportation Analysis in GIS.
Transportation Planning:: Transportation Analysis Zone Design; Travel demand
Analysis; Landuse – Transportation Modelling; Route Planning; Decision
supportIntelligent Transportation Systems: ITS Applications; ITS Architectures and
Geographic Information; Integrating GIS and ITS. Transportation, Environment and
Hazards: Mapping sensitive Environmental features; GIS and Transportation related
Air Quality; Accidents and Safety Analysis; Transportation of hazardous Materials.
Text books:
1. Miller HJ and Shaw SL, Geographic Information Systems for Transportation: Principles and
Applications, Oxford University Press,2001.
2. Implementation of GIS in State DOTs, NCHRP Report No:180.
3. Simlowitz HJ. GIS Support Transportation System Planning. International GIS Sources Book.
4. Scholton HJ and Stillwell JCH, Geographical Information Systems for Urban and Regional
Planning, Kluwer Acedemic Publishers,2010.
5. Hill JC, GIS in Transportation, Transportation Research Part C & 2000.
98
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Course Code :15 CE 5213 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
DIGITAL COMPUTERS AND IMAGE PROCESSING : Introduction: Information Systems
– Encoding and decoding, modulation Satellite data – acquisition, storage and retrieval –
generation of data products digital data formats. Computer basics: Hardware and Software,
Networks, Image Display Subsystem, Color Display System, Hard copy System , Data Format
for Digital Satellite Imagery, Image file Format and Data Compression
PRE PROCESSING OF REMOTE SENSING DATA : Introduction, Cosmetic Operations-
Missing Scan Lines, De –stripping Methods, Geometric Corrections and Registration.
Coordinate Transformations, Atmospheric Correction Methods, Illuminations and View Angle
Effects, Sensor Calibration and Terrain Effects and radiometric correction methods
IMAGE ENHANCEMENT TECHNIQUES : Introduction, Human Visual Systems, Contrast
Enhancement- Linear Contrast Stretch, Histogram Equalization, Guassian Stretch, Pseudo Color
Enhancement- Density Slicing, Pseudo Color Transform.IMAGE TRANSFORMS:Introduction,
Arithmetic Operations- Image Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division. Empirically
Based Image Transforms- Perpendicular Vegetation Index, Tasselled Cap Transformations,
NDVI. Principal Component Analysis
IMAGE FILTERING TECHNIQUES : Introduction, Low Pass Filters- Moving Average
Filters, Median Filters, Adaptive Filters, High Pass Filters- Image Subtraction Method,
Derivative Based Method, Frequency Domain Filters, Filtering for Edge Enhancement
IMAGE CLASSIFICATION : Introduction, Geometrical Basis of Classification,
Unsupervised classification, Supervised Classification Training Samples, Statistical Parameters
and Classifiers IMAGECLASSIFICATION ACCURACY ASSESSMENT:Image classification
accuracy assessment, Performance analysis, Various Band Data for Land use, Land Cover
Classification System with Case Studies. Image Classification and GIS, Integration and Linkage.
Software: ERDAS, Geomatica, ENVI and e-Cognition
Image Processing Lab
Geo-coding of Images/Toposheets,Geo-referencing of Images,Subset & Mosaic of
images/Toposheets,Data fusion (Data merging),Image Enhancement, Point operators, Spatial
domain operators,Edge detection,Supervised classification of data,Unsupervised classification of
dataGIS – Creating of layered thematic information and GIS Analysis,TIN – 3D viewingBasic
understanding of the TNT MIPS, ERDAS, GEOMEDIA, ENVI Software packages.
Textbooks:
1. John, R. Jensen, Introductory Digital Image Processing – Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
1986.
2. Robert, A. Schowengergt. Techniques for image processing and classification in Remote
Sensing, 1983.
3. Hord, R.M. Digital Image Processing, Academic Press Pub. 1982.
4. Paul. M. Mather- Computer Processing of RS Images, Wiley
99
GIS DATA ANALYSIS & MODELLING
Course Code :15 CE 5214 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of GIS: Map – scale, projection and symbolism. GIS - Introduction, definition
and terminology, categories, components, fundamental operations, functional elements. Data
structures, data models, GIS data, acquisition, input, storage, output generation. Data
preprocessing, database management, integrated analysis of spatial and attribute data.
GIS Spatial Analysis: Introduction, Defining spatial objects - point, line and area objects based
on their attributes, higher level point, line and area objects. Measurement: Measuring length of
linear objects, measuring polygons, measuring shape, measuring distance. Classification –
Principles, Neighborhood functions, Polygonal neighborhoods, Buffers.
Statistical Surfaces: Surface mapping, sampling the statistical surface, Digital Elevation Model
(DEM). Interpolation- linear and non-linear, uses and problems. Terrain reclassification –
steepness of slope, aspect, shape or form. Discrete surfaces - dot distribution maps, choropleth
maps.
Spatial Arrangement: Spatial Arrangement - Point patterns, Theissen Polygons, Area patterns,
Linear patterns, Directionality of Linear and Areal objects, Connectivity of Linear objects,
Routing and allocation.
Overlay Analysis: Cartographic overlay, point-in-polygon and line-in-polygon operations,
Polygon overlay, Automating point-in-polygon and line-in-polygon procedures in Raster,
Automating Polygon overlay in Raster, Automating vector overlay, types of overlay.
Data Modelling: The state of GIS for Environmental Problem Solving, A Perspective on the
State of Environmental Simulation Modeling, GIS and Environmental Modeling, The Role of
Software Venders in Integrating GIS and Environmental Modeling, Cartographic Modeling,
Scope of GIS and relationship to environmental modeling, data models and data quality.
Integrated Modelling using GIS: Hydrological Modeling - water quality modeling, watershed
management and modeling, saltwater intrusion models. Land-surface-subsurface Process
Modeling - pipeline alignment studies, solid and hazardous waste disposal site selection, zoning
atlas for industrial siting, environmental information system development. Ecosystem modeling,
risk and hazard modelling.
GIS data analysis and Modelling Lab:
Spatial data analysis using ArcView,Map Composition and Out put Generation using Arc View
GIS software ,Alignment survey by handheld GPS,Processing of GPS survey data with GIS
software,
Plot by Total Station Survey in field,Data conversion from AutoCAD into ArcGIS.,Open source
GIS.,Integration of Spatial and Non Spatial Data ,Datum and Projection,Layout Preparation in
Arc View
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of GIS by MICHAEL N DEMERS. Published By john Wiley & Sons Inc.
100
2. Environmental Modelling with GIS, Michael F. Goodchild, Bradley O. Parks, Louis T.
Steyaert
GEODESY AND GPS
Course Code :15 CE 5215 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION
Definition of Geodesy, Classification of Geodesy, Geometric Geodesy, - Physical Geodesy,
Physical surface of earth, The Geoid, The Ellipsoid.ELLIPSOID OF
REVOLUTION:Mathematical properties, The Ellipse, Basic properties of ellipse, Flattening,
Eccentricity, Relationship between eccentricity and flattening, Principal parameters of ellipsoid,
Parameters of commonly used ellipsoid, Use of ellipsoid as regional datum. Co ordinate system
of rotational ellipsoid- Ellipsoid geographic co-ordinates, Spatial ellipsoidal coordinate system.
COMPUTATION OR THE ELLIPSOID
Need for mathematical surface, Reduction of baseline to mathematical surface, Reduction of
baseline to reference ellipsoid, Effect or height of a point observed on the azimuth of a line,
Convergence of meridians, Forward and backward Azimuths, Plane curves and geodesic line,
Calculation of coordinates.
GRAVITY
Expressions for gravity and potential, Geoid undulations and deflections of vertical,
Measurement of gravity on earth, Reduction of gravity values. SATELLITE GEODESY:
Introduction, Artificial satellite, Satellite orbit, Celestial coordinate system, Geodetic position
from known orbit, Coordinate transformation in equatorial plane, Range observation from three
satellite positions.
MAP PROJECTION
Geometry of map projections, Evolution of map projection, Development of projection surfaces,
Characteristics of map projections, Equidistant projections with one standard parallel,
Equidistant projections with two standard parallel, Equal area projections with straight
meridians, Projections with all parallels standard, Conformal projections with straight meridians.
GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)
Introduction, Background, The space segment, The control segment, The user segment, The
performance of GPS, Factors influencing GPS accuracy, GPS positioning. GPS signal
characteristics, signal structure, signal coverage, signal propagation, Differencing of GPS data,
single differenced data. GPS MATHEMATICAL MODEL AND GPS APPLICATION:GPS
mathematical model, Pseudo range mathematical model, Preparation for data processing,
Baseline data computation coordinate change and satellite positions GPS receivers,
Fundamentals of GPS application for various results. Making sense of GPS Techniques, GPS
project planning, Possible applications like high resolution contour data.
Books:
1. Manual of Geospatial Science & Technology edited by John D. Bossler ( Taylor &
Francis )
101
2. Essentials of GPS by NK Agarwal, Spatial Network Pvt Ltd,Hyderabad.
GEOSPATIAL APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 CE 5216 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
UNIT-I: Interpretation: Fundamentals of interpretation, Land use/Land cover mapping,
Geological and soil mapping, agriculture, water resources, Rangeland and Wildlife Ecology
applications, Interpretation for terrain evaluation – Soil characteristics, Land use suitability.Plant
Sciences: Introduction, Manual interpretation, Structure of the Leaf, Spectral Behavior of the
Living Leaf, vegetation Indices, Applications of Vegetation Indices, Phenology, Advanced very
High Resolution Radiometer (AVHRR), Separating Soil Reflectance from Vegetation
Reflectance, Tasseled Cap Transformation.
UNIT-II: Earth Sciences: Introduction, Photogeology, Lineaments, Geobotany, Direct
Multispectral Observation of Rocks and Minerals, Mineral targeting, Photoclinometry, Band
Ratios, Soil and Landscape Mapping, Integrated Terrain Units.
UNIT-III: Hydrospheric Sciences: Introduction, Spectral Characteristics of Water Bodies,
spectral Changes as Water Depth increases, Location and Extent of Water Bodies, Roughness of
the water Surface, Bathymetry, Chromaticity diagram, Drainage basin Hydrology,
Evapotranspiration, manual interpretation irrigation and command area development, ground
water mapping, watershed delineation.
UNIT-IV: Land Use and Land Cover: Introduction, Significance of Land Use and Land Cover
Information, Applications of Remote Sensing, Land Use classification, mapping land use
change, broad – scale land cover studies.
UNIT-V: Global Remote Sensing: Introduction, Biogeochemical Cycles, Advanced Very High
Resolution Radiometer (AVHRR), Earth Observing System, EOS Instruments, EOS Bus, EOS
Data and Information system, Long –Term Environment Research Sites, Global Land
Information System, Global Data Base.
Test book:
1. Introduction to Remote Sensing by JAMES B.CAMPBELL. Published by Taylor & Francis
Ltd.
2. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation by THOMASLILLESAND AND RALPH W
KEIFER published by John Wiley & Sons
102
STATISTICS AND ADJUSTMENT COMPUTATIONS
Course Code :15 CE 52G1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Introduction, Direct and Indirect Measurement, Measurement Error Sources,
Definitions, Precision versus Accuracy, Redundant Measurements in Surveying and Their
Adjustment, Advantages of Least squares AdjustmentsMeasurements and Their Analysis:
Introduction, Sample Versus Population, Range and Median, Graphical Representation of Data.
Numerical Methods of Describing Data: Measures of Central Tendency, Additional
Definitions, Alternative Formula for Determining Variance, Numerical Examples, Derivation of
the Sample Variance ( Bissell’s Correction), STATS AND SYS-STAT Program Random Error
Theory: Introduction, Theory of Probability, Properties of the Normal Distribution Function,
Probability of the Standard Error, Uses of Percent Errors
Confidence Intervals And Statistical Testing: Introduction, Distributions used in Sampling
Theory, Confidence Interval for the Mean: t Statistic, Testing the Validity of the Confidence
Interval, Selecting a Sample Size, Confidence Interval for a Population Variance , Confidence
Interval for the Ratio of Two Population Variances. Hypothesis Testing: Test of Hypothesis for
the Population Mean, Test of Hypothesis for the Population Variance:
2
, Test of Hypothesis for
the Ratio of Two Population Variances.
Error Propagation In Traverse Surveys: Introduction, Derivation of Estimated Error in
Latitude and Departure, Derivation of Estimated Standard Errors in Course Azimuth, Computing
and Analyzing Polygon Traverse Misclosure Errors, Computing and Analyzing Link Traverse
Misclosure Errors
Error Propagation In Elevation Determination: Introduction, Systematic Errors in
Differential Leveling, Random Errors In Differential Leveling, Error Propagation in
Trigonometric Leveling
Text books:
1. Adjustment Computations (Statistics and Least Squares in Surveying and GIS ) - Paul
R.Wolf & Charles D. Ghilani
103
CADASTRAL SYRVEY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM
Course Code :15 CE 52G2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Definitions,Technical and legal requirements,status of cadastral surveys in India,Land
registration system,Records of rights,Resettlement operations,Relocation of parcels,Village and
Distract boundaries.
Cadastral survey specifications,Application of Photogrammetry to Cadastral surveys,Drawing
and reproduction of cadastral maps,Consolidation of Land holdings.
Projections and coordinate systems for cadastral surveys,Grids,Rectangular and Curvillinear
grid,Indian grid,Cassini,Lambert conformal Conic,Policonic,Transverse Mercator and UTM
projections,Conversion of coordinates from one projection to another,Linear affined and
conformal transformation of coordinates.
Land registration systems in India,Computerization of Land records,Cadastral survey practices in
developing and developed countries.
Concepts of LIS, Applications of Digital mapping,and Digitial photogrammetry to LIS and
Cadastral survey mapping.
Text books:
1) Text Book of Plane Surveying—Devid Clark (Part I&II)
2) Text Book of Surveying---- Punmia (Part I&II)
104
ENGINEERING SURVEY METHODOLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION
Course Code :15 CE 52G3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of engineering drawing, Interpretation of isometric and section drawings. Plotting
of cross sections.
Accuracy and Precision of instruments. Specifications and procedures for medium and large
scale surveys for engineering, irrigation, hydel, command area development, urban development,
pipe line, power and transmission lines, town planning etc. Standards of Accuracy.
Techniques of depth sounding and ranging. Bathymetric contours. Tides and tide gauges.
Setting out of circular, transition, and vertical curves. Transferring alignment of railways, roads,
pipe lines, conveyor belts, canals etc. from plan to ground.
Computation of areas and volumes. Planimeter and pantograph. Volume determination from
Digital Elevation Models.Setting out of tunnels and shafts. Survey in underground and open-cast
mines. Transfer of points and azimuth through vertical shafts (Correlation). Gyro-theodolite and
photo- theodolite; uses in mines.
Electronic theodolites and levels, Precise leveling, Deformation measurements, Precise targeting.
Subsidence surveys, crustal movements. Electronic Total Stations, GPS Receivers and their
applications to Engineering Surveys.
Text books:
1. Text Book of Plane Surveying David Clark Part I & II
2. Text Book of Surveying Punmia Part I and Part II
GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY FOR NATURAL RESOURCES & DISASTER
MANAGEMENT
Course Code :15 CE 52G4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Land Resources: Land evaluation and suitability studies by Remote sensing and GIS.
Techniques of land use / land cover map preparation. Land use / land cover mapping and
planning. Municipal GIS: Geomatics in Solid and Hazardous waste disposal site selection,
Environmental Information System Development for municipalities: Case studies
105
Geosciences: Role of Remote sensing and GIS in geological studies and case studies. Water
Resources: Ground water exploration and targeting. Watershed characteristics, watershed
management and Integrated approach for sustainable planning. Water quality modeling.
AGRICULTURE
Soil and altitude, Soil and aspect, Soil and slopes, Soil landscapes, Soil erosion modeling.Crop
type classification, area estimates, and spectral response of different crops. Crop diseases and
Assessment, Crop and Water management and monitoring. Advances in Crop monitoring.
FORESTRY:Survey and mapping of forest cover, Forest change detection, Forest damage
assessment and Forests monitoring, Land evaluation for forestry.
Ecosystem Modeling: Spectral response of vegetation and mapping, Ecosystem Analysis,
Environmental impact analysis and monitoring, Ecosystem modeling, Wetland mapping. Spatial
Models of Ecological Systems and Process.
Disaster Management: Introduction and Overview- Natural and man made hazards – land
slides- volcanoes- floods and famines- earth quakes- forest fires Human Induced disasters-
industrial disasters- dams- constructional and others.
Text books:
1. Environmental Modelling with GIS, Michael F. Goodchild, Bradley O. Parks, Louis T.
Steyaert
2. Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology Edited By John. D. Bossler, Taylor And
Francis, London
3. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer R.W. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley
and Sons, Inc, New York, 1987.
4. Geographical Information Systems by David Martin
5. RS in Geology by Siegal
6. RS in Forest Resources by John. A. Howard, Chapman and Hall.
106
COORDINATE SYSTEMS AND MAP PROJECTIONS
Course Code :15 CE 52H1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Coordinate Systems: Terrestrial coordinate system- Geocentric systems and Topo-centric
systems, Introduction to celestial coordinate systems, Terrestrial geocentric systems,
Conventional International Origin, Polar motion, Reference coordinate systems, Geodetic
coordinate systems- Indian Geodetic System and WGS 84, Rectangular and curvilinear
coordinate systems in two and three dimensions.
Map Projections: Basic problem and purpose of map projections, Classification of Map
Projections, Curves/ Lines of special properties- Geodesic, Great circle, Rhumb line or
Loxodrome, Distortions, Guassian fundamental quantities, Conformal mapping, Review of
complex variables and differential geometry, Condition of conformality, Isometric latitude,
Cauchy-Reimann equations, Scale factor, Meridian convergence, Geometry of projected curves.
Polyconic projection, Mercator’s projection, Transverse Mercator and Universal Transverse
Mercator projections, Lambert Conformal Conic projection, Polar Stereographic projection,
Universal Polar Stereographic projection, Cassini Projection.
Transformation of coordinates from geodetic to various projections- Direct and Inverse
problems, Transformation of coordinates from one projection to another, Grids- Lambert grid for
India,
Design of grids and layouts for various zones/states, Comparative merits of various projections,
Choice of projections, Linear and non-linear conformal and affine transformations.
Text books:
1. Text Book of Plane Surveying David Clark Part I & II
2.Text Book of Surveying Purmia Part I and Part II
Reference books:
1. Map Projections used by the U. S. Geological Survey, by John P. Snyder, U. S.
Government Printing office Washington, 1982.
2. Coordinate systems in Geodesy, by E. J. Krakiwsky and D. E. Wells, The Department of
Surveying Engineering, The University of New Brunswick, Frederiction N. B. 1971.
3. Conformal Map Projections in Geodesy, by E. J. Krakiwsky, Department of Survey
Engineering, University of New Brunswick, Frederiction N. B. 1973.
4. Map projections for Geodesists, Cartographers, and Geographers, by Peter
5. Richardus,Ph..D.and Ron K. Adler, D.Sc.,North-Holland Publishing Company-
Amsterdam, Oxford.
107
PRINCIPLES OF GEOMATICS
Course Code :15 CE 52H2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Geomatics basics, data types, data acquisition sources and techniques
Geodesy and Cartography:
Modern surveying instruments, projection systems, heights and geoids-local and global, datums,
map classification-Topographic, thematic, map reading
Global positioning systems: GPS signal, segments, GPS errors, technical characteristics,
measurement techniques, other positioning systems
Remote sensing: Electromagnetic spectrum, electromagnetic radiation-atmospheric interaction,
interaction with matter, resolutions, platforms, IRS, LANDSAT, etc.
Geographical information system: Components and structure, databases and structures, data
types, data models, spatial data analysis techniques, applications
Text books:
1. Gopi, “Advanced surveying: Total station, GIS and Remote Sensing”, Pearson Education
India, 2007
2. Hoffman. B, H.Lichtenegga and J.Collins, "Global Positioning System - Theory and Practice",
Springer - Verlag Publishers, 2001
3. Lillesand T.M and Kiefer R.W., Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and
Sons, 2008.
4. Kang Tsung Chang., Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.
108
GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY FOR RURAL DEVELOPMENT
Course Code :15 CE 52H3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Concepts of Rural Area and Rural Development; Causes of Rural Backwardness, Need for Rural
Development, Levels of Living of Rural People Poverty indicators.
Organizational Aspects of Agriculture, Alternative Occupations in Rural Areas, Assessment of
Rural Energy Supply and Demand, Planning for Rural Development,
Definition and Characteristics of Village Communities – Concept and Importance of Rural
Industrialization. Engineering aspects of rural infrastructure development - Education - Housing
– Health - Drinking Water Supply Road Network, PURA model, Study of poverty alleviation
programmes implementation.
Governance of Rural Information and Communication Technology: Opportunities and
Challenges; GIS and Governance in Development in India: Trends and Strategy for
Implementation; ICT Infrastructure for Rural Development: Issues and Priority for Application.
Geospatial techniques for mapping of rural resources. Spatial technologies in rural planning
management administration and development.
Text books:
1. Jain S.C. Indigenous Resources for Rural Development, Concept Publishers, 2005.
2. N.I.R.D. Facets of Rural Development,
3.Technologies for Rural Development; http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/ Technologies
for_Rural_Development, 2010.
4. Harekrishna Misra (ed.), Governance of Rural Information and Communication Technologies,
Opportunities and Challenges, Academic Foundation, 2009.
109
URBAN WATER MANAGEMENTUSING GEOMATICS
Course Code : 15 CE 52H4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
General introduction to urbanisation and its effect on water cycle – urban hydrological cycle –
trends in urbanisation – Effect of urbanisation on hydrology.
Urban Hydrological cycle – time of concentration – importance of short duration of rainfall and
runoff data – methods of estimation of time of concentration for design of urban drainage
systems.
Master drainage plans – issues to be concentrated upon – typical content of an urban drainage
master plan – interrelation between water resources investigation and urban planning processes –
planning objectives – comprehensive planning – use of models in planning.
Basic approaches to urban drainage – runoff quantity and quality – wastewater and stormwater
reuse – major and minor systems.
Elements of drainage systems – open channel – underground drains – appurtenances – pumping
– source control. Stormwater Analysis Calculation of runoff and peak – Design of stormwater
network systems.
Best Management Practices – Detention and retention facilities – Swales-constructed wetlands.
Operation and maintenance of urban drainage system – interaction between stormwater
management and solid waste management, Various model available for stormwater management.
Legal aspects
Text books:
1. Geiger W. F., J Marsalek, W. J. Rawls and F. C. Zuidema, “Manual on Drainage in
Urbanised area” – 2 volumes, UNESCO, 1987.
2. Hall M J , Urban Hydrology, Elsevier Applied Science Publisher,1984.
3. Stahre P and Urbonas B , “Stormwater Detention for Drainage”, Water Quality and CSO
Management, Prentice Hall, 1990.
4. Wanielista M P and Eaglin ,“Hydrology – Quantity and Quality Analysis”, Wiley and Sons,
1997.
5. Marsalek et al “Urban water cycle processes and interactions”, Publication No. 78,
UNESCO, Paris(http://www.bvsde.paho.org/bvsacd/cd63/149460E.pdf), 1997.
6. Maksimovic C and J A Tejadxa-Guibert “Frontiers in Urban Water Management – Deadlock
or Hope”, IWA Publishing,2001.
7. http://www.water.ca.gov/urbanwatermanagement/
8. http://www.adb.org/publications/good-practices-urban-water-management
110
M. TECH - CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT
First Year (First Semester):
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CE 5117
Construction Technology
3
0
2
4
2
15 CE 5118
Construction Materials
3
2
0
4
3
15 CE 5119
Construction Planning Scheduling and Control
3
0
2
4
4
15 CE 5120
Statistical Methods for Management
3
2
0
4
5
Elective 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5148
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total Credits
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CE 5221
Mechanized Construction and Machinery
3
0
2
4
2
15 CE 5222
Project Formulation Appraisal
3
2
0
4
3
15 CE 5223
Construction Laws and Regulations
3
2
0
4
4
15 CE 5224
Quality Management and Safety Management
Systems in Construction
3
0
2
4
5
Elective 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total Credits
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
111
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CE 51I1
High Performance Buildings
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 51I2
Precast Concrete Structure
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 51I3
Special Concrete
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE 51I4
Structural Health Monitoring
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CE 51J1
Construction Personnel Management
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 51J2
Building Services, Maintenance Management
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 51J3
Infrastructure Valuation
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE 51J4
Construction Economics & Finance
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CE 52K1
Environmental Impact Assessment on built Environment
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 52K2
Deep Excavations and ground water control methods
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 52K3
Mass Transport Systems
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE 52K4
Form Work for Construction Structures
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CE 52L1
Emerging construction Technologies
3
0
0
3
2
15 CE 52L2
Building Envelopes
3
0
0
3
3
15 CE 52L3
Construction and fire safety
3
0
0
3
4
15 CE 52L4
Resource Management and Control In Construction
3
0
0
3
112
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
Course Code : 15CE5117 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
Materials - Modular co-ordination, standardization and tolerances-system for prefabrication. Pre-
cast concrete manufacturing techniques, Moulds –construction design, maintenance and repair.
Pre-casting techniques - Planning, analysis and design considerations - Handling techniques -
Transportation Storage and erection of structures.
Joints -Curing techniques including accelerated curing such as steam curing, hot air blowing etc.,
-Test on precast elements - skeletal and large panel constructions - Industrial structures.
Pre-cast and pre-fabricating technology for low cost and mass housing schemes. Small pre-cast
products like door frames, shutters, Ferro-cement in housing - Water tank service core unit.
Quality control - Repairs and economical aspects on prefabrication.
Lab:
Students have to visit minimum of 10 construction Sites and shall submit the reports on various
construction practices which include foundation Practice, Farm Work, Rod bending, Concreting,
Slab Work, Highway construction.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Levitt. M., Precast concrete - Materials, Manufacture Properties and Usage, Applied
Science Publs. 1982,
2. Konex.T., Handbook of Pre-cast Construction, Vol.1.2&3.
REFERENCES:
1. Richardson,J.G., Pre-cast concrete Production, Cement and Concrete Association,
London, 1973.
2. MadhavaRao.A-G., Modern Trends in Housing in Developing Countries, Oxford & UBH
Publishing co., 1985. -
3. Lewicki.B., Building with Large Pre-fabrications, Elsevier Publishers.
4. Large Panel Prefabricated Constructions, Proc. of Advance Course conducted by SERC,
Madras.
5. Bruggeling.A.S.G.,&Huyghe.G.F., Prefabrication with Concrete, A.s.A., Balkema
Publishers, Netherland, 1991.
113
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
Course Code : 15CE5118 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
STONES – BRICKS – CONCRETE BLOCKS
Stone as building material – Criteria for selection – Tests on stones – Deterioration and
Preservation of stone work – Bricks – Classification – Manufacture of clay bricks – Tests on
bricks – Compressive Strength - Water Absorption – Efflorescence –Bricks for special use –
Refractory bricks – Cement and Concrete hollow blocks – Light weight concrete blocks – Code
Practices
LIME – CEMENT – AGGREGATES - MORTAR
Lime – Preparation of lime mortar – Cement. Ingredients – Manufacturing process – Types and
Grades – Properties of cement and Cement mortar – Hydration - Compressive strength – Tensile
strength – Soundness and consistency – Setting time – Aggregates – Natural stone aggregates –
Industrial byproducts – Crushing strength – Impact strength – Flakiness – Abrasion Resistance –
Grading – Sand – Bulking – Code Practices
CONCRETE
Concrete – Ingredients – Manufacture – Batching plants – RMC – Properties of fresh concrete –
Slump – Flow and compaction – Principles of hardened concrete – Compressive, Tensile and
shear strength – Modulus of rupture – Tests – Mix specification – Mix proportioning – IS
method – High Strength Concrete and HPC – Other types of Concrete – Code Practices
TIMBER AND OTHER MATERIALS
Timber – Market forms – Industrial timber- Plywood - Veneer – Thermocole – Panels of
laminates – Steel – Aluminum and Other Metallic Materials - Composition – uses – Market
forms – Mechanical treatment – Paints – Varnishes – Distempers – Code Practices
MODERN MATERIALS
Glass – Ceramics – Sealants for joints – Fibre glass reinforced plastic – Clay products –
Refractories – Composite materials – Types – Applications of laminar composites – Fibre
textiles – Geosynthetics for Civil Engineering applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. R. K. Rajput, Engineering Materials, S. Chand & Company Ltd., 2000.
2. 2.M. S. Shetty, Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice), S. Chand & Company
Ltd,2003.
114
CONSTRUCTION PLANNING SCHEDULING AND CONTROL
Course Code : 15CE5119 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
UNDERSTANDING PROJECT MANAGEMENT : Project manager, organization structures,
organizing and staffing the project office and team
MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS:Directing, controlling, project authority, interpersonal
influences, barriers, team building, communication, time management, conflicts
CONSTRUCTION PLANNING :Project planning, milestone schedules, WBS , Network
techniques, CPM, PERT and Prima Vera, Resources leveling and smoothing.
COST CONTROL : Understanding control, operating cycles, cost account codes, Job cost
report, Projected Cost Estimates, status reporting, variance and earned value
PROJECT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM : MIS reporting, Daily, Weekly
and monthly reporting, Actual vs. Planned cost reports, Planning & Cost control document.
Quality and safety.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Chitkara, K.K. Construction Project Management: Planning, Scheduling and Control,
Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1998.
REFERENCES
1. Harold Kerzner Project Management CBS Publisers& Distributors 2nd Edition.
2. Frank Harris & Ronald McCaffer Modern Construction Management Blackwell science
4th Edition.
3. Roy Pilcher Principles of Construction Management McGraw Hill London.
4. Calin M. Popescu, ChotchaiCharoenngam, Project Planning, Scheduling and Control in
Construction: An Encyclopedia of terms and Applications, Wiley, New York, 1995.
5. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construction –Fundamental
Concepts for Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice Hall, Pittsburgh,
2000.
6. Willis, E. M., Scheduling Construction Projects, John Wiley & Sons, 1986.
7. Halpin, D. W., Financial and Cost Concepts for Construction Management, John Wiley
& Sons, New York, 1985
115
STATISTICAL METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT
Course Code : 15CE5120 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
ONE DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLE
Random variables - Probability function – moments – moment generating functions and their
properties – Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma and Normal
distributions – Function of a Random Variable.
ESTIMATION THEORY
Unbiased Estimators – Method of Moments – Maximum Likelihood Estimation - Curve fitting
by Principle of least squares – Regression Lines.
TESTING OF HYPOTHESES
Sampling distributions - Type I and Type II errors - Tests based on Normal, t, ₰
2
and F
distributions for testing of mean, variance and proportions – Tests for Independence of attributes
and Goodness of fit.
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
Analysis of variance – One-way and two-way classifications – Completely randomized design –
Randomized block design – Latin square design.
QUEUEING MODELS
Poisson Process – Markovian queues – Single and Multi Server Models – Little’s formula
Machine Interference Model – Steady State analysis – Self Service queue.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. D. Gross, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queuing Theory, Third Edition, John Wiley and
Sons, 2002.
2. Vohra, N.D. “Quantitative Techniques in Management”, Tata McGraw – Hill Company
Limited, 2007.
REFERENCES:
1. D. C. Montgomery, G. C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Third
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.
2. Walpole, R.E., Myer, R.H., Myer, S.L. and Ye, K., Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists, 7th edition, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2
116
MECHANIZED CONSTRUCTION AND MACHINERY
Course Code : 15CE5221 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
STANDARD TYPES OF EQUIPMENT
Special equipment, cost of owning and operating equipment, depreciation costs, investment and
operating costs, economic life, sources of construction equipment, factors affecting selection of
construction equipment, balancing of equipment. Study of equipment with reference to available
types and their types and their capacities, factors affecting their performance
EARTHMOVING EQUIPMENT -I
Tractors and attachments, dozers and rippers, scrapers , shovels, draglines, trenching machines,
clamshell, hoes, trucks and wagons, dumpers, rollers and compactors Drilling and blasting
equipments,
EARTHMOVING EQUIPMENT -II
Bits, jackhammers, drifters, drills, blasting material, firing charge, safety fuse, electric blasting
caps, drilling patterns, transporting and handling of explosives. Pile driving equipmentsTypes,
pile driving hammers, single acting and double acting, differential acting hammers, hydraulic
and diesel hammers, vibratory drivers
PUMPING EQUIPMENTS
Reciprocating, diaphragm & centrifugal pumps, well point system Stone crushing equipment:-
jaw, gyratory and cone crushers, hammer mills, roll crushers, rod and ball crushers, aggregate
screens and screening plants,
PUMPING EQUIPMENTS
Portable plants Concrete manufacture, transport, placing and compacting equipment, mixers,
central batching and mixing plants, pavers, transit mixers, concrete pumps shotcrete Air
Compressor Equipments for moving materials, builder’s hoists, forklifts , cranes, belt-conveyors,
cableways, ropeways.
Text Books
1. Construction planning, Equipments and methods. R.L.Peurify, TMH, 1996
Reference
1. “Construction Equipment and its Planning and Applications”, Mahesh Varma,
Metropolitan Book Co.(P) Ltd., New Delhi. India.
117
2. Construction Machinery and Equipment in India”. (A compilation of articles Published in
Civil Engineering and Construction Review) Published by Civil Engineering and
Construction ReviewNew Delhi, 1991
PROJECT FORMULATION AND APPRAISAL
Course Code : 15CE5222 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
PROJECT FORMULATION
Project – Concepts – Capital investments - Generation and Screening of Project Ideas -
Project identification – Preliminary Analysis, Market, Technical, Financial, Economic and
Ecological - Pre-Feasibility Report and its Clearance, Project Estimates and Techno-
Economic Feasibility Report, Detailed Project Report – Different Project Clearances
required
PROJECT COSTING
Project Cash Flows – Time Value of Money – Cost of Capital
PROJECT APPRAISAL
NPV – BCR – IRR – ARR – Urgency – Pay Back Period – Assessment of Various
Methods – Indian Practice of Investment Appraisal – International Practice of Appraisal –
Analysis of Risk – Different Methods – Selection of a Project and Risk Analysis in
Practice
PROJECT FINANCING
Project Financing – Means of Finance – Financial Institutions – Special Schemes – Key
Financial Indicators – Ratios
PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION
Private sector participation in Infrastructure Development Projects - BOT, BOLT, BOOT -
Technology Transfer and Foreign Collaboration - Scope of Technology Transfer
REFERENCES:
1. Prasanna Chandra, Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation
Review,Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi. 2006.
2. Joy P.K., Total Project Management - The Indian Context, New Delhi, Macmillan
India Ltd., 1992.
3. United Nations Industrial Development Organisation (UNIDO) Manual for the
Preparation of Industrial Feasibility Studies, (IDBI Reproduction) Bombay, 1987
4. Barcus, S.W. and Wilkinson.J.W., Hand Book of Management Consulting Services,.
McGraw Hill, New York, 1986.
118
CONSTRUCTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Course Code : 15CE5223 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Indian Contracts Act – Elements of Contracts – Types of Contracts – Features – Suitability –
Design of Contract Documents – International Contract Document – Standard Contract
Document– Law of Torts.
TENDERS
Prequalification – Bidding – Accepting – Evaluation of Tender from Technical, Contractual and
Commercial Points of View – Contract Formation and Interpretation – Potential Contractual
Problems – World Bank Procedures and Guidelines – Andhra Pradesh Transparency in Tenders
Act.
ARBITRATION
Comparison of Actions and Laws – Agreements – Subject Matter – Violations – Appointment of
Arbitrators – Conditions of Arbitration – Powers and Duties of Arbitrator – Rules of Evidence –
Enforcement of Award – Costs.
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Insurance and Bonding – Laws Governing Sale, Purchase and Use of Urban and Rural Land –
Land Revenue Codes – Tax Laws – Income Tax, Sales Tax, Excise and Custom Duties and
theirInfluence on Construction Costs – Legal Requirements for Planning – Property Law –
Agency Law– Local Government Laws for Approval – Statutory Regulations.
LABOUR REGULATIONS
Social Security – Welfare Legislation – Laws relating to Wages, Bonus and Industrial Disputes,
Labour Administration – Insurance and Safety Regulations – Workmen’s Compensation Act –
Indian Factory Act – Andhra Pradesh Factory Act – Child Labour Act - Other Labour Laws.
Textbooks
1. Gajaria G.T., Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India,
2. Jimmie Hinze, Construction Contracts, McGraw Hill, 2001.
References:
1. Joseph T. Bockrath, Contracts and the Legal Environment for Engineers and Architects,
McGraw Hill, 2000.
119
2. Kwaku, A., Tenah, P.E. Jose M.Guevara, P.E., Fundamentals of ConstructionManagement
and Organisation, Printice Hall, 1985.M.M.Tripathi Private Ltd., Bombay, 1982. Patil. B.S,
Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates, Universities Press (India) PrivateLimited, 2006.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN
CONSTRUCTION
Course Code : 15CE5224 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 4
Syllabus
QUALITY MANAGEMENT :Introduction – Definitions and objectives – Factors influencing
construction quality –Responsibilities and authority – Quality plan – Quality Management
Guidelines – Quality circles.
QUALITY SYSTEMS :Introduction - Quality system standard – ISO 9000 family of standards
– Requirements – Preparing Quality System Documents – Quality related training –
Implementing a Quality system – Third party Certification.
QUALITY PLANNING : Quality Policy, Objectives and methods in Construction industry -
Consumers satisfaction, Ergonomics - Time of Completion - Statistical tolerance – Taguchi’s
concept of quality – Codes and Standards – Documents – Contract and construction
programming – Inspection procedures -Processes and products – Total QA / QC programme and
cost implication.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QULAITY IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES : Objectives
– Regularity agent, owner, design, contract and construction oriented objectives, methods –
Techniques and needs of QA/QC – Different aspects of quality – Appraisals, Factors influencing
construction quality – Critical, major failure aspects and failure mode analysis, –Stability
methods and tools, optimum design – Reliability testing, Reliability coefficient and reliability
prediction - Life cycle costing – Value engineering and value analysis. Quality Improvement
Tools and Techniques.
SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS : Fundamental of safety management, construction
safety, safety in scaffolding and working platform, welding and handling, excavation work,
concreting and cementing work. Building construction, TAC and NBC rules, High rise building.
Evolution of modern safety concept- Safety policy - Safety Organization. Safety survey, safety
inspection, safety sampling, Safety Audit. Concept of an accident, Reportable and non reportable
accidents, unsafe act and condition principles of accident prevention, Overall accident
investigation process. Risk management
REFERENCES:
1. Hutchins.G, ISO 9000 : A Comprehensive Guide to Registration, Audit Guidelines and
Successful Certification, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., 1994.
2. James, J.O’ Brian, Construction Inspection Handbook – Total Quality Management, Van
Nostrand, 1997
3. John L. Ashford, The Management of Quality in Construction, E &F.N.Spon, 1989.
120
4. Juran Frank, J.M. and Gryna, F.M. Quality Planning and Analysis, McGraw Hill, 2001
5. Kwaku.A., Tena, Jose, M. Guevara, Fundamentals of Construction Management and
Organisation, Reston Publishing Co., Inc., 1985.
6.Steven McCabe, Quality Improvement Techniques in Construction, Addison Wesley
Longm
HIGH PERFORMANCE BUILDINGS
Course Code : 15CE51I1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
INTRODUCTION
What is High Performance Building, Why to go for High Performance Building, Benefits of
High Performance Buildings, High Performance Building Materials and Equipment in India,
What are key Requisites for Constructing a High Performance Building, Important Sustainable
features for High Performance Building,
HIGH PERFORMANCE BUILDING CONCEPTS AND PRACTICES
Indian Green Building Council, Green Building Moment in India, Benefits Experienced in Green
Buildings, Launch of Green Building Rating Systems, Residential Sector, Market
Transformation;
HIGH PERFORMANCE BUILDING OPPORTUNITIES AND BENEFITS
Opportunities of High Performance Building, High Performance Building Features, Material and
Resources, Water Efficiency, Optimum Energy Efficiency, Typical Energy Saving Approach in
Buildings, LEED India Rating System and Energy Efficiency,
HIGH PERFORMANCE BUILDING DESIGN AND AIR CONDITIONING
Introduction, Reduction in Energy Demand, Onsite Sources and Sinks, Maximise System
Efficiency, Steps to Reduce Energy Demand and Use Onsite Sources and Sinks, Use of
Renewable Energy Sources. Ecofriendly captive power generation for factory, Building
requirement, Introduction to air conditioning, CII Godrej Green business centre, Design
philosophy, Design interventions, Energy modeling, HVAC System design, Chiller selection,
pump selection, Selection of cooling towers, Selection of air handing units, Precooling of fresh
air, Interior lighting system, Key feature of the building. Eco-friendly captive power generation
for factory, Building requirement.
MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND INDOOR ENVIRONMENT QUALITY AND
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
Handling of non process waste, waste reduction during construction, materials with recycled
content, local materials, material reuse, certified wood, Rapidly renewable building materials and
furniture, Air conditioning, Indore air quality, Sick building syndrome, Tobacco smoke control,
Minimum fresh air requirements avoid use of asbestos in the building, improved fresh air
ventilation, Measure of IAQ, Reasons for poor IAQ, Measures to achieve Acceptable IAQ levels,
Text Books:
1. Handbook on Green Practices published by Indian Society of Heating Refrigerating
and Air conditioning Engineers, 2009.
2. Green Building Hand Book by Tomwoolley and Samkimings,2009.
121
Reference Books:
1. Complete Guide to Green Buildings by Trish riley
2. Standard for the design for High Performance Green Buildings by Kent Peterson, 2009
PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Course Code : 15CE51I2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
INTRODUCTION
Need for prefabrication – Principles – Materials – Modular coordination – Standarization –
Systems – Production – Transportation – Erection.
PREFABRICATED COMPONENTS
Behaviour of structural components – Large panel constructions – Construction of roof and floor
slabs – Wall panels – Columns – Shear walls
DESIGN PRINCIPLES
Disuniting of structures- Design of cross section based on efficiency of material used – Problems
in design because of joint flexibility – Allowance for joint deformation.
JOINT IN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
Joints for different structural connections – Dimensions and detailing – Design of expansion
joints
DESIGN FOR ABNORMAL LOADS
Progressive collapse – Code provisions – Equivalent design loads for considering abnormal
effects such as earthquakes, cyclones, etc., - Importance of avoidance of progressive collapse.
References:
1. CBRI, Building materials and components, India, 1990
2. Gerostiza C.Z., Hendrikson C. and Rehat D.R., Knowledge based process planning for
construction and manufacturing, Academic Press Inc., 1994
3. Koncz T., Manual of precast concrete construction, Vols. I, II and III, Bauverlag, GMBH,
1971.
4. Structural design manual, Precast concrete connection details, Socie
SPECIAL CONCRETE
Course Code : 15CE51I3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
122
CONCRETE INGREDIENTS
Composition of OPC – Manufacture – Modified Portland Cements – Hydration Process of
Portland Cements – Structure of Hydrated Cement Pastes Mineral Admixtures – Slags –
Pozzolanas and Fillers – Chemical Admixtures –Solutes – Retarders – Air Entraining Agents –
Water Proofing Compounds –Plasticizers and Super Plasticizers Aggregates – Properties and
testing of fine and course aggregates – combining of aggregates – Substitute material for
aggregates – recent advancements.
SPECIAL CONCRETES
Fibre Reinforced Concrete – Self Compacting Concrete – Polymer Concrete – High performance
concrete – Sulphur concrete – pervious Concrete.
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
Mix Proportioning – Mixes incorporating Fly ash, Silica fume, GGBS – Mixes for High
Performance Concrete – High strength concrete – variations in concrete strength.
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE
Interfacial Transition Zone – Fracture Strength – Compressive strength – Tensile strength -
Impact strength - Bond strength.
DURABILITY OF CONCRETE
Factors affecting durability – Chemical Attack – Permeability – chloride penetration –water
absorption – creep – Shrinkage.
REFERENCES:
1. Santhakumar.A.R., Concrete Technology, Oxford University press, New Delhi. 2007.
2. Gambhir.M.L., Concrete Technology – Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd.,Delhi, 2004.
3. Neville, A.M., Properties of Concrete, Longman, 1995.
4. MethaP.K.andMontreio P.J.M., Concrete Structure Properties and Materials, Prentice
Hall, 1998.
5. Gupta.B.L. and Amit Gupta, Concrete Technology, Standard Publishers Distributer,
New Delhi, 2004.
STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING
Course Code : 15CE51I4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
123
Syllabus
Static Field Testing: Types of static tests - Simulation and loading methods - Static response
measurement
Dynamic Field Testing: Stress history data, types of dynamic field test - Dynamic response
methods
Periodic and Continuous Monitoring; Hardware for Remote data acquisition systems; Remote
Structural Health Monitoring: Networking of sensors –
Data comparison technique; Case Studies.
Structural Cracks and Reasons for various cracks, observation of structure on visual eye and also
from non destructive tests.
Textbooks
1. Daniel Balageas, Claus-Peter Fritzen, Alfredo Güemes, Structural Health Monitoring, John
Wiley and Sons, 2006.
2. Douglas E Adams, Health Monitoring of Structural Materials and Components-Methods
with Applications, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.
3. J.P. Ou, H.Li and Z.D. Duan, Structural Health Monitoring and Intelligent Infrastructure,
Vol-1, Taylor andFrancis Group, London, U.K, 2006.
4. Victor Giurglutiu, Structural Health Monitoring with Wafer Active Sensors, Academic
Press Inc, 2007
CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
Course Code : 15CE51J1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
MANPOWER PLANNING
Manpower Planning process , Organizing, Staffing, directing, and controlling – Estimation,
manpower requirement – Factors influencing supply and demand of human resources – Role of
HR manager – Personnel Principles.
ORGANISATION
Requirement of Organisation – Organisation structure – Organisation Hierarchical charts –
Staffing Plan - Development and Operation of human resources - Managerial Staffing –
Recruitment – Selection strategies – Placement and Training.
HUMAN RELATIONS AND ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Basic individual psychology – Approaches to job design and job redesign – Self managing work
teams – Intergroup – Conflict in organizations – Leadership-Engineer as Manager – all aspects of
decision making – Significance of human relation and organizational – Individual in organization
– Motivation – personality and creativity – Group dynamics, Team working – Communication
and negotiation skills.
WELFARE MEASURES
124
Compensation – Safety and health – GPF – EPF – Group Insurance – Housing - Pension – Laws
related to welfare measures.
MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT METHODS
Wages and Salary, Employee benefits, Employee appraisal and assessment – Employee services
– Safety and Health Management – Special Human resource problems – Productivity in human
resources – Innovative approach to designing and managing organization – Managing New
Technologies – Total Quality Management – Concept of quality of work life – Levels of change
in the organizational Development – Requirements of organizational Development – System
design and methods for automation and management of operations – Developing policies,
practices and establishing process pattern – Competency up gradation and their assessment –
New methods of training and development – Performance Management.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Carleton Counter II and Jill Justice Coutler, The Complete Standard Handbook of
Construction Personnel Management, Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1989.
REFERENCES:
1. Charles D Pringle, Justin GooderiLongenecter, Management, CE Merril Publishing Co.
1981.
2. Dwivedi R.S, Human Relations and OrganisationalBehaviour, Macmillian India
Ltd.,2005.
3. Josy.J. Familaro, Handbook of Human Resources Administration, McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 1987.
4. Memoria,C.B., Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing Co., 1997.
BUILDING SERVICES, MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
Course Code : 15CE51J2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
WATER SUPPLY AND ELECTRIC SERVICES
Water requirements for different types of buildings, simple method of removal of impurities,
water saving practices and their potential Service connection from mains, sump and storage tank,
types and sizes of pipes, special installation in multistoried buildings. Material, types of fixtures
and fitting for a contemporary bathroom– taps – quarter turn, half turn, ceramic, foam flow etc,
hot water mixer, hand shower Rainwater harvesting to include roof top harvesting, type of
spouts, sizes of rainwater pipes and typical detail of a water harvesting pit
Electrical systems – Basic of electricity – single/Three phase supply – protective devices in
electrical installation – Earthing for safety – Types of earthing – ISI Specifications. Electrical
installations in buildings – Types of wires, Wiring systems and their choice – planning electrical
wiring for building – Main and distribution boards –Principles of illumination
DRAINAGE AND SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL
125
Principles of drainage, surface drainage, shape and sizes of drains and sewers, storm water over
flow chambers, methods of laying and construction of sewers Traps – shapes, sizes, types,
materials and function, Inspection chambers - sizes and construction, Ventilation of House
drainage: Anti siphonage pipe, system of plumbing - single stack , one pipe system, one pipe
partially ventilating system and two pipe system, grey water recycling and dual plumbing Types
of fixtures and materials: sinks, shower tray, shower temple, bath tub, Jacuzzi, water closets,
flushing cisterns, urinals, sinks , wash basins, bidet, etc. Design of Septic tank, Oxidation pond,
Dispersion trench and soak pits. Arrangements of fixtures in a bathroom Treatment system- Root
zone treatment system, Decentralized Wastewater Treatment Systems (DEWATS), Soil Bio
technology, packaged Bio-Reactor System
Approaches for solid waste management, Solid wastes collection and removal from buildings.
On-site processing and disposal methods, guidelines for municipal solid waste management, e-
waste management. Disposal of Wastes: Sanitary land filling, Composting, Vermi-compost,
Incineration, Pyrolysis
FIRE FIGHTING SERVICES, PLUMBING AND FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT OF
SIMPLE BUILDING
Classification of buildings based on occupancy , causes of fire and spread of fire, Fire fighting,
protection and fire resistance, Fire fighting equipment and different methods of fighting fire.
Combustibility of materials, Structural elements and fire resistance, Fire escape routes and
elements – planning and design. Wet risers, dry risers, sprinklers, heat detector, smoke detectors,
fire dampers, fire doors, etc.
Application of above studies in current design problems and preparing design layout and details -
Plumbing layout of residential and public buildings, Fire fighting layout, Reflected ceiling plan
of smoke detectors / sprinklers, etc.
ILLUMINATION AND LIGHTING DESIGN
Visual tasks – Factors affecting visual tasks – Modern theory of light and colour – synthesis of
light – Additive and substractive synthesis of colour – Luminous flux – Candle – solid angle
illumination – utilization factor –Depreciation factor –MSCP – MHCP –Laws of illumination.
Classification of lighting –Artificial light sources – Spectral energy distribution – Luminous
efficiency – Colour temperature – Colour rendering. Design of modern lighting – Lighting for
stores, offices, schools, hospitals and house lighting. Elementary idea of special features required
and minimum level of illumination required for physically handicapped and elderly in building
types.
ELECTRICAL LAYOUT OF SIMPLE BUILDINGS, HEAT VENTILATION AND
AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
Electrical layout of a simple residential, school and commercial building
Behaviour of heat propagation, thermal insulating materials and their co-efficient of thermal
conductivity. General methods of thermal insulation: Thermal insulation of roofs, exposed
walls.Ventilation: Definition and necessity, system of ventilation. Principles of air conditioning
Air cooling, Different systems of ducting and distribution, Essentials of air-conditioning system.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Charangith shah, Water supply and sanitary engineering, Galgotia publishers. Kamala &
DL Kanth Rao, Environmental Engineering, Tata McGraw – Hill publishing company
Limited.
126
2. E.R.Ambrose, Heat pumps and Electric Heating, John and Wiley and Sons Inc, New
York, 1968.
3. Handbook for Building Engineers in Metric systems, NBC,New Delhi, 1968.
4. Philips Lighting in Architectural Design, McGraw Hill, New York, 1964.
5. R.G.Hopkinson and J.D.Kay, the Lighting of Buildings, Faber, and Faber, London, 1969.
6. S.C.Rangwala, Water supply and sanitary engineering, Charotar publishing house.
127
INFRASTRUCTURE VALUATION
Course Code : 15CE51J3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
Concepts: Introduction, History of value engineering, Value Function, Cost, Worth, Case Study
Discussions.
General Techniques in infrastructure Valuation: General Techniques- Brainstorming Technique,
The Gordon Technique, Feasibility Ranking, The Morphological Analysis Technique, ABC
Analysis, Probabilistic Approach, Make or Buy Technique, Case Study Discussions.
Special Techniques in infrastructure valuation:Special Techniques, function, cost, worth
Analysis, Function Analysis System Technique, Technically oriented Fast and Customer,
Oriented Fast, Weighted Evaluation Method, Equal Importance Method, Descending Order of
Importance Method.
Numeric Analysis, Forced Distribution technique, Quantitative Mehod, Predetermined minimum
method, Evaluation Matrix, Break even analysis, Life Cycle Cost (LCC), Case Study
Discussions.
Applications of infrastructure valuation: Team Dynamics, Team Structure and team Building,
Definition of the creative and Structured Phases of value engineering, The Workshop approach
to achieving value, target setting,time management, case study discussions.
References:
1. Anil Kumar Mukhopadhyaya, Value Engineering Concepts, Techniques and Applications,
Response Books, 2013.
2. Anil Kumar Mukhopadhyaya, Value Engineering Mastermind from Concept to Value
Engineering Certification, Response Books, 2009.
3. Lawrence D. Miles, Techniques of Value Analysis and Engineering, McGraw-Hill Book
Company, 2009.
4. M.R.S. Murthy, Cost Analysis for Management Decisions, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 1988.
128
CONSTRUCTION ECONOMICS & FINANCE
Course Code : 15CE51J4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
Construction accounting, Income statement. Depreciation and amortization. Engineering
economics,
Time value of money, discounted cash flow, NPV, ROR, PI, Bases of comparison, Incremental
rate of return
Benefit-cost analysis, Replacement analysis, Break even analysis. Risks and uncertainties and
management decision in capital budgeting. Taxation and inflation. Work pricing, cost elements
of contract, bidding and award, revision due to unforeseen causes, escalation.
Turnkey activities, Project appraisal and project yield. Working capital management, financial
plan and multiple source of finance.
International finance, Budgeting and budgetary control, Performance budgeting. appraisal
through financial statements, Practical problems and case studies.
Reference
1. Simon A. Burtonshaw-Gunn, “Risk and Financial Management in Construction”, Gower
Publishing, Ltd.,2009
2. Warneer Z, Hirsch, Urban Economics, Macmillan, New York, 1993
3. Eugene F. Brigham, Michael C. Ehrhardt, ”Financial Management Theory and Practice”,
Cengage hLearning, 2010
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ON BUILT ENVIRONMENT
Course Code : 15CE51K1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
Introduction: The Need for EIA, Indian Policies Requiring EIA , The EIA Cycle and Procedures,
Screening, Scoping, Baseline Data, Impact Prediction, Assessment of Alternatives, Delineation
of Mitigation Measure and EIA Report, Public Hearing, Decision Making, Monitoring the
Clearance Conditions, Components of EIA, Roles in the EIA Process. Government of India
Ministry of Environment and Forest Notification (2000), List of projects requiring
Environmental clearance, Application form, Composition of Expert Committee, Ecological
sensitive places, International agreements. Identifying the Key Issues: Key Elements of an Initial
Project Description and Scoping, Project Location(s), Land Use Impacts, Consideration of
Alternatives, Process selection: Construction Phase, Input Requirements, Wastes and Emissions,
129
Air Emissions, Liquid Effluents, Solid Wastes, Risks to Environment and Human, Health, Socio-
Economic Impacts, Ecological Impacts,
Global Environmental Issues, EIA Methodologies: Criteria for the selection of EIA
methodology, impact identification, impact measurement, impact interpretation & Evaluation,
impact communication, Methods- Adhoc methods, Checklists methods, Matrices methods,
Networks methods, Overlays methods,
Introduction: The Need for EIA, Indian Policies Requiring EIA , The EIA Cycle and
Procedures, Screening, Scoping, Baseline Data, Impact Prediction, Assessment of Alternatives,
Delineation of Mitigation Measure and EIA Report, Public Hearing, Decision Making,
Monitoring the Clearance Conditions, Components of EIA, Roles in the EIA Process.
Government of India Ministry of Environment and Forest Notification (2000), List of projects
requiring Environmental clearance, Application form, Composition of Expert Committee,
Ecological sensitive places, International agreements.
Identifying the Key Issues: Key Elements of an Initial Project Description and Scoping, Project
Location(s), Land Use Impacts, Consideration of Alternatives, Process selection: Construction
Phase, Input Requirements, Wastes and Emissions, Air Emissions, Liquid Effluents, Solid
Wastes, Risks to Environment and Human, Health, Socio-Economic Impacts, Ecological
Impacts,
References:
1. Canter, L.W., Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw Hill Pub. Co., 1997.
2. David P. Lawrence, Environmental Impact Assessment: Practical Solutions to Recurrent
Problems, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
3. Hosetti, B. B., Kumar Eds, A., Environmental Impact Assessment and Management, Daya
Publishing House, 1998.
4. UNESCO, Methodological Guidelines for the Integrated Environmental Evaluation of
Water Resources Development, UNESCO/UNEP, Paris, 1987.
5. Anjaneyulu.Y., and Manickam. V., Environmental Imapact Assessment Methodologies,
B.S. Publications, Hyderabad, 2007.
6. Wathern.P., Environmental Impact Assessment- Theory and Practice, Routledge
Publishers, London, 2004.
DEEP EXCAVATIONS AND GROUND WATER CONTROL METHODS
Course Code : 15CE51K2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
Deep Excavation
Deep excavations - Standards & codes of practice / Types & uses, Construction methodologies
& detailing, Analysis methods & ground movements, Design of retaining structure, Design of
temporary works, Tutorial, Monitoring systems, Maintenance / Operation / Coursework
discussion
Roads & Tunnels
130
Roads & Tunnels - Standards & codes of practice / Road geometry & drainage, Pavement design
& Geotechnics / Monitoring / Maintenance of Roads, Embankments & Cuttings - Standards
& codes of practice / Types & uses / Construction methodologies & detailing, Embankments
& Cuttings - Analysis methods & ground movements / Monitoring systems / Maintenance ,
Standards & codes of practice / Types & uses, Construction methodologies & detailing, Analysis
methods & ground movements, Design of lining, Design of temporary works, Tunnels –
Tutorial, Monitoring systems, Tunnels - Maintenance / Operation / Coursework discussion
Dewatering
Dewatering of shallow and deep open excavations. Effect of ground water movement. Methods
of groundwater control. Shallow and deep well points. Horizontal drainage, vacuum dewatering
by electro-osmosis, single and multiple well system, group of wells. Draw down factors, vertical
sand drains, pressure relief beneath excavation, well point pumps, headers discharge lines control
of surface water. Installation and operation of well point system.
Grouting Methods
Cement grouting, colgrout, colcrete process, prepacked concrete, intrusion grout. Alluvial
grouting, various types of clay grouting. Chemical grouting – grouts for injection of fine sands.
Resingrouting.Polymerisation technique. Field procedure, applications and limitations.
Piling & Coffer dams and Caisson
Behaviour of single pile and a group piles during driving, under loads-ultimate loads on
driven and cast in Situ piles. Construction details of precast piles, prestressed piles, and steel
piles, friction piles.
Driven and bored piles, large diameter piles, negative and positive skin friction, multiple under
reamed piles, raker piles, sand piles, Anchor piles, load on piles – Static. Vibrating loads, cyclic
loading, safe bearing load, methods of pile driving by vibration above and under water through
different strata, micro piles.
Cofferdams – types, design and construction of single, double wall. Cofferdam. Sheet pile
cofferdams, concrete wall movable cofferdam, land cofferdams, soldier construction method.
Cofferdam wall by ICOS method, caissons, details, design and construction.
References:
1. Construction Planning, Equipment and methods – Peurifoy-Tata McGraw Hill Publication
2. Construction Equipment Planning and Applications – Dr. Mahesh Verma
3. Brochures Published by various agencies associated with construction.
4. Journals such as CE & CR. Construction world, International Construction Document
Reports of actual major works executed.
MASS TRANSPORT SYSTEM
Course Code : 15CE51K3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
131
FORM WORK FOR CONSTRUCTION STRUCTURES
Course Code : 15CE51K4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
PLANNING, SITE EQUIPMENT & PLANT FOR FORM WORK
Introduction - Forms for foundations, columns, beams walls etc., General objectives of formwork
building - Planning for safety - Development of a Basic System - Key Areas of cost reduction -
Planning examples. Overall Planning - Detailed planning - Standard units - Corner units - Pass
units - Calculation of labour constants - Formwork hours - Labour Requirement - Overall
programme - Detailed programme - Costing - Planning crane arrangements - Site layout plan -
Transporting plant - Formwork beams - Scaffold frames - Framed panel formwork - Formwork
accessories.
MATERIALS ACCESSORIES PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS & PRESSURES
Lumber - Types - Finish - Sheathing boards working stresses - Repetitive member stress -
Plywood - Types and grades - Jointing Boarding - Textured surfaces and strength - Reconstituted
wood - Steel - Aluminum - Hardware and fasteners - Nails in Plywood - Allowable withdrawal
load and lateral load. Pressures on formwork - Examples - Vertical loads for design of slab forms
-Uplift on shores - Laterals loads on slabs and walls.
DESIGN OF FORMS AND SHORES : Basic simplification - Beam formulae - Allowable
stresses - Deflection, Bending - Lateral stability -Shear, Bearing - Design of Wall forms - Slab
forms - Beam forms - Column forms - Examples in each. Simple wood stresses - Slenderness
ratio - Allowable load vs length behaviour of wood shores - Form lining Design Tables for Wall
formwork - Slab Formwork - Column Formwork - Slab props - Stacking Towers - Free standing
and restrained - Rosett Shoring - Shoring Tower - Heavy Duty props.
BUILDING AND ERECTING THE FORM WORK : Carpentry Shop and job mill - Forms
for Footings - Wall footings - Column footings - Sloped footing forms - Strap footing - Stepped
footing - Slab form systems - Sky deck and Multiflex - Customized slab table - Standard Table
module forms - Swivel head and uniportal head - Assembly sequence - Cycling with lifting fork -
Moving with table trolley and table prop. Various causes of failures - ACI - Design deficiencies -
Permitted and gradual irregularities.
FORMS FOR DOMES AND TUNNELS, SLIP FORMS AND SCAFFOLDS :
Hemispherical, Parabolic, Translational shells - Typical barrel vaults Folded plate roof details -
Forms for Thin Shell roof slabs design considerations - Building the forms - Placing concrete -
Form removed -Strength requirements -Tunnel forming components - Curb forms invert forms -
Arch forms - Concrete placement methods - Cut and cover construction - Bulk head method -
Pressures on tunnels - Continuous Advancing Slope method - Form construction - Shafts. Slip
Forms - Principles -Types - advantages - Functions of various components - Planning -Desirable
characteristics of concrete - Common problems faced - Safety in slip forms special structures
132
built with slip form Technique - Types of scaffolds - Putlog and independent scaffold -Single
pole scaffolds - Truss suspended - Gantry and system scaffolds.
REFERENCES:
1. Austin, C.K., Formwork for Concrete, Cleaver -Hume Press Ltd., London, 1996.
2. Hurd, M.K., Formwork for Concrete, Special Publication No.4, American Concrete
Institute, Detroit, 1996
3. Michael P. Hurst, Construction Press, London and New York, 2003.
4. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberlender, Formwork For Concrete Structures,
McGraw -Hill , 1996.
EMERGING CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGIES
Course Code : 15CE51L1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
GFRC Facade Panels System, Prefabricated Building, Vertical ICF Wall, Mechanical Concrete,
Filterpave systems, FRP Rebar, FRP Deck: Rehabilitation of a Steel Truss Bridge, Concrete
Lumber, Bone-shaped Short Fiber Composite, Slurry Infiltrated Mat Concrete, Alternative
Material Dowel Bars for Rigid Pavement Joints, Snap Joint Technology for Composite
Structures, Superpave System,
Modular FRP Composite Bridge Deck, Composite Column Reinforcement, Rapid In situ Load
Testing, Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymer (CFRP), Polymer Concrete Pipes, Use of Composite
Piping Offshore, Recycled Plastic Composite Railroad Ties. High Performance Steel (HPS),
Embedded Galvanic Anodes, DIS Seismic Isolator, Hydraulic Vibratory Pile Driver, Soft
Trencher, Deep Mixing Method for Ground Improvement, Mortar less Concrete Block System,
Post-tensioned Steel Structure
Attachment of Steel Decking using Mechanical Fasteners and Powder Actuated or Pneumatic
Tools, Seismic Isolation Bearings, Bridge Lock-up Device System, Adjustable Steelwork
Connectors, Precast Hybrid Moment Resistant Frames, Precast Concrete Beam to Column
System (BSF)
Low Temperature Concrete Admixture, Use of Recycled Tire Rubber in Concrete, Steel Free
Concrete Bridge Deck, Rapid Repair Products, Concrete Restoration & Protection System,
Precast Inverted T Beam, Conductive Concrete, Smart Concrete.
Rapid Drying Concrete, Rapid-1 Hardening Accelerator Concrete Admixture, Reactive Powder
Concrete, Mellose non-dispersible Underwater Concrete, Segment Precast Floating Draw Span,
Self-Placing Concrete, Shrinkage Reducing Admixture for Concrete, Corrosion Inhibitors for
Reinforced Concrete, High Performance Concrete(HPC).
TEXT BOOKS
1. Levitt. M., Precast concrete - Materials, Manufacture Properties and Usage, Applied Science
Publs. 1982,
2. Konex.T., Handbook of Pre-cast Construction, Vol.1.2&3.
133
REFERENCES:
1. Richardson,J.G., Pre-cast concrete Production, Cement and Concrete Association, London,
1973.
2. MadhavaRao.A-G., Modern Trends in Housing in Developing Countries, Oxford & UBH
Publishing co., 1985. -
3. Lewicki.B., Building with Large Pre-fabrications, Elsevier Publishers.
4. Large Panel Prefabricated Constructions, Proc. of Advance Course conducted by SERC,
Madras.
5. Bruggeling.A.S.G.,&Huyghe.G.F., Prefabrication with Concrete, A.s.A., Balkema Publishers,
Netherland, 1991.\
BUILDING ENVELOPES
Course Code : 15CE51L2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEM
Building Envelope System-Performance Objectives-Physical Components-Sources of Moisture
Intrusion-Results of Failure.
FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION
Thermal and Moisture Protection-Groundwater Gutters-Crawl spaces-Damp proofing and
Waterproofing- Girders
WALL CONSTRUCTION & ROOF CONSTRUCTION
Wall Framing-Vapour Diffusion Problems-Recommendations-House Wrap and Underlayment-
Window and Door Openings-Flashing and Caulking-Siding
Skylights-Moisture Penetration-Roof Valleys-Shingles and Shakes-Roof Sheathing-Repairs
Flashing
WINDOW AND DOOR INSTALLATION & VENTILATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION AND REQUIREMENTS
Windows, Doors and Skylights-Proper Flashing-Door and Window Installation Code-Attic
Ventilation-Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
BUILDING ENVELOPE BEST PRACTICES
Moisture Retarding Construction, Capillary Breaks, House Wrap Installation, Window and Door
Installation, Siding Installation, Roofing Best Practices
TextBooks
1. H. Hens, 2012, Building Physics: Heat, Air and Moisture, Fundamentals and Engineering
Methods with Examples and Exercises, Second Edition
134
2. ASHRAE, HANDBOOK - Vol. 1-4 ed. ASHRAE 2009-2012.
CONSTRUCTION AND FIRE SAFETY
Course Code : 15CE51L3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
Classification of fire, Portable fire extinguishers, Pumps and primers, Foam and foam making
equipments, Hose and hose fittings, Water relay systems, Breathing apparatus, Small gears.
Fire protective clothing, Ladders, Ropes and lines, bends & hitches, Fire prevention, Special
appliances, Fire fighting codes and standards, Electrical fire hazards, Structures under fire.
Site planning and housekeeping, Types of Scaffolds, Scaffold Erection & dismantling, Scaffold
Inspection.
Safety in scaffolding – an overview, Investigation of scaffold accident, Provisions on scaffold
under the building other construction workers central rules, 1998, Safety in excavations,
trenching and shoring
Road work and pilling operation, Ladders, Use of safety nets and fall protection systems,
Concrete and concert foams and shoring, Importance of civil work in construction industry,
Material handling, Important safety requirements and inspections
Text Books:
135
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL IN CONSTRUCTION
Course Code : 15CE51L4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: - Nil - Credits: 3
Syllabus
Resource Planning
Resource Planning, Procurement, Identification, Personnel, Planning for material, Labour, time
schedule and cost control, Types of resources, manpower, Equipment, Material, Money, Time.
Labour Management
Systems approach, Characteristics of resources, Utilization, measurement of actual resources
required, Tools for measurement of resources, Labour, Classes of Labour, Cost of Labour,
Labour schedule, optimum use Labour.
Materials and Equipment
Material: Time of purchase, quantity of material, sources, Transportation, Delivery and
Distribution. Equipment: Planning and selecting by optimistic choice with respect to cost, Time,
Source and handling.
Time Management , Resource Allocation and Leveling
Personnel time, Management and planning, managing time on the project, forecasting the future,
Critical path measuring the changes and their effects – Cash flow and cost control.
Time-cost trade off, Computer application – Resource leveling, resource list, resource allocation,
Resource loading, Cumulative cost – Value Management.
Textbooks:
1. Andrew,D., Szilagg, Hand Book of Engineering Management, 1982.
2. Harvey, A., Levine, Project Management using Micro Computers, Obsorne -McGraw Hill
C.A.Publishing Co., Inc. 1988.Industry, Granda Publishing Ltd., 1980.
Reference:
1. James.A.,Adrain, Quantitative Methods in Construction Management, American Elsevier
Publishing Co., Inc., 1973.
2. Oxley Rand Poslcit, Management Techniques applied to the Construction Industry, Granda
Publishing Ltd., 1980.
135
M.TECH - COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5101
Mathematical Foundations of Computer
Science
3
2
0
4
2
15 CS 5102
Computer Organization & Architecture
3
2
0
4
3
15 CS 5103
Data Structures & Algorithms
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS5104
Distributed Database Management
System
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5205
Operating System Design
3
2
0
4
2
15 CS 5206
Computer Networks & Security
3
2
0
4
3
15 CS 5207
Object Oriented Analysis and Design
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5208
Enterprise Programming
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
136
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CS 51A1
Soft Computing
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51A2
Machine Learning and pattern
Classification
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51A3
Data Mining
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51A4
Natural Language Processing
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CS 51B1
Requirements Engineering
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51B2
Principles of Programming Languages
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51B3
Compiler Design
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51B4
Software Testing & Quality Assurance
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CS 52C1
Cryptography & Network Security
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52C2
Mobile computing
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52C3
High Performance Computing
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52C4
Network management Systems
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CS 52D1
Service Oriented Architecture
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52D2
Visual Programming
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52D3
Digital Image Processing
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52D4
Big Data Analytics
3
0
0
3
137
MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS FOR COMPUTER SCIENCE
Course Code :15 CS 5101 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Logic, Proofs, sets functions and relations, Algorithm and Integers, Induction and Recursion,
Counting, Graph theory, Trees, Boolean Algebras, Automata, Grammars and Languages.
Textbooks:
1. Joe L.Mott, Abrabam Kandel & Theodore P.Bakev, ‘Discrete Mathematics for Computer
Scientists & Mathematics’ PHI.
2. John.E.Hopcroft, R.Motwani, & Jeffery.D Ullman, “Introduction to Automata Theory,
Languages and Computations”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003
References:
1. Kenneth H Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and its Applications”, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, Sixth Edition, 2007.
2. Tremblay J P and Manohar R, “Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to
Computer Science”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
3. John E Hopcroft & Jeffery D Ullman’ ‘Introduction to Automata Theory & Languages
And Computation’, Narosa Publishing House
4. KLP Mishra & N.Chandrasekharan, ‘Theory of Computation’, PHI.
5. Discrete and Combinational Mathematics- An Applied Introduction-5th Edition – Ralph.
P.Grimaldi. Pearson Education.
138
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION & ARCHITECTURE
Course Code :15 CS 5102 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Computer abstractions and technology: Assemblers, Linkers, and the SPIM Simulator: The
Basics of Logic Design: Instructions: Language of the Computer: Arithmetic for Computers: A
Survey of RISC Architectures desktop and server RISCs: Assessing and Understanding
Performance: Mapping Control to Hardware. Large and Fast: Exploiting Memory
Hierarchy,Parallel Processors from Client to Cloud 500
Text Book:
1. Computer Organization and Design, Third Edition, by David Patterson and John
Hennessy Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2013
References:
1. Computer Organization and Architecture, Design for Performance 7
th
Edition – 2009,
Stallings, Pearson Education
2. Computer organization 5
th
Edition Hamacher, Vranessis Zaky -2002 Mc-Graw Hill
International.
3. Computer Architecture and Organization 3
rd
Edition John P.Hayes
4. Fundamentals of
Digital
Logic & Micro Computer Design ,
5TH
Edition,
M.Rafiquzzaman John Wiley
5. Digital Design Fourth Edition, M.Morris Mano, Pearson Education/PHI.
139
DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS
Course Code :15 CS 5103 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Algorithms, Algorithms as a technology, Insertion Sort, Analyzing algorithms,
Designing algorithms, asymptotic notations, standard notations, common functions,
Recurrences: substitution method, master method. Sorting and order statistics: Quick sort:
Description, Performance, Worst Case Analysis, Heap sort, sorting in linear time. Elementary
Data Structures: – Linked lists, Stacks, Queues, Hash Tables: Direct address tables, Hash
tables, Hash functions, Open addressing, Binary search trees: Quering, Insertion, Deletion,
Red-Black Trees. Advanced Data Structures: B – Trees, Binomial Heaps Data Structures for
Disjoint Sets: Operations, Linked-list representation, Disjoint-set forests. Advanced Design and
Analysis Techniques: Greedy Algorithms: An activity-selection Problem, Elements of greedy
strategy, Huffman codes. Dynamic Programming: Matrix Chain multiplication, Optimal Binary
Search Trees, Amortized Analysis: Aggregate analysis, The Accounting Method, The Potential
Method.Graph Algorithms: Elementary graph algorithms: Representation of graphs, BFS,
DFS, Topological Sort, Strongly connected components, Minimum Spanning Trees: The
algorithms of Kruskal and Prim’s. Single-Source Shortest Paths: The Bellman-Ford algorithm,
Single source shortest paths in DAG’s, Dijkstra’s algorithm, All-Pair Shortest paths: Shortest
paths and Matrix multiplication, Floyd-Warshall algorithm. Maximum Flow: Flow networks,
The Ford-Fulkerson method, Maximum Bipartite matching. String Matching: The naïve string
matching algorithm, Rabin-Karp algorithm, Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm. NP-Completeness:
NP-Completeness and the classes P an NP, P, NP, and NP-Complete problems
Text Books:
1. Introduction to Algorithms, second edition, T.H.Cormen, C.E.Leiserson, R.L.Rivest, and
C.Stein, PHI Pvt.Ltd./ Pearson Education
Reference Books:
1. Algorithm Design: Foundations,Analysis and Internet examples, M.T.Goodrich and
R.Tomassia,John wiley and sons.
2. Fundamentals of
Computer Algorithms,Ellis Horowitz,Satraj
Sahni and
S.Rajasekharam,Galgotia publications pvt. Ltd.
3. Introduction to Design and Analysis of Algorithms A strategic approach, R.C.T.Lee,
S.S.Tseng, R.C.Chang and T.Tsai, Mc Graw Hill.
4. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, Allen Weiss, Second edition, Pearson
education.
5. Design and Analysis of algorithms, Aho, Ullman and Hopcroft, Pearson education.
140
DISTRIBUTED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Course Code :15 CS 5104 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Database Fundamentals: DBMS Characteristics & Advantages, Database Environment,
Database Users, Database Architecture, Data Independence, Languages, Tools and Interface in
DBMS, DBMS types, Data Modeling: ER Model, Notation used in ER Diagram, Constraint,
Types, Relationships in ER Model and other considerations in designing ER diagram. Enhanced
ER data Model, EER Diagram, Specialization and Generalization, Lattice, Union, Disjoint
Properties, Constraints and relationships, Other issues in designing EER diagrams ,Relational
Model, Relational Algebra, Operators in relational algebra, Algorithms for ER to relational
mapping. Distributed databases features – distributed database management systems – Review of
databases and computer networks. Levels of distribution transparency – reference architecture –
types of data fragmentation – distributed transparency for read only applications and update
applications – distributed database access primitives and integrity constraints. Distributed
database design – a frame work for distributed database design – the design of database
fragmentation – the allocation of fragments. Translational global queries to fragment queries –
equivalence transformation for queries – transforming global queries into fragment queries –
distributed grouping and aggregate function evaluation – parametric queries. Query optimization
– problems in query optimization – objectives in query process optimization – similar
representation of queries – model for query optimization – join query – general queries.
Distributed transactions and concurrency control. Frame work for transaction management –
properties and goals of transaction – atomicity of distributed transactions – recovery procedures
– concurrency control for distributed transactions. Foundations of distributed concurrency
control – distributed deadlocks – concurrency control based on time stamps.
TextBooks:
1. Elmasri and Navathe, ‘Fundamentals of Database Systems’, 2008, 4
th
edition, Pearson
Education. ‘
2. Seri and Pelagatti, “Distributed databases principles and systems” ,McGraw Hill, 12
th
Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Raghuramakrishnan – “Database management system”, 3/e, McGraw Hill.
2. Valduriez, Sridhar, Principles of Distributed Database Systems, 2/e, OZSU, , Pearson,
2001
3. Korth, Silberschatz, Sudershan Database System Concepts, 5/e, , TMH
4. P O’ Neil, E O’Neil Data Base Principles, Programming, and Performance, 2/e, , Elsevier
141
SOFT COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 51A1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Intelligent systems and soft computing: Intelligence systems, Knowledge-based systems,
knowledge representation and processing, soft computing. Fundamentals of Fuzzy Logic
Systems: Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy logic operations, generalized operations, Fuzziness and fuzzy
resolution, relations, composition and interface, considerations of fuzzy decision- making. Fuzzy
logic control: Basics of fuzzy control, Fuzzy control architecture, Properties of fuzzy control,
robustness and stability. Fundamentals of artificial neural networks: Learning and acquisition
of knowledge, features of artificial neural networks, fundamentals of connectionist modeling.
Major classes of neural networks: The multi-layer perceptrons, radial basis function networks,
Kohonen‘s self-organizing network, The Hopfield network, industrial and commercial
application of ANN. Dynamic neural networks and their applications to control and chaos
prediction:Training algorithms, fields of applications of RNN, dynamic neural networks for
identification and control, neural network–based control approaches, dynamic neural networks
for chaos time series, Artifical neural networks for chaos predictions. Neuro Fuzzy Systems:
Architecture of Neuro fuzzy systems, construction of Neuro fuzzy systems. Evolutionary
computing: Over view of Evolutionary computing, Genetic algorithms and optimization, the
schema theorem: the fundamental algorithm of Genetic algorithms, operations, integration of
Genetic algorithms with neural networks, integration of Genetic algorithms with fuzzy logic.
Known issues in Genetic algorithms, population-based incremental learning, ES applications,
Swarm Intelligence, Artificial Immune systems, simulated annealing, Rule Mining with Soft
Computing.
Text Books:
1.Fakhreddine O. Karry, Clarence De Silva, ―Soft Computing and Intelligent systems
Design Theory, Tools and Applications‖ , Pearson, 2009
2. Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms by Xinjie Yu · Mitsuo Gen, Springer
References:
1. Data Mining Multimedia, Soft Computing, and Bioinformatics by Sushmita Mitra, Tinku
acharya, Wiley edition
2. S N Sivanandam, S N Deepa, ―Principles of Soft Computing‖ , Wiley India,2008
3. Laurene Fausett, ―Fundamentals of Neural Networks‖ , Pearson, 2004.
4. Timothy J Ross ―Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications‖ , 3rd Edition, Wiley,
2010.
5. Bart Kosko, ―Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems‖ , PHI, 2004
6. Soft Computing: Methodologies and Applications (Advances in Intelligent and Soft
Computing) by Frank Hoffmann, Mario Koeppen, Frank Klawonn and Rajkumar
142
MACHINE LEARNING AND PATTERN CLASSIFICATION
Course Code :15 CS 51A2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Supervised Learning, Bayesian Decision Theory, Parametric Methods, Multivariate Methods,
Dimensionality Reduction. Clustering, Nonparametric Methods, Decision Trees, Linear
Discrimination, Local Models, Kernel Machines. Bayesian Estimation, Hidden Markov Models,
Bayesian Decision Theory. Pattern Classifications: Maximum-Likelihood and Bayesian
Parameter Estimation,Nonparametric Techniques, Linear Discriminant Functions, Multilayer
Neural Networks. Stochastic Methods, Nonmetric Methods, Algorithm-Independent Machine
Learning,Unsupervised Learning and Clustering.
Text Books
1. Ethem Alpaydin, ―Introduction to Machine Learning‖ , The MIT Press, 2010
2. Stephen Marsland, ―Machine Learning an Algorithmic Perspective‖ , CRC Press, 2009.
References:
1. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, ―Pattern Classification‖ , Wiley, 2012
2. Horst Bunke, Abraham Kandel, Mark Last, ―Applied Pattern Recognition―, Springer,
2008.
3. Russel and Norvig, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, Pearson Education, PHI, 2003
4. M. Narasimha Murty and V. Susheela Devi, Pattern Recognition.
5. NPTEL Web Course, 2011 (http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineId=106).
143
DATA MINING
Course Code :15 CS 51A3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: What is Data Mining?, Motivating Challenges, The Origins of Data Mining, Data
Mining Tasks, Scope and Organization of the Book . Data: Types of Data, Data Quality, Data
Preprocessing, Measures of Similarity and Dissimilarity. Exploring Data: the Iris Data Set
Summary Statistics, Visualization, OLAP and Multidimensional Data Analysis. Classification:
Basic Concepts, Decision Trees, and Model Evaluation: Preliminaries, General Approach to
Solving a Classification Problem, Decision Tree Induction, Model Over fitting, Evaluating the
Performance of a Classifier, Methods for Comparing Classifiers. Classification: Alternative
Techniques: Rule-Based Classifier, Nearest-Neighbor Classifiers, Bayesian Classifiers,
Artificial Neural Network (ANN), Support Vector Machine (SVM), Ensemble Methods, Class
Imbalance Problem, Multi class Problem. Association Analysis: Basic Concepts and
Algorithms: Problem Definition, Frequent Item set Generation, Rule Generation, Compact
Representation of Frequent Item sets, Alternative Methods for Generating Frequent Item sets,
FP-Growth Algorithm, Evaluation of Association Patterns, Effect of Skewed Support
Distribution. Association Analysis: Advanced Concepts: Handling Categorical Attributes,
Handling Continuous Attributes, Handling a Concept Hierarchy, Sequential Patterns, and Sub
graph Patterns, Infrequent Patterns. Cluster Analysis: Basic Concepts and Algorithms:
Overview, K-means, Agglomerative, Hierarchical Clustering, DBSCAN, Cluster Evaluation.
Anomaly Detection: Preliminaries, Statistical Approaches, Proximity-Based Outlier Detection,
Density-Based Outlier Detection, Clustering-Based Techniques. Cluster Analysis: Additional
Issues and Algorithms: Characteristics of Data, Clusters, and Clustering Algorithms, Prototype-
Based Clustering, Density-Based Clustering, Graph-Based Clustering, Scalable Clustering
Algorithms, Which Clustering Algorithm.
Text Book:
1. Introduction to Data Mining, BY Pang-Ning Tan / Michael Steinbach / Vipin Kumar,
Pearson Education
References:
1. J. Han, M Kamber, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, second edition, Elsevier,
New Delhi, 2006.
2. Dunham M, "Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,
2002.
3. Hand.D, Mannila H, Smyth.P, “Principles of Data Mining”, MIT press, USA,2001.
144
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
Course Code :15 CS 51A4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Mathematical Foundations, Linguistic Essentials, Corpus-Based Work. Words: Collocations,
Statistical Inference: n-gram Models over Sparse Data, Word Sense Disambiguation, Lexical
Acquisition. Grammar: Markov Models, Part-of-Speech Tagging, Probabilistic Context Free
Grammars, probabilistic parsing. Applications and Techniques: Statistical Alignment and
Machine Translation, Clustering, Topics in Information Retrieval, Text Categorization. A
Comprehensive Mathematical Framework for the Development of Semantic Technologies,
Formal Methods and Algorithms for the Design of Semantics-Oriented Linguistic Processors.
Structural Discovery in Natural Language Processing: Graph Models, Small words of
Natural Language, Graph Clustering, Unsupervised Language Separation. Unsupervised Part-of-
Speech Tagging, Word sense Induction and Disambiguation, Graph Based Natural Language
Processing.
Text Books:
1. Christopher D Manning, Hinrich Schutze, ―Foundations of Statistical Natural Language
Processing‖ , MIT Press, 2003.
2. Semantics-Oriented Natural Language Processing by Vladimir A. Fomichov, Springer
publications
References:
1. Structure Discovery in Natural Language by Chris Biemann, Springer publications
2. Graph-based Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval by Rada Mihalcea,
Dragomir Radev, Cambridge Publications
3. Lucja M Iwanska, Stuart C Shapiro, ―Natural Language Processing And Knowledge
Representation: Language For Knowledge And Knowledge For Language‖ , AAAI Press,
2000.
4. Anne Kao, Stephen R Poteet, ―Natural Language Processing and Text Mining‖ ,
Springer, 2010.
5. Daniel Jurafsky, James H Martin, ―Speech and Language Procesing‖ , Pearson, 2000
5. James Allen, ―Natural Language Understanding‖ , 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2008.
145
146
REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 CS 51B1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
View of Domain- Engineering, Stack Holders, Facets, Process Engineering Model. Requirement
Engineering, Requirement Facets, the Requirements Engineering Models, Modeling and Models,
Jacksons Description Principles, Domain- Attributes, Acquisition, Domain Analysis And
Concepts Formation, Validation And Verification. Requirement -Stockholders, Acquisition,
Analysis And Concept Formation, Verification And Validation, Satisfiability And Feasibility,
Hardware/Software Co -Design, Software Architecture Design. Quality Assurance in
Requirements Management, Planning for Requirements Management, Requirements Change
Management, Requirements Tracing, Tracking and Reporting, Measurement and Metrics. Roles
and Responsibilities in REM, Requirements Management through SDLC, Tools and Techniques
for Requirements Engineering and Management and Pitfalls and Best Practices.
Text Books:
1. Dines Bjorner, Software Engineering Vol-3, Do mains, Requirements, Software Design,
Springer, 2005.
2. Murali Chemuturi , “Requirements Engineering and Management for Software
Development Projects “,Springer, 2013.
References:
1. The Requirements engineering handbook by Ralph R Young, Artech House, 2004.
2. Dines Bjorner, Software Engineering Vol-2, Do mains, Requirements, Software Design,
Springer, 2004.
3. Pohl, Klaus, “Requirements Engineering: Fundamentals, Principles, and Techniques”,
Springer, 2010.
147
PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Course Code :15 CS 51B2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Describing Syntax and Semantics: Introduction, The General Problem of Describing Syntax,
Formal Methods of Describing Syntax, Attribute Grammars, Describing the Meaning of
Programs. Lexical and Syntax Analysis: Introduction, Lexical Analysis, The Parsing Problem,
Recursive – Descent Parsing, Bottom – Up Parsing. Names, Binding, Type Checking, and
Scopes: Introduction, Names, Variables, The Concept of Binding, Type Checking, Strong
Typing, Type Compatibility, Scope, Scope & Lifetime, Referencing Environments, named
Constants. Data Types: Introduction, Primitive Data Types, Character String Types, User –
Defined Ordinal Types, array Types, associate Arrays, Record Types, Union Types, pointer &
Reference Types. Expressions and Assignment Statements: Introduction, Arithmetic
Expressions, Overloaded Operators, Type Conversions, Relational & Boolean Expressions, Short
– Circuit Evaluation, Assignment Statements, Mixed – mode Assignment. Statement-Level
Control Structure: Introduction, Selection Statements, iterative Statements, Unconditional
Branching, Guarded Commands. Subprograms: Introduction, Fundamentals of Subprograms,
Design Issues for Subprograms, Local Referencing Environments, Parameter – Passing Methods,
Parameters That Are Subprogram Names, Overloaded Subprograms, Generic Subprograms,
Design Issues for Functions, user-Defined Overloaded Operators, Co routines. Implementing
Subprograms: Abstract Data Types And Encapsulation Constructs: The Concept of
Abstraction, Introduction to Data Abstraction, Design Issues for Abstract Data Types, Language
Examples, Parameterized Abstract Data Types, Encapsulation constructs, Naming
Encapsulations. Support for Object-Oriented Programming: Introduction, Object-Oriented
Programming, Design Issues for Object-Oriented Languages, Support for Object-Oriented
Programming in Smalltalk, Support for Object-Oriented Programming in c++, Support for
Object-Oriented Programming in Java, for Object-Oriented Programming in C#, for Object-
Oriented Programming in Ada 95, The Object Model of JavaScript, Implementation of Object-
Oriented Constructs. Functional Programming Languages:. Logic Programming Languages:
Introduction, A Brief Introduction to Predicate Calculus, Predicate Calculus & Proving
Theorems, An Overview of Logic Programming, The Origins of Prolog, the Basic Elements of
Prolog, The Deficiencies of Prolog, applications of Logic Programming.
Textbooks:
1. ‘Concept of Programming Languages’, Robert W, Sebesta, Seventh Edition Pearson.
References:
1. Programming languages - Glezzi, 3/E, john wiley
2. Programming Languages Design and Implementation- Pratt and Zelkowitz, `4
th
edition,
PHI/Person education.
3. Programming in PROLOG – clocksin, springer.
148
COMPILER DESIGN
Course Code :15 CS 51B3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Overview of Compilation, Scanners, Parsers. Context-Sensitive Analysis, Intermediate
Representations. The Procedure Abstraction, Code shape. Introduction to Optimization, Data-
Flow Analysis, Scalar Optimization. Instruction Selection, Instruction Scheduling , Register
Allocation.
Text Book:
1. Keith Cooper and Linda Torczon, Engineering a Compiler, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, 2004.
References:
1. Advanced Compiler Design Implementation by Steven S. Muchnick, Morgan Kaufmann,
1997.
2. Alfred Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D Ullman, “Compilers Principles,
Techniques and Tools”, 2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
3. Allen I. Holub “Compiler Design in C”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
4. N. Fischer and R. J. LeBlanc, “Crafting a compiler with C”, Benjamin Cummings, 2003.
5. C.D Brown, J Levine, T Mason, “LEX and YACC”, O’Reilly Media, 1992.
6. Henk Alblas and Albert Nymeyer, “Practice and Principles of Complier Building with
C”, PHI, 2001.
7. Parag Himanshu Dave, Himanshu Bhalchandra Dave, “Compilers: Principles and
Practice”, 1st Edition, Pearson.
149
SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
Course Code :15 CS 51B4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basic Concepts and Preliminaries, Theory of Program Testing, Unit Testing, Control Flow
Testing, Data Flow Testing, Domain Testing. System Integration Testing, System Test
Categories, Functional Testing, Test Generation from Fsm Models. System Test Design, System
Test Planning and Automation, System Test Execution, Acceptance Testing, Test Team
Organization. Organizing for Quality Management, Commercial and Governmental Standards
for Use in Software Quality Assurance, Personnel Requirements to Make Software Quality
Assurance Work, Training for Quality Management, The Pareto Principle Applied to Software
Quality Assurance, Inspection as an Up-Front Quality Technique, Software Audit Methods.
Software Safety and Its Relation to Software Quality Assurance, CMMI PPQA Relationship to
SQA, SQA for Small Projects, Development Quality Assurance, Quality Management in IT,
Costs of Software Quality.
Textbook:
1. Kshirasagar Naik, Priyadarshi Tripathy Software Testing and Quality Assurance Theory
and Practice John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication
2. G. Gordon Schulmeyer Handbook of Software Quality Assurance Fourth Edition 2008
Artech House.
References:
1. Ilene Burnstein Practical Software Testing Springer 2003
2. William E. Lewis Software Testing and Continuous Quality Improvement Second
Edition AUERBACH PUBLICATIONS
3. Jeff Tian Software Quality Engineering Testing, Quality Assurance, and Quantifiable
Improvement JOHN WILEY.
150
OPERATING SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 CS 5205 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction, The Operating System Interface , Implementing Processes ,Interposes
Communication, Processes, Memory ,Virtual Memory , Virtual Memory ,IO Devices , IO
Systems ,File Systems , File System Organization , Resource Management, Design Techniques
for Two level implementation, Interface design, Models of communication, Static versus
dynamic tradeoffs, Caching, Hinting, Indirection
Text Book:
1. Charles Crowley, “Operating Systems: A Design-Oriented Approach‟ , TMH,1998 edition.
References:
1. Silberschatz & Galvin, “Operating System Concepts‟ , 8
th
edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc,
2. William Stallings, “Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles”, 5/e, Pearson.
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”,2
nd
Edition, Pearson Edu., 2004.
4. Gary Nutt, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
5. Harvey M. Deital, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
151
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 5206 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Computer Networks and the Internet , Application Layer,. Transport Layer, The Network Layer.
The Link Layer: Links, Access Networks,
and
LANs,
Congestion Control and Resource Allocation. Introduction to Network Security: Attacks,
services, Security. A model of Inter network Security, Principles of Symmetric and public key
cryptography, Steganography, One time PADS., E-Mail Security: PGP, SMIME, Intruders,
Intrusion Prevention and Detection: Introduction, Prevention versus Detection, Types of
Intrusion Detection systems, DoS Attack Prevention/Detection, Malware Defense.
Textbooks:
1. Kurose, J. and Ross, K. ,2012. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach (6th
edition). Addison-Wesley.
Reference Books:
1. Peterson, L.L. and Davie, B.S. 2012. Computer Networks -- A Systems Approach. (5th
edition), Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier.
2. Comer, D.E. (2004). Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications. (4th
edition). Prentice Hall.
3. Comer, D.E. 1995. Internetworking with TCP/IP vol. I. (3rd edition). Prentice Hall. ,5th
edition, 2006.
4. anenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th Edition, (Pearson Education / PHI).
152
OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Course Code :15 CS 5207 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: software engineering and failures, software engineering concepts, software
engineering development activities, manging software development, ARENA case study.
Project organization and communication: introduction, an overview of projects, project
organization concepts, project communication concepts, organizational activities.
Requirements Elicitation:introduction,overview , concepts,activities, managing requirements
Elicitation, ARENA case study. analysis: introduction,overview, concepts, activities, managing
analysis, ARENA case study. System design: decomposing the system-introduction, overview,
concepts, activities, managing system design, ARENA case study. Object design: reusing
pattern solutions- introduction, overview, reuse concepts, reuse activities, managing reuse,
ARENA case study. Object design: specifying interfaces- introduction, overview, concepts,
activities, managing object design, ARENA case study,Introducing to UML, Unified Process,
Requirements : The Requiements overflow, use case moeling, advanced use case modeling
Analysis: The analysis workflow, Objects and classes, finding analysis classes, Relationships,
inheritance and polymorphism, Analysis packages, use case realization, Activity
diagrams.Design: The design workflow, design classes, refining analysis relationships,
interfaces and components, use case realization - design, state machines. Implementation: The
implementation workflow, deployment, mapping models to code: introduction, overview,
concepts, activities, managing implmentation, ARENA case study. Testing: introduction,
overview, concepts, activities, managing testing. Rationale managements: introduction,
overview, concepts, activities, managing rationale, configuration management: introduction,
overview, concepts,activities, managing configuration management.
Text Books
1. Bernd Bruegge Allen H.Dutoit ”Object Oriented Software Engineering using UML,patterns
and Java”, Third Edition,Pearson Education
2. Jim Arlow,Ila Neustadt,”UML 2 and the Unified Process- Practical Object Oriented Analysis
and Design”,Pearson Education,Second Edition.
Reference Books
1. G. Booch, Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications 2/e Pearson
2. C. Larman, Applying UML and patterns, Pearson
3. R. Fairly, Software Engineering, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.
4. G. Booch, J.Rumbaugh, J. Jacobson, The Unified Modeling Language –User Guide Addison
– Wesley
5. C.Ghezzi,M. Jazayeri and D. Mandrioli, Fundaments of Software Engineering prentice Hall of
India, Ltd.
6. R.S Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach, 5/e, Mc Graw Hill
International Edition
153
ENTERPRISE PROGRAMMING
Course Code :15 CS 5208 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to XHTML, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), JavaScript: Introduction to Scripting,
Control Statements Part 1, Control Statements Part 2, Functions, Arrays, Objects. Dynamic
HTML: Object Model and Collections, Dynamic HTML: Event Model, XML, RSS, Web Servers
(IIS and Apache). Java EE Essentials, J2EE Multi-Tier Architecture, Advanced JSP topics, Java
Server Faces, Working with Databases, Advanced topics in JDBC. EJB Fundamentals and
Session Beans, EJB Entity Beans, Message Driven Beans, EJB Relationships, EJB QL, and
JDBC. Design Patterns and EJB. J2EE Design patterns and Frameworks: Pattern Catalog-
Handle-Forward pattern, Translator pattern, Distributor pattern, Broadcaster pattern, Zero sum
pattern, Status Flag Pattern, Sequencer pattern, Behavior Separation pattern, Consolidator
pattern, Simplicity pattern, Stealth Pattern. Web Services and JAX-WS. Java Mail API, Java
Interface Definition Language and CORBA, Java Remote Method Invocation, Java Messaging
Service, Java Naming and Directory Interface API.
Textbooks:
1. Beginning Java EE 5 From Novice to Professional by Kevin Mukhar, James L. Weaver,
Jim Crume, Chris Zelenak, publisher: Apress, 2005 Edition.
2. J2EE: The complete reference by James Keogh, publisher: McGraw-hill Osborne Media;
1 editon.
References:
1. An Introduction to Network Programming with Java by Jan Graba, Publisher: Springer,
2
nd
edition, 2006.
2. Beginning Java EE 6 platform with GlassFish 3 From Novice to Professional by Antonio
Goncalves, 2009, Apress Publisher.
154
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 52C1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basic Cryptographic Techniques: Encryption — Symmetric Techniques: Substitution
Ciphers, Transposition Ciphers, Classical Ciphers: Usefulness and Security, The Data
Encryption Standard (DES), The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), Confidentiality Modes
of Operation, Key Channel Establishment for Symmetric Cryptosystems. Encryption —
Asymmetric Techniques: Insecurity of "Textbook Encryption Algorithms", The Diffie-Hellman
Key Exchange Protocol, The Diffie-Hellman Problem and the Discrete Logarithm Problem, The
RSA Cryptosystem (Textbook Version), Cryptanalysis Against Public-key Cryptosystems, The
RSA Problem, The Integer Factorization Problem, Insecurity of the Textbook RSA Encryption,
The Rabin Cryptosystem (Textbook Version), Insecurity of the Textbook Rabin Encryption, The
ElGamal Cryptosystem (Textbook Version), Insecurity of the Textbook ElGamal Encryption,
Need for Stronger Security Notions for Public-key Cryptosystems, Combination of Asymmetric
and Symmetric Cryptography, Key Channel Establishment for Public-key Cryptosystems.
Authentication Protocols — Principles:. Hash and Message Digests: MD5, SHA1, HMAC.
Authentication Framework for Public-Key Cryptography:Directory-Based Authentication,
Non-Directory Based Public-key Authentication Framework. Formal Approaches to Security
Establishment- Formal and Strong Security Definitions for Public-Key Cryptosystems:
Introduction, A Formal Treatment for Security, Semantic Security — the Debut of Provable
Security, Inadequacy of Semantic Security, Beyond Semantic Security. Provably Secure and
Efficient Public-Key Cryptosystems: Introduction, The Optimal Asymmetric Encryption
Padding, The Cramer-Shoup Public-key Cryptosystem, An Overview of Provably Secure Hybrid
Cryptosystems. Formal Methods for Authentication Protocols Analysis,Zero-Knowledge
Protocols: Basic Definitions, Zero-knowledge Properties Proof or Argument, Protocols with
Two-sided-error, Round Efficiency, Non-interactive Zero-knowledge. Network Security
Standards:
Text Books:
1. Modern Cryptography Theory and Practice, Wenbo Mao, Pearson Education 2008
2. Network Security: Private Communication in a Public World, Charlie Kaufman,
Radia Perlman Mike Speciner, Prentice Hall 2/E.( Hash and Message Digests, Unit V)
References:
1. Cryptography and Network Security, William Stallings, 4/E Publisher: Prentice Hall
2. Information Security Principles & Practice, Mark Stamp, WILEY INDIA 2006.
3. Cryptography & Network Security by Behrouz A. Forouzan, TMH 2007.
4. Network Security: The complete reference, Robert Bragg, Mark Rhodes, TMH
5. Computer Security Basics by Rick Lehtinen, Deborah Russell & G.T.Gangemi Sr., SPD
O’REILLY 2006.
6. Network Security Essentials (Applications and Standards) by William Stallings, Pearson
155
Education.
156
MOBILE COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 52C2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
An Overview of Wireless Systems, Teletraffic Engineering, Radio Propagation and Propagation
Path-Loss Models. An Overview of Digital Communication and Transmission, Fundamentals of
Cellular Communications. Multiple Access Techniques, Architecture of a Wireless Wide-Area
Network (WWAN), Speech Coding and Channel Coding. Modulation Schemes, Antennas,
Diversity, and Link Analysis, Spread Spectrum (SS) and CDMA Systems. Mobility Management
in Wireless Networks, Security in Wireless Systems, Security in Wireless Systems.
Textbooks:
1. Vijay K. Garg WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKING Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers 2007
References:
1. Anurag Kumar, D. Manjunath and Joy Kuri WIRELESS NETWORKING Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers
157
HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 52C3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Migrating into a Cloud, Enriching the ‘Integration as a Service’ Paradigm for the cloud era,
Enterprise cloud computing paradigm, Infrastructure as a Service (Iaas): Virtual Machines
provisioning and migration services, management of virtual machines for cloud infrastructures,
Enhancing Cloud Computing Environments Using a Cluster as a Service, Secure distributed data
storage. PaaS & IaaS, Integration of Private and Public Clouds, Cometcloud, Workflow Engine,
Scientific applications for Cloud Environments, The Map Reduce Programming Model and
Implementations. Monitoring and Management: An Architecture for federated cloud computing,
SLA management in cloud computing, performance prediction for HPC on Clouds, Applications
in the AWS Cloud, Online game hosting on cloud resources, Content delivery networks,
Organizational readiness and change management, Data Security and Legal Issues, Achieving
Production Readiness for Cloud Services. Technologies and Applications, Key Enabling
Technologies for Virtual Private Clouds, Role of Networks and Grid Computing Technologies,
Data-Intensive Technologies, Storage and Fault Tolerance Strategies, Adaptive Agent Based
Approach, Cloudweaver, Enterprise Knowledge Clouds, Integration of High-Performance
Computing into Cloud Computing Services, Vertical Load Distribution for Cloud Computing,
HPC on Competitive Cloud Resources, Scientific Data Management.
Text Books:
1. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski,”Cloud Computing Principles
and Paradigms”, Wiley (2011).
2. Furht B., Escalante A, “Handbook of cloud computing”, Springer (2010).
References:
1. Syed A. Ahson, Mohammad Ilyas, "Cloud Computing and Software Services Theory and
Techniques", CRC Press, 2010.
2. Jack J Dongarra, Kavi Hawng, Geoffrey C Fox, ―Distributed and Cloud Computing",
Elsevier, 2012.
3. Sitaram, Manjunath, "Moving to the Cloud", Elsevier, 2011.
4. Nick Antonopoulos, Lee Gillam, "Cloud Computing Principles Systems And
Applications", Springer, 2012.
5. Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide”, O’Reilly.
158
NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 CS 52C4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Data communications and Network Management Overview : Analogy of Telephone Network
Management, Communications protocols and Standards, Case Histories of Networking and
Management, Challenges of Information Technology Managers, Network Management: Goals,
Organization, and Functions, Network and System Management, Network Management System
Platform, Current Status and future of Network Management.
SNMPV1 Network Management : Organization and Information and Information Models.
Managed network : Case Histories and Examples, The History of SNMP Management, The SNMP
Model, The Organization Model, System Overview, The Information Model.
SNMPv1 Network Management : Communication and Functional Models. The SNMP
Communication Model, Functional model.
SNMP Management: SNMPv2 : Major Changes in SNMPv2, SNMPv2 System Architecture,
SNMPv2 Structure of Management Information, The SNMPv2 Management Information Base,
SNMPv2 Protocol, Compatibility With SNMPv1.
SNMP Management : RMON : What is Remote Monitoring? , RMON SMI and MIB, RMON1,
RMON2, ATM Remote Monitoring, A Case Study of Internet Traffic Using RMON
Telecommunications Management Network : Why TMN? , Operations Systems, TMN Conceptual
Model, TMN Standards, TMN Architecture, TMN Management Service Architecture, An
Integrated View of TMN, mplementation Issues.
Network Management Tools and Systems:Network Management Tools, Network Statistics
Measurement Systems, History of Enterprise Management, Network Management systems,
Commercial Network management Systems, System Management, Enterprise Management
Solutions.
Web-Based Management: NMS with Web Interface and Web-Based Management, Web Interface
to SNMP Management, Embedded Web-Based Management, Desktop management Interface,
Web-Based Enterprise Management, WBEM: Windows Management Instrumentation, Java
management Extensions, Management of a Storage Area Network: , Future Directions.
TEXT BOOK : 1. Network Management, Principles and Practice, Mani Subrahmanian, Pearson
Education.
REFERENCES: 1. Network management, Morris, Pearson Education. 2. Principles of Network
System Administration, Mark Burges, Wiley Dreamtech. 3. Distributed Network Management,
Paul, John Wiley.
159
SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE
Course Code :15 CS 52D1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Computing with Services-Basic Standards for Web Services, Programming Web Services,
Enterprise Architectures, Principles of Service-Oriented Computing, Description- Modeling and
Representation, Resource Description Framework, Web Ontology Language, Ontology
Management, Engagement- Execution Models, Transaction Concepts, Coordination Frameworks
for Web Services, Process Specifications, Formal Specification and Enactment. Collaboration-
Agents, Multiagent Systems, Organizations, Communication, Solutions- Semantic Service
Solutions, Social Service Selection, Economic Service Selection, Engineering- Building SOC
Applications, Service Management, Security, Directions- Challenge and Extensions. On The
Impact of AOSE In Service-Oriented Computing, Testing Object-Oriented Software. SOA —
Architecture Fundamentals, Designing Service Interfaces, Designing Service Implementations,
Composing Services , Using Services to Build Enterprise Solutions. Enterprise Service Bus:
JDO, Data Services, Service Data Objects, Service Component Architecture, Message-Oriented
Middleware, Enterprise Service Bus, Business Process Enterprise Language (BPEL). Service
Inventory Design Patterns: Foundational Inventory Patterns, Logical Inventory Layer Patterns,
Inventory Centralization Patterns, Inventory Implementation Patterns, Inventory Governance
Patterns, And Service Design Patterns
Text Books:
1. Munindar P. Singh, Michael N. Huhns, “Service-Oriented Computing: Semantics,
Processes, Agents”, John Wieley, 2005.
2. Andrea De Lucia, Filomena Ferrucci, Genny Tortora, Maurizio Tucc, “Emerging
Methods, Technologies and Process Management in Software Engineering”, Wiley,
2008.
References:
1. Nathan Griffiths,
Kuo-Ming Chao,
“Agent-Based Service-Oriented Computing”,
Springer, 2010.
2. Michael Rosen, Boris Lublinsky, Kevin T. Smith, Marc J. Balcer, “Applied SOA:
Service-Oriented Architecture and Design Strategies”, Wiley, 2010.
3. Binildas A. Christudas, Malhar Barai, “Service Oriented Architecture with Java”, Packt
publishing, 2008.
4. Thomas Erl, “SOA Design Patterns”, Pearson , 2009.
5. Douglas K. Barry, “Web Services, Service-Oriented Architectures,
and
Cloud
Computing”, Elsevier, 2003.
6. James Bean, “SOA and Web Services Interface Design: Principles, Techniques, and
Standards”, Elsevier, 2010.
160
VISUAL PROGRAMMING
Course Code :15 CS 52D2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
The Internet and Visual C#, Dive Into Visual C# 2010 Express. Introduction to C# Applications,
Introduction to Classes, Objects, Methods and strings, Control Statements. Methods: A Deeper
Look, Arrays, Introduction to LINQ and the List Collection, Classes and Objects: A Deeper
Look. Object-Oriented Programming: Inheritance, OOP: Polymorphism, Interfaces and Operator
Overloading, Exception Handling: A Deeper Look. graphical User Interfaces with Windows
Forms, Strings and Characters, Files and Streams, Databases and LINQ, Web App Development
with ASP.NET.
Textbook:
1. Visual C# 2012 How to Program by Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Prentice Hall; 5 edition.
References:
1. Starting Out With Visual Basic 2008 Update, 4th Edition, By Tony Gaddis, Kip R.
Irvine, Published by Addison-Wesley Copyright © 2010.
2. Starting Out With Visual Basic 2010, 5th Edition, By Tony Gaddis, Kip R. Irvine,
Published by Addison-Wesley, Copyright © 2011.
161
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Course Code :15 CS 52D3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
FUNDAMENTALS: Digital image Representation, Fundamental steps in Image processing,
Elements of Digital Image processing systems. Elements of Visual perception, Sampling and
Quantization, Basic relationships between pixels. Imaging geometry, basic transformations,
perspective transformation. IMAGE TRANSFORMATION: Image transforms, Fourier
transform, Discrete Fourier transform, properties of 2D Fourier transform, FFT, Walsh
Transform, Hadamard Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar, Slant, Hotelling
Transforms, KL transform – Wavelet Transform. IMAGE ENHANCEMENT AND
RESTORATION TECHNIQUES: Image Enhancement, Spatial Domain and Frequency
domain enhancement methods – Histogram processing, Color image processing, Image
restoration, Degradation model, Diagonalisation of restoration, Inverse filtering, Wiener Filter,
Constrained Least squares restoration, Interactive Restoration, Restoration in the spatial Domain,
Geometric transformation. IMAGE COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES: Image Compression,
Redundancy, fidelity Criteria, Image compression models, Elements of Information Theory –
Lossless and Lossy image compression, Fractal and wavelet image compression, Image
compression standards, Data Compression, Huffman coding, Arithmetic coding, Dictionary
Based Techniques, Static Dictionary, Adaptive Dictionary, Predictive coding, Differential
coding, Transform coding, Subband coding. IMAGE ANALYSIS: Image segmentation,
Detection of Discontinuities, Edge linking and boundary detection, Thresholding, Region-
oriented segmentation, use of motion in segmentation, Image representation and description,
representation schemes, Boundary descriptors, regional descriptors, Morphology
Textbook:
Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, third edition, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2007.
References:
1. Pratt, “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley & sons, New York, 2004.
2. Anil K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1988.
162
BIG DATA ANALYTICS
Course Code :15 CS 52D4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Big Data, Complexity of Big Data, Big Data Processing Architectures, Big Data
Technologies, Big Data Business Value, Data Warehouse, Re-Engineering the Data
Warehouse, Workload Management in the Data Warehouse, New Technology Approaches.
Integration of Big Data and Data Warehouse, Data Driven Architecture, Information
Management and Lifecycle, Big Data Analytics, Visualization and Data Scientist,
Implementing The "Big Data" Data. Choices in Setting up R for Business Analytics, R
Interfaces, Manipulating Data, Exploring Data, Building Regression Models, Clustering and
Data Segmentation, Forecasting and Time Series Models. Writing Hadoop Map Reduce
Programs, Integrating R and Hadoop, Using Hadoop Streaming with R, Learning Data
Analytics with R and Hadoop, Understanding Big Data Analysis with Machine Learning.
Big Data, Web Data, A Cross-Section of Big Data Sources and the Value They Hold,
Taming Big Data, The Evolution of Analytic Scalability, The Evolution of Analytic
Processes, The Evolution of Analytic, Processes The Evolution of Analytic Tools and
Methods. Legacy Data, Hypothesis Testing, Prediction, Software, Complexity, Business
problems suited to big data analytics, High Performance Appliances for Big Data
Management, Using Graph analytics, The New Information Management Paradigm, Big
Data's Implication for Businesses, Big Data Implications for Information Management,
Splunk's Basic Operations on Big Data.
Textbooks:
1. Data Warehousing in the Age of Big Data by Krish Krishnan, Morgan Kaufmann.
2. A.Ohri, “R for Business Analytics”, Springer, 2012.
References:
1. Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop by Vignesh Prajapati
2. Principles of Big Data Preparing, Sharing, and Analyzing Complex Information,
1st Edition, by J Berman, published by Morgan Kaufmann
3. “Big Data Analytics - From Strategic Planning to Enterprise Integration with
Tools, Techniques, NoSQL, and Graph” By David Loshin, Morgan Kaufmann
4. Big Data Imperatives: Enterprise 'big Data' Warehouse, 'BI' Implementations
and Analytics by Soumendra Mohanty, Apress
5. Big Data Analytics Using Splunk By Peter Zadrozny , Raghu Kodali, Apress 2013
6. Franks, Bill, “Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge
Data Streams with Advanced Analytics”, Wiley, 1st Edition, 2012.
7. Big Data Application Architecture Q&A: a Problem - Solution Approach Nitin
Sawant, Himanshu Shah
8. Big Data Now: Current Perspectives from O'Reilly Radar By O'Reilly Radar Team
163
M.TECH - COMPUTER NETWORKS & SECURITY
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS
5109
Data Networks
3
2
0
4
2
15 CS
5110
Network Programming
3
0
2
4
3
15 CS
5111
Applied Cryptography
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS
5112
Secure Coding
3
2
0
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5213
Performance Analysis of Computer
Networks
3
2
0
4
2
15 CS 5214
Wireless Networks & Mobile
Computing
3
0
2
4
3
15 CS 5215
Network and Cyber Security
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5216
Wireless Network Security
3
2
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
164
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CS 51E1
Network Routing
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51E2
Network Optimization
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51E3
Simulation of Computer Network
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51E4
Programming Mobile Devices
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CS 51F1
Storage Area Networks
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51F2
Adhoc Networks
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51F3
Cognitive Radio Networks
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51F4
Sensor Networks
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CS 52G1
Secure Protocols Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52G2
Distributed System Security
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52G3
Elliptic Curve Cryptography
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52G4
Cyber forensics
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CS 52H1
Information Systems Control and Audit
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52H2
Intrusion Detection And Prevention System
3
0
0
3
165
3
15 CS 52H3
Cryptanalysis
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52H4
Cyber Security
3
0
0
3
DATA NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 5109 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction Concepts: Goals and Applications of Networks, Network structure and architecture,
The OSI reference model, services, Network Topology Design ,Back Bone Design, Local Access
Network Design, Physical Layer Transmission Media, Switching methods, ISDN, Terminal
Handling. Medium Access sub layer: Medium Access sub layer - Channel Allocations, LAN
protocols, Overview of IEEE standards, Elementary Data Link Protocols, Sliding Window
protocols, Error Handling. Network Layer: Network Layer - Point - to Pont Networks, routing,
Congestion control Internetworking -TCP / IP, IP packet, IP address, IPv4, IPv6, Comparison of
IPv4 and IPv6 Headers. Transport Layer: Transport Layer - Design issues, connection
management, session Layer- Design issues, remote procedure call. Presentation Layer-Design
issues, Application Layer: File Transfer, Access and Management, Electronic mail, Virtual
Terminals, Other application. Example Networks - Internet and Public Networks.
Text Book
1. Kurose, J and Ross, K Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Addison-Wesley- 6th
edition-2012
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan , "Data Communication and Networking", TMH, 5th Edition 2012
References
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J.Wetheral “Computer Networks” Pearson, 5th –Edition-2011
2. W Stallings “Data and Computer Communication” Macmillan Press- 12th –Edition
3. Peterson, LL and Davie, BS (2012) Computer Networks -- A Systems Approach 5th edition,
Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier
4. Comer, DE Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications ,4th edition,
166
Prentice Hall (Most recent edition is 5th edition, 2009
5. Comer, DE ,Internetworking with TCP/IP vol I ,3rd edition, Prentice Hall Most recent
edition is 5th edition, 2006
6. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th Edition,PHI
167
NETWORK PROGRAMMING
Course Code :15 CS 5110 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Posix IPC, System V IPC, Pipes and FIFOs, Posix Message Queues, System V Message Queues,
Posix Semaphores, System V Semaphores, Shared Memory Introduction, Posix Shared Memory,
System V Shared Memory, Doors, Sockets Introduction, Elementary TCP Sockets, TCP
Client/Server Example, I/O Multiplexing, The select and poll Functions Socket Options,
Elementary UDP Sockets, Name and Address Conversions, and Functions, Sun RPC, XDR,
UNIX Domain Protocols, Routing Sockets, Threads Raw Sockets
Text Books
1. UNIX Network Programming, Volume 1: The Sockets Networking API, W. Richard
Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew M. Rudoff, Prentice Hall 3/E, 2008
2. UNIX Network Programming, Volume 2: Interprocess Communications, W. Richard
Stevens, Prentice Hall 2/E.2007
Reference Books:
1. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation, Gary R. Wright, W. Richard Stevens,
Addison Wesley, 2005
2. Internetworking with TCP/IP Volume : III Client and Server Programming and Applications
BSD Socket Versions, Douglas E Comer, David L Stevens, Second edition PHI, 2007
3. Advanced Programming in the UNIX
®
Environment, Richard Stevens, Stephen A.
Rago, Addison Wesley Professional/ Pearson, Second Edition, 2009
4. UNIX Systems Programming: Communication, Concurrency, and Threads, Kay A. Robbins,
Steven Robbins, Prentice Hall PTR, 2009.
168
APPLIED CRYPTOGRAPHY
Course Code :15 CS 5111 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Classical Cryptography-The Shift Cipher, The Substitution Cipher, Cryptanalysis Of The
Substitution Cipher, Cryptanalysis Of The Vigenere Cipher, Shannon’s Theory. Symmetric
Techniques: Block Cipher and the Advanced Encryption Standard-Substitution –Permutation
Networks, Linear Cryptanalysis, Differential Cryptanalysis, The Data Encryption Standard, The
Advanced Encryption Standard, Modes Of Operation Definition – Substitution Ciphers –
Transposition Ciphers - Stream And Block Ciphers. Asymmetric Techniques: Introduction To
Public –Key Cryptography, Number Theory, Principles Of Public Key Cryptosystems, The RSA
Cryptosystem,Key Management – Diffie Hellman Key Exchange – The Elgamal Cryptosystem,
Finit Fields, Elliptic Curves Over The Reals, Signature Scheme –Digital Signature Algorithm.
Key Management: Key Distribution- Diffie-Hellman Key, Predistribution, Unconditionally
Secure Key Predistribution, Key Agreement Scheme-Diffie-Hellman Key Agreement, Public
Key Infrastructure-PKI, Certificates, Trust Models. Message Authentication: Authentication
Requirements – Authentication Functions – Message Authentication Codes (MAC) – Hash
Functions – Security Of Hash Functions And Macs. Hash and Digital Signatures: MD5
Message Digest Algorithm – Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) –RIPMED160 - HMAC - Digital
Signatures - Authentication Protocols - Digital Signature Standard (DSS).
Text Books
1. Bruce Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.
2. Douglas R. Stinson ,“Cryptography Theory and Practice ”, Third Edition, Chapman &
Hall/CRC,2006
References:
1. Menges A. J , Oorschot P, Vanstone S.A,“Handbollk of Appliled Cryptography” CRC
Press,1997.
2. Wenbo Mao, “Modern Cryptography – Theory and Practice”, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2006.
3. Bernard Menezes, “Network Security and Cryptography”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi,
2010.
4. Ingemar J.Cox, Matthew L.Miller, Jeffrey A.Bloom, Jessica Fridrich, Ton Kalker, “Digital
Watermarking and Steganography”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, New York, 2008.
5. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006.
6. Jonathan Katz, Yehuda Lindell, “Introduction to Modern Cryptography”, Chapman &
Hall/CRC, New York, 2007.
169
SECURE CODING
Course Code :15 CS 5112 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction : Risk Analysis , Security Concepts , C and C++ , Platforms. Software Security
Assessment : White box vs. black box testing ,Design Review, Operational Review, Code
Review Strategies. Strings: Common String Manipulation Errors, String Vulnerabilities, Process
Memory Organization, Stack Smashing, Code Injection, Arc Injection, Mitigation Strategies.
Pointer Subterfuge : Data Locations , Function Pointers, Data Pointers, Modifying the
Instruction Pointer, Global Offset Table, The .dtors Section, Virtual Pointers, atexit(), on-exit(),
longjmp(), Exception Handling, Mitigation Strategies. Dynamic Memory Management :
Common Dynamic Memory ,Management Errors, Doug Lea's Memory Allocator, RtlHeap ,
Mitigation Strategies. Integer Security: Integers ,Integer Conversions ,Integer Error Conditions
,Integer Operations ,Vulnerabilities ,Nonexceptional Integer Logic Errors ,Mitigation Strategies.
Formatted Output: Variadic Functions, Formatted Output Functions, Exploiting, Formatted
Output Functions , Stack Randomization, Mitigation Strategies. File I/O: Concurrency, Time of
Check, Time of Use, Files as Locks and File Locking, File System Exploits, Mitigation
Strategies. Procactive Security Development Process: Installing a Security Culture, The
Defender's Dilemma and the Attacker's Advantage, Role of Education, Integrating Security into
the Development Process, Security Principles. Language Independent Security Issues:
Appropriate Access Control, Running with Least Privilege, Cryptogpraphic Foibles, Protecting
Data, Input checking and canonicalization, Database input.
Text Book
1. Robert C. Seacord: Secure Coding in C and C++. SEI Series (CERT Book),
Addison- Wesley, 2006.
References:
1. Mark Dowd, John McDonald, and Justing Schuh: Teh Art of Software Security Assessment:
Identifying and Preventing Software Vulnerabilities, Addison Wesley, 2007
2. Michael Howard and David LeBlanc: Writing Secure Code, Microsoft Press, 2003
3. Tom Gallagher, Bryan Jeffries, Lawrence Landauer: Hunting Security Bugs, Microsoft Press,
2006.
170
NETWORK ROUTING
Course Code :15 CS 51E1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Network Routing: Basics and Foundations: Networking and Network Routing: An
Introduction,: Routing Algorithms: Shortest Path and Widest Path, Network Flow Modelling.
Routing in IP Networks: OSPF and Integrated IS-IS, IP Traffic Engineering, BGP. Routing in
the PSTN: Hierarchical and Dynamic Call Routing in the Telephone Network, Traffic
Engineering in the Voice Telephone Network. Router Architectures: Router Architectures, IP
Address Lookup Algorithms, Quality of Service Routing, MPLS and GMPLS. Toward Next
Generation Routing: Routing and Traffic Engineering with MPLS, Packet Queuing and
Scheduling, Traffic Conditioning, Transport Network Routing, Optical Network Routing and
Multilayer Routing.
Text Book
1. D. Medhi and K. Ramasamy: Network Routing: Algorithms, Protocols, and
Architectures, Morgan and Kaufmann Publ., 2008.
References:
1. G. Varghese: Network Algorithmics, Elsevier 2005
2. Network Routing Basics: Understanding IP Routing in Cisco Systems, James Macfarlane,
Wiley; 1 edition , 2006
3. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach (6th Edition), James F. Kurose, Keith W.
Ross, Pearson; 6th edition , 2012
4. Computer Networks and Internets (6th Edition), Douglas E. Comer, Addison-Wesley; 6
edition ,2014
5. Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol.1: Principles, Protocols, and Architecture, Douglas E.
Comer , Prentice Hall; 4th edition , 2000.
171
NETWORK OPTIMIZATION
Course Code :15 CS 51E2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction - Example Opportunistic Scheduling Problem , General Stochastic Optimization
Problems , Lyapunov Drift and Lyapunov Optimization, On General Markov Decision Problems
On Network Delay, Introduction to Queues, Rate Stability, Stronger Forms of Stability,
Randomized Scheduling for Rate Stability , Dynamic Scheduling Example: Scheduling for
Stability, Stability and Average Power Minimization, Generalizations, Optimizing Time
Averages, Lyapunov Drift and Lyapunov Optimization, General System Model, Optimality via
ω-only Policies, Virtual Queues, The Min Drift-Plus-Penalty Algorithm, Optimizing Functions
of Time -Solving the Transformed Problem, A Flow-Based Network Model, Multi-Hop
Queueing Networks, General Optimization of Convex Functions of Time Averages, Non-Convex
Stochastic Optimization, Worst Case Delay , Alternative Fairness Metrics , Approximate
Scheduling, Time-Invariant Interference Networks, Multiplicative Factor Approximations
Optimization of Renewal Systems- The Renewal System Model ,Drift-Plus-Penalty for Renewal
Systems , Minimizing the Drift-Plus-Penalty Ratio , Task Processing Example ,Utility
Optimization for Renewal ,Systems , Dynamic Programming Examples
Text Book
JeanWalrand, “Stochastic Network Optimization with Application to Communication and
Queueing Systems”Morgan & Claypool 2010
Reference
1. My T Thai, Panos M Pardalos “ Handbook of Optimization in Complex Networks Theory
and Applications” Springer
2.
Carlos AS Oliveira _ Panos M Pardalos “Mathematical Aspects of Network Routing
Optimization” Springer
3. R. Srikant, Lei Ying Communication Networks An Optimization, Control and Stochastic
Networks Perspective” Cambridge -2014
172
SIMULATION OF COMPUTER NETWORK
Course Code :15 CS 51E3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction :Discrete-event Simulation, The Principle of Discrete-event Simulation, The Event-
scheduling Time-advance Algorithm , Starting and Stopping of Simulations,Types of Simulation
Runs , Modeling for Computer Simulation , Good Performance Models and Good Simulation.
Tools and Methods for Network Simulation: The ns–3 Network Simulator
Introduction, Modeling the Network Elements in ns–3, Simulating a Computer Network in ns–3
,Smart Pointers in ns–3, Representing Packets in ns–3 ,Object Aggregation in ns–3,Events in ns–
3 ,Compiling and Running the Simulation, Animating the Simulation, OMNeT++: Introduction,
the Component Model, Programming, Result Collection and Analysis. Modeling the Network
Layer and Routing Protocols-Introduction, Routing, Internet Mobility Modeling Transport Layer
Protocols - Introduction Existing Simulation Models Using Real Implementations in Simulators,
Transport Layer Traces ,Analytical Performance Modeling Fluid Models and Integration with
Packet-level Simulation Modeling Application Traffic -Introduction, Modeling HTTP, Modeling
FTP Traffic, Modeling Voice Traffic, Modeling Video, Modeling Security Aspects of Networks-
Introduction, Role of Modeling and Simulation in Security Research , Security Models,
Evaluation Metrics.
Text Books:
1. Klaus Wehrle Mesut Güne¸s, James Gross “Modeling and Tools for Network Simulation”
Springer-2010
References:
1. Hussein Al-Bahadili “ Simulation in Computer Network Design and Modeling: Use and
Analysis” IGI Global Snippet, 2012
2. Adarshpal S. Sethi , Vasil Y. Hnatyshin “ The Practical OPNET User Guide for Computer
Network Simulation Hardcover” ,CRC Press- 2010
3. Mohsen Guizani, Ammar Rayes, Bilal Khan, Ala Al-Fuqaha “Network Modeling and
Simulation: A Practical Perspective” ,Wiley-2010
4. R. Jain, "The Art of Computer Systems Performance Analysis: Techniques for Experimental
Design, Measurement, Simulation, and Modeling," Wiley- Interscience, New York, NY,
April 1991
173
PROGRAMMING MOBILE DEVICES
Course Code :15 CS 51E4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Memory Management - Design Patterns for Limited Memory, Memory Management in Mobile
Java, Memory Management in example OS. Applications - Workflow for Application
Development, Techniques for Composing Applications, Application Models in Mobile Java,
Case study: Symbian OS Application Infrastructure. Dynamic Linking - Implementation
Techniques, Implementing Plugins, Managing Memory Consumption Related to Dynamically
Linked Libraries, Rules of Thumb for Using Dynamically Loaded Libraries, Mobile Java and
Dynamic Linking. Concurrency - Infrastructure for Concurrent Programming, MIDP Java and
Concurrency, Case study: Symbian OS and Concurrency. Resource Management - Resource-
Related Concerns in Mobile Devices, MIDP Java. Networking - MIDP Java and Web Services,
Bluetooth Facilities with an example OS. Security - Secure Coding and Design, Infrastructure for
Enabling Secured Execution, Security Features in MIDP Java, Case study: Symbian OS Security
Features
Text Book
Tommi Mikkonen.“Programming Mobile Devices: An Introduction for Practitioners”
Wiley,First Edition-2007
References:
1. Craig Heath “Symbian OS Platform Security: Software Development Using the Symbian OS
Security Architecture”-Wiley -2010
2. Frank H. P. Fitzek, Frank Reichert “Mobile Phone Programming: and its Application to
Wireless Networking” Springer; 2007 edition ,June 26, 2007
3. Zigurd Mednieks, Laird Dornin, G. Blake Meike, Masumi Nakamura “Programming Android
Java Programming for the New Generation of Mobile Devices” O'Reilly Media-2011
174
STORAGE AREA NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 51F1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Storage Technology Review data creation and the amount of data being created
and understand the value of data to a business, challenges in data storage and data management,
Solutions available for data storage, Core elements of a data center infrastructure, role of each
element in supporting business activities, Storage Systems Architecture Hardware and software
components of the host environment, Key protocols and concepts used by each component,
Physical and logical components of a connectivity environment, Access characteristics, and
performance Implications, Concept of RAID and its components , Different RAID levels and
their suitability for different application environments, High-level architecture and working of an
intelligent storage system, Introduction to Networked Storage Evolution of networked storage,
Architecture, components, and topologies of FC -SAN, NAS, and IP-SAN, Benefits of the
different networked storage options, Information Availability & Monitoring & Managing
Datacenter, Impact of downtime, Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster
recovery (DR) ,RTO and RPO, Identify single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list
solutions to mitigate these failures ,Architecture of backup/recovery and the different
backup/recovery topologies , replication technologies and their role in ensuring information
availability and business continuity, Remote replication technologies, Industry standards for data
center monitoring and management, Key metrics to monitor for different components in a
storage infrastructure, Key management tasks in a data center, Securing Storage and Storage
Virtualization Information security, Critical security attributes for information systems, Storage
security domains, List and analyzes the common threats in each domain, Virtualization
technologies
Textbook:
1. EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley,2010.
References:
1. Robert Spalding, “Storage Networks: The Complete Reference“, Tata McGraw Hill,
Osborne, 2003.
2. Marc Farley, “Building Storage Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill ,Osborne, 2001.
3. Meeta Gupta, Storage Area Network Fundamentals, Pearson Education Limited,
4. Richard Barker (Author), Paul Massiglia “Storage Area Network Essentials: A Complete
Guide to Understanding and Implementing SANs” John Wiley & Sons, 2001
5. Meeta Gupta “Storage Area Network Fundamentals” Cisco Press, 2002
175
ADHOC NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 51F2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Applications, History of Wireless Communication, Simplified Reference Model,
Introduction to adhoc networks – definition, characteristics features, Application. Characteristics
of Wireless channel, Adhoc Mobility Models: - Indoor and outdoor models. Medium Access
Protocols :MAC protocols: design issues, doals and classification. Contention based protocols –
with reservation, scheduling algorithms, protocols using direction antennas. IEEE standards:
802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.15. HIPERLAN. Network Protocols: Routing protocols:
Introduction, Design issues, goals and Classification of Proactive vs. reactive routing, uncast
routing algorithms such as Destination Sequenced Distance Vector (DSDV), Wireless Routing
Protocol (WRP), Ad Hoc on-Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV), Dynamic Source
Routing (DSR), Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA), Signal Stability Routing
(SSR), Location-Aided Routing (LAR), Power-Aware Routing (PAR), Zone Routing Protocol
(ZRP)., Multicast routing hierarchical routing, QoS aware routing. End-End Delivery and
Security: Transports layer- Issues in designing- transport layer classification, adhoc transport
protocols. Security issues in adhoc network: issues and challenges, network security attacks,
secure routing protocols. Multicast Routing in Adhoc Networks: Introduction, Issues in
Designing A Multicast Routing Protocol, Operation of Multicast Routing Protocols, An
Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols, Classifications of Multicast
Routing Protocols, Tree–based Multicast Routing Protocols- Bandwidth Efficient Multicast
Routing Protocol, Zone Based – Core Extraction Routing Protocol, Ad Hoc on-Demand Vector
Routing Protocol, Mesh-Based Multicast Routing Protocols, On-Demand Multicast Dynamic
Core Based Multicast Routing Protocol, Energy-Efficient Reliable Broadcast And Multicasting
Protocols, Wireless Ad Hoc Real-Time Multicasting, Application, Dependent Multicast Routing.
Text Book
Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks Protocols and Systems, C. K. Toh, Prentice Hall,
PTR, 2001.
References:
1. Ad Hoc Wireless Networks Architectures and Protocols, C.Siva Ram Murthy and B.S.
Manoj, Prentice Hall, 2004
2. Stojmenovic and cacute, handbook of wireless networks and mobils computing, wiley, 2002,
ISBN 0471419028.
3. Edgar H. Callaway, wireless sensor networks: architecture and protocols, Auerbach
publications.
4. Fang Zhao, leonidas J. Guibas, wireless sensor networks: an information processing
approach.
5. Ad Hoc Networking, Charles E.Perkins, Addison Wesley, 2000
176
COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 51F3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Wireless Communications, Software Defined Radio, Wireless Networks, Cooperative
Communications and Networks, Cognitive Radio Communications, Cognitive Radio Networks,
Spectrum Sensing, Medium Access Control, Network Layer Design, Trusted Cognitive Radio
Networks, Spectrum Management of Cognitive Radio Networks. Capacity Analysis of Cognitive
Radio Networks, Power Control for Cognitive Radio Ad Hoc Networks, Medium Access Control
in Cognitive Radio Networks. Cross-Layer Optimization in Cognitive Radio Networks, Security
in Cognitive Radio Networks. Distributed Coordination in Cognitive Radio Networks, Cognitive
Radio for Pervasive Healthcare, Cognitive Radio Networks: An Assessment Framework.
Text Book
Kwang-Cheng Chen and Ramjee Prasad, Cognitive Radio Networks, 2009, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd. ISBN: 978-0-470-69689-7.
References:
1. Yan Zhang, Jun Zheng, Hsiao-Hwa Chen, Cognitive Radio Networks, Architectures,
Protocols, and Standards, CRC Press, 2010 by Taylor and Francis Group, LLC.
2. Cognitive networks Towards Self-Aware Networks, Qusay H. Mahmoud, Copyright-2007
John Wiley & Sons Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester.
3. Cognitive Radio technology- Bruce A Fette IST Edition, 2006 Elsevier Inc
177
SENSOR NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 51F4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Overview of Wireless Sensor Networks: Challenges for Wireless Sensor Networks, Enabling
Technologies for Wireless Sensor Networks. Architectures : Single-Node Architecture -
Hardware Components, Energy Consumption of Sensor Nodes , Operating Systems and
Execution Environments, Network Architecture - Sensor Network Scenarios, Optimization Goals
and Figures of Merit, Gateway Concepts. Networking Sensors: Physical Layer and Transceiver
Design Considerations, MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, Low Duty Cycle
Protocols And Wakeup Concepts - S-MAC , The Mediation Device Protocol, Wakeup Radio
Concepts, Address and Name Management, Assignment of MAC Addresses, Routing Protocols-
Energy-Efficient Routing, Geographic Routing. Infrastructure Establishment: Topology Control,
Clustering, Time Synchronization, Localization and Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control.
Sensor Network Platforms And Tools: Sensor Node Hardware – Berkeley Motes, Programming
Challenges, Node-level software platforms, Node-level Simulators, State-centric programming.
Text Book
Feng Zhao & Leonidas J. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks- An Information
Processing Approach", Elsevier, 2007.
References:
1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, " Protocols And Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks"
John Wiley, 2005.
2. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, & Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks-Technology,
Protocols, And Applications”, John Wiley, 2007.
3. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003.
4. F. Jurdak “wireless ad hoc and sense networks” Springer publications.
178
PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF COMPUTER NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 5213 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction, Design for Performance, Characterization of Data Traffic, Simulation, Commonly
Used Distributions, Random Number Generators, Queuing Theory (M/M/1/∞): Introduction,
Derivation of Equilibrium State Probabilities, Simple Performance Figures, Response Time and
Its Distribution, Waiting Time Distribution, Analysis of Busy Times and Forward Data Link
Performance and Optimization. State Dependent Markovian Queues-1: Introduction, Stochastic
Processes, Markov Process, Continuous Parameter Markov Chains, Markov Chains for State
Dependent Queues, Intuitive Approach for Time Averages. State Dependent Markovian Queues-
2
:Statistical Analysis of Markov Chains Sample Functions, Little‟ s Result – FIFO Case and Non-
FIFO Case, Application Systems, Medium Access in Local Area Networks. Discrete Time
Queues-1: Introduction, Timing and Synchronization, State Transitions and Their Probabilities,
Discrete Parameter Markov Chains, Classification of States, Analysis of Equilibrium Markov
Chains. Discrete Time Queues-2: Performance Evaluation of Discrete Time Queues,
Applications of Discrete Time Queues. Continuous Time Queuing Networks: Introduction,
Model and Notation for Open Networks, Global Balance Equations, Traffic Equations, The
Product Form Solution, Validity of Product Form Solution, Development of Product Form
Solution for Closed Networks, Convolution Algorithm, Performance Figures from the G(N,M)
Matrix, Mean Value Analysis.
Textbooks:
1. Performance Analysis of Queuing and Computer Networks, G R Dattatreya, CRC Press,
2008
2. The Art of Computer Systems Performance Analysis: Techniques for Experimental design,
Measurement, Simulation, and Modeling Raj Jain, Wiley- Interscience, 1991.
References:
179
1. Quantitative System Performance, E.D. Lazowska, J. Zahorjan, G.S. Graham and K.C.
Sevcik, Prentice-Hall,
1984.;PDF
Available
from
:Www.Cs.Washington.Edu
/Homes/Lazowska/Qsp
2. Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and Computer Science Applications
K.S. Trivedi, Prentice-Hall, 1982.
3. Queueuing Systems, Vol. 1: Theory, L. Kleinrock, Wiley 1975.
4. Queueuing Systems, Vol. 2: Applications, L. Kleinrock Wiley 1976.
5. Measurement and Tuning of Computer Systems, D. Ferrari, G. Serazzi and A. Zeign,
Prentice-Hall, 1983.
180
WIRELESS NETWORKS & MOBILE COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 5214 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Wireless Networks: Wireless Network, Wireless Network Architecture, Wireless Switching
Technology, Wireless Communication problem, Wireless Network Reference Model, Wireless
Networking Issues & Standards. Mobile Computing: Mobile communication, Mobile
Computing Architecture, Mobile Devices, Mobile System Networks, Mobility Management.
WIRELESS LAN: Infrared Vs radio transmission, Infrastructure and Ad-hoc Network, IEEE
802.11: System Architecture, Protocol Architecture, 802.11b, 802.11a, Newer Developments,
HIPERLAN 1, HIPERLAN 2, Bluetooth : User Scenarios, Architecture. Global System For
Mobile Communications (GSM): Mobile Services, System Architecture, Protocols,
Localization & Calling, Handover, Security. GPRS: GPRS System Architecture, Mobile
Network Layer: Mobile IP: Goals, Assumptions, Entities and Terminology, IP Packet Delivery,
Agent Discovery, Registration, Tunneling and Encapsulation, Optimizations, Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP,
Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast retransmit/fast recovery, Transmission /time-out freezing,
Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP, TCP over 2.5G/3G Wireless Networks.
Textbooks:
1. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2008.
2. Dr. Sunilkumar, et al “Wireless and Mobile Networks: Concepts and Protocols”, Wiley
India,2011
References:
1. Raj Kamal, “Mobile Computing”, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS Asoke K Talukder, et al,
“Mobile Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. Matthew S.Gast, “802.11 Wireless Networks”, SPD O’REILLY.
3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing”, Wiley, 2007.
4. Handbook of Security of Networks, Yang Xiao, Frank H Li, Hui Chen, World Scientific,
2011.
5. Kumkum Garg, “Mobile Computing”, Pearson
181
NETWORK AND CYBER SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 5215 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Understanding Computer Network Security: Securing the Computer Network Forms of
Protection, Security Standards. Security Threats to Computer Networks: Sources of Security
Threats, Security Threat Motives, Security Threat Management, Security Threat Correlation,
Security Threat Awareness. Computer Network Vulnerabilities: Sources of Vulnerabilities,
Vulnerability Assessment. Cyber Crimes and Hackers: Cyber Crimes, Hackers, Dealing with
the Rising Tide of Cyber Crimes. Hostile Scripts: Introduction to the Common Gateway
Interface (CGI), CGI Scripts in a Three-Way Handshake, Server–CGI Interface, CGI Script
Security Issues, Web Script Security Issues, Dealing with the Script Security Problems, Scripting
Languages. Security Assessment, Analysis, and Assurance: System Security Policy, Building
a Security Policy, Security Requirements Specification, Threat Identication, Threat Analysis,
Vulnerability Identification and Assessment, Security Certification, Security Monitoring and
Auditing, Products and Services. Disaster Management: Disaster Prevention, Disaster
Response, Disaster Recovery, Make your Business Disaster Ready, Resources for Disaster
Planning and Recovery. Access Control and Authorization: Access Rights, Access Control
Systems, Authorization, Types of Authorization Systems, Authorization Principles,
Authorization Granularity, Web Access and Authorization. Authentication: Multiple Factors
and Effectiveness of Authentication, Authentication Elements, Types of Authentication,
Authentication Methods, Developing an Authentication Policy. Firewalls: Types of Firewalls,
Configuration and Implementation of a Firewall, The Demilitarized Zone (DMZ), Improving
Security Through the Firewall, Firewall Forensics, Firewall Services and Limitations. System
Intrusion Detection and Prevention: Intrusion Detection, Intrusion Detection Systems (IDSs),
Types of Intrusion Detection Systems, The Changing Nature of IDS Tools, Other Types of
Intrusion Detection Systems, Response to System Intrusion, Challenges to Intrusion Detection
Systems, Implementing an Intrusion Detection System, Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPSs),
Intrusion Detection Tools. Computer and Network Forensics: Computer Forensics, Network
Forensics, Forensics Tools. Virus and Content Filtering: Scanning, Filtering, and Blocking,
Virus Filtering, Content Filtering, Spam. Computer Network Security Protocols: Application
Level Security, Security in the Transport Layer, Security in the Network Layer, Security in the
Link Layer and over LANS. Security in Wireless Networks and Devices: Cellular Wireless
Communication Network Infrastructure, Wireless LAN (WLAN) or Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi),
Standards for Wireless Networks, Security in Wireless Networks. Security in Sensor Networks:
The Growth of Sensor Networks, Design Factors in Sensor Networks, Security in Sensor
Networks, Security Mechanisms and Best Practices for Sensor, Trends in Sensor Network
182
Security Research. Security Beyond Computer Networks: Information Assurance: Collective
Security Initiatives and Best Practices. Network Perimeter Security: General Framework,
183
Packet Filters, circuit Gateways, Application Gateways, Trusted Systems and Bastion Hosts,
Firewall Configurations, Network Address Translations, Setting Up Firewalls. The Art of Anti
Malicious Software: Viruses, Worms, Virus Defence, Trojan Horses, Hoaxes, Peer-to-Peer
Security, Web Security, Distributed Denial of Service Attacks. The Art of Intrusion Detection:
Basic Ideas of Intrusion Detection, Network-Based Detections and Host-Based Detections,
Signature Detections, Statistical Analysis, Behavioural Data Forensics, Honeypots.
Textbooks:
1. Computer Network Security- Theory and Practice by Jie Wang, 2009 edition, Higher
Education Press, Beijing and Springer-Verlag.
2. A Guide to Computer Network Security by Joseph Migga Kizza, 2009 Edition, Springer-
Verlag London Limited.
References:
1. Network Security Essentials- Applications and Standards by William Stallings,
4
th
edition.
2. Modern Cryptography: Theory and Practice by Wenbo Mao Hewlett-Packard Company,
1
st
edition, Prentice Hall PTR.
3. Network Security: Private Communication in a Public World by Charlie Kaufman, Radia
Perlman, Mike Speciner, 2
nd
edition.
4. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice by William Stallings,
6
th
edition.
184
WIRELESS NETWORK SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 5216 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
The Security of Existing Wireless Networks: Vulnerabilities of Wireless Networks, Security
Requirements, How Existing Wireless Networks are Secured. Upcoming Wireless Networks and
New Challenges: Introduction, Upcoming Wireless Networks, Trends and Security Challenges in
Wireless Networks. Trust Assumptions and Adversary Models: About Trust, Trust in the Era of
Ubiquitous Computing, Adversary. Naming and Addressing: The Future of Naming and
Addressing in The Internet, Attacks Against Naming and Addressing, Protection Techniques.
Establishment of Security Associations: Key Establishment in Sensor Networks, Exploiting
Physical Contact, Exploiting Mobility. Securing Neighbor Discovery: The Wormhole Attack,
Wormhole Detection Mechanisms, Secure Routing in Multi-Hop Wireless Networks: Routing
Protocols for Mobile Ad Hoc Networks, Attacks on Ad Hoc Network Routing Protocols. Secure
Routing in Multi-Hop Wireless Networks: Securing Ad Hoc Network Routing Protocols,
Provable Security for Ad Hoc Network Routing Protocols, Secure Routing in Sensor Networks.
Privacy Protection: Important Privacy Related Notions and Metrics, Privacy in RFID Systems,
Location Privacy in Vehicular Networks, Privacy Preserving Routing in Ad Hoc Networks
Selfish Behavior at the MAC Layer of CSMA/CA: Operating Principles of IEEE 802.11,
Detecting Selfish Behavior in Hotspots, Selfish Behavior in Pure Ad Hoc Networks. Selfishness
in Packet Forwarding: Game Theoretic Model of Packet Forwarding, Meta-Model, Analytical
Results, Simulation Results. Wireless Operators in a Shared Spectrum: Multi-Domain Sensor
Networks, Border Games in Cellular Operators. Secure Protocols for Behavior Enforcement:
System Model, Cooperation-Optimal Protocol, Protocol for the Routing Stage, Protocol for
Packet Forwarding, Discussion.
Textbook:
Security and Cooperation in Wireless Networks: Thwarting Malicious and Selfish Behavior
in the Age of Ubiquitous Computing, Levente Buttyan and Jean-Pierre Hubaux, Cambridge
University Press,2007.
References:
1. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practices, Fourth Edition, William
Stallings, Prentice-Hall India.
2. Wireless Security: Models, Threats and Solutions, Randall K. Nichols, Panos C. Lekkas,
TMH.
3. Xiao, Yang, Shen, Xuemin (Sherman), Du, Ding-Zhu “Wireless Network Security” Springer
2007
4. Vacca, John R. “Guide to Wireless Network Security” Springer 2006
5. Shafiullah Khan, Jaime Lloret Mauri” Security for Multihop Wireless Networks CRC
Press2014
185
SECURE PROTOCOLS DESIGN
Course Code :15 CS 52G1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: The security of existing wireless networks, Vulnerabilities of wireless networks,
Security requirements, challenges -Upcoming wireless networks, Trends and security challenges
in wireless networks Thwarting malicious behavior : Naming and addressing, Attacks against
naming and addressing, Protection techniques , Establishment of security associations, Key
establishment in sensor networks, Exploiting physical contact, Exploiting mobility, Exploiting
the properties of vicinity and of the radio link, Revocation. Securing neighbor discovery: the
wormhole attack, Wormhole detection mechanisms, Secure routing in multi-hop wireless
networks, Routing protocols for mobile ad hoc networks, Attacks on ad hoc network routing
protocols, Securing ad hoc network routing protocols, Provable security for ad hoc network
routing protocols, Secure routing in sensor networks, Thwarting selfish behavior- Selfish
behavior at the MAC layer of CSMA/CA, Operating principles of IEEE 802.11, Detecting selfish
behavior in hotspots, Selfish behavior in pure ad hoc networks Selfishness in packet forwarding,
Privacy protection- Important privacy related notions and metrics, Location privacy in vehicular
networks, Privacy preserving routing in ad hoc networks, Secure protocols for behavior
enforcement, System model, Cooperation-optimal Protocol, Protocol for the routing stage
,Protocol for packet forwarding.
Text Book
1. Levente Buttyán and Jean-Pierre Hubaux, Security and Cooperation in Wireless Networks,
2008.
References
1. Frank Adelstein, Sandeep
K.S.
Gupta, Golden
G.
Richard III,
and
Loren
Schwiebert, Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing, 2005.
2. Noureddine Boudriga, Security of Mobile Communications, 2010.
3. James Kempf, Wireless Internet Security: Architectures and Protocols, 2008.
4. Patrick Traynor, Patrick McDaniel, and Thomas La Porta, Security for Telecommunications
Networks, 2008.
186
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 52G2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Distributed Systems, Distributed Systems Security, Secure Development Life
Cycle Processes – An Overview, A Typical Security Engineering Process, Important Security
Engineering Guidelines and Resources. Common Security Issues and Technologies, Security
Issues, Common Security Techniques. Host level Threats and Vulnerabilities, Malware, Eaves
dropping, Job faults, Resource starvation, Overflow, Privilege escalation, Injection attacks.
Infrastructure Level Threats & Vulnerabilities, Introduction, Network Level Threats and
Vulnerabilities, Grid Computing Threats and Vulnerabilities, Storage Threats and
Vulnerabilities, Application Level Vulnerabilities and Attacks, Introduction, Application Layer
Vulnerabilities. Service Level Issues, Threats and Vulnerabilities-Introduction, SOA and Role of
Standards, Service Level Security Requirements, Service Level Threats and Vulnerabilities,
Service Level Attacks, Services Threat Profile, Chapter 8: Host level Solutions, Sandboxing,
Virtualization, Resource Management, Proof carrying code, Memory firewall, Anti malware,
Infrastructure Level Solutions-Introduction, Network Level Solutions, Grid Level Solutions,
Storage Level Solutions.
Text Books:
1. Abhijit Belapurkar, Anirban Chakrabarti, Harigopal Ponnapalli, Niranjan
Varadarajan, Srinivas Padmanabhuni, Srikanth Sundarrajan Distributed Systems Security:
Issues, Processes and Solutions Wiley-2009.
References:
1. G. Coulouris, J. Dollimore, and T. Kindberg “Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design”
4th Edition,
2. Distributed Systems ,2nd Edition, Sape Mullender
3. Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Maarten van Steen
187
ELLIPTIC CURVE CRYPTOGRAPHY
Course Code :15 CS 52G3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION, THE BASIC THEORY: Weierstrass Equations, The Group Law,
Projective Space and The Point at Infinity, Proof of Associativity, Other Equations for Elliptic
Curves, Other Co-ordinate Systems, The j-Invariant, Elliptic Curves in Characteristic 2,
Endomorphisms, Singular Curves, Elliptic Curves mod n. TORSION POINTS: Torsion Points,
Division Polynomials, the Weil Pairing, the Tate-Lichtenbaum Pairing. ELLIPTIC CURVES
OVER FINITE FIELDS: Examples, The Frobenius Endomorphism, Dertermining the Group
Order, A Family of Curves, Schoof’s Algorithm, Supersingular Curves. THE DISCRETE
LOGARITHM PROBLEM: The Index Calculus, General Attacks on Discrete Logs, Attacks
With Pairings, Anomalous Curves, Other Attacks. ELLIPTIC CURVE CRYPTOGRAPHY:
The Basic Setup, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Massey-Omura Encryption, ElGamal Public
Key Encryption, ElGamal Digital Signatures, The Digital Signature Algorithm, ECIES, A
Public Key Scheme based on factoring, A Cryptosystem Based on the Weil Pairing. OTHER
APPLICATIONS: Factoring using Elliptic Curves, Primality Testing. DIVISORS: Definitions
And Examples, The Weil Pairing, The Tate-Lichtenbaum Pairing, Computation Of The Pairings,
Genus One Curves and Elliptic Curves, Equivalance Of The Defintitions Of The Pairings,
Nondegeneracy Of The Tate-Lichtenbaum Pairing, HYPERELLIPTIC CURVES: Basic
Definitions, Divisors, Cantor’s Algorithm, The Discrete Logarithm Problem.
Textbook:
1. Elliptic Curves Number Theory and Cryptography Second Edition by Lawrence C.
Washington Publisher: Chapman & Hall/CRC Taylor & Francis Group 2008
References:
1. Applied Cryptography Seconf Edition Bruce Schneier Wiley India Edition
2. Cryptography and network Security, Fourth edition, William Stallings, PHI
188
CYBER FORENSICS
Course Code :15 CS 52G4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Computer Forensics Fundamentals, Computer Forensics Services, Benefits of Professional
Forensics Methodology, Types of Computer Forensics Technology, Computer Forensics
Evidence and Capture: Data Recovery Defined -Data Back-up and Recovery, Types of Evidence
Controlling Contamination, Legal Aspects of Collecting and Preserving Computer Forensic
Evidence Computer Image Verification and Authentication, Computer Forensics analysis and
validation, Network Forensics, Processing Crime and Incident Scenes, Current Computer
Forensic tools, validating and testing forensics software E-Mail Investigations: Exploring the
role of e-mail in investigation, exploring the roles of the client and server in email, investigating
e-mail crimes and violations, understanding e-mail servers, using specialized e-mail forensic
tools Cell phone and mobile device forensics: Understanding mobile device forensics,
understanding acquisition procedures for cell phones arid mobile devices. Working with
Windows and DOS Systems: understanding file systems, exploring Microsoft File Structures.
Examinig NTH disks. Understanding whole disk encryption, windows registry. NI icrosoft
startup tasks. MS-DOS startup tasks, virtual machines.
Textbooks:
Computer Forensics, Computer Crime Invistigation by Jhon R. Vacca, Firewall Media, New
Delhi.
References:
1. Computer Forensics and Investigations by Nelson. Phillips Enfinger.Steuart, CENGAGE
Learning
2. Albert Marcella Jr., Doug Menendez “Cyber Forensics: A Field Manual for Collecting,
Examining, and Preserving Evidence of Computer Crimes”, Second Edition, Auerbach
Publications-2007
3. Albert J. Marcella Jr., Frederic Guillossou Cyber Forensics: From Data to Digital Evidence;
Wiley; First Edition-2012
4. Warren G. Kruse II & Jay G. Heiser “Computer Forensics: Incident Response Essentials”
Addison Wesley, published 2001
189
INFORMATION SYSTEMS CONTROL AND AUDIT
Course Code :15 CS 52H1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: IT Today and Tomorrow, Information Integrity, Reliability, and Validity, Control
and Audit, Future of Electronic Payment Systems, Legal Issues Impacting IT, Privacy on the
Information Superhighway, Privacy Legislation, Privacy, and Audit. The Legal Environment
and Its Impact on Information Technology : IT Crime Issues, Protection against Computer
Fraud, Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, Computer Abuse Amendments Act, Remedies and
Effectiveness, Legislation Providing for Civil and Criminal Penalties, Privacy on the Information
Superhighway, National Strategy for Securing Cyberspace Methods That Provide for Protection
of Information, Web Copyright Law. Audit and Review: Their Role in Information
Technology-Importance of Audit Independence, Past and Current Accounting and Auditing
Pronouncements, AICPA Pronouncements. Audit Process in an Information Technology
Environment : Audit Universe, Risk Assessment, Audit Plan, Developing an Audit Schedule,
Audit Process, Auditing IT Using Computer-Assisted Audit Tools and Techniques: Auditor
Productivity Tools, Using Computer-Assisted Audit Tools in the Audit Process, Flowcharting
Techniques, Flowcharting as an Analysis Tool, Appropriateness of Flowcharting Techniques,
Computer-Assisted Audit Tools and Techniques for Operational Reviews, Web Analysis Tools,
Web Analysis Software as an Audit Tool, Computer Forensics. Managing IT Audit: IT Auditor
Career Development and Planning, Establishing a Career Development Plan, Evaluating IT
Audit Quality, Terms of Assessment, IT Audit and Auditor Assessment Form, Criteria for
Assessing the Audit, Criteria for Assessing the Auditor, Applying the Concept, Evaluation of IT
Audit Performance
Textbooks:
1. Sandra Senft, Frederick Gallegos, Aleksandra Davis “ Information Technology Control
and Audit, Fourth Edition “ Auerbach Publications in 2012
Reference
1. Xenia Ley Parker, Lynford Graham “Information Technology Audits “CCH-2008 01-Jun-
2008
2. Ron Weber “ Information Systems Control & Audit “ Pearson Education -1999
3. Richard E. Cascarino “Auditor's Guide to Information Systems Auditing”, Wiley February
2007
4. Hossein Bidgoli “Handbook of Information Security, Threats, Vulnerabilities, Prevention,
Detection, and Management” John Wiley & Sons, 2006
5. Hossein Bidgoli “Encyclopedia of information systems” , Volume 1, Academic Press, 2003 -
Computers
190
INTRUSION DETECTION AND PREVENTION SYSTEM
Course Code :15 CS 52H2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION: Understanding Intrusion Detection – Intrusion detection and prevention
basics – IDS and IPS analysis schemes, Attacks, Detection approaches –Misuse detection –
anamoly detection – specification based detection – hybrid detection. THEORETICAL
FOUNDATIONS OF DETECTION: Taxonomy of anomaly detection system – fuzzy logic –
Bayes theory – Artificial Neural networks – Support vector machine – Evolutionary computation
– Association rules – Clustering. ARCHITECTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION: Centralized
– Distributed – Cooperative Intrusion Detection - Tiered architecture. JUSTIFYING
INTRUSION DETECTION: Intrusion detection in security – Threat Briefing – Quantifying
risk – Return on Investment (ROI). APPLICATIONS AND TOOLS: Tool Selection and
Acquisition Process - Bro Intrusion Detection – Prelude Intrusion Detection - Cisco Security IDS
- Snorts Intrusion Detection – NFR security. LEGAL ISSUES AND ORGANIZATIONS
STANDARDS: Law Enforcement / Criminal Prosecutions – Standard of Due Care – Evidentiary
Issues, Organizations and Standardizations.
Text Book :
1. Ali A. Ghorbani, Wei Lu, “Network Intrusion Detection and Prevention: Concepts and
Techniques”, Springer, 2010.
References:
1. Carl Enrolf, Eugene Schultz, Jim Mellander, “Intrusion detection and Prevention”, McGraw
Hill, 2004
2. Paul E. Proctor, “The Practical Intrusion Detection Handbook “,Prentice Hall , 2001.
3. Ankit Fadia and Mnu Zacharia, “Intrusiion Alert”, Vikas Publishing house Pvt., Ltd, 2007.
4 .Earl Carter, Jonathan Hogue, “Intrusion Prevention Fundamentals”, Pearson Education, 2006.
191
CRYPTANALYSIS
Course Code :15 CS 52H3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
CLASSIC CIPHERS: Introduction, Good Guys And Bad Guys, Terminology, Selected Classic
Crypto Topics. WORLD WAR II CIPHERS: Introduction, Enigma, Purple, Sigaba.
STREAM CIPHERS: Introduction, Shift Registers, ORYX, RC4, PKZIP. BLOCK
CIPHERS: Introduction, Block Cipher Modes, Feistel Cipher, Hellmans Time-Memory Trade-
off, CMEA, Akelarre, FEAL. HASH FUNCTIONS: Introduction, Birthdays and Hashing,
MD4, MD5. PUBLIC KEY SYSTEMS: Introduction, Merkle-Hellman Knapsack, Diffie-
Hellman Key Exchange, Arithmetica Key Exchange, RSA, Rabin Cipher, NTRU Cipher,
ElGamal Signature Scheme. PUBLIC KEY ATTCAKS: Introduction, Factoring Algorithms,
Discrete Log Algorithms, RSA Implementation Attacks.
Textbook:
Appllied Cryptanalysis Breaking Ciphers in the Real World by Mark Stamp, Richard M.
Low John
References:
1. Applied Cryptography Seconf Edition Bruce Schneier Wiley India Edition
2. Cryptography and network Security, Fourth edition, William Stallings, PHI/Pearson
192
CYBER SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 52H4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Background, The Field of Cyber Security, The DHS EBK Initiative, Applying the EBK.
EBK ROLES AND REQUIRED CAPABILITIES, The Executive role, The Functional role,
The Corollary role. AREAS OF INFORMATION SECURITY, Data Security, Digital
Forensics, Enterprise Continuity, Incident Management. IT Security Training and
Awareness, IT Systems Operations and Maintenance, Network and Telecommunications
Security, Personnel Security, Physical and Environmental Security. Procurement, Regulatory
and Standards Compliance, Security Risk Management, Strategic Security Management,
System and Application Security.
Text Book:
1. Dan Shoemaker, Wm. Arthur Conklin Cybersecurity: The Essential Body Of
Knowledge Cengage Learning.
Reference
1. P.W.Singer, Allan Friedman “Cybersecurity and Cyberwar” Published Oxford
University Press-2014
2. Richard A. Clarke, Robert Knake Cyberwar: The Next Threat to National Security
& What to Do About It” Ecco 2010
3. James Graham, Ryan Olson, Rick Howard” Cyber Security Essentials”
Auerbach Publications; First Edition -December 15, 2010
192
M.TECH - CLOUD COMPUTING
First Year (First Semester):
S.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5117
Enterprise Devices & Networks
3
1
0
4
2
15 CS 5118
Enterprise Storage Systems
3
1
0
4
3
15 CS 5119
Cloud Computing
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5120
Web Application Development
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5221
Parallel Algorithms
3
0
2
4
2
15 CS 5222
Cloud Security
3
1
0
4
3
15 CS 5223
Mobile Cloud
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5224
Data Centre Virtualization
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
193
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CS 51I1
Data Analysis
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51A3
Data Mining
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51I2
Distributed Systems
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51I3
Big Data Analytics
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CS 51J1
Service Oriented Architecture
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51J2
Application Development Frameworks
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51J3
Web Semantics
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51J4
Network Security
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CS 52K1
Natural Language Processing
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52K2
Cloud Application
Architectures
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52K3
Cloud Strategy Planning and Management
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52K4
Scripting for System Administrators
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CS 52L1
Object Oriented Software Engineering
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52L2
Map Reduce Design Patterns
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52L3
Open Source Cloud Computing and
Testing
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52L4
Advances in Computing
3
0
0
3
194
ENTERPRISE DEVICES & NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 5117 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Devices for Every Kind of User, Desktop PCs Inside and Out, Storage Devices, Peripheral
Devices, Networking, Windows Operating System, Open-Source Operating Systems, Meet
Macintosh, Notebooks and Net books, Mobile Devices, Thin Clients and Virtualization, Taking
it to the Cloud, Business Continuity, Ongoing Maintenance, Troubleshooting, Focus on Design,
Network Fundamentals, Hardware Fundamentals, Network Infrastructure, Switches, TCP/IP,
Routing, Wireless Networking, Network Design, Network Deployment, Network Administration
and Management, Network Operations, Network Security, Troubleshooting, Optimization,
Availability and Reliability, PCM+
Text Books:
1. Jean Maurice Merel, HP ASE Network Infrastructure Official Certification HP0-Y32 Exam
Guide (HP ExpertONE) Hardcover, HP Press, 2013
2. HP Prescribed Courseware
References:
1. Computer networks, Andrew Tanenbaum, 3/e, PHI.
2. Computer Networks – a system approach – Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, 2/e,
Harcourt Asia PTE LTD.
3. Data Communication and Networking, 4/e, Forouzan, TMH
4. An engineering approach to computer networking, Kesav, PEA
5. Data and Computer Communications, 8/e, Stallings, PHI
6. Computer communication and networking technologies, Gallo, Hancock, Cengage
7. Understanding data communications, 7/e, Held, PEA
8. Communication Networks, 2/e, Leon-Garcia, TMH
195
ENTERPRISE STORAGE SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 CS 5118 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Why Businesses Need Servers, What is a Data Center?, Inside a Server, Installing a Rack Server,
Solution Stacks, Installing and Configuring Windows Small Business Server, Installing and
Configuring Linux, HP System Management, Configuring Networking, Storage Technologies,
Configuring Storage, Business Continuity Planning, Configuration Management,
Troubleshooting, Optimization, Understanding Blade System Architecture, Requirements
Gathering and Design.
Text Books:
1. Richard Barker, Paul Massiglia, “Storage area network essentials”, Wiley New York, 2002.
2. HP Prescribed Courseware
References:
1. EMC, “Information Storage and Management” Wiley; 2 edition
2. Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Mueller-Friedt, Rainer Wolafka, Nils Haustein,
“Storage Networks Explained” Wiley; 2 edition, 2009.
3. W.Curtis Preston, “Using SANs and NAS”, O'Reilly & Associates Sebastopol, Calif., 2002.
4. Himanshu Dwivedi, “Securing storage”, Addison-Wesley Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2006
196
CLOUD COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 5119 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
From Silos to Converged Infrastructure Introduction, Blade System Implementation, Blade
System Interconnects and Storage, Server Virtualization, VMware ESXi and vSphere Client,
Virtual Machines, Monitoring, Troubleshooting and Optimizing Virtual Machines, Virtual and
Remote Clients, Bursting to the Cloud, File Sharing Solutions, Messaging and Communication
Solutions, Group Productivity and Collaboration Solutions, Designing and Implementing an
Application Hosting Solution, Designing and Implementing and Online Presence, Social Media:
Joining the Conversation, Designing and Implementing a Disaster Recovery Solution,
Optimizing and Troubleshooting an End-to-End Solution, Exploring HP Converged Cloud.
Text Books:
1. HP Prescribed Courseware
2. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S.Thamarai Selvi Mastering Cloud
Computing: Foundations and Applications Programming, Morgan Kaufmann, 2013.
References:
1. Michael Miller, Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the Way You
Work and Collaborate Online, Que Publishing, August 2008.
2. Haley Beard, Cloud Computing Best Practices for Managing and Measuring Processes
for On demand Computing, Applications and Data Centers in the Cloud with SLAs,
Emereo Pty Limited, July 2008.
3. Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley-India, 2010
4.
Cloud
Computing: Principles
and
Paradigms, Editors: Rajkumar
Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wile, 2011
5. Cloud Computing: Principles, Systems and Applications, Editors: Nikos
Antonopoulos, Lee Gillam, Springer, 2012
197
WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Course Code :15 CS 5120 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Internet technology and Internet standards, Advanced Dynamic web client side programming,
Java network programming, Dynamic web server side programming, Advanced server side
programming, Web application frameworks
Text Book
1. Paul J. Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Abbey Deitel, Internet and World Wide Web How to Program,
Edition 5, 2011.
References:
1. Chris Bates, Web Programming – Building Intranet applications, Wiley Publications,
3
rd
Edition, 2009.
2. Jeffrey C. Jackson, Web Technologies A computer Science Perspective, Pearson, 2011
3. Eilliote, Rusty Harold, Java Network Programming, 3/e, O'Reilly Media, Inc.
4. Java server programming java JavaEE5 Black Book, Kogent Solutions Inc, Dreamtech Press
5. AJAX black book, new edition, Kogent Solutions Inc, Dreamtech Press
198
DATA ANALYSIS
Course Code :15 CS 51I1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Meaning of Multivariate Analysis, Measurements Scales, Factor Analysis, Cluster Analysis,
Basics of forecasting, Box-Jenkins Methodology for ARIMA models.
Text Books:
1. Joseph F.Hair, William C.Black, Barry J.Babin, Rolph E.Anderson and Ronald L.Tatham
(2006). Multivariate Data Analysis, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, Inc., (Chapters 1, 3
and 8 ).
2. Spyros Makridakis, Steven C.Wheelwright and Rob J. Hyndman (2005). Forecasting
methods and Applications, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York (Chapters
1, 4 and 7 ).
References
1. Bendat, J. S. and A. G. Piersol, 1986: Random Data: Analysis and Measurement
Procedures. John Wiley & Sons, 566 pp.
2. Daley, R., 1991: Atmospheric Data Analysis. Cambridge University Press, 457 pp.
3. Emery, W. J. and R. E. Thomson, 2001: Data Analysis Methods in Physical
Oceanography, 2
nd
edition. Elsevier, 638 pp.
4. Lawson, C. L. and R. J. Hanson, 1974: Solving Least Squares Problems. Prentice-Hall,
340 pp. (reprinted 1997)
5. Menke, W., 1989: Geophysical Data Analysis: Discrete Inverse Theory. Academic Press,
289 pp.
6. Noble, B., and J. W. Daniel, 1988: Applied Linear Algebra, 3rd edition. Prentice-Hall,
521 pp
199
DATA MINING
Course Code :15 CS 51A3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Data, Exploring Data, Classification: Basic Concepts, Decision Trees, and Model
Evaluation, Classification: Alternative Techniques, Association Analysis: Basic Concepts and
Algorithms, Association Analysis: Advanced Concepts, Cluster Analysis: Basic Concepts and
Algorithms, Anomaly Detection, Cluster Analysis: Additional Issues and Algorithms.
Text Book:
Data Mining, Concepts and Techniques, 2/e, Jiawei Han , Micheline Kamber , Elsevier,2006.
References:
1. Introduction to Data Mining, BY Pang-Ning Tan / Michael Steinbach / Vipin Kumar,
Pearson Education
2. J. Han, M Kamber, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, second edition, Elsevier,
New Delhi, 2006.
3. Dunham M, "Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics”, Prentice Hall, New
Delhi, 2002.
4. Hand.D, Mannila H, Smyth.P, “Principles of Data Mining”, MIT press, USA,2001.
200
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 CS 51I2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Characterization of DS, System Models, Interprocess Communication, Indirect
Communication, Operating System Support, Dist. Objects and Components, Distributed File
Systems, Time and Global States, Coordination and Agreement, Transactions and Concurrency
Control, Distributed Transactions
Text Book
1. George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore, Tim Kindberg, Gordon Blair, “Distributed Systems:
Concepts and Design”, 5th Addison-Wesley Publishing Company , ISBN:0132143011
9780132143011
Reference Books
1. Kenneth Birman Reliable Distributed Systems: Technologies, Web Services, and
Applications Springer; 2005 edition
2. Paulo Vera-Ssimo, Luís Rodrigues Distributed Systems for System Architects Springer; 2001
edition
3. Ajay D. Kshemkalyani , Mukesh Singhal Distributed Computing: Principles, Algorithms, and
Systems Cambridge University Press; Reissue edition (3 March 2011)
4. Zoltan Juhasz, Peter Kacsuk, Dieter Kranzlmuller, ”Distributed and Parallel Systems: Cluster
and Grid Computing”, Springer; 2004 edition (October 28, 2004)
5. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Distributed Operating Systems”, Prentice Hall, 1995
201
BIG DATA ANALYTICS
Course Code :15 CS 51I3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Big Data Processing Architectures, Big Data Technologies, Data Driven Architecture,
Information Management and Lifecycle, Big Data Analytics, Visualization and Data Scientist,
Implementing The "Big Data" Data. Writing Hadoop Map Reduce Programs, Integrating R and
Hadoop, Learning Data Analytics with R and Hadoop, Understanding Big Data Analysis with
Machine Learning, The Evolution of Analytic Scalability, The Evolution of Analytic Processes,
Hypothesis Testing, Prediction, Software, Complexity, Using Graph analytics, The New
Information Management Paradigm, Big Data's Implication for Businesses, Big Data
Implications for Information Management, Splunk's Basic Operations on Big Data.
Text Books:
1. Data Warehousing in the Age of Big Data by Krish Krishnan, Morgan Kaufmann.
2. A.Ohri, “R for Business Analytics”, Springer, 2012.
References:
1. Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop by Vignesh Prajapati
2. Principles of Big Data Preparing, Sharing, and Analyzing Complex Information, 1st Edition,
by J Berman, published by Morgan Kaufmann
3. “Big Data Analytics - From Strategic Planning to Enterprise Integration with Tools,
Techniques, NoSQL, and Graph” By David Loshin, Morgan Kaufmann
4. Franks, Bill, “Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data Streams
with Advanced Analytics”, Wiley, 1st Edition, 2012.
5. Big Data Application Architecture Q&A: a Problem - Solution Approach Nitin Sawant,
Himanshu Shah
6. Big Data Now: Current Perspectives from O'Reilly Radar By O'Reilly Radar Team
202
SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE
Course Code :15 CS 51J1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Computing with Services, Framework, Web Ontology Language, Ontology Management,
Engagement- Execution Models, Transaction Concepts, Process Specifications, Formal
Specification and Enactment. Collaboration, Solutions, Engineering- SOA — Architecture
Fundamentals, Designing Service Interfaces, Designing Service Implementations, Composing
Services, Using Services to Build Enterprise Solutions. Enterprise Service Bus: Service
Inventory Design Patterns, Service Advertisement and Discovery, Dependability in Service-
Oriented Computing, Consensus Issues for Service Advertisement and Selection, Trust and
Reputation, QoS-Aware Service Selection, Future Directions
Text Books:
1. Munindar P. Singh, Michael N. Huhns, “Service-Oriented Computing: Semantics, Processes,
Agents”, John Wieley, 2005.
2. Andrea De Lucia, Filomena Ferrucci, Genny Tortora, Maurizio Tucc, “Emerging Methods,
Technologies and Process Management in Software Engineering”, Wiley, 2008.
References:
1. Nathan Griffiths,
Kuo-Ming Chao,
“Agent-Based Service-Oriented Computing”,
Springer, 2010.
2. Michael Rosen, Boris Lublinsky, Kevin T. Smith, Marc J. Balcer, “Applied SOA:
Service-Oriented Architecture and Design Strategies”, Wiley, 2010.
3. Thomas Erl, “SOA Design Patterns”, Pearson , 2009.
4. Douglas K. Barry, “Web Services, Service-Oriented Architectures,
and
Cloud
Computing”, Elsevier, 2003.
5. James Bean, “SOA and Web Services Interface Design: Principles, Techniques, and
Standards”, Elsevier, 2010
203
APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 51J2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Spring Framework, Effective Middle-Tier Architecture, Implementing Enterprise Information
Connectivity, Integration with Enterprise Services, Enterprise Integration.
Text Book:
Rod Johnson... [et al.] 2005, Professional Java development with the Spring Framework, Wiley
Pub. Indianapolis, IN
References:
1. Mark Fisher 2011, Spring Integration in Action, 1st Ed., Manning Publications
2. Craig Walls, Ryan Breidenbach, Spring in Action
3. Paul Fisher, Solomon Duskis, Spring Persistence with Hibernate
204
WEB SEMANTICS
Course Code :15 CS 51J3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
The Future of the Internet.- Concepts.- Ontology in Computer Science.- Knowledge
Representation in Description Logic.- RDF and RDF Schema.- OWL.- Rule Languages.-
Semantic Web Services.- Technologies.- Methods for Ontology Development.- Ontology
Sources.- Semantic Web Software Tools.- Applications.- Software Agents.- Semantic Desktop.-
Ontology Applications in Art.- Geospatial Semantic Web.
Text Book:
1. Breitman, Karin, Casanova, Marco Antonio, Truszkowski, Walt, “Semantic Web: Concepts,
Technologies and Applications” NASA Monographs in Systems and Software Engineering
2007, XIV, 327 p.
References
1. Vipul Kashyap, Christoph Bussler, Matthew Moran, “The Semantic Web: Semantics for Data
and Services on the Web (Data-Centric Systems and Applications)”, Springer; 2008 edition
(August 15, 2008)
2. Grigoris Antoniou, Paul Groth, Frank van Harmelen and Rinke Hoekstra, “A Semantic Web
Primer, third edition”, MIT Press, 2012
3. Toby Segaran Colin Evans Jamie Taylor, “Programming the Semantic Web" O'Reilly Media,
Inc. Publisher, July 9, 2009
4. Dean Allemang James Hendler “Semantic Web for the Working Ontologist: Effective
Modeling in RDFS and OWL, Edition 2” Elsevier Publisher, 2011
5. Pascal Hitzler Markus Krotzsch Sebastian Rudolph, “Foundations of Semantic Web
Technologies”, CRC Press, March 23, 2011
205
NETWORK SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 51J4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Internet Security & Encryption, Firewalls, Sniffers and Packet Crafting, Wireless Security,
Intrusion Detection & Prevention.
Text Book
1. Eric Cole, Ronald L. Krutz, James Conley 2005, Network Security Bible, Wiley.
References:
1. John R. Vacca 2006, Guide to Wireless Network Security, Springer
2. Johnny Long, Chris Hurley, SensePost, Mark Wolfgang, Mike Petruzzi 2005, Penetration
Tester's Open Source Toolkit, Syngress
3. Barrie Dempster, James Eaton-Lee 2006, Configuring IPCop Firewalls: Closing Borders
with Open Source, Packet Publishing
4. Lucian Gheorghe 2006, Designing and Implementing Linux Firewalls and QoS using
netfilter, iproute2, NAT, and L7-filter, Packt Publishing
206
PARALLEL ALGORITHMS
Course Code :15 CS 5221 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Principles of Parallel Algorithm Design: Decomposition Techniques, Characteristics of Tasks
and Interactions, Mapping Techniques for Load Balancing, Methods for Containing Interaction
Overheads, Parallel Algorithm Models. Dense Matrix Algorithms:, Matrix-Matrix
Multiplication, Solving a System of Linear Equations. Sorting algorithms: Issues in Sorting on
Parallel Computers Sorting Networks, Quicksort, Bucket and Sample Sort, Other Sorting
Algorithms. Graph Algorithms: Definitions and Representation, Minimum Spanning Tree:
Prim's Algorithm, Single-Source Shortest Paths: Dijkstra's Algorithm, All-Pairs Shortest Paths,
Transitive Closure, Connected Components, Algorithms for Sparse Graphs. Search Algorithms
for Discrete Optimization Problems: Definitions and Examples, Sequential Search Algorithms,
Search Overhead Factor, Parallel Depth-First Search, Parallel Best-First Search, Speedup
Anomalies in Parallel Search Algorithms. Parallel hardware and parallel software:
modifications of the von Neumann model, parallel hardware, and parallel software parallel
program design, writing and running parallel programs. Distributed memory programming
with MPI-getting started, the trapezoidal rule in MPI, dealing with I/O, collective
communication, MPI derived data types, performance evaluation of MPI programs, A parallel
sorting algorithm . Shared memory programming with Pthreads: processes, threads and
pthreads , hello, world, matrix vector multiplication, critical sections, busy waiting, mutexes,
producer consumer synchronization and semaphores , barriers and condition variables, read write
locks, caches, cache coherence and false sharing, thread safety. Shared memory programming
with openMP: The trapezoidal rule, scope of variables, the reduction clause, the parallel for
directive, more about loops in openMP: sorting, scheduling loops, producers and consumers,
caches, cache coherence and false sharing, thread safety.
Text Books:
1. Peter S. Pacheco, An Introduction to Parallel Programming, 1
st
Edition, Elsevier, 2011.
2. Ananth Grama, Anshul Guptha, Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Parallel Computing, 2
nd
Edition. Addison Wesley, 2003.
References:
1. Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, Michael Jay Quinn, McGraw-Hill
Higher Education, 2004
2. Parallel computing theory and practice, MICHAEL J.QUINN, 2
nd
Edition, McGraw-
Hill, 2008
3. Thomas Ruber, Parallel Programming for Multicore and Cluster Systems, 1st
Edition, Springer, 2010.
34
207
4. Henri Casanova, Arnaud Legrand, and Yves Robert, Parallel Algorithms, 1
st
Edition,
CRC Press, 2010.
5. Algorithms for Parallel processing, Michael T Heath, Abhiram Ranade, Schreiber,
Springer. 1996,
6. Handbook of Parallel Computing Models, algorithms and applications, Samgithevar
Rajasekharan, John Reif, Taylor and Franics group. 2008
7. Parallel Processing and Parallel Algorithms: Theory and Computation, Seyed H. Roosta,
Springer, 2000
CLOUD SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 5222 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Security Concepts: Confidentiality, privacy, integrity, authentication, non-repudiation,
availability, access control, defence in depth, least privilege, importance of security in the cloud,
Importance in PaaS, IaaS and SaaS; Cryptographic Systems: Symmetric cryptography, stream
ciphers, block ciphers, modes of operation, public-key cryptography, hashing, digital signatures,
public-key infrastructures, key management, X.509 certificates, OpenSSL. Multi-tenancy
Issues: Isolation of users/VMs from each other. Virtualization System Security Issues: e.g.
ESX and ESXi Security, ESX file system security, storage considerations, backup and recovery;
Virtualization System Vulnerabilities: Management console vulnerabilities, management
server vulnerabilities, administrative VM vulnerabilities, guest VM vulnerabilities, hypervisor
vulnerabilities, hypervisor escape vulnerabilities, configuration issues, malware (botnets etc).
Virtualization System-Specific Attacks: Guest hopping, attacks on the VM (delete the VM,
attack on the control of the VM, code or file injection into the virtualized file structure), VM
migration attack, hyperjacking. Technologies for Virtualization-Based Security
Enhancement: IBM security virtual server protection, virtualization-based sandboxing; Storage
Security: HIDPS, log management, Data Loss Prevention. Location of the Perimeter, Legal and
Compliance Issues: Responsibility, ownership of data, right to penetration test. Local laws,
examination of modern Security Standards (eg PCIDSS), Standards to deal with cloud services
and virtualization, compliance for the cloud provider vs. compliance for the customer.
Text Book:
Tim Mather, SubraKumaraswamy, ShahedLatif, Cloud Security and Privacy: An Enterprise
Perspective on Risks and Compliance, O’ReillyMedia Inc, 2009
References:
1. Ronald L. Krutz, Russell Dean Vines, Cloud Security,2010.
2. John Rittinghouse, James Ransome, Cloud Computing,2009.
1. J.R. ("Vic") Winkler, Securing the Cloud,2011.
208
MOBILE CLOUD
Course Code :15 CS 5223 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Mobile Clouds Introduction and Background,
Sharing Device Resources in
Mobile Clouds; Enabling Technologies For Mobile Clouds: Wireless Communication
Technologies, Network Coding for Mobile Clouds, Mobile Cloud Formation and Maintenance;
Social Aspects Of Mobile Clouds: Social Mobile Clouds; Green Aspects Of Mobile Clouds:
Green Mobile Clouds: Making Mobile Devices More Energy Efficient; Application Of Mobile
Clouds: Mobile Clouds Applications; Some Insights on the Future Developments of Mobile
Clouds
Text Book:
Frank H. P. Fitzek, Marcos D. Katz, Mobile Clouds: Exploiting Distributed Resources in
Wireless, Mobile and Social Networks, Wiley Publications, ISBN: 978-0-470-97389-9, Jan
2014.
References:
1. Paul J. Deitel, Harvey M. Deitel, Abbey Deitel, and Michael Morgano, Android
for Programmers: An App-Driven Approach, Prentice Hall, November 3, 2011.
DATA CENTRE VIRTUALIZATION
Course Code :15 CS 5223 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Data Center Challenges: reducing data centre footprint through server, desktop, network
Virtualization and cloud computing, environmental impact and power requirements by driving
server consolidation; Evolution of Data Centres: The evolution of computing infrastructures
and architectures from stand alone servers to rack optimized blade servers and unified computing
209
systems (UCS). Enterprise-level Virtualization: Provision, monitoring and management of a
virtual datacenter and multiple enterprise-level virtual servers and virtual machines through
software management interfaces; Networking and Storage in Enterprise Virtualized
Environments: Connectivity to storage area and IP networks from within virtualized
environments using industry standard protocols. Virtual Machines & Access Control: Virtual
machine deployment, modification, management. monitoring and migration methodologies.
Resource Monitoring: Physical and virtual machine memory, CPU management and abstraction
techniques using a hypervisor. Virtual Machine Data Protection: Backup and recovery of
virtual machines using data recovery techniques; Scalability: Scalability features within
Enterprise virtualized environments using advanced management applications that enable
clustering, distributed network switches for clustering, network and storage expansion; High
Availability : Virtualization high availability and redundancy techniques.
Text Book:
1. Mickey Iqbal 2010, IT Virtualization Best Practices: A Lean, Green Virtualized Data
Center Approach, MC Press
References:
2. Mike Laverick, VMware vSphere 4 Implementation,2010
3. Jason W. McCarty, Scott Lowe, Matthew K. Johnson, VMware vSphere 4
Administration Instant Reference,2009.
4. Brian Perry, Chris Huss, Jeantet Fields, VCP VMware Certified Professional on vSphere 4
Study Guide,2010
5. Brian Perry, Chris Huss, Jeantet Fields, VCP VMware Certified Professional on vSphere 4
Study Guide,2010.
6. Jason Kappel, Anthony Velte, Toby Velte, Microsoft Virtualization with Hyper-V: Manage
Your Datacenter with Hyper-V, Virtual PC, Virtual Server, and Application Virtualization,2009.
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
Course Code :15 CS 52K1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Regular Expressions and Finite State Automata – Morphology and Finite State
Transducers – Computational Phonology and Text to speech - N-grams: Counting words in
Corpora –Simple N- grams – Smoothing – Entropy – HMMS. Speech Recognition: Speech
Recognition Architecture – Overview of HMM – Advanced Methods for decoding – Training a
speech Recognizer – Human Speech Recognition – Part of Speech Tagging – Rule Based,
Stochastic Part-of-Speech Tagging – Transformation Based Tagging. Context Free Grammars
for English: Context Free Rules and Trees, Sentence Level Constructions, Coordination,
Agreement, Grammars and Human Processing, Parsing with Context Free Grammars, Top down
210
Parser – Problems with Basic Top Down Parser – Finite State Parsing Methods – Representing
Meaning: Computational Desiderata for Representations – Meaning Structure of Language –
First Order Predicate Calculus - Semantic Analysis: Syntax driven Semantic Analysis – Attached
for a Fragment of English- Integrating Semantic Analysis into the Early Parser, Robust Semantic
Analysis - Dialogue and Machine. Translation: Dialogue Acts – Automatic, Plan inferential,
Cue based Interpretation of Dialogue Acts – Dialogue Structure and coherences – Dialogue
Managers - Language Similarities and Differences – The Transfer Metaphor – The Interlingua
Idea- Direct Translation – Using Statistical Techniques – Usability and System Development
Text Books:
D. Jurafsky and J. Martin, Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to Natural
Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition. Pearson Education,
2004.
References:
1. C. Manning and H. Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2003
2. James Allen, Natural Language Understanding. The Benajmins/Cummings Publishing
Company Inc. 1994
CLOUD APPLICATION ARCHITECTURES
Course Code :15 CS 52K2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Cloud Computing : The Cloud, Cloud Application Architectures, The Value of Cloud
Computing, Cloud Infrastructure Models, An Overview of Amazon Web Services, Amazon
Cloud Computing: Amazon S3,Amazon EC2, Before The Move Into The Cloud: Know Your
Software Licenses , The Shift to a Cloud Cost Model, Service Levels for Cloud Applications,
Security, Disaster Recovery, Ready For The Cloud: Web Application Design, Machine Image
Design, Privacy Design, Database Management Security: Data Security, Network Security, Host
Security, Compromise Response, Disaster Recovery: Disaster Recovery Planning, Disasters in
the Cloud, Disaster Management, Scaling A Cloud Infrastructure: Capacity Planning, Cloud
Scale
Text Book:
George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures, O’Rielly Media Inc, 2009
211
References:
1. GautamShroff, Enterprise Cloud Computing Technology Architecture Applications,2010.
2. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, Cloud Computing, A Practical
Approach,2009.
3. Dimitris N. Chorafas, Cloud Computing Strategies,2009.
CLOUD STRATEGY PLANNING & MANAGEMENT
Course Code :15 CS 52K3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Achieving Business Value from IT Transformation: Moving to a cloud architecture and
strategy to achieve business value. BPM, IS, Porter’s Value chain model and BPR as a means of
delivering business value; Developing Business Strategy: Investigate business strategy models
to gain competitive advantage for organizations, SWOT/PEST, Economies of scale, Porter’s 3
Strategies and 5 Competitive Forces, D’Aveni’s hypercompetition models. Strategic IT
Leadership in the Organization: Emphasize the roles of the strategic IS/IT leaders such as
Chief Information Officer (CIO) and the Chief Technology Officer (CTO) in planning and
managing IT Strategic development in the organization. Planning a Cloud Computing Based
IT Strategy: Develop an IT strategy to deliver on strategic business objectives in the business
strategy. IT Project planning in the areas of ITaaS, SaaS, PaaS and IaaS are essential in
delivering a successful strategic IT Plan. SOA and Business Agility: Shared services delivered
by a Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) in a Private or Public Cloud. Services, Databases and
Applications on demand. The effect on Enterprise Architecture and its traditional frameworks
such as Zachman and The Open Group Architecture Framework (TOGAF). Benefit Realization
and IT Governance: Managing resources (people, process, technology), to realize benefit from
Private/Public Cloud IT services (IaaS, PaaS, PraaS, SaaS),Gartner's 5 pillars of benefit
realization. IT governance as a service in measuring the delivery of IT Strategy from Cloud IT
Services using Sarbannes Oxley (CobiT) and other commonly-used approaches.
Text Book:
1. Andy Mulholland, Jon Pyke, Peter Finger, Enterprise Cloud Computing - A Strategy
Guide for Business and Technology Leaders, Meghan Kiffer,2010.
References:
1. Arnold J Cummins, Easiest Ever Guide to Strategic IT Planning
2. David S. Linthicum, Cloud Computing and SOA Convergence in Your
Enterprise, Addison Wesley,2009.
3. Charles Babcock, Management Strategies for the Cloud Revolution, 1st
212
Ed., McGraw/Hill,2010.
4. Mark I. Williams, A Quick Start Guide to Cloud Computing: Moving Your Business into
the Cloud,2010.
213
SCRIPTING FOR SYSTEM ADMINISTRATORS
Course Code :15 CS 52K4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Power shell: Shell and Powershell Scripting: Shell syntax, sed, awk, grep, diff, join, etc.
Cmdlets: Unix and Windows CLI. cmdlets, wmic. Trouble shooting: Managing processes,
services, events and network connections; Troubleshooting. Applications Of Scripting:
Scripting in a high-level Language: Language syntax, Applications of scripting e.g. querying
SNMP devices, running external processes, managing user accounts, monitoring file systems &
processes, Using Ldap And Ad : Working with LDAP and AD.
Text Book:
1. Hal Rottenberg, “Managing VMware Infrastructure with Windows PowerShell TFM”,
Sapien Press, 2009.
References:
1. Justin Seitz, “Gray Hat Python”, NO STARCH PRESS, 2009.
2. RytisSileika, “Pro Python System Administration” A press; 1 edition, 2010.
3. Noah Gift and Jeremy Jones, “Python for Unix and Linux system administration”,
O'Reilly Farnham, 2008.
4. Marty Alchin, “Pro Python” A press, 2010.
5. Mark Lutz, “Learning Python” O'Reilly Media; 5 edition, 2013.
6. Mark Summerfield, “Programming in Python 3: A Complete Introduction to the Python
Language” Addison-Wesley Professional; 2 edition, 2009.
7. David N. Blank-Edelman, “Automating system administration with Perl”, O'Reilly Media
Sebastopol, CA, 2009.
214
52
215
OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 CS 52L1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Software Engineering Paradigms - Software Development process models -
Project & Process -Project management – Process & Project metrics – Object Oriented concepts
& Principles. Planning & Scheduling: Software prototyping - Software project planning –
Scope – Resources - Software Estimation -Empirical Estimation Models-Planning-Risk
Management - Software Project Scheduling – Object oriented Estimation & Scheduling.
Analysis & Design: Analysis Modeling - Data Modeling - Functional Modeling & Information
Flow- Behavioral Modeling-Structured Analysis - Object Oriented Analysis - Domain Analysis-
Object oriented Analysis process - Object Relationship Model – Object Behaviour Model;
Design Concepts & Principles - Design Process - Design Concepts - Modular Design –Design
Effective Modularity - Introduction to Software Architecture – Data Design – Transform
Mapping – Transaction Mapping – OOD - Design System design process- Object design process
-Design Patterns. Implementation & Testing: Top-Down , Bottom-Up , object oriented product
Implemention & Integration. Software Testing methods-White Box, Basis Path-Control Structure
–Black Box-Unit Testing- Integration testing-Validation & System testing. Testing OOA &
OOD models-Object oriented testing strategies.
Maintenance: Maintenance process-System documentation-program evolution dynamics-
Maintenance costs-Maintainability measurement – Case Studies
Text Book
1. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering A Practitioner’s Approach”, Fifth Edition,Tata
McGraw Hill,2001.
References:
1. Grady Booch,James Rumbaugh,Ivar Jacobson –“the Unified Modeling Language
User Guide” – Addison Wesley,1999. (Unit III)
2. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, V Edition Addison- Wesley 1996
3. Pankaj Jalote “An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering” Narosa Publishing House
1991
4. Carlo Ghezzi Mehdi Jazayer, Dino Mandrioli “Fudamentals of Software Engineering”
Prentice Hall of India 2002.
216
MAP REDUCE DESIGN PATTERNS
Course Code :15 CS 52L2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Design Patterns and MapReduce: Design Patterns, MapReduce History ,MapReduce and
Hadoop,Refresher, Hadoop Example: Word Count ,Pig and Hive. Summarization Patterns:
Numerical Summarizations, Pattern Description,Numerical Summarization, Examples, Inverted
Index Summarizations, Pattern Description, Inverted Index Example, Counting with Counters,
Pattern Description, Counting with Counters Example. Filtering Patterns: Filtering,Pattern
Description, Filtering Examples, Bloom Filtering, Pattern Description, Bloom Filtering
Examples, Top Ten, Pattern Description, Top Ten Examples, Distinct , Pattern Description ,
Distinct Examples. Data Organization Patterns.: Structured to Hierarchical, Pattern
Description , Structured to Hierarchical Examples, Partitioning, Pattern Description, Partitioning
Examples, Binning, Pattern Description, Binning Examples , Total Order Sorting , Pattern
Description , Total Order Sorting Examples, Shuffling, Pattern Description, Shuffle Examples,
Join Patterns: A Refresher on Joins, Reduce Side Join , Pattern Description, Reduce Side Join
Example, Reduce Side Join with Bloom Filter, Replicated Join , Pattern Description, Replicated
Join Examples , Composite Join ,Pattern Description , Composite Join Examples ,Cartesian
Product , Pattern Description, Cartesian Product Examples, Metapatterns Job Chaining, With
the Driver, Job Chaining Examples, With Shell Scripting, With JobControl, Chain Folding, The
ChainMapper and ChainReducer Approach, Chain Folding Example , Job Merging, Job Merging
Examples, Input and Output Patterns: Customizing Input and Output in Hadoop, InputFormat,
RecordReader, OutputFormat, RecordWriter , Generating Data, Pattern Description, Generating
Data Examples, External Source Output, Pattern Description, External Source Output Example,
External Source Input , Pattern Description, External Source Input Example , Partition Pruning ,
Pattern Description, Partition Pruning Examples , Final Thoughts and the Future of Design
Patterns: Trends in the Nature of Data, Images, Audio, and Video, Streaming Data, The Effects
of YARN, Patterns as a Library or Component.
Text Book:
1. Donald Miner and Adam Shook, MapReduce Design Patterns, O’reilly Media Inc, 2013
References:
1. Thomas Erl, Cloud Computing Design Patterns, Pearson Education, 2014
2. Christoph Fehling, Frank Leymann, Ralph Retter, Walter Schupeck, Peter Arbitter, Cloud
Computing Patterns: Fundamentals to Design, Build, and Manage Cloud Applications,
Springer, 2014
3. Bill Wilder, Cloud Architecture Patterns, Oreilly, 2012
4. Srinanth Perera, Thilina Gunarathne, Hadoop MapReduce Cook Book,
PACKT publishning, 2013
217
218
OPEN SOURCE CLOUD COMPUTING AND TESTING
Course Code :15 CS 52L3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
OpenStack Cloud Computing: Keystone OpenStack Identity Service, Starting OpenStack
Image Service, Starting OpenStack Compute, Installing OpenStack Object Storage, Using
OpenStack Object Storage, Administering OpenStack Object Storage, Starting OpenStack Block
Storage, OpenStack Networking, Using OpenStack Dashboard. High Avaliability Open Stack.
Monitoring OpenStack services, OpenNebula Cloud Computing: OpenNebula,and its
underlying technologies. basic networking and OpenNebula frontend, hypervisors supported by
OpenNebula: KVM, Xen, and VMWare ESXi, OpenNebula resource management process.
OpenNebula management tasks and monitoring using Sunstone, the OpenNebula cloud
operations center Health and Monitoring, Ganglia, Hybrid Cloud Computing: Extending
OpenNebula, Public Cloud Computing and High Availability with OpenNebula. Software
Testing in the Cloud - SMART-T: Migrating Testing to the Cloud, HadoopUnit: Test
Execution in the Cloud
Text Book:
1. Kevin Jackson, Cody Bunch OpenStack Cloud computing Cookbook, Second Edition,
Packt Publishing, 2013
2. Scott Tilley, Tauhida Parveen Software Testing in the Cloud Migration and Execution,
Springer, 2012
3. Giovanni Toraldo, OpenNebula 3 Cloud Computing, Packt Publishing, 2012
References:
1. Tom Fifield etal, OpenStack Operations Guide, O’Rielly Publishers, 2014
2. John Rhoton, OpenStack Cloud Computing: Architecture Guide, Recursive Press, 2014
219
ADVANCES IN COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 52L4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Grid Computing, Autonomic Computing, Cluster Computing 1: Cluster setup & its
Administration, Performance Models & Simulations; Networking, Protocols & I/O, Lightweight
Messaging systems, Active Messages. Cluster Computing 2: Distributed shared memory,
parallel I/O Clusters, Jib and Resource management system, scheduling parallel jobs on clusters.
Cluster Computing 3: Load sharing and Fault tolerance manager, parallel programming
scheduling techniques, Dynamic load balancing. Example Cluster System – Beowlf, COMPaS
and NanOS. Pervasive Computing, Quantum Computing.
Text Book
1. Raj Kumar Buyya, High performance cluster computing, PEA,1999.
References:
1. J. Joseph & C. Fellenstein, Grid Computing, PEA,1999.
2. J.Burkhardt et .al, Pervasive computing, PEA, 2002.
3. Vishal Sahni, Quantum computing, TMH, 2006.
4. Marivesar, Approaching quantum computing, PEA.
5. Neilsen & Chung L, Quantum computing and Quantum Information, Cambridge
University Press,2000.
6. A networking approach to Grid Computing , Minoli, Wiley, 2005.
220
M.TECH - COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5125
Probability & Distributions
3
1
0
4
2
15 CS 5126
Applied Statistics
3
1
0
4
3
15 CS 5127
Data Base Management Systems
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5128
Object Oriented Programming in
JAVA
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5229
Machine Learning
4
0
0
4
2
15 CS 5230
Expert Systems
4
0
0
4
3
15 CS 5231
Big Data Analytics & Business
Intelligence
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5232
Data ware Housing & Data Mining
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
221
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CS 51A1
Soft Computing
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51M1
Cloud Computing and Distributed Technologies
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51M2
Semantic Web Architecture
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51M3
Formal Languages and Automata Theory
3
0
0
3
5
15 CS 51M4
Human Computer Interaction
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CS 51N1
Artificial Intelligence
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51N2
Algorithms and Complexity
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51N3
Pattern Recognition
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 51N4
Web Services
3
0
0
3
5
15 CS 51F1
Storage Area Networks
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CS 52O1
Natural Language Processing
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52O2
Simulation and Modeling
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52O3
Computer Vision
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52O4
Pervasive Computing
3
0
0
3
5
15 CS 52O5
Software Engineering & Project Management
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CS 52P1
Information Retrieval and Extraction
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52P2
Multi agent Systems
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52P3
Algorithms in Computational Biology
3
0
0
3
4
15 CS 52P4
Enterprise Computing Methodologies
3
0
0
3
5
15 CS 52P5
Bio-Informatics
3
0
0
3
222
PROBABILITY & DISTRIBUTIONS
Course Code :15 CS 5125 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Concept of probability: Historical introduction and citation of examples for application of
probability. Definition of probability - classical, relative frequency and subjective approaches,
their drawbacks, practical exercises on relative frequency approach. Sample space and events;
calculus of events, examples of sample space. Concept of random experiment with examples.
Axiomatic development of probability- discrete and general probability space, properties of
probability. Conditional probability, Bayes’ theorem, independence of events, pairwise and
mutual independence.
Concept of random variables and probability distribution: Definition of random variable,
cumulative distribution function. Discrete random variables and their Probability mass function
(p.m.f). and Distribution function (d.f). with some general examples. Continuous random
variables and their probability density function (p.d.f}. and distribution function (d.f). with some
general examples
Discrete random variable and its distribution: Bernoulli trials, binomial, Poisson, geometric,
negative binomial, hyper geometric distributions, their properties, relationship and simple
approximations (Hyper geometric to binomial and binomial to Poisson). Numerical examples
and statistical tables for individual and cumulative probabilities. Discrete random vector and
bivariate cases marginal and conditional density functions, independence of discrete random
variables. Distribution of the sum of two or more discrete independent random variables.
Probability generating function (p.g.f.), properties and exercise.
Continuous random variable and its distribution: Uniform, normal, gamma, beta,
exponential, weibull, Cauchy, lognormal distribution, Relationship between gamma and Poisson,
beta and binomial. Cumulative probabilities. Bivariate distribution - marginal and conditional
density, bivariate normal, independence of continuous random variables. Distribution of sum,
product and ratio of two independent random variables. Some derived distributions such a χ
2
,
t,
F. Order statistics and distribution of range.
Expected values and moments: Mathematical expectation and its properties; Moments, their
properties and interpretation; moments through p.g.f.; variance of sum of independent random
variables, conditional expectation, conditional variance. Correlation coefficient and its
properties.
Text Books:
1. Ronald E.Walpole, Sharon L.Myers, Keying ye, Probability & Statistic for Engineers &
scientist- 8
th
Edition, Pearson
2. Walpole.E.Ronald, Myers.H.raymond, Myers.l.Sharon,Ye Keying, Probability &
Statistics for Engineers & Scientist– 8
th
Edition, Pearson
References:
1. S.M. Ross, A first course in Probability.
223
2. Erwin Kreyszig , Introductory Mathematical Statistics principles and methods, John
Wiley Publisher
3. Paul G Hoel, Introduction to mathematical Statistics, John Wiley Publisher
4. Norman L Johnson, Distributions in Statistics continuous and uni-variate distributions,
John Wiley Publisher
5. Richard A Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers. Pearson Publishers
6. Irwin miler, John E Freund’s mathematical Statistics, Pearson Publishers
7. V K Rohatgi, Introduction to probability and mathematical statistics, Wiley Publishers
APPLIED STATISTICS
Course Code :15 CS 5126 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Principles of Statistical Inference. Formulation of the problems with examples.
Estimation: Point estimation. Estimator and estimate criteria for good estimates - unbiasedness,
consistency, efficiency and sufficiency, Illustrations. Methods of estimation of Parameters of
standard distributions. Interval estimation by examples- Confidence internals of the parameters
of the standard distributions, one-sided confidence interval.
Testing of Hypothesis: Formulation of the problem and concepts for evaluation of tests,
Illustrations. Statistics Sampling distribution of statistic and its standard error. Small sample
tests associated with standard univariate probability distributions and corresponding sampling
distributions (without derivations) Large sample tests in one and two-sample problems of
standard probability distributions, Statement of central limit theorem, Determination of sample
size. Small sample tests connected with Bivariate Normal population, Simple linear regression
and correlation and corresponding confidence intervals. Transformation of statistics to stabilize
the residual plots. Assessment of the model. Fitting of non-linear regression using
transformation. Analysis of categorical data. Pearsonian chi-square and its applications.
Linear Statistical Models: Definition of linear model, interactions with illustrations. One way
and two way analysis of variance.
Non-parametric Inference: Comparison with parametric inference, Use of order statistics.
Confidence interval for fractile. Sign test, Wilcoxon signed rank test, Mann-Whitney test, Run
test, Kolmogorov-Smirnov test. Spearman’s and Kendall’s test. Tolerance region.
Text Books:
1. MILLER AND Freund’s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Richard A Johnson, PHI
New Delhi, 11
th
Edition.
224
References:
1. Ronald E.Walpole, Sharon L.Myers, Keying ye, Probability & Statistic for Engineers &
scientist- 8
th
Edition, Pearson
2. S.C.Gupta and V.K.Kapur, Applied Statistics, S.Chand & sons.
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 CS 5127 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Data base System Applications, data base System VS file System - View of Data - Data
Abstraction - Instances and Schemas - data Models - the ER Model - Relational Model - Other
Models - Database Languages - DDL - DML - database Access for applications Programs - data
base Users and Administrator - Transaction Management - data base System Structure - Storage
Manager - the Query Processor - History of Data base Systems.Data base design and ER
diagrams - Beyond ER Design Entities, Attributes and Entity sets - Relationships and
Relationship sets - Additional features of ER Model - Concept Design with the ER Model -
Conceptual Design for Large enterprises.
Introduction to the Relational Model - Integrity Constraint Over relations - Enforcing Integrity
constraints - Querying relational data - Logical data base Design - Introduction to Views -
Destroying /altering Tables and Views.
Relational Algebra and Calculus
Relational Algebra - Selection and projection set operations - renaming - Joins - Division -
Examples of Algebra overviews - Relational calculus - Tuple relational Calculus - Domain
relational calculus - Expressive Power of Algebra and calculus.
Form of Basic SQL Query - Examples of Basic SQL Queries - Introduction to Nested Queries -
Correlated Nested Queries Set - Comparison Operators - Aggregative Operators - NULL values -
Comparison using Null values - Logical connectivity's - AND, OR and NOTR - Impact on SQL
Constructs - Outer Joins - Disallowing NULL values - Complex Integrity Constraints in SQL
Triggers and Active Data bases.
Schema refinement - Problems Caused by redundancy - Decompositions - Problem related to
decomposition - reasoning about FDS - FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Normal forms - BCNF -
Lossless join Decomposition - Dependency preserving Decomposition - Schema refinement in
Data base Design - Multi valued Dependencies - forth Normal Form.
ACID Properties - Transactions and Schedules - Concurrent Execution of transaction - Lock
Based Concurrency Control - Performance Locking - Transaction Support in SQL - Introduction
to Crash recovery.
Serializability, and recoverability - Introduction to Lock Management - Lock Conversions -
Dealing with Dead Locks - Specialized Locking Techniques - Concurrency without Locking.
Crash recovery : Introduction to ARIES - the Log - Other Recovery related Structures - the
225
Write-Ahead Log Protocol - Check pointing - re3covering from a System Crash - Media
recovery - Other approaches and Interaction with Concurrency control.
Data on External Storage - File Organization and Indexing - Cluster Indexes, Primary and
Secondary Indexes - Index data Structures - Hash Based Indexing - Tree base Indexing -
Comparison of File Organizations - Indexes and Performance Tuning.
The Memory Hierarchy - Redundant Arrays of Independent - Disks - Disk Space Management -
Buffer Manager - Files of records - Page Formats - record formats.
Tree Structured Indexing:Intuitions for tree Indexes - Indexed Sequential Access Methods
(ISAM) - B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure.
Hash Based Indexing: Static Hashing - Extendable hashing - Linear Hashing - Exendble vs.
Liner hashing.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Data base Management Systems, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, TATA
McGrawHill 3rd Edition
2. Data base System Concepts, Silberschatz, Korth, McGraw hill, IV edition.
3. Data base Management System, Elmasri Navate Pearson Education
REFERENCES
1. Introduction to Database Systems, C.J.Date Pearson Education
2. Data base Systems design, Implementation, and Management, Rob & Coronel 5th
Edition.Thomson
3. Data base Management System Mathew Leon, Leon Vikas.
4. Data base Systems, Connoley Pearson Education.
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN JAVA
Course Code :15 CS 5128 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Basics of Object Oriented Programming (OOP): Need for OO paradigm , A way of viewing
world- Agents, responsibility, messages, methods, classes and instances, class
hierarchies(Inheritance), method binding, overriding and exceptions, summary of oop concepts,
coping with complexity , abstraction mechanisms
Java Basics: Data types, variables, scope and life time of variables, arrays, operators,
expressions, control statements, type conversion and costing, simple java program, classes and
objects- concepts of classes, objects, constructors methods, access control, this keyword, garbage
collection, overloading methods and constructors, parameter passing, recursion, string handling.
Inheritance: Hierarchial abstractions, Base class object, subclass, subtype, substitutability,
forms of inheritance- specialization, specification, construction, extension, limitation,
sombination, benifits of inheritance costs of inheritance. Member access rules, super uses, using
final with inheritance, polymorphism, abstract classes.
226
Packages and Interfaces: Defining, Creating and Accessing a package, Understanding
CLASSPATH, Importing packages, differences between classes and interfaces, defining an interface,
Implementing interface, applying interfaces variables in interface and extending interfaces.
Exception handling and Multithreading: Concepts of exception handling, benefits of
exception handling, Termination or presumptive models, exception hierarchy, usage of try, catch,
throws and finally, built in exceptions, creating own exception sub classes. Differences between
multi threading and multitasking, thread life cycle, creating threads, synchronizing threads,
daemon threads, thread groups.
Event Handling: Events, Event sources, Event classes, Event Listeners, Delegation event
model, handling mouse and keyboard events, Adapter classes, inner classes. The AWT class
hierarchy , user interface components-labels, button, canvas, scrollbars, text components, check
box, check box groups, choices, list panes- scrollpane, dialogs, menubar, graphics, layout
manager- layout manager types- boarder, grid, flow, card and grid bag.
Applets: Concepts of Applets, differences between applets and applications, lifecycle of an
applet, types of applets, creating applets, passing parameters to applets. Swings: Introduction,
limitations of AWT, MVC architecture, components, containers, exploring swing- JApplet,
JFrame and JComponent, Icons and Labels, text fields, buttons-The JButton class, Check boxes,
Radio Buttons, Combo boxes, Tabbed panes, Scroll panes, Trees and Tables.
.
TEXTBOOKS:
1.Java-The complete reference,7/e, Herbert schildt, TMH.
REFERENCES:
1.JAVA:How to program, 8/e, Dietal , Dietal,PHI.
2.Introduction of programming with JAVA,S.Dean,TMH.
3.Introduction to Java programming, 6/e, Y.Daniel Liang, Pearson.
4.Core Java 2, Vol 1(Vol 2) Fundamentals(Advanced), 7/e, Cay.S.Horstmann,Gary
Cornell, Pearson.
5.Big Java2,3/e, Cay.S. Horstmann,Wiley.
6.Object Oriented Programming through Java, P.Radha Krishna, University Press.
7.JAVA&Object Orientation an Introduction, 2/e, John Hunt, Springer.
8. Introduction to JAVA Programming, 7/e, Y.Daniel Liang, Pearson.
9. JAVA Programming and Object –Oriented Application Development, Johnson, Cengage
Learning.
10.First Encounter with JAVA, S.P.Bhuta, SPD
11.JAVA for Professionals , B.M.Harwani, SPD.
12.Program with JAVA, Mahesh Bhave, Palekan, Pearson.
13.Programming with JAVA, 3/e, E.Balaguruswamy, TMH.
227
SOFT COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 51A1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Intelligent Systems and Soft Computing: Intelligence systems, Knowledge-
based systems, knowledge representation and processing, soft computing.
Fundamentals of Fuzzy Logic Systems: Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy logic operations, generalized
operations, Fuzziness and fuzzy resolution, fuzzy relations, composition and interface,
considerations of fuzzy decision-making. Fuzzy Logic Control: Basic of Fuzzy control, Fuzzy
control architecture, Properties of Fuzzy control, robustness and stability.
Fundamentals of Artificial neural networks: Learning and acquisition of knowledge, features
of artificial neural networks, fundamentals of connectionist modeling, .Major classes of neural
networks: The multi-layer perceptions, radial basis function networks, Kohonen’s self-
organizing networks, The Hopfield network, industrial and commercial Application of ANN.
Dynamic neural networks and their applications to control and chaos prediction: Training
algorithms, fields of applications of RNN, dynamic neural networks for identification and
control, neural network-based control approaches, dynamic neural networks for chaos time
series prediction, artificial neural networks for chaos predictions.
Neuro Fuzzy Systems: Architecture of neuro fuzzy systems, construction of neuro fuzzy
systems,
Evolutionary computing: Over view of Evolutionary computing, Genetic Algorithms and
Optimization, the schema theorem: the fundamental algorithm of Genetic algorithms,
Genetic algorithms- operations, integration of Genetic algorithms with neural networks,
integration of Genetic algorithms with fuzzy logic, known issues in Genetic algorithms,
population-based incremental learning, Evolutionary Strategies, ES applications
Text Books:
1. Fakhreddine O. Karry, Clarence De Silva, “ Soft Computing and Intelligent systems
Design Theory, tools and Application”, Pearson, 2009
Reference Books:
1. Laurene Fausett, “Fundamentals of Neural Networks”, Person, 2004.
2. Timothy J Ross “ Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, 3
rd
Edition, Wiley 2010.
3. Bart Kosko, “ Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems”, PHI, 2004
4. S N Sivanandam, S N Deepa, “ Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India ,2008
228
CLOUD COMPUTING AND DISTRIBUTED TECHNOLOGIES
Course Code :15 CS 51M1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Enabling Technologies and System Models for Cloud Computing
Introduction to Cloud Computing including benefits, challenges, and risks
Cloud Computing Models including Infrastructure/Platform/Software – as-a-service
Public cloud, private cloud and hybrid clouds
Cloud OS
Cloud Architectures including Federated Clouds
Scalability, Performance, QoS
Data centers for Cloud Computing
Principles of Virtualization platforms
Security and Privacy issues in the Cloud
VMWare ESX Memory Management
Capacity Planning and Disaster Recovery in Cloud Computing
TEXT BOOK:
1. Distributed and Cloud Computing, 1st edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. echnical papers from major journals and major conferences on computing, networking,
cloud computing
SEMANTIC WEB ARCHITECTURE
Course Code :15 CS 51M2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Objective: To introduce the advanced concepts in emerging trends in Web architecture.
Introduction to semantic web technology : Traditional web to semantic web – meta data search
engines .
229
Resource Description Framework –elements -rules of RDF – tools- RDFS core elements-
Taxonomy and ontology concepts .
Web ontology language: OWL: define classes- set operators –enumerations- defining properties
– Validating OWL ontology.
Semantic web services and applications :
Web services – web services standards – web services to semantic web services- UDDIConcept
of OWL-S – building blocks of OWL-S- mapping OWL-S to UDDI- WSDL-S overview
Real world examples and applications : Swoogle- architecture and usage of meta data;FOAF –
vocabulary – creating documents – overview of semantic markup – semantic web search engines.
References
1. Liyang Yu .Introduction to the Semantic Web and Semantic web services. Chapman &
Hall/CRC, Taylor & Francis group, 2007.
2. Johan Hjelm. Creating the Semantic Web with RDF. Wiley, 2001
3. Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen. A Semantic Web Primer. MIT Press
FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY
Course Code :15 CS 51M3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals : Strings, Alphabet, Language, Operations, Finite state machine, definitions, finite
automaton model, acceptance of strings, and languages, deterministic finite automaton and non
deterministic finite automaton, transition diagrams and Language recognizers.
Finite Automata : NFA with Î transitions - Significance, acceptance of languages. Conversions
and Equivalence : Equivalence between NFA with and without Î transitions, NFA to DFA
conversion, minimisation of FSM, equivalence between two FSM’s, Finite Automata with
output- Moore and Melay machines.
Regular Languages : egular sets, regular expressions, identity rules, Constructing finite Automata
for a given regular expressions, Conversion of Finite Automata to Regular expressions. Pumping
lemma of regular sets, closure properties of regular sets (proofs not required).
Grammar Formalism : Regular grammars-right linear and left linear grammars, equivalence
between regular linear grammar and FA, inter conversion, Context free grammar, derivation
trees, sentential forms. Right most and leftmost derivation of strings.
Context Free Grammars : Ambiguity in context free grammars. Minimisation of Context Free
Grammars. Chomsky normal form, Greiback normal form, Pumping Lemma for Context Free
Languages. Enumeration of properties of CFL (proofs omitted).
Push Down Automata : Push down automata, definition, model, acceptance of CFL, Acceptance
by final state and acceptance by empty state and its equivalence. Equivalence of CFL and PDA,
interconversion. (Proofs not required). Introduction to DCFL and DPDA.
230
Turing Machine : Turing Machine, definition, model, design of TM, Computable functions,
recursively enumerable languages. Church’s hypothesis, counter machine, types of Turing
machines (proofs not required).
Computability Theory : Chomsky hierarchy of languages, linear bounded automata and context
sensitive language, LR(0) grammar, decidability of, problems, Universal Turing Machine,
undecidability of posts. Correspondence problem, Turing reducibility, Definition of P and NP
problems, NP complete and NP hard problems.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Introduction to Automata Theory Languages and Computation”. Hopcroft H.E. and Ullman J.
D. Pearson Education
2. Introduction to Theory of Computation –Sipser 2nd edition Thomson
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Computer Theory, Daniel I.A. Cohen, John Wiley.
2. Introduction to languages and the Theory of Computation ,John C Martin, TMH
3. “Elements of Theory of Computation”, Lewis H.P. & Papadimition C.H. Pearson /PHI.
4 Theory of Computer Science – Automata languages and computation -Mishra and
Chandrashekaran, 2nd edition, PHI
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION
Course Code :15 CS 51M4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction : Importance of user Interface – definition, importance of good design. Benefits of
good design. A brief history of Screen design.
The graphical user interface – popularity of graphics, the concept of direct manipulation,
graphical system, Characteristics, Web user – Interface popularity, characteristics- Principles of
user interface.
Design process – Human interaction with computers, importance of human characteristics
human consideration, Human interaction speeds, understanding business junctions.
Screen Designing : Design goals – Screen planning and purpose, organizing screen elements,
ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – Visually pleasing
composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presentation information simply
and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – statistical graphics – Technological
consideration in interface design.
Windows – New and Navigation schemes selection of window, selection of devices based and
screen based controls.
231
Components – text and messages, Icons and increases – Multimedia, colors, uses problems,
choosing colors.
Software tools – Specification methods, interface – Building Tools.
Interaction Devices – Keyboard and function keys – pointing devices – speech recognition
digitization and generation – image and video displays – drivers.
TEXTBOOKS :
1. The essential guide to user interface design, Wilbert O Galitz, Wiley DreamaTech.
2. Designing the user interface. 3rd Edition Ben Shneidermann , Pearson Education Asia.
REFERENCES :
1. Human – Computer Interaction. ALAN DIX, JANET FINCAY, GRE GORYD, ABOWD,
RUSSELL BEALG, PEARSON.
2. Interaction Design PRECE, ROGERS, SHARPS. Wiley Dreamtech,
3. User Interface Design, Soren Lauesen , Pearson Education.
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Course Code :15 CS 51N1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to AI, Problems, Problem Spaces and Search: Defining the Problem as a State
space Search, Production Systems, Problem Characteristics, Production system characteristics,
Issues in the Design of Search Programs.
Heuristic Search Techniques: Generate-and-test, Hill Climbing, Best-First Search, Problem
Reduction, Constraint Satisfaction, Means-Ends Analysis.
Knowledge Representation Using Predicate Logic: Representing Simple Facts in logic,
Representing Instance and Isa Relationships, Computable Functions and Predicates, Resolution.
Representing Knowledge Using Rules: Procedural versus Declarative Knowledge, Logic
Programming, Forward versus Backward Reasoning, Matching, Control Knowledge.
Weak slot-and-filler structures: Semantic Nets, Frames,
Strong slot-and-filler structures: Conceptual dependency, Scripts.
Connectionist models: Hopfield Networks, perceptron, Back Propagation Networks,
Applications of Neural networks.
232
PROLOG Language: Facts, Objects and predicates, Variables, Rules, Input and Output,
Arithmetic Operations, Cut, Fail, Recursion, String operations, Dynamic databases.
Text Books:
1. Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, 3
nd
Edition, (Tata McGraw Hill
Edition) Reprint 2008
2. Carl Townsend, ‘Introduction to TURBO PROLOG’, BPB Publications. 2011
Reference Books:
1. Patrick Henry Winston, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, Pearson Education, 2003
2. Russel and Norvig, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, Pearson Education, PHI, 2003
ALGORITHMS AND COMPLEXITY
Course Code :15 CS 51N2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Objective: To introduce the advanced concepts of data structures and algorithms with an insight
into the complexity-related aspects of computing.
Module I: Analysis: RAM model – Notations, Recurrence analysis - Master's theorem and its
proof - Amortized analysis - Advanced Data Structures: B-Trees, Binomial Heaps, Fibonacci
Heaps, Disjoint Sets, Union by Rank and Path Compression
Module II: Graph Algorithms and complexity: Matroid Theory, All-Pairs Shortest Paths,
Maximum Flow and Bipartite Matching.
Module III: Randomized Algorithms : Finger Printing, Pattern Matching, Graph Problems,
Algebraic Methods, Probabilistic Primality Testing, De-Randomization
Module IV: Complexity classes:NP-Hard and NP-complete Problems-Cook's theorem NP
completeness reductions. Approximation algorithms – Polynomial Time and Fully Polynomial
time Approximation Schemes. Probabilistic Complexity Classes, Probabilistic Proof Theory and
Certificates.
References
1. Dexter Kozen, The Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Springer, 1992.
2. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, Prentice
Hall India, 1990.
3. S. Basse, Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design and Analysis, Addison
Wesley, 1998.
233
4. U. Manber, Introduction to Algorithms: A creative approach, Addison Wesley,
1989.
5. V. Aho, J. E. Hopcraft, J. D. Ullman, The design and Analysis of Computer
Algorithms, Addison Wesley, 1974.
6. R. Motwani andP. Raghavan, Randomized Algorithms, Cambrdige University Press, 1995.
7. C. H. Papadimitriou, Computational Complexity, Addison Wesley, 1994
8. S.S. Skeina. The Algorithm Design Manual.Springer Verlag. 1998
PATTERN RECOGNITION
Course Code :15 CS 51N3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Objective: To introduce the theoretical and practical aspects of pattern recognition.
Module I
Introduction - introduction to statistical - syntactic and descriptive approaches - features and
feature extraction - learning - Bayes Decision theory - introduction - continuous case - 2-
category classification - minimum error rate classification - classifiers – Discriminant functions -
and decision surfaces - error probabilities and integrals - normal density - Discriminant functions
for normal density
Module II
Parameter estimation and supervised learning - maximum likelihood estimation - the Bayes
classifier - learning the mean of a normal density - general Bayesian learning -nonparametric
technique - density estimation - Parzen windows - k-nearest neighbor estimation - estimation of
posterior probabilities - nearest-neighbor rule – k nearest neighbour rule
Module III
Linear discriminant functions - linear Discriminant functions and decision surfaces - generalised
linear discriminant functions - 2-category linearly separable case - non-separable behaviour -
linear programming procedures - clustering - data description and clustering - similarity
measures - criterion functions for clustering.
Module IV
Syntactic approach to PR - introduction to pattern grammars and languages – higher dimensional
grammars - tree, graph, web, plex, and shape grammars - stochastic grammars - attribute
grammars - parsing techniques - grammatical inference
References
1. Duda & Hart P.E, Pattern Classification And Scene Analysis, John Wiley
2. Gonzalez R.C. & Thomson M.G., Syntactic Pattern Recognition - An Introduction, Addison
Wesley.
3. Fu K.S., Syntactic Pattern Recognition And Applications, Prentice Hall, Eaglewood cliffs
4. Rajjan Shinghal, Pattern Recognition: Techniques and Applications, Oxford
University Press, 2008.
234
5. Christopher M. Bishop: Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning (Information Science and
Statistics). Springer Pub.
6. Ethem Alpaydın, Introduction to Machine Learning (Adaptive Computation and
Machine Learning), MIT Press, 2004.
7. Mitchell. T, Machine Learning, McGraw Hill, 1997
8. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.9. David J.
C. MacKay: Information Theory, Inference & Learning Algorithms.
WEB SERVICES
Course Code :15 CS 51N4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Evolution and Emergence of Web Services -Evolution of distributed computing, Core distributed
computing technologies –client/server, CORBA, JAVA RMI, Micro Soft DCOM, MOM,
Challenges in
Distributed Computing, role of J2EE and XML in distributed computing,
emergence of Web Services and Service Oriented Architecture (SOA).
Introduction to Web Services The definition of web services, basic operational model of web
services, tools and technologies enabling web services, benefits and challenges of using web
services
Web Services Architecture
Web services Architecture and its characteristics, core
building blocks of web services, standards and technologies available for implementing web
services, web services communication, basic steps of implement
ing web services, developing web services
enabled applications.
Core fundamentals of SOAP, SOAP Message Structure, SOAP encoding, SOAP message
exchange models, SOAP communication and messaging, SOAP security
-Developing Web Services using SOAP
Building SOAP Web Services, developing SOAP Web Services using Java,
limitations of SOAP.
Describing Web Services, WSDL , WSDL in the world of Web Services, Web Services life
cycle,
anatomy of WSDL definition document, WSDL bindings, WSDL Tools, limitations of WSDL
Discovering Web Services – Service discovery, role of service discovery in a SOA, service
discovery mechanisms, UDDI –UDDI Registries, uses of UDDI Registry, Programming with
UDDI,
UDDI data structures, support for categorization
in UDDI Registries, Publishing API, Publishing information to a UDDI Registry, searching
information in a UDDI Registry, deleting information in a UDDI Registry, limitations of UDDI.
235
Web Services Interoperability Means of ensuring Interoperability, Overview of .NET and J2EE.
Web Services Security XML security frame work, XML encryption, XML digital signature,
XKMS structure, guidelines for signing XML documents.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Developing Java Web Services, R. Nagappan, R. Skoczylas, R.P. Sriganesh, Wiley India, rp
2008.
2. Developing Enterprise Web Services, S. Chatterjee, J. Webber, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. XML, Web Services, and the Data Revolution, F.P.Coyle, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Building Web Services with Java, 2 ndEdition, S. Graham and others, Pearson Edn., 2008.
2Java Web Services, D.A. Chappell & T. Jewell, O’Reilly,SPD.
3 McGovern, et al., “Java Web Services Architecture”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,2005.
4. J2EE Web Services, Richard Monson Haefel, Pearson Education.
5. Web Services, G. Alonso, F. Casati and others, Springer, 2005.
STORAGE AREA NETWORKS
Course Code :15 CS 51F1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Storage Technology,Review data creation and the amount of data being created
and understand the value of data to a business, challenges in data storage and data management,
Solutions available for data storage, Core elements of a data center infrastructure, role of each
element in supporting business activities
Storage Systems Architecture Hardware and software components of the host environment, Key
protocols and concepts used by each component ,Physical and logical components of a
connectivity environment ,Major physical components of a disk drive and their function, logical
constructs of a physical disk, access characteristics, and performance Implications, Concept of
RAID and its components , Different RAID, levels and their suitability for different application
environments: RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 3, RAID 4,RAID 5, RAID 0+1, RAID 1+0, RAID 6 ,
Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ,High -
and working of an intelligent storage system
Introduction to Networked Storage, Evolution of networked storage, Architecture, components,
and topologies of FC SAN, NAS, and IPSAN, Benefits of the different networked storage
options, understand the need for long term archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the
need, understand the appropriateness of the different networked storage options for different
application environments
Information Availability & Monitoring & Managing Datacenter List reasons for
planned/unplanned outages and the impact of downtime, Impact of downtime, Differentiate
between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ,RTO and RPO, Identify single
points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures
236
,Architecture of backup/recovery and the different backup/recovery topologies , replication
technologies and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuity, Remote
replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity
capabilities, Identify key areas to monitor in a data center, Industry standards for data cen
ter monitoring and management, Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage
infrastructure, Key management tasks in a data center
Securing Storage and Storage Virtualization, Information security, Critical security attributes for
information systems, Storage security domains, List and analyzes the common threats in each
domain, Virtualization technologies, blocklevel and filelevel virtualization technologies and
processes
Case Studies The technologies described in the course, are reinforced with EMC examples of
actual solutions. Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate
solution for given sets of criteria
TEXT BOOK:
1.EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Robert Spalding, “Storage Networks: The Complete Reference“, Tata McGraw Hill, Osborne,
2003.
2.Marc Farley, “Building Storage Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill ,Osborne, 2001.
3.Meeta Gupta, Storage Area Network Fundamentals, Pearson Education Limited, 2002.
MACHINE LEARNING
Course Code :15 CS 5229 L-T-P : 4-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Supervised Learning: Learning a Class from Examples, Vapnik Chervonenkis (VC)
Dimension, Probably Approximately Correct (PAC) Learning, Noise, Learning Multiple Classes,
Regression, Model Selection and Generalization, Dimensions of a Supervised Machine
Learning Algorithm.
Bayesian Decision Theory: Classification, Losses and Risks, Discriminant functions, Utility
Theory, Association Rules.
Parametric methods: Maximum Likelihood Estimation, Evaluating an Estimator: Bias and
Variance, The Bayes’ Estimator, Parametric Classification, Regression, Tuning Model,
Complexity: Bias/Variance Dilemma, Model Selection procedures.
Nonparametric Methods: Nonparametric Density Estimation, Generalization to Multivariate
data, nonparametric classification, Condensed Nearest neighbor, Nonparametric Regression:
smoothing models, choosing the smoothing parameter.
237
Multivariate Methods: Multivariate Data, parameter Estimation, Estimation of Missing
values, Multivariate Normal Distribution, Multivariate Classification, Tuning Complexity,
Discrete Features Multivariate Regression
Linear Discrimination: Generalizing the linear model, Geometry of the Linear Discriminant,
Pairwise Separation, Gradient Descent, Logistic Discrimination, and Discrimination by
Regression.
Local Models: Competitive Learning, Radial Basis Functions, Incorporating Rule-based,
knowledge, Normalized basis functions, Competitive basis functions, learning vector,
Quantization, Mixture of experts, Hierarchical Mixture of Experts.
Kernel Machines: Optimal separating Hyper plane, The Non-separable Case: Soft Margin
Hyper, plane, v-SVM, Kernel Trick, Vectorial Kernels, Defining Kernels, Multiple Kernel
Learning, Multiclass Kernel Machines, Kernel Machines for Regression, One-class Kernel
Machines, Kernel , dimensionality Reduction 0
Bayesian Estimation: Estimating the parameter of a Distribution, Bayesian Estimation of the
parameters of a function , Gaussian Processes,
Hidden Markov Models: Discrete Markov Processes, Hidden Markov Models, Three Basic
problems of HMMs, Evaluation problem, Finding the state sequence, Learning model
parameters, continuous observations, The hmm with Input , Model Selection in HMM.
Text Books :
1. Ethem Alpaydin, “ Introduction to Machine learning”, The MIT Press, 2010
Reference Book:
1. Stephen Marsland, “ Machine Learning an Algorithmic Perspective” , CRC Press, 2009
EXPERT SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 CS 5230 L-T-P : 4-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Expert Systems: Definitions, Advantages, concepts, characteristics,
Technologies, applications, domains, languages, shells, tools, elements production systems,
procedural paradigms, non-procedural paradigms, inductive learning
Knowledge representation: Meaning, production, semantics, object-attribute-value triples,
Presentation of semantics in PROLOG Schemata, logics, sets, limitations of predictive logic.
Methods of Inference: Trees, lattices, graphs, state and problem spaces, AND-OR trees,
deductive logic, Syllogisms, inference rules, logic systems, Resolution Systems, Deduction,
238
shallow and Casual reasoning, other inference methods, Meta-knowledge, Hidden Markov
Models
Reasoning under Uncertainty: Uncertainty, Types of errors, errors and induction, Classical
Probability, Experimental and subjective probabilities, compound probabilities, Hypothetical
reasoning, Backward Induction, Temporal reasoning, Markov chains, Sufficiency and necessity,
Uncertainty in inference chains, Evidence combinations, Inference nets, propagation of
probabilities.
Inexact reasoning: Uncertainty and rules, certainty factors, Dumpster-Shafer theory,
approximate reasoning, state of uncertainty, fuzzy logics and applications
Designing of expert systems: Problem selection, Development stages, Errors in development
stages, Software Engineering of expert systems., Life cycle models for development of expert
systems.
Modular design: execution control and rule efficiency: DEF-templates, Salience, phases, control
facts, Misuse of salience, def-module constructs, Importing and exporting facts, Modules and
execution control, RETE pattern matching algorithm, Pattern network, join network, pattern
order, ordering patterns, Multi-field variables, TEST CE, Pattern matching constraints,
Comparison of general rules, specific rules, simple rules and complex rules,
Expert systems design examples: A monitoring problems, Certainty factors, decision trees,
backward chaining
Text Book
1. Expert systems, Joseph Giarratano, Gary D Riley, 4/e, Cengage Learning Publishers, 2011
Reference Book
2. Introduction to Expert systems, 3/e, Peter Jackson, Person education, 2005
BIG DATA ANALYTICS AND BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
Course Code :15 CS 5231 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Big Data Analytics: Big data overview, State of the practice in analytic role of
data scientists, Big data Analytics in industry verticals, End to end data analytics life cycle:
Key roles for successful Analytic project, Main phases of life cycle, Developing Core
deliverables for stake holders .Basic Analytic Methods: Introduction to “ R” analyzing and
exploring data with “R”, Statistics for Model Building and Evaluation. Advanced analytics and
239
statistical modeling for Big Data: Native Bayesian Classifier means clustering, Association
rules, Decision trees, Linear and logistic regression, Time series Analysis, Text Analytics
Technology and tools: Mapreduce/Hadoop,In-Database Analytics,MADlib and advanced SQL
Tools.
Introduction to Business Intelligence:, Changing Business Environments and Computerized
Decision Support , A Framework for Business Intelligence (Bl), Intelligence Creation and Use
and Bl Governance, Transaction Processing versus Analytic Processing, Successful Bl
Implementation Major Tools and Techniques of Business Intelligence
Business Performance Management: Overview of Business Performance Management (BPM)
,BPM and Bl Compared , Strategic Planning ,The Strategy Gap Operational Planning Financial
Planning and Budgeting, Monitoring the process, Diagnostic Control Systems Pitfalls of
Variance Analysis , Act and Adjust for Needs , Performance Measurement KPIs and
Operational Metrics Problems with Existing Performance Measurement Systems , Effective
Performance Measurement , BPM Methodologies ,Balanced Scorecard (BSC), Six Sigma, BPM
Technologies and Applications, BPM Architecture Commercial BPM Suites , BPM Market
versus the Bl Platform Market, Performance Dashboards and Scorecards ,Dashboards versus
Scorecards , Dashboard Design, What to Look for in a Dashboard, Data Visualization
Business Intelligence Implementation: Integration and Emerging Trends Collaboration
and Productivity:
Implementing Bl: An Overview, Bl Implementations Factors Managerial Issues Related to Bl
Implementation, Integration Implementation ,Types of Integration , Levels of Bl ,Connecting Bl
Systems to Databases and Other Enterprise Systems Integrating Bl Applications and Back-End
Systems , Middleware , On-Demand Bl The Limitations of Traditional Bl , Issues of Legality,
Privacy, and Ethics , Legal Issues, Privacy, Ethics in Decision Making and Support , Emerging
Topics in Bl,
Text Book
1. Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, Dursun Deleii, David King Business Intelligence, A
MANAGERIAL APPROACH, , Prentice Hall, 2
nd
edition
2. Noreen Burlingame, The little book on Big Data, New Street Publisher (eBook)
Reference Books:
1. Elizabeth Vitt, Michael Luckevich and Stacia Misner, Business Intelligence: Making
Better Decisions Faster, Micro soft press
2. Cindi Howson,
B001IGJMQS
B00G0NFJIO
Successful Business Intelligence: Unlock
the Value of BI & Big Data, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 2 edition,
2013
3. http://www.prlog.org/11800911-just -published-the-little-book-of-big-data-2012-
edition.html
4. Norman Matloff, The Art of R programming : A Tour of Statistical Software
Design,ISBN-13:978-1-59327-384-2:ISBN-10: 1-59327-384-3
5. http://www.johndcook.com/R_language_for_programmers.html
6. http://bigdatauniversity.com/
7. http://home.ubalt.edu/ntsbarsh/stat-data/topics.htm#rintroduction
240
DATAWARE HOUSING & DATA MINING
Course Code :15 CS 5232 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
DATA WAREHOUSING : Data warehousing Components –Building a Data warehouse –-
Mapping the Data Warehouse to a Multiprocessor Architecture – DBMS Schemas for Decision
Support – Data Extraction, Cleanup, and Transformation Tools –Metadata.
BUSINESS ANALYSIS : Reporting and Query tools and Applications – Tool Categories – The
Need for Applications – Cognos Impromptu – Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) – Need –
Multidimensional Data Model – OLAP Guidelines – Multidimensional versus Multirelational
OLAP – Categories of Tools – OLAP Tools and the Internet.
DATA MINING : Introduction – Data – Types of Data – Data Mining Functionalities –
Interestingness of Patterns – Classification of Data Mining Systems – Data Mining Task
Primitives – Integration of a Data Mining System with a Data Warehouse – Issues –Data
Preprocessing.
ASSOCIATION RULE MINING AND CLASSIFICATION : Mining Frequent Patterns,
Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods – Mining Various Kinds of Association Rules
– Correlation Analysis – Constraint Based Association Mining – Classification and Prediction -
Basic Concepts - Decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification – Rule Based Classification
– Classification by Backpropagation – Support Vector Machines – Associative Classification –
Lazy Learners – Other Classification Methods - Prediction
CLUSTERING AND APPLICATIONS AND TRENDS IN DATA MINING
Cluster Analysis - Types of Data – Categorization of Major Clustering Methods - K- means –
Partitioning Methods – Hierarchical Methods - Density-Based Methods –Grid Based Methods –
Model-Based Clustering Methods – Clustering High Dimensional Data - Constraint – Based
Cluster Analysis – Outlier Analysis – Data Mining Applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith, “ Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP”, Tata
McGraw – Hill Edition, Tenth Reprint 2007.
2.Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”, Second Edition,
Elsevier, 2007.
REFERENCES:
1.Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach and Vipin Kumar, “ Introduction To Data Mining”, Person
Education, 2007.
241
2.K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay “, Insight into Data mining Theory and Practice”,
Easter Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
3.G. K. Gupta, “ Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, Easter Economy Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
4.Daniel T.Larose, “Data Mining Methods and Models”, Wile-Interscience, 2006.
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
Course Code :15 CS 52O1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction – Models -and Algorithms - The Turing Test -Regular Expressions
Basic Regular Expression Patterns -Finite State Automata -Regular Languages and FSAs –
Morphology -Inflectional Morphology - Derivational Morphology -Finite-
State Morphological Parsing -Combining an FST Lexicon and Rules -Porter Stemmer
N-grams Models of Syntax - Counting Words - Unsmoothed N-grams – Smoothing- Backoff -
DeletedInterpolation – Entropy - English Word Classes - Tagsets for English -
Part of Speech Tagging -Rule-Based Part of Speech Tagging -
Stochastic Part of Speech Tagging - Transformation-Based Tagging -
Context Free Grammars for English Syntax- Context-Free Rules and Trees - Sentence-
Level Constructions–Agreement – Sub Categorization – Parsing – Top-down – Earley Parsing -
Feature Structures - ProbabilisticContext-Free Grammars
Representing Meaning - Meaning Structure of Language - First Order Predicate Calculus
- Representing Linguistically Relevant Concepts -Syntax-Driven Semantic Analysis -
Semantic Attachments -Syntax-Driven Analyzer - Robust Analysis -
Lexemes and Their Senses - Internal Structure - Word SenseDisambiguation -
Information Retrieval
Discourse -Reference Resolution - Text Coherence -Discourse Structure -
Dialog and Conversational Agents - Dialog Acts – Interpretation – Coherence -
Conversational Agents - Language Generation – Architecture -Surface Realizations -
Discourse Planning – Machine Translation -Transfer Metaphor –Interlingua –
Statistical Approaches.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. Jurafsky and J. Martin “Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to
Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”,
2. C. Manning and H. Schutze, “Foundations of Statistical Natural Language
Processing”
REFERENCE:
242
1. James Allen. “Natural Language Understanding”, Addison Wesley, 1994.
SIMULATION AND MODELING
Course Code :15 CS 52O2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
System Models: Concepts, Continuos and Discrete Systems, Systems Modeling, Types of
Models, Subsystems, Corporate Model and System Study
System Simulation: Techniques, comparison of Simulation and Analytical methods, types of
Simulation, Distributed Logmodels, cobweb models
Continuos System Simulation: Numerical Solution of Differential Equations, Analog
Computers, Hybrid Computers, Continuos System Simulation Languages, CSMT, System
Dynamic Growth Models, Logistic Curves
Probability Concepts in Simulation: Monte-Carlo techniques, Stochastic variables, Probability
functions, Random Number Generation Algorithms
Queing Theory: Arrival Pattern Distributions, Servicing Times, Queing disciplines, Measure of
Queues, Mathematical Solutions to Queuing problems. Discrete Systems Simulation: Events,
Generation of Arrival Pattern, Simulation Programming Tasks, Analysis of Simulation Output.
GPSS & SIMSCRIPT: General Description of GPSS and SIMSCRIPT, Programming in GPSS.
Simulation Programming Techniques: Data Structures, Implementation of Activities, Events and
Queues, Event Scanning, Simulation Algorithms in GPSS and SIMSCRIPT.
Textbooks:
1. Geoffrey Gordon: System Simulation, PHI, 2
nd
Edition
Reference:
1. V.P.Singh, System Modeling and Simulation, New Age International Publishers, 1
st
Edition.
COMPUTER VISION
Course Code :15 CS 52O3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
243
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Cameras: Sensing, Sources, Shadows, and Shading: Qualitative Radiometry, Sources and their
effects, Local shading models, Application: photometric stereo, Inter-reflections: global shading
models Color: The physics of color, Human color Perception, Representing color, A Model for
image color, Surface color from image color Linear Filters: Linear filters and convolution, Shift
Invariant linear systems, Spatial Frequency and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing,
Filters as Templates, Technique: Scale and Image Pyramids, Edge Detection: Noise, Estimating
Derivatives, Detecting Edges Texture: Representing Texture, Analysis Using Oriented
Pyramids, Application: Synthesizing Textures for Rendering, Shape from Texture The
Geometry of Multiple Views: Two Views, Three Views Stereopsis: Reconstruction, Human
Stereopsis, Binocular Fusion, Using More Cameras Segmentation by Clustering: Human
Vision: Grouping and Gestalt, Applications: shot boundary detection and background
subtraction, Image segmentation by clustering pixels, Segmentation by Graph-Theoretic
Clustering Segmentation by Fitting a Model: The Hough Transform, Fitting Lines, Fitting
Curves, Robustness, Example: Using RANSAC to fit Fundamental matrices Segmentation and
Fitting Using Probabilistic Methods: Missing Data Problems, Fitting, and Segmentation, The
EM Algorithm in practice, Model selection: best Fit, Model-Based Vision: Initial Assumptions,
Obtaining Hypotheses by Pose Consistency, Obtaining Hypotheses Using Invariants,
Verification, Application: Registrations in Medical Imaging Systems, Curved Surfaces and
Alignment Finding Templates Using Classifiers: Classifiers, Building Classifiers from Class
Histograms, Feature selection, Neural Networks, The Support Vector Machine Recognition by
Relations between Templates: Finding objects by voting on relations between templates,
Relational Reasoning Using Probabilistic Models and Search, Using Classifiers to Prune Search,
Technique: Hidden Markov Models, Applications: Hidden Markov Models and Sign Language
Understanding Geometric Templates from Spatial Relations: Simple Relations between object
and image, Primitives, Templates, and Geometric Inference, Object Recognition.
Text Book:
1.Forsyth David A and Ponce J, “Computer Vision – A Modern Approach”, Pearson
Publication 2003.
Reference Book:
1.Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, R. Szeliski, Springer Verlag, 2011
244
PERVASIVE COMPUTING
Course Code :15 CS 52O4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Pervasive Computing Application Pervasive Computing devices and Interfaces, Device
technology trends, Connecting issues and protocols
Pervasive Computing and web based Applications, XML and its role in Pervasive Computing, -
Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) Architecture and Security–Wireless Mark-Up language
(WML)– Introduction
Voice Enabling Pervasive Computing -Voice Standards,Speech Applications in Pervasive
Computing and security PDA in Pervasive Computing–Introduction-PDA software Components,
Standards, emerging trends
PDA Device characteristics-PDA Based Access Architecture
User Interface Issues in Pervasive Computing, Architecture-Smart Card-based Authentication
Mechanisms Wearable computing Architecture
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Jochen Burkhardt, Horst Henn, Stefan Hepper, Thomas Schaec & Klaus Rindtorff. ---Pervasive
Computing Technology and Architecture of Mobile Internet Applications, Addision
Wesley,Reading, 2002.
2. Uwe Ha nsman, Lothat Merk, Martin S Nicklous & Thomas Stober: Principlesof Mobile
Computing, Second Edition, Springer -Verlag, New Delhi, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Rahul Banerjee: Internetworking Technologies: An Engineering Perspective, Prentice –
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003. (ISBN 81 203-2185-5)
2.Rahul Banerjee: Lecture Notes in Pervasive Computing, Outline Notes, BITS -Pilani, 2003.
245
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Course Code :15 CS 52O5 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Software Engineering Fundamentals: Definition of software product, software engineerin
g paradigms, Software engineering, knowledge engineering, and End user development
approach, software engineering life cycle, process modules
(Waterfall model, Spiral model)
System Analysis : An abstraction, Partitioning and projection, systemspecification, software
requirement specification (SRS) standards, formal specification methods, specification tools,
flow based, data based and object oriented analysis (data flow diagram, data dictionary).
System Design: Problem partitioning, abstraction, top down &bottomup strategies, modularity
structure charts, idealized and constraint design (Warnier -Orr, E-R modeling),
object oriented design (Booch approach), cohesion and coupling, design matrices, design
documentation standard.
Role of CASE tools: relevance of CASE tools, high-end low end CASE tools, automated
support for data dictionaries, DFDs,ERDs.
Coding and Programming: choice of programming languages, mixed language pro
gramming and cell semantics, structured programming, information hiding, documentation, re-
engineering legacy systems, coding standard.
Software quality and testing: software quality assurance, types of software testing (White box
and Black box testing, unit testing integration testing, verification and validation of software),
debugging and softwa~e reliability analysis, software quality and matrices, software maturity
model and extensions.
Software Cost and Time Estimation:
functions points, issues in software cost estimation: Introduction to the Rayleigh curve,
algorithmic cost models (CO COMO, PutnamSlim, Watson, and felix), other approaches to
software cost and size estimation (software complexity, delphi, costing by analogy).
Software Project Management:
planning software, project, work breakdown structures, integrating software design and project
planning, software project teams, projecting monitoring control.
References
1.Software Engineering, Rogers G. Pressman, MH
246
2.Fundamentals of Software Engineering,2ndEd. ,Ghezzi,PHI
3. Software Engineering, Pankaj Jalote, PHI
4.Classical and Object Oriented Software Engineering, Schach, TMH
5.Software Engineering: Principles & Practice,Van Vliet,SPD/JOHN WILEY
6.Software Engineering, K.K.Aggarwal & Yogesh Singh , New Age International
7. Software Engineering, Leon, VIKAS
8.Software Testing Fundamentals: Methods& Metrices,Marmie Hutcheson, And Wiley
Dreamtech
9.Managing for Total Quality,Logothetis,PHI
10.TQM,J.Kiron,EPH
INFORMATION RETRIEVAL AND EXTRACTION
Course Code :15 CS 52P1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Objective: To introduce the basics of modeling and design off Information Retrieval systems and
methods of information extraction.
Introduction: Information versus Data Retrieval, IR: Past, present, and future. Basic concepts:
The retrieval process, logical view of documents. Modeling: A Taxonomy of IR models, ad-hoc
retrieval and filtering. Classic IR models: Set theoretic, algebraic,probabilistic IR models,
models for browsing. Retrieval evaluation: Performance evaluation of IR: Recall and Precision,
other measures
Reference Collections such as TREC, CACM, and ISI data sets. Query Languages: Keyword
based queries, single word queries, context queries, Boolean Queries, Query protocols, query
operations.
Text and Multimedia Languages and properties, Metadata, Text formats, Markup languages,
Multimedia data formats, Text Operations. Indexing and searching:
Information Extraction: Basic Assumptions-Various Tasks-Chunking- Developing and
Evaluating Chunkers-Entity Recognition-Topic Spotting-Slot Filling-Layered Finite State
Methods-Query Expansion-Question Answering Systems
Word Sense Disambiguation and Information Retrieval: Selectional Restriction Based
Approaches-Limitations of Selectional Restrictions-Robust Word Sense Disambiguation
Machine Learning Approaches, Dictionary-Based Approaches
Applications to Information Retrieval:Term Weighting,Term Selection and Creation-
Homonymy, Polysemy and Synonymy -Improving User Queries-Other Information Retrieval
Tasks
References
1.R. Baeza-Yates and B. R. Neto: Modern Information Retrieval:, Pearson Education, 2004.
2.C.J. van Rijsbergen: Information Retrieval, Butterworths, 1979.
3.C.D. Manning and H. Schutze: Foundations of Statistical natural Language Processing
247
(Chapters 13, 14, and 15 only), The MIT Press, Cambridge, London. 2001.
4.Information Retrieval: Algorithms and Heuristics (The Information Retrieval Series:2nd
Edition): David A. Grossman and Ophir Frieder
5. W. Bruce Croft and John Lafferty (editors): Language Modeling for Information Retrieval,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003,The Kluwer International Series on Information
Retrieval, Volume 13.
6.Introduction to Information Retrieval:Christopher D. Manning, Raghavan, and Schutze
MULTIAGENT SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 CS 52P2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Intelligent Agents: Environments, Intelligent Agents, Agents and Objects, Agents and Expert
Systems, Agents as Intentional Systems, Abstract Architectures for Intelligent Agents.
Deductive Reasoning Agents: Agents as Theorem Provers, Agent-Oriented Programming,
Concurrent MetateM. Practical Reasoning Agents: Practical Reasoning Equals Deliberation
Plus Means-Ends Reasoning, Means-Ends Reasoning, Implementing a Practical Reasoning
Agent, The Procedural Reasoning System. Reactive and Hybrid Agents: Reactive Agents,
Hybrid Agents. Understanding each other: Ontology fundamentals, Ontology Languages,
RDF, Constructing an Ontology, Software Tools for Ontologies Communication: Speech Acts,
Agent Communication Languages. Working Together: Cooperative Distributed Problem
Solving, Task Sharing and Result Sharing, Result Sharing, Combining Task and Result Sharing,
Handling Inconsistency, Coordination, Multiagent Planning and Synchronization
Methodologies: Appropriate Agent-Based Solution, Agent-Oriented Analysis and Design
Techniques, Pitfalls of Agent Development, Mobile Agents. Applications : Agents for
Distributed Sensing, Agents for Information Retrieval and Management, Agents for Electronic
Commerce, Agents for Human-Computer Interfaces, Agents for Virtual Environments, Agents
for Social Simulation
Text Book:
1.Michael Wooldridge, “An Introduction to MultiAgent Systems”, 2/e, John-Wiley & sons,
2009.
248
Reference Books:
1.Adelinde M. Uhrmacher, Danny Weyns, Multi-Agent Systems: Simulation and Applications,
CRC Press, 2009.
2.Shoham, Kevin Leyton-Brown, “MultiAgent Systems - Algorithmic, Game-Theoretic, and
Logical Foundations”, Cambridge University Press, 2009
ALGORITHMS IN COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY
Course Code :15 CS 52P3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Algorithms in Computing; Analyzing algorithms-Asymptotic otation, Standard
notations, Big ‘O’ notations; Algorithm design techniques- Exhaustive Search, Branch-and-
Bound Algorithms, Greedy Algorithms, Dynamic Programming, Divide-and-Conquer
Algorithms, Machine Learning, Randomized Algorithms; Time and space complexity of
algorithms, common Sort and Search algorithms.
Exhaustive Search - Restriction Mapping, Finding Motifs; Greedy Algorithms
- Genome Rearrangements, Sorting by Reversals, Finding Motifs; Dynamic Programming
Algorithms - Edit Distance and Alignments, Global and local Sequence Alignment, Scoring
Alignments, Alignment with Gap Penalties, Gene Prediction, Multiple Alignment; Divide-and-
Conquer Algorithms - Divide-and-Conquer Approach to Sorting, Space-Efficient Sequence
Alignment,
Block Alignment; Combinatorial Pattern Matching - Hash Tables, Repeat Finding, Exact Pattern
Matching; Expectation and Maximation (EM) with forward and backward algorithms,
discriminative learning; Genetic Algorithm: Basic Concepts, Reproduction, Cross over,
Mutation, Fitness Value, Optimization using GAs; Applications in bioinformatics Hidden
Markov Models:Markov processes and Markov Models, Hidden Markov Models, Parameter
estimation for HMMs, Optimal model construction, Applications of HMMs Artificial Neural
Networks: Historic evolution – Perceptron, NN Architecture, supervised and unsupervised
learning, Back Propagation Algorithm, Training and Testing, Self-organizing Feature Map and
249
Radial Basis Function Network; Overview of Support Vector Machines, Bayesian network
Clustering and Trees: Hierarchical Clustering, k-Means Clustering, Evolutionary Trees,
Distance-Based Tree Reconstruction, Reconstructing Trees from Additive Matrices, Character-
Based Tree Reconstruction, Small and large Parsimony Problem.
Text Books:
1.Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms by Horowitz, S. Sahini, and Rajasekharan. Galgotia
Publications.1984
2.An introduction to bioinformatics algorithms by Neil C. Jones, Pavel Pevzner. MIT Press.2004
Reference Books:
1.Bioinformatics: the machine learning approach by Pierre Baldi, Søren Brunak. MIT Press.2001
2. Probabilistic Methods for Bioinformatics: With an Introduction to Bayesian Networks by
Richard E. Neapolitan. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. 2009
3. Hand book for Hidden Markov model for Bioinformatics by Martin Gollery. CPC Press. 2008.
4. Neural Networks: A Systematic Introduction by Raul Rojas. Springer. 1996
ENTERPRISE COMPUTING METHODOLOGIES
Course Code :15 CS 52P4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
1. Introduction to Contemporary Information Systems
i. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) ii. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) iii. Supply
Chain Management (SCM)
iv. Application Service Provider (ASP)
2. Review of Information Systems in an Organization
i. Functional Areas of Business
ii. Business Processes
3. The Development of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems
i. Manufacturing Roots of ERP
ii. ERP Software: SAP
4. Marketing Information Systems
5. Production and Materials Management Information Systems
6. Accounting and Finance
7. Human Resources: PeopleSoft
8. ERP and the World Wide Web i. Business Solutions
ii. E-Commerce
9. Advanced Computer Business Modeling Techniques.
i. Spreadsheet Modeling
ii. Database Modeling
250
Reference:
[1] Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning by Brady, Monk and Wagner, Course Technology,
A division of Thomson Learning, 2001
[2] Advanced Cases in MIS by Brady, & Monk, Course Technology, A division of Thomson
Learning, 2000 MCS-205C Multimedia Technology
BIO-INFORMATICS
Course Code :15 CS 52P5 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Molecular Biology: DNA, RNA and protein concept, gene expression,gene
regulatory network.
Introduction to Bio-informatics: Definition, Classification – Data Storage and Main tenance, data
analysis.
Data Storage and Maintenance: Different Databases for Gene sequence and protein
sequence data, different databases for Geneexpression data.
Data Analysis: Genomics: Structural Genomics– Gene sequence analysis, different sequence
alignment algorithm for predicting open reading frame from DNA sequence, Id entification of
transcription factors.
`Functional Genomics
– Introduction to Gene expression data, CDNA and a ffimatrix technique for generating Gene
expression data, Gene expression data clustering techniques – Aglomerative, Diana,
K-Mins, K-midoid, Graph partitioned based clustering algorithms, FUZZY clustering
algorithms, Gene regulatory network discovering techniques – Baysean Net, Neural Net base
techniques
Proteomics:
Protein sequence data analysis data analysis, finding secondary and tertiary structures from
protein sequence data, prediction of protein functionality from protein sequence.
Reference:
[1] Bio-informatics Computing, Bryan Bergeron MCS-301C
251
M.TECH - CYBER SECURITY & DIGITAL FORENSICS
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5133
Introduction to Cyber Security & ICS
3
0
2
4
2
15 CS 5134
Digital Forensics
3
0
2
4
3
15 CS 5135
Advance Network Security &
Investigations
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5136
Software Security
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 CS 5237
Cryptography for Cyber Defense
3
0
2
4
2
15 CS 5238
Malware Analysis & Reverse
Engineering
3
0
2
4
3
15 CS 5239
Cyber Incident Response & Resilience
3
0
2
4
4
15 CS 5240
Cyber Law, Governance &
Compliance
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
ELECTIVE COURSES
252
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 CS 51Q1
Mobile Device Threats & Investigation
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51Q2
Fundamentals of E-Discovery
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 CS 51R1
Introduction to Big Data Analytics
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 51R2
Social Media Forensics
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 51R3
Critical Information Infrastructure Security
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 CS 52S1
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52S2
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52S3
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 CS 52T1
3
0
0
3
2
15 CS 52T2
3
0
0
3
3
15 CS 52T3
3
0
0
3
INTRODUCTION TO CYBER SECURITY & ICS
253
Course Code :15 CS 5133 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Cyber Crime: Types of Cyber Crimes, Threat vectors, Cyberspace and
Criminal profiling, Cyber security, Computer as a target, Introduction to Incident Response,
Introduction to Digital Forensics, Recent threats to cyber domain, Internet, Destruction of Data,
Privacy, Cyber Laws and Ethics.Cyber Security Threats Unauthorized Access, Computer
Intrusions, White collar Crimes, Viruses and Malicious Code, Internet Hacking and Cracking,
Virus Attacks, Pornography, Software Piracy, Intellectual Property, Mail Bombs, Exploitation,
Stalking and Obscenity in Internet, Digital laws and legislation, Law Enforcement Roles and
Responses. Malware Fundamentals Types of malware, Malware analysis techniques, How
malware can affect the system security, Malware analysis lab setup, Financial malwares, Code
review, Behavioral analysis, online malware analysis. BCP, DR planning & Audit Introduction
to Risk Analysis, Risk Assessment, Risk Mitigation, Need for BCP, Overview of BCP Life
Cycle, Identifying and Selecting Business Continuity Strategies, DR Strategies, Plans fo
Business Resumption, BCM Program Management and System Audit.
Books:
1) Cyber Security & Cyber War – P.W.Singer and Allan Friedman
2) Principles of Cybercrime By Jonathan Clough
254
DIGITAL FORENSICS
Course Code :15 CS 5134 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Digital Forensics and Investigations: Locard’s Principal as applicable to Digital Forensics,
Digital Forensics & its terminology, Classification of Digital Forensics, Digital Forensics basic
Practices, Computing Devices, Storage Media, Potential Digital Evidence, Artifacts, Search &
seizure, Forensic acquisition of digital devices, Digital evidence handling, Chain of Custody,
Legal Report Writing Computing Device Forensics
Hardware & software, Data Storage system, Hard Disk Geometry & Fundamentals, Disk
Forensics, Types of OS, Data Recovery Tools, Open Source tools for investigation, Peripherals
forensics, Tools and Techniques, *nix Forensics, Command line tools, Rootkits, RAM Forensics
Mobile Phone Forensics Recent developments in mobile technology, Cell Phone Theory, Smart
devices, Smart Operating Systems, Android, iOS, RIM OS, Windows, Mobile Phone Forensics,
Logical v/s Physical extraction, Mobile phone forensics tools, SIM Forensics, Call Data Records,
Smartphones Artifact analysis & Anti Forensics Operating Systems related Artifact analysis,
Internet Artifacts, OS Artifacts, File System Artifacts, Registry Artifacts, Application Artifacts,
Log analysis, Windows Logs, UNIX Logs, Application Logs, Network Log Analysis, File
System Analysis, Anti-Forensics of Windows & Linux, Tool Development, Tool Strategy, Smart
phone Anti-forensics, Log Manipulation, Application Manipulation, Time Date based Anti-
forensics concepts
Books:
1) Digital Forensics and Cyber Crime: by Pavel Gladyshev, Andrew Marrington, Ibrahim
Baggili
2) The Basics of Digital Forensics: The Primer for Getting Started in Digital ... By John
Sammons
255
ADVANCE NETWORK SECURITY & INVESTIGATIONS
Course Code :15 CS 5135 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Network Systems: Networking concepts, How network works, LAN, MAN,
WAN, Network Topology, Protocols & Technologies governing Internet, OSI Model, TCP/IP, IP
Calculation, List of well-known ports & services, Internet Relay Chat, Point to Point, Packet
Switching, Network services and applications: DNS, FTP, BGP, HTTP, SMTP, P2P Network
Network Connectivity Network transport architectures, TCP, UDP, ICMP, ARP, NETBIOS,
Network Devices, Modem, DSL/ADSL, Router, Switch, Hub, Repeater, Ethernet, Wi-Fi,
Windows Networking, Workgroups and Domains, NETBIOS, RPC, pstools, Unix Networking,
SSH, Routing and forwarding, intra-domain and inter-domain routing algorithms, Link layers
and local area networksNetwork Protocols & Email Forensics Network Basics & Concepts,
Types of Network, How network works, Protocols & Technologies, TCP/IP, IP Calculation,
DNS, BGP, FTP, HTTP, List of well-known ports & services, Internet Relay Chat, Point to
Point, Packet Switching, Packet Capture, Sniffing, Instant Messaging and IRC, Network
Forensics, Email Forensics, Email header analysis, tracing & tracking of emails, Cloud Forensics
Network Attacks Network Threat Vectors, MITM, OWAPS, ARP Spoofing, IP & MAC
Spoofing, DNS Attacks, SYN Flooding attacks, UDP ping-pong and fraggle attacks, TCP port
scanning and reflection attacks, DoS, DDOS. Network Penetration Testing Threat assessment,
Penetration testing tools, Penetration testing, Vulnerability Analysis, Threat matrices, Firewall
and IDS/IPS, Wireless networks, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi), Wireless network security protocols,
Nmap, Network fingerprinting, BackTrack, Metasploit Network Investigation Network Artifact
analysis, Sqlite database file analysis for various browsers, Introduction to Social engineering,
Port Scanning, Peer to Peer Networking, Torrent Forensics, LAN Security assessment, HTTPS,
Secure socket layer, Network Surveillance, Intelligence Gathering
Books:
1) Introduction to Network Security: Theory and Practice By Jie Wang, Zachary A. Kissel
2) The Practice of Network Security Monitoring: Understanding Incident ... By Richard
Bejtlich
3) Penetration Testing: A Hands-On Introduction to Hacking By Georgia Weidman
256
SOFTWARE SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 5136 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Web Security: Evolution of Web applications, Web application security, Core Defense
Mechanisms, Web Application Management, Web Architecture, Web Hacking, Internet
Filtration, Pornographic evidence, Link Redirection Attacks, Web Messenger, Unblocking
applications, OWASP, Code Injecting.Web Hacking Review of attack methods and tools,
Penetration testing methodology, Port scanning, denial of service, attack on authentication
system, and input validation attacks, Web application attacks, SQL injection, Cross-Site
Scripting, Directory traversalProtocol based Attacks
TCP Syn Flooding, Frame busting, Web Anonymity, Cookie Reusing, SSL/TLS Attacks,
Forceful browsing, Session Stealing, DNS Changer, APT Secure coding: Programming
Fundamentals, Introduction to JAVA, .NET and PHP, Secure coding for SQL Injection, XSS,
XSRF and Response splitting, Buffer overruns and format string problems.Web Investigation
Web Hacking Investigations, Web site Crime Scene, web Logs, Investigation of hacking
incident, database logs, web server intrusion investigations, code bugs.
Book:
1) Security Controls Evaluation, Testing, and Assessment Handbook - Leighton Johnson
2) Securing Systems: Applied Security Architecture and Threat Models - By Brook S. E.
Schoenfield
257
MOBILE DEVICE THREATS & INVESTIGATION
Course Code :15 CS 51Q1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
The evolution of mobile device and applications, common Mobile Application Functions,
Mobile Application Security, Key problem factors, OWASP Mobile security practices. Mobile
Hacking & Investigation, Android Process Dump, YAFFS, iOS Hacking, Tools for mobile
device Anti forensics, Mobile device Security, Securing smart OS, Smart Phone Packet
capturing, Firesheep, Mobile Device Management
Books
1) The Mobile Application Hacker's Handbook - Dominic Chell, Tyrone Erasmus
2) Mobile Forensic Reference Materials: A Methodology and Reification by U.s.
Department of Commerce
258
FUNDAMENTALS OF E-DISCOVERY
Course Code :15 CS 51Q2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basics of E-Discovery: History and development of e-discovery, Overview of technology at
issue in e-discovery matters, including distinction between data and metadata, General
framework of e-Discovery, Legal aspects of e-Discovery, E-discovery industry, Electronic
Discovery Reference Model Project, Developing “data maps” for enterprises, Technology tools
for archiving and retrieving Electronically Stored Information.E-Discovery Data Collection:
Data Preservation & Data Collection, Technology and data preservation - issues and means of
preservation, Identifying the scope of data collection efforts - sources of data, Technical means
of collecting ESI, including the use of forensic and non-forensic means and tools, Preservation of
metadata and data during the collection process, International issues and privacy laws.Tools &
ESI: Discovery Tools and E-Discovery Issues, Inspection of data collections, including
inspection of computers and forensic imaging, Backup tape preservation and processing,
Technological impediments to collection and data processing, The role of sampling in ESI
production disputes, ESI Processing & Search, Reducing the volume of ESI through de-
duplications, system file filtering, or other culling methodologies.E-Discovery investigation:
Technical anatomy of e-mail messages and e-mail systems, Enterprise class e-mail vs. private e-
mail systems such as G-Mail, Web 2.0 Technologies, HotMail, Yahoo!, etc. Collecting,
processing, reviewing and producing e-mail messages, E-discovery of instant messaging,
Discovery of online information assets like Facebook, web sites, wikis and other web 2.0
technologies, Investigatory opportunities using computer forensics (recovering deleted files,
retrieving internet activity, file fragment analysis, etc.)
Books:
1. e-Discovery For Dummies by Linda Volonino, Ian Redpath, 2009.
2. Arkfeld on Electronic Discovery and Evidence, 3rd Ed. By Michael R. Arkfeld, Law
Partner Publishing.
3. http://ediscoveryservicesinindia.blogspot.in/
4. Techno Security's Guide to E-Discovery and Digital Forensics: A Comprehensive
Handbook by Jake Wiles, Syngress 1st edition, 2007.
259
INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA ANALYTICS
Course Code :15 CS 51R1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Big Data and Database Evolution in Big Data:Introduction to Big Data,
Relational Databases and SQL, Introduction to Hadoop, Pig, Hive, Casadenra, Mahout,
Introduction to R, NoSQL databases and MongoDB, Comparison between SQL and NoSQL
DBs, HDFS, Polyglot Persistence Data Analytics: What is data analytics?, Basics for Data
Analytics, Data Analytics Lifecycle and methodology, Business Understanding, Data
Understanding, Data Preparation, Modeling, Evaluation, Communicating results, Deployment,
Data exploration & preprocessing, Measures and evaluation, Using R for Initial Analysis of the
Data,Methods and Tools for Data Analytics: Methods and Tools for Data Analytics
(Structured Data), Methods and Tools for Data Analytics (Unstructured Data), Text mining, Web
mining
Books:
1. Data-Intensive Text Processing with MapReduce, Jimmy Lin and Chris Dyer, Morgan &
Claypool Publishers, 2010.
2. Introduction to Data Mining, Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, and Vipin Kumar,
Addison-Wesley April 2005.
3. Hadoop Beginner’s Guide, Garry Turkington, PACKT Publication, ISBN : 9789351101109
4. Mining of Massive Datasets, AnandRajaraman and Jeff Ullman, Cambridge Press.
5. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber, The Morgan
Kaufmann Series in Data Management Systems, Jim Gray, Series Editor Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, August 2000. ISBN 1-55860-489-8.
6. Hadoop in Action, Chuck Lam, December, 2010, ISBN: 978193518219
260
261
SOCIAL MEDIA FORENSICS
Course Code :15 CS 51R2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Social Networking: Fundamentals of Social Networking, Social Networking viral, why social
networking is popular, Psychology & Sociology for Online Media, Concepts of Geospatial
Information System, How Facebook works? Social Media & Legal Implication:Graph Theory
and Social Networks, Markets and Strategic Interactions in Networks, Information Networks and
the World Wide Web, Network Dynamics: Population and Structural Models, Legal aspects of
Privacy in India, Institutions and Aggregate Behavior, Social Media and its impact on Business,
Politics, Law and Revolutions, Legal Responsibilities for Social Networking, Information
Gathering from Resources: Intelligence gathering, People searching, OSINT, Deep Web,
Defamatory content analysis, Multimedia forensics over Social Networking, Emerging Trends in
Social Networks
Social Networking exploitation and hacking: Introduction: hacking on Twitter data
Microformats: semantic markup and common sense collide, Twitter: friends, followers, and
setwise operations, Twitter: the tweet, LinkedIn: clustering your professional network for fun
(and profit?), Google buzz: TF-IDF, cosine similarity, and collocations, Facebook: the hackers
outlook
Books:
1. Open Source Intelligence Techniques: Resources for Searching and Analyzing Online
Information, by Michael Bazzell, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform; 2
Edition, 2013.
2. Social Media Investigation for Law Enforcement, Joshua L. Brunty, Katherine Helenek,
Larry S. Miller, Forensic Studies for Criminal Justice, Anderson; 1 edition, 2012.
3. http://inteltechniques.com/links.html
262
CRITICAL INFORMATION INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY
Course Code :15 CS 51R3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basics of SCADA: Define different types of SCADA control systems and various components,
Describe control system protocols, Understand why controlling systems are at risk, Define IT
security terminology, SCADA Security Policies SCADA cyber security: Introduction to
SCADA cyber security, Define different security documents and techniques for writing policy
statements, Understanding SCADA security policies, SCADA Physical and Logical Security,
Understanding differences between physical and logical security, Define perimeter controls and
terms, Define various security zones, Understand communication cyber threats, Understand
firewall, architectures
SCADA Remote Access: Define different types of remote access, Explain security goals of
remote access, Comparison of different security architectures and understanding remote access
techniques, Lab of Implementing and Writing Security Policies, Identifying security policy
mistakes, Writing security policies, Lab of Firewall and DMZ Architecture and Rules,
Implement DMZ, Create firewall architecture, Create firewall rules, Lab of SCADA Protocols
simulation Security Standards and Protocols: Define SCADA systems security documents and
standards, Explanation of field protocols and their migration to IP, Explain security in field
protocols, Lab for SCADA Monitoring Systems; Understanding SCADA protocols control field
devices, Simulation of attacks and extracting monitored logs, Lab of SCADA Attacks, Setting up
packet injection attack in VM environment, Capturing the attack using Wireshark, Lab of
Creation of Custom Short Signature for SCADA Protocol
Books:
1. An Architecture for SCADA Network Forensics, Tim Kilpatrick M.S., Jesus Gonzalez
Ph.D., Rodrigo Chandia Ph.D., Mauricio Papa, SujeetShenoi, Springer 2006.
2. Handbook of SCADA/Control Systems Security, Robert Radvanovsky, Jacob Brodsky,
CRC Press, 2013.
263
CRYPTOGRAPHY FOR CYBER DEFENSE
Course Code :15 CS 5237 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Cryptography, Encryption & Decryption, Cipher text, Review of number theory
and algebra, Security definitions and secure padding schemes, computational complexity,
probability and information theory, primarily testing. Cryptography and cryptanalysis, Best
practices and standardized cryptographic algorithms, Key generation and management,
symmetric key encryption, DES, Triple DES, AES, RC4, OpenSSL, HTTPS, modes of
operation. Public key encryption, RSA cryptosystem, Diffie-Hellman, elliptic curve
cryptography, Rabin, ElGamal, Goldwasser-Micali, Blum-Goldwasser cryptosystems, Security
engineering principles, Smart cards and RFID Message authentication, Digital signatures and
time stamping, Digital Certification, Security handshake pitfalls, Strong password protocols.
Side-channel attacks and countermeasures, Applications of cryptographic algorithms, Bank cards
and terminals, Electronic passports, RFID systems in public transportation and automobiles,
Smart cards and mobile phone security, Financial cryptography, payment systems, crypto
currencies, bitcoin
Books:
1) Applied Cryptography for Cyber Security and Defense: Information Encryption and
Cyphering: by Hamid R. Nemati and Li Yang
264
MALWARE ANALYSIS & REVERSE ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 CS 5238 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to MalwareL: Malware Analysis Fundamentals & Approaches, Types of malware
and their features, Malware distribution techniques, Web threats, Intrusion signatures, Honeypot
technology, Project work. Malware taxonomy and characteristics, Understanding Malware
Threats, Malware indicators, Malware examination Introduction to RE:
Sandboxing Executable and Gathering Information from Runtime Analysis, The Portable
Executable (PE32) File Format, Introduction to the IDA Pro Disassembler, Identifying
Executable Metadata, Executable Packers and Compression, and Obfuscation Techniques,
Memory Dumping, Kernel Rootkit, Kernel hook (function pointer) protection, File carving,
Metadata Analysis
Malware Analysis: Static Analysis, Code Review, Dynamic Analysis, Behavioral analysis of
malicious executable, Sandbox Technologies, Reverse-engineering malware, Defeat anti-reverse
engineering technique, automated analysis, intercepting network connections, Network flow
analysis, Malicious Code Analysis, Network analysis, Anti-disassembling techniques,
Identifying assembly logic structures with a disassembler.Malware Handling: Malicious
Documents and Memory Forensics - Reverse engineering of malicious executable using memory
forensic techniques, Analyze malicious Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, PowerPoint) and Adobe
PDF documents, Analyzing memory to assess malware characteristics and reconstruct infection
artifacts. Using memory forensics to analyze rootkit infections, Legal & Ethical Issues -
Reinforce understanding and the application of discipline specific legal and ethical issues,
Reverse Engineering Malware (REM) Methodology
Books:
1. Cameron H. Malin (Author), Eoghan Casey (Author), James M. Aquilina (Author), Linux
Malware Incident Response: A Practitioner's Guide to Forensic Collection and Examination
of Volatile Data: An Excerpt from Malware Forensic Field Guide for Linux Systems.
2. Malware Analyst’s Cookbook: Tools and Techniques for Fighting Malicious Code, First
Edition: Michael Ligh, Steven Adair, Blake Hartstein, and Matthew Richard. ISBN-10:
0470613033, ISBN-13: 978-0470613030. Wiley Publications
3. Malware: Fighting Malicious Code: Ed Skoudis and Lenny Zeltser. ISBN-10: 0131014056,
ISBN-13: 978-0131014053. Prentice Hall Publications
Practical Malware Analysis
265
CYBER INCIDENT RESPONSE & RESILIENCE
Course Code :15 CS 5239 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Incident Response:Cyber Incident Statistics, Computer Security Incident,
Information as Business Asset, Data Classification, Information Warfare, Key Concepts of
Information Security, Vulnerability, Threat, and Attack, Types of Computer Security Incidents,
Examples of Computer Security Incidents, Verizon Data Breach Investigations Report – 2008,
Incidents That Required the Execution of Disaster Recovery Plans, Signs of an Incident, Incident
Categories, Incident Categories: Low Level, Incident Categories: Middle Level, Incident
Categories: High Level. Incident Response and Handling Process: Step 1: Identification, Step
2: Incident Recording, Step 3: Initial Response, Step 4: Communicating the Incident, Step 5:
Containment, Step 6: Formulating a Response Strategy, Step 7: Incident Classification, Step 8:
Incident Investigation, Step 9: Data Collection, Step 10: Forensic Analysis, Step 11: Evidence
Protection, Step 12: Notify External Agencies, Step 13: Eradication, Step 14: Systems Recovery,
Step 15: Incident Documentation, Step 16: Incident Damage and Cost Assessment, Step 17:
Review and Update the Response PoliciesIncident Response Team Development:Security
Awareness and Training Checklist, Incident Management, Purpose of Incident Management,
Incident Management Process, Incident Management Team, Incident Response Team, Incident
Response Team Members, Incident Response Team Members Roles and Responsibilities,
Developing Skills in, Incident Response Personnel, Incident Response Team Structure, Incident
Response Team Dependencies, Incident Response Team Services
Books/Reference:
1. CERT IN Guidelines.
2. Incident Response & Computer Forensics, Third Edition Paperback, Jason T.
Luttgens, Matthew Pepe, Kevin Mandia
3. Computer Security Incident Handling Guide, NIST,
http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-61rev2/SP800-61rev2.pdf
266
CYBER LAW, GOVERNANCE & COMPLIANCE
Course Code :15 CS 5240 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Computer ethics, Privacy & Legislation: Computer ethics, moral and legal issues, descriptive
and normative claims, Professional Ethics, code of ethics and professional conduct. Privacy,
Computers and privacy issue, legislative background and better privacy protection. Intellectual
property issues in cyberspace: Introduction to intellectual property, WIPO, Copyright, Trade
Secrets, Trademarks, Patents, Design, protection of intellectual property, Protection options –
Encryption, copyright on web-content, copyright on software. Ethical Decision Making: Types
of ethical choices, Making defensible decisions. Cyber Forensics legal aspects: Cyber
forensics, cyber crime examples, forensics casework, investigative incident response actions,
computer forensics tools, Threats in cyberspaces. Compliances & Standards: IT Service
Management Concept, IT Audit standards, ISO/IEC 27000 Series, COBIT, HIPPA, SOX,
System audit, Information security audit, ISMS, SoA (Statement of Applicability), BCP
(Business Continuity Plan), DR (Disaster Recovery), RA (Risk Analysis/Assessment).
Books:
1. Deborah G Johnson, “Computer Ethics”
2. Earnest A. Kallman, J.P Grillo, “Ethical Decision making and IT: An Introduction with Cases”
3. Cyber Law - The Indian Perspective by Pawan Duggal
4. Michael E. Whitman, Herbert J. Mattord, “Principles of Information Security”, Cengage
Learning Pub., 2012.
266
M.TECH - COMMUNICATION & RADAR SYSTEMS
First Year (First Semester):
S.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5101
Modern Digital communication
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5102
Microwave Antennas
3
1
2
5
3
15 EC 5103
EMI / EMC Techniques
3
1
0
4
4
15 EC 5104
Radar Engineering
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
26
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credit
s
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5205
Microwave and Millimetric wave
Circuits
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5206
Antenna Measurements
3
1
2
5
3
15 EC 5207
Wireless Cellular Communication
3
1
0
4
4
15 EC 5208
Modern Radar Systems
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
26
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
267
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EC 51A1
Fundamentals of Electronic Warfare
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51A2
Microwave Semi Conductor Devices
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51A3
Smart Antennas
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EC 51B1
Phased Array Systems
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51B2
GPS & Global Navigation Satellite System
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51B3
Optical Communications
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EC 52C1
Estimation & Detection Theory
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52C2
Radar Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52C3
High Performance Communication Networking
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EC 52D1
RF & Microwave System Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52D2
VLSI Design
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52D3
Remote Sensing & Sensors
3
0
0
3
268
MODERN DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
Course Code :15 EC 5101 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Modern Digital Modulation Techniques:
Introduction, Information Capacity, Bits, Bit Rate, Baud rate & M-ary Encoding, ASK, FSK,
PSK QAM Bandwidth Efficiency Carrier Recovery, Clock Recovery, DPSK, Trellis Code
Modulation, Probability of Error & Bit Error Rate, Error Performance.
Baseband Data Transmission: Introduction – Baseband Binary PAM Systems – Baseband
Pulse Shaping, Optimum Transmitting and Receiving Filters – Duobinary Baseband PAM
System – Use of Controlled ISI in Duobinary Signaling Schemes, Transmitting and Receiving
Filters for Optimum Performance – M-ary Signaling Schemes – Analysis and Design of M-ary
Signaling Schemes, Binary Versus M-ary Signaling Schemes - Shaping of the Transmitted
Signal Spectrum – Effect of Pre coding on the Spectrum, Pulse Shaping by Digital Methods -
Equalization - Transversal Equalizer, Automatic Equalizers
Block and Convolutional Channel Codes: Linear Block Codes - The Generator Matrix and
Parity Check Matrix, Cyclic Codes, Bounds on Minimum Distance of Linear Block Codes, Non
Binary Block Codes – Convolutional Codes – Transfer Function of a Convolutional Code,
Optimum Decoding of Convolutional Code –Distance Properties of Binary Convolutional Codes
Spread Spectrum Signals for Digital Communication: Model of Spread Spectrum Digital
Communication System – Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Signals – Error Rate Performance
of the Decoder, Some Applications of DS Spread Spectrum Signals, Generation of PN
Sequences – Frequency Hopped Spread Spectrum Signals – Performance of FH Spread Spectrum
Signals in an AWGN Channel, CDMA System Based on FH Spread Spectrum
Signals Emerging Digital Communication Technologies.: The North American Hierarchy,
Digital Services, Broad band Digital Communication: SONET, Digital Switching Technologies,
Broadband Services for Entertainment and Home office Applications, Video Compression, High
Definition Television(HDTV)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Advanced Electronic Communications Systems, by Wayne Tomasi, 6 Edition Pearson
Education.
2. K Sam Shanmugam, Digital and Analog Communication Systems, John Wiley and sons (
Asia) Pvt Ltd.
REFERENCES
1. Simon Haykin, Digital communications, John Wiley and sons, 1998
2. Wayne Tomasi, Advanced electronic communication systems, 4th Edition Pearson Education
Asia, 1998
3. B.P.Lathi Modern digital and analog communication systems, 3rd Edition, Oxford University
press
269
MICROWAVE ANTENNAS
Course Code :15 EC 5102 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Introduction to Antenna Theory: Antenna Radiation concept, Types of Antennas, Antenna
parameters, Friis Transmission equation.
Aperture Antenna: Introduction, Pyramidal Horns- Design Procedure, Conical and Corrugated
Horns, Aperture Corrugated Horns, Reflected Antennas- Parameters, Analysis of front-fed
parabolic reflector, Feed methods and feed types, Cassegrain Reflector Horns.
Microstrip Radiators: Introduction, Rectangular Microstrip Antenna analysis and Design,
Circular Microstrip Antenna Analysis and Design.
Pencil-Beam and Fanned-Beam Antennas: Pencil-beam Requirements and Techniques,
Geometrical Parameters, The Surface-current and Aperture-field distributions, The Radiation
Field of the Reflector, The Antenna Gain, Primary Pattern Designs for maximizing gain,
Impedance Characteristics, The Vertex-plate matching Technique, Rotation of Polarization
Technique, Structural Design Problems. Simple Fanned-Beam Antennas: Applications of Fanned
Beams and methods of Production, Symmetrically Cut Paraboloids, Feed Offset and Contour
Cutting of Reflectors, The Parabolic Cylinder and Line Source, Parallel-plate Systems, Pillbox
Design Problems.
Shaped-Beam Antennas:
Shaped-beam Applications and Requirements, Effect of a Directional Target Response Survey of
Beam-shaping Techniques, Design of Extended Feeds, Cylindrical Reflector Antennas, Reflector
Design on the Basis of Ray Theory, Radiation Pattern Analysis, Double Curvature Reflector
Antennas, Variable Beam Shape.
Text Books:
1. Constantine A. Balanis – “Antenna Theory-Analysis and Design”, 3rd Edition, John
Wiley, 2005.
2. Samuel Silver, “Microwave Antenna - Theory and design”, IEE Press, 1984.
Reference Books:
1. Ramesh Garg, Prakash Bhatia, “Microstrip Antenna Design - Hand Book” Architect
House Inc. 2001.
2. Bahl IJ, and Bhartia N, “Microstrip Antennas”, Artech House, 1982.
3. James.J R. Hall, P S. Wood.C., “Micro strip Antenna-Theory and Design”,
PeterPeregrinu, 1981.
270
EMI / EMC TECHNIQUES
Course Code :15 EC 5103 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction, Natural and Nuclear sources of EMI / EMC: Electromagnetic environment,
History, Concepts, Practical experiences and concerns, frequency spectrum conservations. An
overview of EMI / EMC, Natural and Nuclear sources of EMI.
EMI from apparatus, circuits and open area test sites: Electromagnetic emissions, noise from
relays and switches, non-linearities in circuits, passive inter-modulation, cross talk in
transmission lines, transients in power supply lines, electromagnetic interference (EMI). Open
area test sites and measurements.
Radiated and conducted interference measurements and ESD: Anechoic chamber, TEM cell,
GH TEM Cell, characterization of conduction currents / voltages, conducted EM noise on power
lines, conducted EMI from equipment, Immunity to conducted EMI detectors and measurements.
ESD, Electrical fast transients / bursts, electrical surges.
Grounding, shielding, bonding and EMI filters: Principles and types of grounding, shielding
and bonding, characterization of filters, power lines filter design.
Cables, connectors, components and EMC standards: EMI suppression cables, EMC
connectors, EMC gaskets, Isolation Transformers, optoisolators, National / International EMC
standards.
Text Books:
1. Dr. V.P. Kodali, “Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility”, IEEE Publication,
Printed in India by S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
2. Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility IMPACT series, IIT – Delhi, Modules1 –
9.
Reference Books :
1. C.R. Pal, “Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility”, A John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Publication, 1992.
2. Terence Rybak, Mark Steffka, “Automotive Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)”,
Kluwer Academic Publisher, London.
271
RADAR ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 EC 5104 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
The Radar and its Ground Environment: Primary and Secondary Radar, Coordinate systems
and range, Main monostatic radar components, Basic quantities, maximum range, Secondary
radar, Bistatic radar, Performance.
Transmitters: Transmitter power, Power output stage, Spectrum and side bands, Pulse
compression, Harmonics from the Transmitter.
Factors outside the Radar, propagation, scattering and clutter: Amplitude and phase of the
echo, Effects of the atmosphere, Scattering without fading, overview of scattering models,
second-time-around effect, scenario to simulate a typical radar environment.
Receiver: Dynamic range, the control of gain, and sensitivity time control, radio frequency
section, Intermediate frequency amplifier and filter, limiters, receiver characteristics.
Determination of position: Fire control radars, sector scan radars, fast scanning radars,
surveillance radars, accuracy.
Text Books
1. Hamish Meikle, “Modern Radar Systems”, Second Edition, Artech House Radar Library.
272
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRONIC WARFARE
Course Code :15 EC 51A1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Targets of Electronic Warfare Operations: A General Description of Targets of Electronic
Warfare Operations, Mathematical Models of Electronic Systems as Targets of Electronic
Warfare, Mathematical Models of Automated Systems for the Control of AAD Forces as Targets
of EW, Mathematical Models of Automated Systems for the Control of AAD Weapons as
Targets of Electronic Warfare
Mathematical Models of Signals, Systems and Techniques for Electronic Jamming: A
General Description of the Basic Elements of Electronic Jamming, Mathematical Models of
Jamming Signals, Mathematical Models of Systems and Techniques for Jamming.
Electronic Warfare Effectiveness Criteria: General Characteristics of the Criteria, Information
Indicators of the Effectiveness of Jamming Signals, Systems and Techniques of Electronic
Attack, Energy Effectiveness Criteria of Jamming Signals and Techniques of Electronic
Jamming, Operational and Tactical Indicators of EW Effectiveness
Active Jamming of Radar -The Jamming Equation: Fundamental Concepts, The Jamming
Equation for Monostatic Radar Using Active Jamming,
Reduction of the Jamming Equation to
Canonical Form -Methods of Determining Information Damage, Specifics of the Jamming
Equation Using Active Jamming against Various Types of Radar, Particulars of Jamming Radar
Using Screening Jamming with Limited Information Quality Indicators -Use of the Jamming
Equation for Analysis of the Electronic Environment
Targets and Decoys: Types of False Radar
Targets, Decoys and Disposable EW Devices, Parameters Simulated by False Radar Targets and
Radar Decoys, Thermal Decoys, The Use of Towed and Launched Decoys, Selecting Decoy
Launch Time
TEXT BOOK
Sergei A. Vakin,Lev N. Shustov, Robert H. Dunwell, "Fundamentals of Electronic Warfare,
Artech House
273
MICROWAVE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
Course Code :15 EC 51A2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Transient and ac behavior of p-n junctions, effect of doping profile on the
capacitance of p-n junctions, noise in p-n junctions, high-frequency equivalent circuit, varactor
diode; Schottky effect, Schottky barrier diode; Heterojunctions.
Tunnel and Avalanche Transit Time diodes: Tunneling process in p-n junction and MIS
tunnel diodes, V-I characteristics and device performance, backward diode. Impact ionization,
IMPATT diode, small-signal analysis of IMPATT diodes.
Gunn diode: Two-valley model of compound semiconductors, vd-E characteristics, Gunn effect,
modes of operation, power frequency limit.
PIN Diodes: Construction and operation of microwave PIN diodes, equivalent circuit, PIN diode
switches and modulators.
Microwave Transistor: High frequency limitations of BJT, microwave bipolar transistors,
Operating characteristics of MISFETs and MESFETs, short-channel effects, high electron
mobility transistor.
Text books:
1. Liao, S.Y., “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, 4th Ed., Pearson Education 2002.
2. Rebeiz, M.G., “R.F. MEMS: Theory, Design and Technology”, 2nd Ed.,Wiley-
Interscience 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Sze, S.M., and Ng, K.K., “Physics of Semiconductor Devices”, 3rd Ed.,Wiley-
Interscience 2006.
2. Glover, I.A., Pennoek, S.R. and Shepherd P.R., “Microwave Devices, Circuits and Sub-
Systems”, 4th Ed., John Wiley & Sons 2005.
3. Golio, M., “RF and Microwave Semiconductor Devices Handbook”, CRC Press 2002.
274
SMART ANTENNAS
Course Code :15 EC 51A3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Smart Antennas: Introduction, Need for Smart Antennas, Overview, Smart Antenna
Configurations, Switched-Beam Antennas, Adaptive Antenna Approach, Space Division
Multiple Access (SDMA), Architecture of a Smart Antenna System, Receiver, Transmitter,
Benefits and Drawbacks, Basic Principles, Mutual Coupling Effects.
DOA Estimation Fundamentals: Introduction, Array Response Vector, Received Signal
Model, Subspace-Based Data Model, Signal Auto-covariance, Conventional DOA Estimation
Methods, Conventional Beam forming Method, Capon’s Minimum Variance Method, Subspace
Approach to DOA Estimation, MUSIC Algorithm, ESPRIT Algorithm, Uniqueness of DOA
Estimates .
Beam Forming Fundamentals: Classical Beam former, Statistically Optimum Beam forming
Weight Vectors, Maximum SNR Beam former, Multiple Side-lobe Canceller and Maximum,
SINR Beam former, Minimum Mean Square Error (MMSE), Direct Matrix Inversion (DMI),
Linearly Constrained Minimum Variance (LCMV), Adaptive Algorithms for Beam forming
Integration and Simulation of Smart Antennas: Overview, Antenna Design, Mutual
Coupling, Adaptive Signal Processing Algorithms, DOA, Adaptive Beam forming, Beam
forming and Diversity Combining for Rayleigh-Fading, Channel, Trellis-Coded Modulation
(TCM) for Adaptive Arrays, Smart Antenna Systems for Mobile Ad Hoc Networks (MANETs),
Protocol, Simulations, Discussion.
Space–Time Processing: Introduction, Discrete Space–Time Channel and Signal Models,
Space–Time Beam forming, Inter-symbol and Co-Channel Suppression, Space–Time Processing
for DS-CDMA, Capacity and Data Rates in MIMO Systems, Discussion.
Text Books:
1. Constantine A. Balanis & Panayiotis I. Ioannides, “Introduction to Smart Antennas”,
Morgan & Claypool Publishers’ series-2007
2. Joseph C. Liberti Jr., Theodore S Rappaport - “Smart Antennas for Wireless
Communications IS-95 and Third Generation CDMA Applications”, PTR – PH
publishers, 1st Edition, 1989.
Reference Books:
1. T.S Rappaport - “Smart Antennas Adaptive Arrays Algorithms and Wireless Position
Location”, IEEE press 1998, PTR – PH publishers 1999.
2. Lal Chand Godara, “Smart Antennas”, CRC Press, LLC-2004.
275
PHASED ARRAY SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 EC 51B1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Conventional Scanning Techniques: Mechanical versus electronic scanning, Techniques of
Electronic scanning, Frequency, Phase and time delay scanning principle, Hybrid scanning
techniques.
Array Theory:Linear and Planner arrays, various grid configuration, Concept of cell and grid,
Calculation of minimum number of elements, Radiation pattern, Grating lobe formation,
Rectangular and triangular grid design of arrays.
Feed Networks for phased Arrays: Corporate Feed, Lens and Reflect feed Techniques,
Optimum f/d ratio basic building block for corporate feed network, Series, Parallel feed
networks, Comparison of various feeding techniques, Antenna Array Architecture, Brick/ Tile
Type construction.
Frequency Scanned Array Design: Snake feed, Frequency-phase scanning, Phase scanning,
Digital phase shifter PIN diode and Ferrite phase shifters for phased arrays, Beam pointing errors
due to digitalization, Beam pointing accuracy.
Search Patterns: Calculation of search frame time, airborne phased array design, Electronic
scanning radar parameter calculation, Application of phased arrays, Phased Array Radar
Systems, Active Phased Array, TR/ATR Modules.
Text Books:
1. Olliner, A.A, and G.H. Knittel, “Phased Array Antennas”, Artech House, 1972.
2. Kahrilas. PJ, “Electronic Scanning Radar Systems Design Handbook”, Artech House,
1976.
Reference Books:
1. Skolnik. MI, “Radar Handbook”, Mcgraw Hillso, NY,McGrow Hills-2007.
276
2. Galati,G-(editor), “Advanced Radar Technique and Systems”, Peter Peregrims Ltd,
London,1993.
GPS & GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM
Course Code :15 EC 51B2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
GPS Signals: GPS and UTC Time, Signal structure, C/A and P-code, ECEF and ECI coordinate
systems and WGS 84 datum, Important components of receiver and specifications.
GPS error Models: Ionospheric error, Tropospheric error, Ephemeris error, Clock errors,
Satellite and receiver instrumental biases, Antenna phase center variation, multipath, estimation
of Total Electron Content(TEC) using Dual Frequency measurement, Various DOP’s, UERE.
GPS data processing and position fixing: RINEX navigation and observation formats, Code
and Carrier phase observables, Linear combinations and derived observables, Ambiguity
resolutions, Cycle slips, Position estimation.
GNSS fundamentals: Trilateration, Hyperbolic navigation, Transit, GNSS principle of
operation, Architecture, Operating frequencies, orbits, Keplerian elements.
Other satellite Navigation Systems: Galileo, GLONASS, IRNSS, Space, control and ground
segments and Signal characteristics.
Text Books:
1. Global Navigation Satellite Systems – G. S. Rao, McGraw-Hill publications, New
Delhi, 2010.
2. GPS Theory and Practice - B.Hofmann Wollenhof, H.Lichtenegger, and J.Collins,
Springer Wien, New York, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to GPS - Ahmed El -Rabbany, Artech House, Boston, 2002.
2. Global Positioning System Signals, Measurements, and Performance - Pratap Misra
and Per Enge, Ganga-Jamuna Press, Massachusetts, 2001.
277
OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 51B3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Signal propagation in Optical Fibers: Geometrical Optics approach and Wave Theory
approach, Loss and Bandwidth, Chromatic Dispersion, Non Linear effects- Stimulated Brillouin
and Stimulated Raman Scattering, Propagation in a Non-Linear Medium, Self Phase Modulation
and Cross Phase Modulation, Four Wave Mixing, Principle of Solutions.
Fiber Optic Components for Communication & Networking: Couplers, Isolators and
Circulators, Multiplexers, Bragg Gratings, Fabry-Perot Filters, Mach Zender Interferometers,
Arrayed Waveguide Grating, Tunable Filters, High Channel Count Multiplexer Architectures,
Optical Amplifiers, Direct and External Modulation Transmitters, Pump Sources for Amplifiers,
Optical Switches and Wavelength Converters.
Modulation and Demodulation: Signal formats for Modulation, Subcarrier Modulation and
Multiplexing, Optical Modulations – Duobinary, Single Side Band and Multilevel Schemes,
Ideal and Practical receivers for Demodulation, Bit Error Rates, Timing Recovery and
Equalization, Reed-Solomon Codes for Error Detection and Correction.
Transmission System Engineering: System Model, Power Penalty in Transmitter and Receiver,
Optical Amplifiers, Crosstalk and Reduction of Crosstalk, Cascaded Filters, Dispersion
Limitations and Compensation Techniques.
Fiber Non-Linearities and System Design Considerations: Limitation in High Speed and
WDM Systems due to Non-linearities in Fibers, Wavelength Stabilization against Temperature
Variations, Overall System Design considerations – Fiber Dispersion, Modulation, Non-Linear
Effects, Wavelengths, All Optical Networks.
Text Books:
1. Rajiv Ramaswami and Kumar N. Sivarajan, “Optical Networks: A Practical Perspective”,
2nd Ed., 2004, Elsevier Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Elsevier.
2. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, 3rd Ed., 2000, McGraw Hill.
Reference Books:
278
1. John.M.Senior, “Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice” 2nd Ed., PE,
2000.
2. Harold Kolimbris, “Fiber Optics Communication”, 2nd Ed., PEI, 2004.
3. Uyless Black, “Optical Networks: Third Generation Transport Systems”, 2nd Ed., PEI,
2009.
4. Govind Agarwal, “Optical Fiber Communications”, 2nd Ed., TMH, 2004.
5. S.C.Gupta, “Optical Fiber Communications and Its Applications”, PHI, 2004.
279
MICROWAVE AND MILLIMETRIC WAVE CIRCUITS
Course Code :15 EC 5205 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Analysis of Microwave Circuits: Introduction, Microwave Components – E-plane Tee, H-plane
Tee, Magic Tee, Directional Coupler, Isolator, Circulator & their Scattering.
Transformers & Resonators: Parameters, Impedance Transformers – Quarter wave
Transformers, Microwave Resonators – Rectangular and Cylindrical Resonators.
Filters And Periodic Structures: Design of Narrow Band Low Pass, Band Pass and High Pass
Filters, Maximally flat and Chebyshev Designs, Introduction to Periodic Structures, Floquet’s
Theorem, Circuit Theory Analysis of Infinite and Terminated Structures.
Obstacles In Wave Guides: Introduction, Posts in Waveguides, Diaphragms in Waveguides,
Waveguide Junctions, Waveguide Feeds, Excitation of Apertures.
Millimeter Wave Circuits: Wave Propagation in microstriplines, Discontinues in Microstrips,
Parallel Coupled lines, Power Dividers and Directional Couplers, Microwave and Millimeter
Wave Integrated Circuits
TEXT BOOKS
1. Roger F. Harrington, “Time-Harmonic Electromagnetic Fields”, Mc graw-hill
2. Robert E Collin, “Foundation for Microwave Engineering”, Mc Graw-Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Cam Nguyun, “Analysis Methods for RF, Microwave, and Millimeter-Wave Planar
Transmission Line Structures”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2000.
2. Hoffman R. K., “Handbook of Microwave Integrated Circuits”, Artech House Publishers,
1987.
280
ANTENNA MEASUREMENTS
Course Code :15 EC 5206 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Antenna Pattern Measurements: Basic Considerations, Pattern Formats, Fresnel Region
Measurements, Modeling Techniques,Antenna Range Design and Evaluation: Introduction,
Electromagnetic Design Consideration, Antenna Range Evaluation.
Antenna Testing: Introduction, Types of of Ranges: Elevated Ranges, Ground Ranges, Near
Field Ranges, Radar Cross Section Ranges.
Far Field Range Design: Introduction, Designing the Range, Source Design, Receiving Site
Design, Ground Ranges.
Far Field Antenna Tests: Introduction, Pattern Testing, Gain and Directivity, Polarization. Far
Field Pattern Errors: Introduction, Error Estimates, Error Correction, Antenna Errors.
Compact Ranges: Introduction, Room Design, Feed Design, Reflector Design. Near Filed
Testing: Introduction, Planar Near Field Ranges, Errors, Cylindrical and Spherical Scanning
TEXT BOOKS
1.Evans, Gray E," Antenna measurements techniques", Artech House, Inc
2.J S Hollis, T J Lyon, L Clayton," Microwave Antenna Measurements” , Scientific Atlants, Inc
WIRELESS CELLULAR COMMUNICATION
Course Code :15 EC 5207 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Cellular Mobile Systems: Cellular Mobile Telephone Systems, A Basic
Cellular System, Operation of Cellular Systems. Elements of Cellular Mobile Radio System
Design: General Description of the problem, Concept of Frequency reuse channels, Co-Channel
Interference Reduction Factor, Handoff Mechanism, Cell Splitting.
Speech Coding for Wireless Systems Applications: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing
(DSP) Techniques in Wireless Telephone and Broadcast Systems, Speech Coding Techniques for
Audio and Voice – Pulse Code Modulation, DPCM, Delta Modulation, Vocoder and Linear
Predictive Coding, Performance Comparison of Speech Processing Techniques.
281
Radio Propagation and Cellular Engineering Concepts: Fundamental Radio Propagation and
System Concepts, Propagation Characteristics, Models of Multipath-faded radio signals – Un
modulated Carrier, Envelope and Phase faded, Level Crossing rate and fade Duration, Delay
Spread Measurements.
Digital Modulation-Demodulation (Modem) Principles and Architectures: Coherent
Modem – Baseband Modem Equivalence, Coherent and Differentially Coherent Binary Phase
Shift Keying Systems, Synchronization – Carrier Recovery and Symbol Timing Recovery,
Differential Encoding and Decoding Requirement, Quadrature Phase shift Keying – Coincident
and offset Types, Pi/4 DQPSK Modems – Architecture.
Interference In Wireless Digital Communication: Carrier-to-Interference and Carrier-to-
Noise Limited Systems, Cochannel Interference, Adjacent Channel Interference. Externally
caused Cochannel Interference, Definitions and performance of Spectral and Power Efficiency,
Relationship of the Bit-Energy to Noise-Density Ratio and the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio, Power
Efficiency and Bit-Error-Rate performance in an Additive White Gaussian Noise Environment,
Concepts of Diversity Branch and Signal paths; Combining and Switching Methods.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dr Kamilo Feher Wireless Digital Communications, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi – 1999
2. William Cy Lee, Mobile Cellular Telecommunications, 2
nd
Edition, MC Graw Hill.
282
MODERN RADAR SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 EC 5208 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Overview: Advanced Techniques in Modern Radar: Introduction, Radar Modes, Radar and
System Topologies.
Advanced Pulse Compression Waveform Modulations and Techniques: Introduction, Stretch
Processing, Stepped Chirp Waveforms, Nonlinear Frequency Modulated Waveforms, Stepped
Frequency Waveforms, Quadriphase Signals, Mismatched Filters.
MIMO Radar: Introduction, An Overview of MIMO Radar, The MIMO Virtual Array, MIMO
Radar Signal Processing, Waveforms for MIMO Radar, Applications of MIMO Radar.
Radar Applications of Sparse Reconstruction and Compressed Sensing: Introduction,
CSTheory, SR Algorithms, Sample Radar Applications.
Adaptive Digital Beamforming: Introduction, Digital Beamforming Fundamentals, Adaptive
Jammer Cancellation, Adaptive Beamformer Architectures, Wideband Cancellation.
TEXT BOOKS
1. William L.Melvin, James A. Scheer, “Principles of Modern Radar”, volume II: Advanced
Techniques, SciTech Publishing.
ESTIMATION AND DETECTION THEORY
Course Code :15 EC 52C1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Detection Theory: Maximum likelihood decision criterion; Neymann-Pearson criterion;
Probability of error criterion; Bayes risk criterion; Minimax criterion; Robust detection; Receiver
operating characteristics.
Detection Theory: Vector observations; The general Gaussian problem; Waveform observation
in additive Gaussian noise; The integrating optimum receiver; Matched filter receiver.
Maximum Likelihood Estimation; Bayes cost method Bayes estimation criterion – Mean
square error criterion; Uniform cost function; absolute value cost function; Linear minimum
variance - Least squares method;
283
Estimation in the presence of gaussian noise -Linear observation; Non-linear estimation.
Properties of estimators: Bias, Efficiency, Cramer Rao bound Assymptotic properties; Sensitivity
and error analysis
Prediction: Kalman filter. Sufficient statistics and statistical estimation of parameters: Concept
of sufficient statistics; Exponential families of distributions; Exponential families and Maximum
likelihood estimation; Uniformly minimum variance unbiased estimation.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Steven M. Kay, Statistical Signal Processing: Vol. 1: Estimation Theory, Vol. 2: Detection
Theory, Prentice Hall Inc., 1998.
2.Harry L. Van Trees, Detection, Estimation and Modulation Theory, Part 1, John Wiley & Sons
REFERENCES
1.James L. Melsa and David L. Cohn, Decision and Estimation Theory, McGraw Hill, 1978.
2.Dimitri Kazakos, P. Papantoni Kazakos, Detection and Estimation, Computer Science Press,
3.Jerry M. Mendel, Lessons in Estimation Theory for Signal Processing,
Communication and Control, Prentice Hall Inc.
4. Sophocles J. Orfanidis, Optimum Signal Processing 2nd edn., McGraw Hill.
5.Monson H. Hayes, Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modelling, John Wiley & Sons
6. Scott C. Statistical Signal Processing , June 14, 2004.
RADAR SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 52C2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Angle-of-Arrival Estimation in the Presence of Multipath: The Low-Angle Tracking Radar
Problem, Spectrum Estimation Background, Thomson’s Multi-Taper Method, Comparison of
Some Popular Spectrum Estimation Procedures, Multi-taper Spectrum Estimation, F-Test for the
Line Components
Time–Frequency Analysis of Sea Clutter: An Overview of Non-stationary Behavior and
Time–Frequency Analysis, Theoretical Background on Non-stationary, High-Resolution Multi-
taper Spectrograms
Dynamics of Sea Clutter: Statistical Nature of Sea Clutter: Classical Approach, Is There a
Radar Clutter Attractor, Hybrid AM/FM Model of Sea Clutter, Modeling Sea Clutter as a Non-
stationary Complex Autoregressive Process
284
Sea-Clutter Non-stationary: The Influence of Long Waves: Radar and Data Description,
Statistical Data Analyses, Modulation of Long Waves: Hybrid AM/FM Model, Non-stationary
AR Model
Two New Strategies for Target Detection in Sea Clutter: Bayesian Direct Filtering Procedure,
Operational Details, Experimental Results on the Bayesian Direct Filter, Correlation Anomally
Detection Strategy - Overview
TEXT BOOKS
1. I. Haykin, Simon S, ”Rader Adaptive signal processing”, John Wiley & Sons
2. Mark A Richards, “Fundamentals of Radar signal processing”, M C Graw Hill
285
HIGH PERFORMANCE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EC 52C3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Principles of Networks networking principles: Network services, High performance networks,
Network elements, network mechanisms, layered architecture
Packet Switched Networks Principles: OSI & TCP/IP models, transmission media, routing
algorithms, Congestion control algorithms, Internetworking, Ethernet(IEEE 802.3), Tokenring
(IEEE 802.5),Tokenbus (IEEE802.4), FDDI.
Network security: (cryptography, symmetric key algorithms, private key algorithms, digital
signatures, authtication protocols)
The Internet And TCP/IP Networks & Circuit Switched Networks: Overview of Internet
protocols, Internet control protocols, Elements of transport Protocols, TCP & UDP , Performance
of TCP/IP networks, SONET, DWDM, Solitons
Optical Networks: Fiber principles (elements of optical fiber communication, acceptanceangle,
Numerical aperture, modes, fiber types), optical links(point to point links,attenuation,optical
budgeting, dispersion),splices ,connectors optical Lans,non Semiconductors,
opticalamplifiers,Erbium doped Fiber mplifiers, couplers/splitters, optical switches ATM
networks Main features of ATM, Addressing , signaling, routing, ATM header structure
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jean Walrand and Pravin variya , “ High performance Communication networks”, 2
nd
edition,
Harcourt and Morgan Kauffman, London 2000
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer networks”, PHI Private limited, new Delhi
REFERENCES
1. Gerd Keiser, MC Graw Hill International edition, optical fiber communication , third edition
2. John M Senior, PHI limited, optical fiber communication , third edition
3. Leon Gracia, Widjaja, “ Communication Networks”, Tata Mc Graw –Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
4. Behroz a. Forouzan, “Data communication and networking “, Tata MC Graw –Hill, New
Delhi
5. Sumit Kasera, Pankaj Sethi, “ ATM Networks”, Tata Mc Graw- Hill, New Delhi , 2000
RF & MICROWAVE SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52D1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
286
Syllabus:
Introduction: Importance of RF and Microwave Concepts and Applications- and Units-
Frequency Spectrum, RF and Microwave Circuit Design, Dimensions - RF Behavior of Passive
Components: High Frequency Resistors, High Frequency Capacitors, High Frequency Inductors,
General Introduction, Types of Transmission Lines-Equivalent Circuit representation.
The Smith Chart: Introduction, Derivation of Smith Chart, Description of two types of smith
chart, Z-Y Smith chart, Distributed Circuit Applications, Lumped Element Circuit Applications.
SINGLE AND MULTIPORT NETWORKS: Basic Definitions, Interconnecting Networks.
Scattering Parameters: Scattering Parameters: Definition, Meaning, Chain Scattering Matrix,
Conversion Between S- and Z-parameters, Signal Flow Chart Modelling.
Stability and Gain Considerations – RF Design RF Source, Transducer Power Gain,
Additional Power Relations-Stability Considerations: Stability Circles, Unconditional Stability,
and Stabilization Methods-Unilateral and Bilateral Design for Constant Gain- Noise Figure
Circles- Constant VSWR Circles.
Rf Filters, Amplifiers And Oscillators Design Generalization-Basic Resonator and Filter
Configurations: Low Pass, High Pass, Band Pass and Band Stop type Filters-Filter
Implementation using Unit Element and Kuroda's Identities Transformations. Introduction,
Types and Characteristics of Amplifiers, Small Signal Amplifiers, Design of different types of
amplifiers (NBA, HGA, MGA, LNA, MNA, BBA), Design of Large Signal Amplifiers
Oscillator vs Amplifier Design, Design procedure of Transistor Oscillators.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency & Microwave Electronics”, Pearson Education
Asia, Second Edition,
2.Reinhold Ludwig and Powel Bretchko,” RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications”,
Pearson Education Asia, First Edition.
REFERENCES
1.Joseph . J. Carr, “Secrets of RF Circuit Design”, McGraw Hill Publishers, Third Edition.
2.Ulrich L. Rohde and David P. New Kirk, “RF / Microwave Circuit Design”, John Wiley &
Sons USA, 2000.
3.Roland E. Best, “Phase - Locked Loops: Design, simulation and applications”, McGraw Hill
Publishers 5
TH
4.Devendra K.Misra ,”Radio Frequency and Microwave Communication Circuits – Analysis and
Design “John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
7. Ian Hickman, " RF HandBook ", Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1993.
8. Ulrich L.Rohde, T.T.N.Bucher, " Communication Recievers ", McGraw-Hill, New York,
1998.
VLSI DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52D2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
287
Design Methodology: Structured design techniques; Programmable logic; Gate array and sea of
gates design; cell based design; full custom design; Design flow; Design Economics.
Data path Subsystems: Adders; One/zero Detectors; Comparators; Counters; Shifters;
Multipliers; Power and Speed Trade-off.
Memory and Array Subsystems: SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial access memories; CAM, PLAs;
Array yield, reliability; Power dissipation in Memories.
Special-purpose Subsystems: Packaging; power distribution; I/O pads; Interconnect:
Interconnect parameters; Electrical wire models, capacitive parasitics; Resistive parasitics;
Inductive parasitic; Crosstalk; Advanced Interconnect Techniques.
Timing Issues: Timing classification; Synchronous design; Self-timed circuit design; Clock
Synthesis and Synchronization: Synchronizers; Arbiters; Clock Synthesis; PLLs; Clock
generation; Clock distribution; Synchronous Vs Asynchronous Design.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Neil H. E. Weste, David. Harris and Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson
Education, Third
Edition, 2004.
2.Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital Integrated Circuits”
Pearson Education,
Second Edition.
REFERENCES:
1.Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH, Third Edition,
2003
2. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,1998.
SIMULATION BOOKS
1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.
REMOTE SENSING AND SENSORS
Course Code :15 EC 52D3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basics of Remote Sensing : Principles of Remote sensing, History of Remote sensing, Remote
sensing in India, Electromagnetic Radiation and Electromagnetic Spectrum, EMR quantities:
Nomenclature and Units Thermal Emission of Radiation, Radiation Principles ( Plank’s Law,
Stephen Boltezman law), Interaction of EMR with the Earth Surface (Wien’s displacement law,
288
Kirchoffs Law) Spectral signature, Reflectance characteristics of Earths cover types, Remote
sensing systems.
Platforms and sensors : Platforms, Remote sensing sensors, resolutions Across track and along
the track scanning, Optical sensors, Thermal scanners, Microwave sensing radar satellite
missions, Landsat series, SPOT series, IRS satellite series, IKNOS
Microwave Remote Sensing: Airborne and Space borne radar systems basic instrumentation.
System parameters - Wave length, Polarization, Resolutions, Radar geometry. Target parameters
- Back scattering, Point target, Volume scattering, Penetration, Reflection, Bragg resonance,
Cross swath variation. Speckie radiometric calibration. Radar - Grametry - Introduction,
Mosaicing Stereoscope. Application : Geology, Forestry, Land use, Soils etc. Future trends and
Research
Thermal Imaging system : Thermal Imaging System: Introduction - IR region of
theElectromagnetic spectrum, Atmospheric transmission, Kinetic and radiant temperature,
Thermal properties of materials, Emissivity, Radiant temperature. Thermal conductivity.
Thermal capacity, thermal inertia, Apparent thermal inertia, Thermal diffusivity. IR -
radiometers, Airborne and Satellite TTR scanner system, Characteristics of IR images ,i) Scanner
distortion, ii) image irregularities, iii) Film density and recorded iv)Temperature ranges. Effects
of weather on images i) Clouds, ii) Surface winds, iii) Penetration of smoke plumes.
Interpretation of thermal imagery. Advantages of Thermal imagery
Meteorological satellites: Meteorological satellite characteristics and their orbits, TIROS,
NIMBUS, NOAA, TIROS N, SEASAT, GOES, METEOSAT, INSAT. Measurement of Earth
and Atmospheric energy and Radiation budget parameters from satellites
Text books:
1. P.H. Swain and S.M. Davis, “Remote Sensing: The quantitative approach”, McGraw Hill.
2. W Travelt, “Imaging Radar for Resource Survey: Remote Sensing Applications”,
Chapman & Hall.
Reference Books:
1. Floyd, F. Sabins, Jr: “Remote Sensing Principles and Interpretation”, Freeman and Co.
San Franscisco, 1978
2. C.P.L.O., Longman, “Applied Remote Sensing”, Scientific and Technical Publishers.
3. E.C. Barrett & L.F Curtis, “Introduction to Environmental Remote Sensing”, Chapman
and Hall, London
4. George Joseph, “Fundamentals of remote sensing”, Universities Press.
289
M.TECH - SIGNAL PROCESSING
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5109
Wavelets, Filter Banks and Applications
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5110
Mathematics for Signal Processing
3
1
0
4
3
15 EC 5111
Speech Signal Processing
3
1
0
4
4
15 EC 5112
Adaptive Signal Processing
3
1
2
5
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
26
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5213
Image Processing
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5214
Pattern Classification and Clustering
3
1
0
4
3
15 EC 5215
Detection and Estimation Of Signals
3
1
0
4
4
15 EC 5216
Statistical Signal Processing
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
25
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
290
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EC 51E1
Audio Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51E2
Array Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51E3
Multi-rate Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EC 51F1
Wireless Communication Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51F2
Intelligent Systems and Control
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51F3
Bio-Medical Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EC 52G1
VLSI for Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52G2
DSP Processors and Architecture
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52G3
Multimedia Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EC 52H1
Linear and Non Linear Optimization
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52H2
Bioinformatics
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52H3
Digital Video Processing
3
0
0
3
291
WAVELETS, FILTER BANKS AND APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 5109 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Integral wavelet transform, wavelet frames, orthogonal bases of Wavelets, Wavelet transform:
Signal representation using basis function, ideal band pass wavelet, L2 -spaces, Basic properties of
wavelet transform, Time frequency representation, Design of wavelet function.
Multi-rate Signal Processing: Filtering, Decimation, Poly-phase, Perfect Reconstruction and
Aliasing Removal. Matrix Analysis: Toeplitz Matrices and Fast Algorithms.
Wavelet Transform: Pyramid and Cascade Algorithms, Haar wavelet basis, Daubechies Wavelets,
Orthogonal and Biorthogonal Wavelets, Smoothness, Approximation, Boundary Filters and
Wavelets, Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, Second-Generation Wavelets.
Spectral Factorization, Cosine-Modulated Filter Banks, Lattice Structure, Ladder Structure
(Lifting.)
Going from piecewise linear to piecewise polynomial. The class of spline wavelets - a case for
infinite impulse response (IIR) filter banks. Variants of the wavelet transform and its
implementation structures, The wave packet transform, The lattice structure, The lifting scheme.
Audio and Image Compression, Quantization Effects, Digital Communication and Multicarrier
Modulation, Trans multiplexers, Text-Image Compression: Lossy and Lossless, Medical Imaging
and Scientific Visualization, Edge Detection and Feature Extraction, Seismic Signal Analysis,
Geometric Modelling, Matrix Preconditioning, Multi scale Methods for Partial Differential
Equations and Integral Equations.
Simulation Software
MATLAB
®
Wavelet Toolbox, Software for Filter Design, Signal Analysis, Image Compression,
PDEs, Wavelet Transforms on Complex Geometrical Shapes.
Text Books:
1. Strang, and Nguyen. Wavelets and Filter Banks. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 1997.
2. L. Debnath.. Wavelet Transforms and Their Applications, Birkhauser Pub.
3. E. Mallat.. A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing, Elsevier, Indian Ed.
4. Yves Meyer.. Wavelets and Operators, Cambridge Univ. Press.
5. G. Kaiser.. A Friendly guide to Wavelets, Birkhauser.
REFERENCES
1. Howard L. Resnikoff, Raymond O. Wells, Wavelet Analysis: The Scalable Structure of
Information, Springer, 1998.
2. Raghuveer M. Rao, Ajit S. Bopardikar, Inroduction to Wavelet Transforms.
3. K. P. Soman, K. I. Ramachandran, Insight Into Wavelets - From Theory to Practice.
4. Michael W. Frazier, An Introduction to Wavelets Through Linear Algebra, Springer.
5. P. P. Vaidyanathan, Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, Pearson Education.
292
MATHEMATICS FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 5110 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Mathematical Models and Vector Space Concepts: Metric Spaces, Vector Spaces, Norms and
Normed Vector Spaces, Inner Products, Induced Norms, The Cauchy- Schwarz Inequality,
Orthogonality of Vectors, Linear Transformations and The projection theorem.
Least Square and Minimum Mean Square Filtering and Estimation: Approximation problem in
Hilbert space, Orthogonality principle, Error Minimization via Gradients, Matrix representation of
least square problems, Minimum error in Hilbert-space approximations, Least squares filtering,
Minimum mean square estimation, MMSE filtering, Comparison of least squares and minimum
mean squares.
Linear Operators and Matrix Inverses: Linear operators, Operative norms, Adjoint operators and
transposes, Geometry of linear equations, four fundamental sub spaces of a linear operator, Pseudo
inverses, Inverse of a block matrix. The LU Factorization and QR Factorization.
Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Eigen values and linear systems, Linear dependence of
eigenvectors, Diagonalization of a matrix, Geometry of invariant subspaces, Karhunen- Loeve
Transform, The concept of PCA.
Singular Value Decomposition: Theory of SVD, Matrix structure from the SVD, Computation of
SVD. Applications of the SVD: System Identification, Total least square problems.
Simulation Software
MATLAB
®
Signal Processing Toolbox, Least squares, Minimum Mean Squares applications,
Filtering, Matrix Operations, Eigen Vector Applications, PCA and SVD.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Todd K. Moon, Wynn C. Stirling, ‘Mathematical Methods and Algorithms for signal
processing’, Pearson education.
2. Statistical Signal Processing of Complex-Valued Data, Peter J. Schreier and Louis L.
Scharf, Cambridge University Press
REFERENCE TEXT BOOKS
1. Mathematical Modelling: Models, Analysis and Applications, Banerjee, CRC Press,
2014.
293
SPEECH SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 5111 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
The Speech Production mechanism: Physiological and Mathematical Model, Relating the
physiological and mathematical model, Categorization of Speech Sounds based on the source-
system and the articulatory model.
Basic Speech Signal Processing Concepts: Discrete time speech signals, relevant properties of the
fast Fourier transform and Z-transform for speech recognition, convolution, linear and non linear
filter banks. Spectral estimation of speech using the Discrete Fourier transform. Pole-zero modeling
of speech and linear prediction (LP) analysis of speech. Homomorphic speech signal de
convolution, real and complex cepstrum, application of cepstral analysis to speech signals.
The Speech Recognition Front End: Feature extraction for speech recognition, Static and
dynamic features for speech recognition, robustness issues, discrimination in the feature space,
feature selection. Mel frequency cepstral co-efficients (MFCC), Linear prediction cepstral
coefficients (LPCC), Perceptual LPCC.
Distance measures for comparing speech patterns: Log spectral distance, cepstral distances,
weighted cepstral distances, distances for linear and warped scales. Dynamic Time Warping for
Isolated Word Recognition.
Statistical models for speech recognition: Vector quantization models and applications in speaker
recognition, Gaussian mixture modeling for speaker and speech recognition, Discrete and
Continuous Hidden Markov modeling for isolated word and continuous speech recognition.
Simulation Software: MATLAB
®
Speech processing Toolbox, Using the HTK toolkit for building
a simple speech recognition system.
1. The HTK toolkit for speech recognition
http://htk.eng.cam.ac.uk/.
2. The Sphinx toolkit for speech recognition
http://cmusphinx.sourceforge.net/html/cmusphinx.php.
Text Books:
1. Discrete-Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice, Thomas F. Qatari,
Cloth, 816 pp. ISBN: 013242942X Published: OCT 29, 2001.
2. Fundamentals of Speech Recognition, L. Rabiner and B. Juang, Prentice-Hall Signal
Processing Series, Pages: 507, Year of Publication: 1993, ISBN:0-13-015157-2.
3. Speech and Audio Signal Processing: Processing and perception of speech and music
B. Gold and N. Morgan, Wiley 2000, ISBN: 0-471-35154-7.
294
ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 5112 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Introduction to Adaptive Filters: Adaptive filter structures, issues and examples, Applications of
adaptive filters, Channel equalization, active noise control, Echo cancellation, beamforming.
Discrete time random processes, Power spectral density – properties, Autocorrelation and
covariance structures of discrete time random processes, Eigen-analysis of autocorrelation matrices.
Wiener filter, search methods and the LMS algorithm: Wiener FIR filter, Steepest descent
search and the LMS algorithm, Extension of optimal filtering to complex valued input, The
Complex LMS algorithm.
Convergence and Stability Analyses: Convergence analysis of the LMS algorithm, Learning
curve and mean square error behavior, Weight error correlation matrix, Dynamics of the steady
state mean square error (mse), Mis-adjustment and stability of excess mse.
Variants of the LMS Algorithm: The sign-LMS and the normalized LMS algorithm, Block LMS,
Review of circular convolution, Overlap and save method, circular correlation, FFT based
implementation of the block LMS Algorithm.
Vector space framework for optimal filtering: Axioms of a vector space, examples, subspace,
Linear independence, basis, dimension, direct sum of subspaces, Linear transformation, examples,
Range space and null space, rank and nullity of a linear operator, Inner product space,
orthogonality, Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization.
Simulation Software
MATLAB
®
Signal Processing Toolbox.
Text Books:
1. "Adaptive Filter Theory" by S. Haykin, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1991 (end Ed.).
2. "Adaptive Filters – Theory and Applications", by B. Farhang-Boroujeny, John Wiley and
Sons, 1999.
AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51E1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
295
Introduction To Audio Systems: Introduction, Studio Technology, Digital Transmission System,
Storage Media, Audio Components at Home, Signal Quantization, Dither, AD/DA Conversion,
jitter, spectral analysis.
Audio Processing Systems: Digital Audio Interfaces, Single-processor System, Scalable Audio
System.
Equalizers: Recursive Audio Filters, Non-recursive Audio Filters, Multi-complementary Filter
Bank.
Room Simulation: Room Acoustics, Model-based Room Impulse Responses, Measurement of
Room Impulse Responses, Simulation of Room Impulse Responses, Early Reflections,
Subsequent Reverberation.
Audio Coding: Lossless Audio Coding, Lossy Audio Coding, Psychoacoustics, ISO-MPEG-1
Audio Coding, MPEG-2.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Digital Audio Signal Processing, 2nd Edition, Udo Zolzer, ISBN: 978-0-470-99785-7, A
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, Publication.
2. Audio Signal Processing For Nextgeneration Multimedia Communication Systems, Yiteng
(Arden) Huang, Jacob Benesty, Kluwer Academic Publishers 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Applications Of Digital Signal Processing To Audio And Acoustics, Mark Kahrs And
Karlheinz Brandenburg, Kluwer Academic Publishers 2002.
2. Audio Signal Processing And Coding, Andreas Spanias, Ted Painter And Venkatraman Atti,
Wiley-Interscience, A John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication, 2007.
ARRAY SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51E2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Spatial Signals, Signals in space and time. Spatial frequency, Direction vs. frequency. Wave fields.
Far field and Near field signals.
Sensor Arrays, Spatial sampling, Nyquist criterion. Sensor arrays. Uniform linear arrays, planar and
random arrays. Array transfer (steering) vector. Array steering vector for ULA. Broadband arrays.
Spatial Frequency, Aliasing in spatial frequency domain. Spatial Frequency Transform, Spatial
spectrum. Spatial Domain Filtering. Beam Forming. Spatially white signal.
Direction Of Arrival Estimation, Non parametric methods - Beam forming and Capon methods.
Resolution of Beam forming method.
296
Subspace methods - MUSIC, Minimum Norm and ESPRIT techniques. Spatial Smoothing.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dan E. Dugeon and Don H. Johnson.,” Array Signal Processing: Concepts and
Techniques.Prentice Hall.
2. Petre Stoica and Randolph L. Moses. “Spectral Analysis of Signals. Prentice Hall.
MULTI-RATE SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51E3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of Multirate Theory: The sampling theorem - sampling at sub-Nyquist rate -
Basic Formulations and schemes - Basic Multirate operations- Decimation and Interpolation -
Digital Filter Banks- DFT Filter Bank- Identities- Polyphase representation.
Maximally decimated filter banks: Polyphase. representation - Errors in the QMF bank- Perfect
Reconstruction (PR) QMF Bank - Design of an alias free QMF Bank
M-channel perfect reconstruction filter banks: Uniform band and non uniform filter bank - tree
structured filter bank- Errors created by filter bank system- Polyphase representation- perfect
reconstruction systems
Perfect reconstruction (PR) filter banks:Para-unitary PR Filter Banks- Filter Bank Properties
induced by paraunitarity- Two channel FIR paraunitary QMF Bank- Linear phase PR Filter banks-
Necessary conditions for Linear phase property- Quantization Effects: -Types of quantization
effects in filter
banks. - coefficient sensitivity effects, dynamic range and scaling.
Cosine Modulated filter banks: Cosine Modulated pseudo QMF Bank- Alas cancellation- phase -
Phase
distortion- Closed form expression- Polyphase structure- PR Systems.
TEXT BOOKS
1. P.P. Vaidyanathan. “Multirate systems and filter banks.” Prentice Hall. PTR.
2. N.J. Fliege. “Multirate digital signal processing .” John Wiley.
3. Sanjit K. Mitra. “ Digital Signal Processing: A computer based approach.”
REFERENCES
1. R.E. Crochiere. L. R. “Multirate Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall. Inc.
2. J.G. Proakis. D.G. Manolakis. “Digital Signal Processing: Principles. Algorithms and
Applications”, 3rd Edn. Prentice Hall India
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SIGNAL PROCESSING
297
Course Code :15 EC 51F1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Cellular Mobile Systems: Cellular Mobile Telephone Systems, A Basic Cellular
System, Operation of Cellular Systems. Elements of Cellular Mobile Radio System Design:
General Description of the problem, Concept of Frequency reuse channels, Co-Channel
Interference Reduction Factor, Handoff Mechanism, Cell Splitting.
Speech Coding for Wireless Systems Applications: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing
(DSP) Techniques in Wireless Telephone and Broadcast Systems, Speech Coding Techniques for
Audio and Voice – Pulse Code Modulation, DPCM, Delta Modulation, Vocoder and Linear
Predictive Coding, Performance Comparison of Speech Processing Techniques. Radio
Propagation and Cellular
Engineering Concepts: Fundamental Radio Propagation and System Concepts, Propagation
Characteristics, Models of Multipath-faded radio signals – Un modulated Carrier, Envelope and
Phase faded, Level Crossing rate and fade Duration, Delay Spread Measurements.
Digital Modulation-Demodulation (Modem) Principles and Architectures: Coherent Modem –
Baseband Modem Equivalence, Coherent and Differentially Coherent Binary Phase Shift Keying
Systems, Synchronization – Carrier Recovery and Symbol Timing Recovery, Differential Encoding
and Decoding Requirement, Quadrature Phase shift Keying – Coincident and offset - Types, Pi/4
DQPSK Modems – Architecture.
Interference In Wireless Digital
Communication: Carrier-to-Interference and Carrier-to-Noise Limited Systems, Cochannel
Interference, Adjacent Channel Interference. Externally caused Cochannel Interference,
Definitions and performance of Spectral and Power Efficiency, Relationship of the Bit-Energy to
Noise-Density Ratio and the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio, Power Efficiency and Bit-Error-Rate
performance in an Additive White Gaussian Noise Environment, Concepts of Diversity Branch
and Signal paths; Combining and Switching Methods.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dr. Kamilo Feher Wireless Digital Communications, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
– 1999
2. William Cy Lee, Mobile Cellular Telecommunications, 2 Edition, MC Graw Hill.
INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS AND CONTROL
Course Code :15 EC 51F2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Biological foundations to intelligent systems I: Artificial neural networks, Back-propagation
networks, Radial basis function networks, and recurrent networks.
298
Biological foundations to intelligent systems II: Fuzzy logic, knowledge representation and
inference mechanism, genetic algorithm, and fuzzy neural networks.
Fuzzy and expert control (standard, Takagi-Sugeno, mathematical characterizations, design
example), Parametric optimization of fuzzy logic controller using genetic algorithm. System
identification using neural and fuzzy neural networks.
Stability analysis: Lyapunov stability theory and Passivity Theory. Adaptive control using neural
and fuzzy neural networks, Direct and Indirect adaptive control, and Self-tuning Pill Controllers.
Genetic Programming: Genetic Algorithm, Multi objective optimization using Genetic Algorithm.
Software Simulations: Applications to pH reactor control, flight control, robot manipulator
dynamic control, under actuated systems such as inverted pendulum and inertia wheel pendulum
control and visual motor coordination. Simulation models of all fuzzy membership functions.
Simulation models of single neurons, Simulation models of ANN algorithms, Speed control of a
permanent magnet direct current (PMDC) motor, A tracking controller for moving objects, A door
position control system, Additional examples from industry and other sources.
Text Books:
1. Intelligent Systems and Control: Principles and Applications Paperback – 12 Nov
2009,by Laxmidhar Behera, Indrani Kar.
2. Rao, Vallinu B.,and Rao, Hayagriva . Neural networks and fuzzy Logic, second edition,
BPB Publication
3. Freeman A. James, Skapura M. David- neural networks algorithms, applications and
programming Techniques, Pearson Education.
4. Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing: A Computational Approach to Learning and
Machine Intelligence,'' by J.S.R. Jang, C.T. Sun, and E. Mizutani, Prentice Hall, 1996
BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51F3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction To Biomedical Signals - Examples of Biomedical signals - ECG, EEG, EMG etc.,
Tasks in Biomedical Signal Processing - Computer Aided Diagnosis. Origin of bio potentials -
Review of linear systems - Fourier Transform and Time Frequency Analysis (Wavelet) of
biomedical signals- Processing of Random &Stochastic signals – spectral estimation – Properties
and effects of noise in biomedical instruments - Filtering in biomedical instruments.
Concurrent, Coupled and Correlated Processes - Illustration with case studies – Adaptive and
optimal filtering - Modeling of Biomedical signals - Detection of biomedical signals in noise -
removal of artifacts of one signal embedded in another -Maternal-Fetal ECG - Muscle-contraction
interference. Event detection – case studies with ECG & EEG - Independent component Analysis -
Cocktail party problem applied to EEG signals -Classification of biomedical signals.
Cardio Vascular Applications : Basic ECG - Electrical Activity of the heart- ECG data
acquisition – ECG parameters & their estimation - Use of multi-scale analysis for ECG parameters
299
estimation - Noise & Artifacts- ECG Signal Processing: Baseline Wandering, Power line
interference, Muscle noise filtering – QRS detection -Arrhythmia analysis
Data Compression: Lossless & Lossy- Heart Rate Variability – Time Domain measures - Heart
Rhythm representation - Spectral analysis of heart rate variability - interaction with other
physiological signals.
Neurological Applications: The electroencephalogram - EEG rhythms & waveform -
categorization of EEG activity - recording techniques - EEG applications- Epilepsy, sleep
disorders, brain computer interface. Modeling EEG- linear, stochastic models – Non-linear
modeling of EEG - artifacts in EEG & their characteristics and processing – Model based spectral
analysis - EEG segmentation - Joint Time-Frequency analysis – correlation analysis of EEG
channels - coherence analysis of EEG channels.
TEXT BOOKS
1. D.C.Reddy ,“Biomedical Signal Processing: Principles and techniques” ,Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2005
2. Willis J Tompkins , Biomedical Signal Processing -, ED, Prentice – Hall, 1993
REFERENCES BOOKS
1. R. Rangayan, “Biomedical Signal Analysis”, Wiley 2002.
2. Bruce, “Biomedical Signal Processing & Signal Modeling,” Wiley, 2001
3. Sörnmo, “Bioelectrical Signal Processing in Cardiac & Neurological Applications”,
Elsevier
4. Semmlow, “Bio-signal and Biomedical Image Processing”, Marcel Dekker
5. Enderle, “Introduction to Biomedical Engineering,” 2/e, Elsevier, 2005
IMAGE PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 5213 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Introduction : Digital Image definitions ,Types of Operations ,Types of neighborhoods, Video
parameters 2D convolution ,Properties of 2D convolution ,2D Fourier Transforms, Properties of 2D
Fourier Transforms , Importance of phase and magnitude , Circularly Symmetric Signals, Examples
of 2D Signals and transforms, Statistical Description of Images, Perception, Brightness Sensitivity,
Wavelength Sensitivity , Stimulus Sensitivity, Spatial Frequency Sensitivity, Psychophysics of
Color vision, Perceived color, Color metrics, CIE chromaticity coordinates, Spatial effects in color
vision, Optical illusions. MATLAB Implementations.
Image Sampling: Two dimensional Sampling theory, Extensions of sampling theory, Non
rectangular Grid sampling, Hexagonal sampling, Optimal sampling. Image Quantization: The
optimum Mean Square Lloyd-Max quantizer, Optimum mean square uniform quantizer for non
uniform densities, Analytic Models for practical quantizes, Visual quantization, Vector
Quantization. MATLAB Implementations.
Image Transforms: Two dimensional orthogonal and unitary transforms, Separable unitary
transforms, Basis images: Dimensionality of Image Transforms, Discrete linear orthogonal, DFT,
300
WHT, KLT, DCT and SVD, Quantization of Transform coefficients, Transform Coding of Color
images.
Image Enhancement: Contrast and dynamic Range Modification, Histogram-based operations,
Smoothing operations, Edge Detection-derivative based operation, Image Interpolation and Motion
Estimation, Pseudo coloring.
Image Restoration: Degradation Estimation, Reduction of Additive Noise, Reduction of Image
Blurring, Simultaneous reduction of noise and blurring, Reduction of Signal dependent noise,
Temporal filtering for Image Restoration, Extrapolation of Band limited Signals.
Simulation Software: MATLAB
®
Image processing Toolbox, Simulink for Image Analysis,
PDEs, and Applications to Image Analysis.
Text Books:
1. Digital Image Processing (3rd Edition) Hardcover – August 31, 2007 by Rafael C. Gonzalez
,Richard E. Woods .
2. Algorithms for Image Processing and Computer Vision Paperback – December 21, 2010 by
J. R. Parker.
3. Digital Image Processing Using MATLAB Hardcover – December 26, 2003, by Rafael C.
Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins.
PATTERN CLASSIFICATION AND CLUSTERING
Course Code :15 EC 5214 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction, Data Sets for Pattern Recognition, Different Paradigms for Pattern Recognition, Data
Structures for Pattern Representation, Representation of Clusters, Proximity Measures.
Features: Size of Patterns, Abstractions of the Data Set, Feature Extraction, Feature Selection,
Evaluation of Classifiers, Evaluation of Clustering.
Nearest Neighbour Based Classifiers: Nearest Neighbour Algorithm, Variants of the NN
Algorithm, Use of the Nearest Neighbour Algorithm for Transaction Databases, Minimal Distance
Classifier (MDC).
Bayes Classifier: Bayes Theorem, Minimum Error Rate Classifier, Estimation of Probabilities
Comparison with the NNC, Naive Bayes Classifier.
Hidden Markov Models: Markov Models for Classification, Hidden Markov Models, HMM
Parameters, Learning HMMs, Classification Using HMMs, Classification of Test Patterns.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Pattern Recognition, An Algorithmic Approach, M. Narasimha Murty · V. Susheela Devi,
2011, Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd, Co-Published by SPRINGER.
2. Handbook of Pattern Recognition and Computer Vision, Third Edition by C. H. Chen,
Patrick S. P. Wang, World Scientific Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,2005.
301
REFERENCES
1. Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition by Bishop, Oxford University Press, 2005.
2. R. O. Duda,P.E. Hart and D. G.Stork,Pattern Classification, Wiley, 2000,
DETECTION AND ESTIMATION OF SIGNALS
Course Code :15 EC 5215 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Discrete-time signals: Fourier Transform of a discrete time signal, Amplitude and
phase spectrum, Frequency content and sampling rates, Transfer function, Frequency response.
Random - Discrete-time signals: Review of probability, Random data, Generation of Pseudo-
random noise, Filtered signals, Autocorrelation and power spectral density, Sampling band-
Limited random.
Detection of Signals in Noise:- Minimum probability of Error Criterion, Neyman-Person criterion
for Radar detection of constant and variable amplitude signals, Matched filters, Optimum
formulation, Detection of Random signals, Simple problems thereon with multi sample cases.
Estimation of Signals in Noise: Linear mean squared estimation, Non linear estimates, MAP and
ML estimates, Maximum likelihood estimate of parameters of linear system, Simple problems
thereon.
Recursive linear mean squared Estimation: Estimation of a signal parameter, Estimation of time
varying signals, Kalman filtering, Filtering signals in noise, Treatment restricted to two variable
case only, Simple problems.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Signal processing: Discrete Spectral analysis, Detection and Estimation, Mischa
Schwartz and Leonard Shaw, Mc-Graw Hill Book Company, 1975.
2. Signal Detection and Estimation, 2
nd
edition, Mourad Barkat, Artech House Inc,
Norwood, MA 02062, 2005,
3. Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Estimation Theory, Steven M. Kay,
Prentice Hall New Jersey, 1993,
REFERENCE TEXT BOOK
1. “Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles”, Peyton Z.Peebles Jr,
4
th
Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
2. Jerry M. Mendel, Lessons in Estimation Theory for Signal Processing, Communication
and Control, Prentice Hall Inc., 1995.
3. Shanmugam and Breipohl, ‘Detection of signals in noise and estimation’, John Wiley &
Sons, New York, 1985.
4. Srinath, Rajasekaran & Viswanathan, Introduction to statistical Signal processing with
Applications, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 110 001,1989.
302
5. Steven M. Kay, Intuitive Probability and Random Processes using Matlab, Springer,
2006.
SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS
1. Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling by Monson Hayes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., 2.Statistical Signal Processing Modelling and ESTIMATION BY Chonavel,
T., Springer 2001
STATISTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 5216 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Review of random variables: Distribution and density functions, moments, independent,
uncorrelated and orthogonal random variables; Vector-space representation of Random variables,
Schwarz Inequality Orthogonality principle in estimation, Central Limit theorem, Random
processes, wide-sense stationary processes, autocorrelation and auto covariance functions, Spectral
representation of random signals, Wiener Khinchin theorem Properties of power spectral density,
Gaussian Process and White noise process, Linear System with random input, Spectral factorization
theorem and its importance, innovation process and whitening filter, .Random signal modeling:
MA(q), AR(p) , ARMA(p,q) models.
Parameter Estimation Theory: Principle of estimation and applications, Properties of estimates,
unbiased and consistent estimators, Minimum Variance Unbiased Estimates (MVUE), Cramer Rao
bound, Efficient estimators; Criteria of estimation: the methods of maximum likelihood and its
properties ; Bayesian estimation : Mean square error and MMSE, Mean Absolute error, Hit and
Miss cost function and MAP estimation.
Estimation of signal in presence of white Gaussian Noise: Linear Minimum Mean-Square Error
(LMMSE) Filtering: Wiener Hoff Equation, FIR Wiener filter, Causal IIR Wiener filter, Non causal
I I R Wiener filter, Wiener filter, Non causal I I R Wiener filter, Linear Prediction of Signals,
Forward and Backward Predictions, Levinson Durbin Algorithm, Lattice filter realization of
prediction error filters.
Spectral analysis: Estimated autocorrelation function, periodogram, Averaging the periodogram
(Bartlett Method), Welch modification, Blackman and Tukey method of smoothing periodogram,
Parametric method, AR(p) spectral estimation and detection of Harmonic signals, Burg, ESPRIT,
MUSIC algorithm.
Kalman filtering: State-space model and the optimal state estimation problem, discrete Kalman
filter, continuous-time Kalman filter, extended Kalman filter.
Simulation Software: MATLAB
®
SSP Toolbox, Software for Filter Design, Signal Analysis,
PDEs, and Applications to Signal Analysis.
303
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Hays: Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modelling, John Willey and Sons,
1996.
2. M.D. Srinath, P.K. Rajasekaran and R. Viswanathan: Statistical Signal Processing with
Applications, PHI, 1996.
VLSI FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 52G1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction To DSP Systems: Introduction; representation of DSP algorithms: Block Diagram,
signal flow graph, data flow graph, dependence graph.
Iteration Bound: Data flow graph representations, loop bound and iteration bound, longest path
matrix algorithm, iteration bound of Multirate data flow graphs.
Pipelining and Parallel Processing: Pipelining and parallel processing of FIR digital filters,
pipeline interleaving in digital filters: signal and multichannel interleaving.
Retiming, Unfolding and Folding: retiming techniques; algorithm for unfolding, Folding
transformation, systolic architecture design, systolic array design methodogy.
Fast Convolution, Filters and Transforms: Cook-toom algorithm, modified cooktoom algorithm,
winogard algorithm, iterated convolution Algorithm strength reduction in filters and transforms.
TEXT BOOK
1. Keshab k. Parhi,” VLSI Digital Signal Processing Systems: Design and
Implementation”, Wiley, inter science.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. S.Y.kung, H.J.White house, T. Kailath,” VLSI and Modern Signal Processing”, Prentice
hall,
DSP PROCESSORS AND ARCHITECTURES
Course Code :15 EC 52G2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
304
Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Review of a digital signal-processing system, Discrete
Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), Linear Time Invariant Systems,
Digital filters IIR and FIR, Decimation and interpolation.
Computational Accuracy in DSP Implementations: Number formats for signals and coefficients
in DSP systems, Dynamic range and precision, Sources of error in DSP implementations, ADC and
DAC conversion errors, DSP computational errors, Compensating filter.
Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices: Basic Architectural features, DSP computational
building blocks, Bus architecture and memory, Data addressing capabilities, Address generation
unit, Programmability and program execution, Speed issues, Features for external interfacing.
Execution Control and Pipelining: Hardware looping, Interrupts, Stacks, Relative Branch
support, Pipelining and Performance, Pipeline Depth, Interlocking, Branching effects, Interrupt
effects, Pipeline Programming models.
Programmable Digital Signal Processors: Commercial DSP Devices, Data Addressing modes of
TMS320C54XX, DSPs, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX Processors, Memory space of
TMS320C54XX Processors, Program Control, TMS320C54XX instructions and programming, On-
Chip Peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320C54XX processors, Pipeline operation of TMS320C54XX
Processors.
Implementations of Basic DSP Algorithms: The Q-notation, FIR Filters, IIR Filters, Interpola-
tion Filters, Decimation Filters, PID Controller, Adaptive Filters, 2-D Signal Processing, An FFT
Algorithm for DFT Computation, A Butterfly Computation, Overflow and scaling, Bit-Reversed
index generation, An 8-Point FFT
implementation on the TMS320C54XX, Computation of the signal spectrum.
Interfacing Memory and I/O Peripherals to Programmable DSP Devices: Memory space
organization, External bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O interface,
Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct memory access (DMA), A Multichannel buffered serial
port (McBSP), McBSP Programming, a CODEC interface circuit, CODEC programming, A
CODEC-DSP interface example.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Digital Signal Processing – Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, Thomson Publications, 2004.
2. DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architectures & Features - Lapsley et al. S. Chand & Co,
2000.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Digital Signal Processors, Architecture, Programming and Applications – B. Venkata
Ramani and M. Bhaskar, TMH, 2004.
2. Digital Signal Processing –Principles, Algorithms Applications by J.G. Proakis &
D.G.Manolokis, PHI, 2005.
MULTIMEDIA SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 52G3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Multimedia: Elements of Image Compression System, Video Coding : Fixed-
length and Variable-length Codes, Lossless and Lossy Compression, Lossy Compression
305
Technique, Lossy Compression Technique : Discrete Cosine Transforms, Bit Allocation Strategies
for DCT Coefficients - 1
Bit Allocation Strategies for DCT Coefficients – 2, Limitations of the DCT.
Motion Estimation : Matching Criteria, Motion Estimation : Generalised Matching, Generalised
Deformation Model in Motion Estimation
Multimedia Standards: Still Image Compression Standards : JPEG, JPEG-2000, Video
Compression Standards : An Overview, Video Compression Standards : H.261, Video
Compressing Standards : H.261 & H.263 Standards, MPEG-1 Standards : Specifications, MPEG-1
Standards : Continuity & Synchronization.
Synchronization of Media: Continuity Aspects of MPEG-1 Multimedia Streams, Multimedia
Synchronization, MPEG-2 Standards, The MPEG-2 Scalable Profiles,
MPEG- 4 Standards : Introduction, MPEG- 4 Standards : Audio Visual Objects, MPEG- 4
Multifunctional Coding Capabilities, MPEG- 1 Audio Standards, MPEG- 1 Audio Coder, MPEG -
Audio - Layer-1 Encoding, MPEG - Audio - Layer-2 Encoding, MPEG - Audio : Bit Allocation
and Psychoacoustic Model, MPEG - Audio : Masking Effects and Layer-3 Encoding
Multimedia Content Representation and Retrieval: Video Content Representation, Content-
based Video : Motion Representation, Content-based Video : Low to High-level Representation,
Content Retrieval Schemes
Text Books:
1. Multimedia Signal Processing: Theory and Applications in Speech, Music and
Communications Hardcover – 5 Oct 2007, by Saeed V. Vaseghi.
2. Brad Perry et.al. "Content-Based Access To Multimedia Information From Technology
Trends to State of the Art," Kluwer Academic Publishers 1999.
3. Multimedia Signals and Systems (The Springer International Series in Engineering and
Computer Science)31 December 2002 by Mrinal Kr. Mandal.
LINEAR & NONLINEAR OPTIMIZATION
Course Code :15 EC 52H1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Mathematical Background: Sequences and Subsequences- Mapping and functions- Continuous
functions- Infimum and Supremum of functions- Minima and maxima of functions- Differentiable
functions. Vectors and vector spaces- Matrices- Linear transformation- Quadratic forms- Definite
quadratic forms- Gradient and Hessian- Linear equations- Solution of a set of linear equations-
Basic solution and degeneracy. Convex sets and Convex cones- Introduction and preliminary
definition- Convex sets and properties- Convex Hulls- Extreme point- Separation and support of
convex sets- Convex Polytopes and Polyhedra-Convex cones- Convex and concave functions-
Basic properties- Differentiable convex functions- Generalization of convex functions. Linear
Programming: Introduction Optimization model, formulation and applications-Classical
306
optimization techniques: Single and multi variable problems-Types of constraints. Linear
optimization algorithms: The simplex method -Basic solution and extreme point Degeneracy-The
primal simplex method -Dual linear programs - Primal, dual, and duality theory - The dual simplex
method -The primal-dual algorithm-Duality applications. Post optimization problems: Sensitivity
analysis and parametric programming- Nonlinear Programming: Minimization and maximization
of convex functions- Local & Global optimum- Convergence-Speed of convergence.
Unconstrained optimization: One dimensional minimization - Elimination methods: Fibonacci &
Golden section search - Gradient methods - Steepest descent method. Constrained optimization:
Constrained optimization with equality and inequality constraints. Kelley's convex cutting plane
algorithm - Gradient projection method - Penalty Function methods. Constrained optimization:
Lagrangian method - Sufficiency conditions - Kuhn-Tucker optimality conditions- Rate of
convergence - Engineering applications Quadratic programming problems-Convex programming
problems.
TEXT BOOKS
1. David G Luenberger, .Linear and Non Linear Programming., 2nd Ed, Addison-Wesley.
2. S.S.Rao, .Engineering Optimization.; Theory and Practice; Revised 3rd Edition, New
Age International Publishers, New Delhi
REFERENCES
1. S.M. Sinha, Mathematical programming: Theory and Methods, Elsevier, 2006.
2. Hillier and Lieberman Introduction to Operations Research, McGraw-Hill, 8th edition,
2005.
3. Saul I Gass, Linear programming, McGraw-Hill, 5th edition, 2005.
4. Bazarra M.S., Sherali H.D. & Shetty C.M., Nonlinear Programming Theory and
Algorithms, John Wiley, New York, 1979.
5. Kalyanmoy Deb, Optimization for Engineering: Design-Algorithms and Examples,
Prentice Hall (India), 1998
BIOINFORMATICS
Course Code :15 EC 52H2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Algorithms and Complexity:
Biological Algorithms versus Computer Algorithms, Correct versus Incorrect Algorithms,
Recursive Algorithms, Algorithm Design Techniques, Structure of DNA, Analysis of DNA.
Exhaustive Search
Restriction Mapping, Impractical Restriction Mapping Algorithms, A Practical Restriction
Mapping Algorithm, Regulatory Motifs in DNA Sequences, The Motif Finding Problem.
Greedy Algorithms
Genome Rearrangements, Sorting by Reversals, Approximation Algorithms, Breakpoints: A
Different Face of Greed, A Greedy Approach to Motif Finding.
Dynamic Programming Algorithms
307
The Power of DNA Sequence Comparison, The Change Problem Revisited, The Manhattan Tourist
Problem, Edit Distance and Alignments, Longest Common Subsequence’s.
Graph Algorithms
Graphs, Graphs and Genetics, DNA Sequencing, Shortest Superstring Problem, DNA Arrays as an
Alternative Sequencing Technique, Sequencing by Hybridization, Spectrum Graphs, Protein
Identification via Database Search, Spectral Convolution.
Text Books:
1. An introduction to bioinformatics algorithms by Jones N.C., Pevzner P.A.
2. Introduction to Protein Structure Prediction: Methods and Algorithms (Wiley Series in
Bioinformatics) by Huzefa Rangwala, George Karypis.
References:
1. Parallel Computing for Bioinformatics and Computational Biology: Models, Enabling
Technologies, and Case Studies by Albert Y. Zomaya.
2. Introduction to Mathematical Methods in Bioinformatics by Alexander Isaev.
DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 52H3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basics of Video, Analog and digital Video, time varying Image formation models.
Spatio Temporal Sampling: Sampling for analog and digital video, 2D Rectangular sampling, 2D
periodic sampling, Reconstruction from samples.
2D Motion Estimation: Optical flow methods, The occlusion problem, aperture problem, OF
Equation, Second order differential methods, Block motion model, Horn schunck OF, Lukas
kande OF. Application of OF to Motion segmentation.
Video Filtering: Motion compensated filtering, Fourier transform methods, filtering among motion
trajectories, Noise Filtering, intraframe filtering, Restoration.
Video Compression: 3D transform coding, 3D subband coding, Motion compensated coding,
Model based Coding.
Text Books:
1. Digital Video Processing by A. Murat Tekalp, Prentice Hall.
2. "Handbook on Image and Video Processing", A.I.Bovik, Academic Press.
Reference Books:
1. "Multimedia Communication Technology", J.R.Ohm, Springer Publication.
2. "Video Coding for Mobile Communications" David Bull et al, Academic Press.
308
M.TECH - SPACE TECHNOLOGY & ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5117
Microwave and Satellite
Communications
3
1
0
4
2
15 EC 5118
Foundations of Atmospheric Science
& Space Technology
3
1
0
4
3
15 EC 5119
Global Navigation Satellite System
3
1
2
5
4
15 EC 5120
Physics and Dynamics of Lower
Atmosphere
3
1
2
5
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
26
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5221
Satellite Meteorology
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5222
Atmospheric & Space
Instrumentation
3
1
0
4
3
15 EC 5223
Advanced Satellite Navigation
Systems
3
1
0
4
4
15 EC 5224
Weather and Climate Applications
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
25
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
309
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EC 51I1
Atmospheric and Weather Radars
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51I2
Modern Digital Communications
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EC 51J1
GIS Analysis & Modeling
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51J2
Global Weather and Climate
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EC 52K1
Aeronomy
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52K2
Detection and Estimation Theory
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EC 52L1
Weather Hazards
& Risk Assessment
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52L2
Climate Change
3
0
0
3
310
MICROWAVE AND SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 5117 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Basic Concepts of Satellite Communications, Frequency Allocations for Satellite
Services, Applications.
Orbital Mechanics: Orbital Mechanics, Look Angle determination, Orbital perturbations.
Satellite Subsystems: Attitude and Orbit Control System, Telemetry, Tracking, Command
and Monitoring, Power Systems, Communication Subsystems, Satellite Antennas.
Satellite Link Design: Basic Transmission Theory, System Noise Temperature and G/T
Ratio, Design of Down Links, Up Link Design, Design Of Satellite Links For Specified C/N,
System Design Examples.
Propagation Effects & their impact on Satellite – Earth Links: Introduction, Atmospheric
absorption, Cloud attenuation, Tropospheric Scintillations, Ionospheric Scintillations, Rain
attenuation, Rain and Ice crystal Depolarization, Propagation impairment countermeasures.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Satellite Communications - Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostian and Jeremy Allnutt, WSE,
Wiley Publications, 2nd Edition, 2003.
2. Satellite Communications Engineering – L.Pritchard, Robert A Nelson and Henri
G.Suyderhoud, 2nd Edition, Pearson Publications
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Satellite Communications: Design Principles - M. Richharia, BS Publications, 2
nd
Edition.
2. Fundamentals of Satellite Communications - K. N. Raja Rao, PHI, 2004
3. Satellite Communication - D.C Agarwal, Khanna Publications, 5
th
Ed.
4. Satellite Communications - Dennis Roddy, McGraw Hill, 4
th
Edition, 2009.
5. Satellite Communications - Robert M Gagliardi,, DTS Publishers Ltd.
6. Communication Systems - Simon Haykin, 4
th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons
311
FOUNDATIONS OF ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE & SPACE TECHNOLOGY
Course Code :15 EC 5118 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Structure of atmosphere – Atmospheric composition, vertical thermal structure, environmental
lapse rate; standard atmosphere; hydrostatic equation; Geopotential.
Thermodynamics - Thermodynamics of dry air and moist air: Equation of state for water
vapour; Moisture variables, vertical stability of the atmosphere: Dry and moist
adiabatic lapse
rates; stability of layers.
Radiation - Solar and terrestrial Radiation: Characteristics, absorption and transmission of
radiation through the atmosphere; Radiative cooling or heating of the atmosphere;
Mean
heat balance of the earth - atmosphere system; Atmospheric greenhouse effect.
Climate: Weather and climate concepts; World climate system: climate of the
hemispheres.
Global distribution of radaition, temperature, pressure, winds, precipitation;
Atmospheric
circulation patterns during winter and summer seasons. Jet streams.
Monsoons – Asia,
Australia, E. Africa and North America. Koppen and Thornthwaite
climate classifications.
Electrodyanamics and radio wave propagation- Elements of vector calculus: divergence
and curl; Gauss' and Stokes' theorems, Maxwell's equations: differential and integral forms.
Wave equation, Poynting vector. Ground wave propagation, terrain and earth curvature
effects. Tropospheric propagation; fading, diffraction and scattering; Ionospheric
Propagation-refractive index, critical frequencies.
Remote Sensing: Electromagnetic (EM) energy and radiation; electromagnetic spectrum,
wavelength; absorption, reflection and scattering of radiation in atmosphere, albedo, laws of
radiation; active and passive remote sensing, radiation terminology; interaction between EM
radiation and matter in the optical/ thermal and microwave region; spectral signatures;
Spectral,
spatial, temporal and radiometric resolutions. Kepler’s laws of universal planetary motion,
Geostationary, Sun-synchronous and special purpose orbits; visible, IR and microwave
imagery, vertical sounding; Limb sounding.
Signal processing - DT Sequences and DT Systems - Analysis of LTI Systems, Z- Transforms
and its applications; DFT and FFT Design and Realization of Digital IIR and FIR Filters:
Communications - Analog communication systems: amplitude and angle modulation and
demodulation systems, Noise performance in communication systems.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Compendium of Meteorology (WMO Pub.) - Physical Meteorology, 1973, Vol.1,
No.2
2. General Climatology: by howard Critchfield. 2nd ed. Prentice-Hall, 1966
3. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing – George Joseph
4. John G Proakis, Dimtris G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles,
Algonithms and Applications, Pearson Education.
5. R. Collin, Antennas and Radio wave Propagation, McGraw Hill, 1985. ISBN
0070118086.
6. Advanced Electronic Communications Systems, by Wayne Tomasi, 6 Edition Pearson
Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Meteorology Today - C. Donald Ahrens, Brooks Cole Pub., 2004.
2. Dynamical and Physical Meteorology - G.J.Haltiner and F.L.Martin
3. Physical Meteorology - H.G.Houghton.
312
4. World Climatic Systems - by John G. Lockwood, Hodder Arnold, 1985.
GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM
Course Code :15 EC 5119 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
GNSS fundamentals: Trilateration, Hyperbolic navigation, Transit, GNSS principle of
operation, Architecture, Operating frequencies, orbits, Keplerian elements.
GPS Signals: GPS and UTC Time, Signal structure, C/A and P-code, ECEF and ECI
coordinate systems and WGS 84 datum, Important components of receiver and specifications.
GPS error Models: Ionospheric error, Tropospheric error, Ephemeris error, Clock errors,
Satellite and receiver instrumental biases, Antenna phase center variation, multipath,
estimation of Total Electron Content (TEC) using Dual Frequency measurement, Various
DOP’s, UERE.
GPS data processing and position fixing: RINEX navigation and observation formats,
Code and Carrier phase observables, Linear combinations and derived observables,
Ambiguity resolutions, Cycle slips, Position estimation.
Other satellite Navigation Systems: Galileo, GLONASS, IRNSS, Space, control and ground
segments and Signal characteristics.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Global Navigation Satellite Systems – G. S. Rao, McGraw-Hill publications, New
Delhi, 2010.
2. GPS Theory and Practice - B.Hofmann Wollenhof, H.Lichtenegger, and J.Collins,
Springer Wien, New York, 2000.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to GPS - Ahmed El -Rabbany, Artech House, Boston, 2002.
2. Global Positioning System Signals, Measurements, and Performance - Pratap
Misra and Per Enge, Ganga-Jamuna Press, Massachusetts, 2001.
313
PHYSICS AND DYNAMICS OF LOWER ATMOSPHERE
Course Code :15 EC 5120 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Atmospheric Stability - Conditional, latent and potential instability, Stability of layers,
Cloud formation, Precipitation mechanisms; Bergeron and Fendeisen process; Collision and
coalescence processes.
Atmospheric motion - Inertial and Non-inertial frames- Fundamental Forces-Pressure
Gradient
forces, Gravitational force. Frictional force. Apparent forces - Centrifugal Force, Coriolis force.
Equations of motion. Hydrostatic approximation. Balanced motion:
Geostrophic Wind, Gradient
Wind, Thermal wind.
Continuity equation – Horizantal divergence, Vertical motion; Circulation and Vorticity. Land
and Sea breeze. Vorticity equation, barotropy and baroclinicity.
Atmospheric boundary layer (ABL) - Reynolds stresses, Laminar and Turbulent flow;
Vertical
subdivisions of ABL and their characteristics; Drag coefficient. Bulk aerodynamic
formulae.
Vertical profile of wind speed; Richardson’s Number and Monin-Obukhov length.
Atmospheric Modelling - Dynamical equations for weather prediction; Numerical methods: Finite
difference methods- forward, centered and Implicit schemes; CFL Criterion. Numerical
Models:
Quasi-Geostrophic Models: Linear and Non-linear Balance Models, Primitive
Equation (PE)
Models, Problem of initialization for PE models. Two Level PE Model in
Momentum form;
Staggered Grid Systems- Arakawa C grid, 3D General circulation models.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dynamical and Physical Meteorology - G.J.Haltiner and F.L.Martin
2. Compendium of Meteorology (WMO Pub.) - Physical Meteorology, 1973, Vol.1, No.2
3.
Numerical Prediction and Dynamic Meteorology, G.J.Haltiner
and
R.T.Williams.
4. An Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology - J.R.Holton
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Physical Meteorology - H.G.Houghton
2. Atmospheric Thermodynamics - J.V.Iribarne and W.L.Godson
3. A first course in atmospheric radiation - G.W. Petty, Sundog Publishing
4. Meteorology Today - C. Donald Ahrens, Brooks Cole Pub., 2004.
ATMOSPHERIC AND WEATHER RADARS
Course Code :15 EC 51I1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Principles of Radar: Doppler radar (Transmitting and receiving aspects) scattering cross
section radar equation, Doppler Shift attenuation Practical considerations. Basic system
antenna
arrays, TR Duplexer and transmitting systems, receiving systems coding and decoding coherent
integration.
Radar signal processing: Spectral analysis of Radar signals discrete Fourier transform,
power spectrum of random sequences spectral moment’s extraction of structure constant
velocity fields and turbulence parameters. Range ambiguities velocity ambiguities echo
coherency direction of weakly scattering weather targets
314
Wind profilers and MST Radars: studies on clear Air turbulence (CAT) using ST / MST
radar Systems Observations of structure (Cn2 and Stratified Layers) winds, waves and
Turbulence parameters
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Doppler Radar & Weather Observations, R. J. Doviak, D. S. Zrnic, 2
nd
Edition,
Dover Publications.
2. Electromagnetic waves & Radiation Systems – Edward C Jordan and Keith
G.Balmain,PHI,Second Edition,India
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Elements of Electromagnetics - Matthew N. O. Sadiku, Oxford University Press.
ATMOSPHERIC AND WEATHER RADARS
Course Code :15 EC 51I2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Modern Digital Modulation Techniques: Introduction, Information Capacity, Bits, Bit
Rate,
Baud rate & M-ary Encoding, ASK, FSK, PSK, QAM, Bandwidth Efficiency, Carrier
Recovery, Clock Recovery, DPSK, Trellis Code Modulation, Probability of Error & Bit Error
Rate, Error Performance.
Spread Spectrum Signals for Digital Communication: Model of Spread Spectrum Digital
Communication System, Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Signals, Error Rate Performance
of
the Decoder, Applications of DS Spread Spectrum Signals.
Frequency Hopped Spread Spectrum signals: Generation of PN Sequences, Frequency
Hopped Spread Spectrum Signals, Performance of FH Spread Spectrum Signals in an AWGN
Channel, CDMA System Based on FH Spread Spectrum Signals.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Principles of communication systems-Herbert Taub, Donald L. Schilling, McGraw-
Hill, 1986
2. Advanced Electronic Communications Systems - Wayne Tomasi, 6 Edition Pearson
Education.
3. Digital and Analog Communication Systems - K Sam Shanmugam, John Wiley and
sons (Asia) Pvt Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Digital communications - Simon Haykin, John Wiley and sons, 1998
2. Advanced electronic communication systems - Wayne Tomasi, 4th Edition Pearson
Education Asia, 1998
3. Modern digital and analog communication systems - B.P.Lathi, 3rd Edition, Oxford
315
University press.
4.
Digital Communications: Microwave Applications-Kamilo Feher,
SciTech
Publishing,1997
ATMOSPHERIC AND WEATHER RADARS
Course Code :15 EC 51J1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of GIS: Map – scale, projection and symbolism. GIS - Introduction, definition
and terminology, categories, components, fundamental operations, functional
elements. Data
structures, data models, GIS data acquisition, input, storage, output
generation. Data
preprocessing, database management, integrated analysis of spatial and attribute data.
GIS Spatial Analysis: Introduction, Defining spatial objects - point, line and area objects
based on their attributes, higher level point, line and area objects.
Measurement: Measuring length of linear objects, measuring polygons, measuring shape,
measuring distance. Classification – Principles, Neighborhood functions, Polygonal
neighborhoods, Buffers.
Statistical Surfaces: Surface mapping, sampling the statistical surface, Digital Elevation
Model (DEM). Interpolation - linear and non-linear, uses and problems. Terrain
reclassification
– steepness of slope, aspect, shape or form. Discrete surfaces - dot
distribution maps,
choropleth maps.
Spatial Arrangement: Spatial Arrangement - Point patterns, Theissen Polygons, Area
patterns,
Linear patterns, Directionality of Linear and Areal objects, Connectivity of Linear objects,
Routing and allocation.
Overlay Analysis: Cartographic overlay, point-in-polygon and line-in-polygon operations,
Polygon overlay, Automating point-in-polygon and line-in-polygon procedures in Raster,
Automating Polygon overlay in Raster, Automating vector overlay, types of overlay.
Data Modelling: The state of GIS for Environmental Problem Solving, A Perspective on the
State of Environmental Simulation Modeling, GIS and Environmental Modeling, The Role of
Software Venders in Integrating GIS and Environmental Modeling, Cartographic Modeling,
Scope of GIS and relationship to environmental modeling, data models and data quality.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of GIS by MICHAEL N DEMERS. Published By john Wiley & Sons
Inc.
2. Environmental Modelling with GIS, Michael F. Goodchild, Bradley O. Parks, Louis T.
Steyaert.
316
ATMOSPHERIC AND WEATHER RADARS
Course Code :15 EC 51J2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Global atmospheric circulation - Atmospheric circulation patterns. Zonally averaged
meridional and zonal circulations, zonally asymmetric components of the general
circulation
- standing eddies and Walker circulations.
Monsoon systems - Land and sea breezes, Asian monsoons –onset, withdrawal, active and
break monsoon situations. Monsoon rainfall distribution; monsoon rain bearing systems -
monsoon depressions, Mid-tropospheric cyclones and Offshore vortices.
Mesoscale weather systems - CAPE and CINE, Thunderstorm, Dust storm, Hail storm,
mesoscale convective system, fog, tropical cyclones, extra-tropical frontal systems.
Global and regional Circulation systems: Jet streams- Tropical Easterly jet, Subtropical
Westerly jet, Somali jet over India. Easterly waves, Rossby waves and Kelvin waves.
Atmospheric –Ocean phenomena: North Atlantic Oscillation, North Pacific Oscillation, El-
Nino, La Nina, Southern Oscillation, Walker circulation, Hadley circulation, Tropical
Biennial
Oscillation, Indian Ocean Dipole.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Physical climatology - William D. Sellers.
2. Essentials of Meteorology – C. Donald Ahrens
3. Global Physical Climatology - Dennis L. Hartmann
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dynamical and physical Meteorology - George J.Haltiner and Frank L. Martin.
2. Monsoons - P.K.Das
3. Tropical Meteorology - G.C.Asnani
4. World Climate Systems, J.G.Lockwood
317
SATELLITE METEOROLOGY
Course Code :15 EC 5221 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Remote sensing for meteorology - Overview of remote sensing systems for meteorology;
earth stations for remote sensing and meteorological satellites; space based measurement
systems for meteorology; Active and passive remote sensing; imagery and sounding.
Radiation measurements and estimation– Mean Global Energy Balance; The First Satellite
Experiment to Measure the Net Radiation; The Radiation Budget.
Radiative Transfer Equation (RTE) - Derivation of RTE; Temperature Profile Inversion;
RTE in Cloudy Conditions;
Meteorological satellite systems – Series of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite, INSAT,
Meteosat, NOAA, TRMM and SSMI; QuikSCAT, Oceansat2, Terra, Aqua, Megha-
Tropiques satellite products.
Satellite meteorological data and products - Satellite image interpretation and enhancement
techniques, cloud type identification.
Land surface temperatures from satellites; Infrared and microwave observations of sea
surface
temperatures (SST); Global SST retrieval algorithms from NOAA-AVHRR data.
Vegetation spectral response and vegetation indices; Normalized Difference Vegetation
Index;
Normalized Difference Water Index; Normalized Difference Snow Index; Normalized
Difference moisture Index.
Satellite based ocean and atmospheric parameters - Satellite based rainfall estimations;
cloud motion vectors; outgoing longwave radiation (OLR) and cloud top.
Active and passive sensors for ocean surface winds; soil moisture using microwave
radiometer; atmospheric temperature profile retrieval; limb sounding retrieval of trace gases;
GPS-RO (Global Positioning System- radio Occultation) techniques to retrieve temperature
and humidity profiles.
Total Water Vapour Estimation. Determination of total Ozone and Geopotential Height.
Microwave Estimation of Tropical Cyclone Intensity. Satellite measurement of Atmospheric
Stability. Detection of forest fire and area estimation; Aerosol optical thickness; ISCCP;
CLAVR; CO2 slicing.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing – George Joseph
2. Satellite Meteorology: An introduction - S.Q. Kidder and T.H. Vonder Haar
3. Lecture Notes for Post Graduate Course on Satellite Meteorology and Global Climate,
Vols.1, 2 and 3. ISRO Publications.
4. Applications with Meteorological Satellites - W. Paul Menzel, Technical document,
WMO/TD No. 1078.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The use of satellite data in rainfall monitoring- E.C. Barrett and W. N. Martin
2. Remote sensing of atmosphere - J.T. Houghton, F.W. Taylor and C.D. Rodgers.
3. Satellite Meteorology - R.R. Kelkar, B.S.Publications.
318
ATMOSPHERIC & SPACE INSTRUMENTATION
Course Code :15 EC 5222 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Observational Techniques of atmospheric parameters – Measurement of temperature:
Electrical Resistance thermometers, Semiconductor thermometers, Bimetallic thermometers,
Thermocouples.
Measurement of Atmospheric Pressure – Mercury, Aneroid & Piezo – resistive barometers.
Measurement of Humidity- Psychrometer, Hygrometer
Measurement of Surface wind - Wind vane, Cup anemometer, Hotwire Anemometer, Sonic
Anemometer.
Radiosonde & Rawin measurement sensors
Measurement of Precipitation – Recording & Non-recording precipitation gauges.
Measurement of Radiation - Pyrheliometer, Pyranometer, Net Radiometer, Pyrgeometer
Radar principles and technology - propagation, scattering and attenuation of microwaves in
the
lower atmosphere, weather radar signal processing and display, Weather Radar: Signal
Processing and display, Phenomena observed, operational weather Radar.
Radar Measurements -,Observation and estimation of precipitating systems, radar equation for
precipitation targets. Doppler radar – Velocity measurements, Radar wind profiler – MST
Radar,
Lidar & Sodar, Observation of Tropical Cyclones, use of weather Radar in Aviation,
observation of clear air turbulence.
Satellite Sensors - Advance very high resolution radiometer, very high resolution
radiometer, visible and infrared spin scan Radiometer, Atmospheric sounder – VAS, special
sensor microwave imager – SSM/I, High resolution infrared Radiation sounder – HIRS,
microwave sounding unit-MSU, Scatterometer, Synthetic Aperture Radar, Altimeter, Ocean
Colour Monitor-OCM.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Radar Meteorology - Henry Sauvageot, Artech House, 1992.
2. Satellite Meteorology – An Introduction, Stanely Q Kidder, Thomas H VanderHaus,
Academic Press Inc.
3. Guide to Meteorological Instruments and Methods of Observation. WMO-No. 8,
World Meteorological Organization, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Radar Meteorology – S. Raghavan, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003
2. Weather Radar: Principles and Advanced Applications - Peter Meischner, Springer -
Verlag, 2004
319
ADVANCED SATELLITE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 EC 5223 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Differential GPS systems: Introduction to Differential GPS systems, LADGPS, WADGPS,
Relative advantages of SBAS and GBAS, Wide area augmentation system (WAAS)
architecture, GAGAN, EGNOS and MSAS, Local Area Augmentation system (LAAS).
Inertial Navigation Systems: Introduction to Inertial Navigation, Inertial sensors,
Navigation Co ordinates, System implementations, System-level error Models.
GPS/INS Integration: GPS receiver performance issues, inertial sensor performance issues,
Kalman filter, GPS-INS integration methods.
GPS receivers: Signal Conditioning, Signal acquisition and carrier and code tracking.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Understanding GPS Principles and Applications - E.Kaplan Artech House, 1996,
ISBN 0890067937.
2. Global Positioning Systems, Inertial Navigation, and Integration - Mohinder S.
Grewal, California State University at Fullerton, A John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to GPS - Ahmed El -Rabbany, Artech House, Boston, 2002.
2. Global Navigation Satellite Systems – G. S. Rao, McGraw-Hill publications, New
Delhi, 2010.
3. GPS Theory and Practice - B.Hofmann Wollenhof, H.Lichtenegger, and J .Collins,
Springer Wien, New York, 2000.
WEATHER AND CLIMATE APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 5224 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Weather and climate data - Sources for local, regional and global meteorological data; data
from national and international sources; spatial and temporal resolution of data;
Observational and model generated data.
Applications to hydrology – Rainfall: interception and infiltration, surface runoff and sub-
surface run-flow. Rainfall-Runoff models, Flood forecasting. Drought categories and
assessment techniques. Effects of urbanization on climate and stream flow. Urban
hydrology modeling and risk assessment.
Applications to air quality - Sources and classification of atmospheric pollutants, Factors
affecting atmospheric pollution. Atmospheric pollution at local, urban, regional, continental
and global scales. Air quality standards and legislation.
320
Transport and dispersion of atmospheric pollutants: estimation of pollutants. Application of
weather data for air quality assessment using models. Effects of atmospheric pollution on
human health, animals, vegetation, materials and property. Air quality risk assessment.
Applications to agriculture - Relationship between weather and agriculture; climatic
requirements of common agricultural crops, Plant phenology; effect of weather factors on the
growth and development of plants; Weather factors conducive to infection; crop protection
from adverse meteorological phenomena-droughts, heavy rains, storms, cold waves and frost,
heat waves, strong winds.
Crop-weather calendars; statistical analysis of crop and weather data; Agro-meteorological
forecasting: basic principles, phenological forecasting, crop-yield forecasting, weather
forecast and warning for agriculture. Principles of weather prediction for crops with special
reference to India.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hydrometeorology - C.J.Wiesner
2. Guide to Agricultural Meteorological Practices: WMO No.134, 1981.
3.
Agroclimatic/Agrometeorological Techniques, S.Jeevananda Reddy,
Jeevan Charitable Trust, ICRISAT Colony, Secunderabad, 1993
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Physico, Chemical aspects of Air pollution - Henry.C Perkins.
2. Hand book of Applied meteorology – David D. Houghton (John Wiley & Sons, 1985)
3. Atmosphere, Weather and Climate - Barry and Chorley (Routledge Publ., 2009)
AERONOMY
Course Code :15 EC 52K1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Neutral Atmosphere: Structures and Composition: Nomenclature- Thermal structure of the
atmosphere. Hydrostatic equation of the atmosphere structure. Scale height and geopotential
height and geopotential height. Exosphere.
Chemical concepts in Atmosphere: Thermodynamic considerations- Enthalpy. Elements
chemical kinetics- Reaction rate constants and chemical life time of spieces. Unimolecular,
biomolecular and termoecular reactions. Effect of dynamics on chemical species.
Ionoized atmosphere: Photochemical processes in the ionosphere? Introduction to
ionosphere- discovery. Continuity equation and photochemical equilibrium. Theory of photo-
321
ionization and Chapman production function. Chemical recombination and electron density.
Solar radiation and production of ionospheric layers.
Loss process in D, E and F regions: different types of recombination processes. Chemistry
of D,E and F regions. D region balance equations. D region chemistry –formation of water
cluster ions. Electron attachment and negative ions, Linear and square law loss formulae and
splitting of F layer. Vertical transport, ambipolar diffusion.
Morphology: Spatial and temporal structure of the ionosphere- Diurnal, seasonal and solar
cycle variations of D, E and F regions and F region anomalies. Space weather disturbances,
Sudden Ionospheric Disturbances (SIDs), magnetic storm effects.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Ionospheric Physics - H. Rishbeth and O.K Garriott
2. Upper Atmosphere and Solar Terrestrial Relations - J.K. Hargreaves
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Introduction to the Ionosphere and Magnetosphere. John Ashworth Ratcliffe,1972.
DETECTION AND ESTIMATION THEORY
Course Code :15 EC 52K2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Random - Discrete-time signals: Review of probability, Random data, Generation of
Pseudo-random noise, Filtered signals, Autocorrelation and power spectral density, Sampling
band- Limited random.
Detection of signals in noise:- Minimum probability of Error Criterion, Neyman-Person
criterion for Radar detection of constant and variable amplitude signals, Matched filters,
Optimum formulation, Detection of Random signals.
Estimation of signals in noise: Linear mean squared estimation, Non linear estimates, MAP
and ML estimates, Maximum likelihood estimate of parameters of linear system, Simple
problems thereon.
322
Recursive linear mean squared Estimation: Estimation of a signal parameter, Estimation
of time-varying signals, Kalman filtering, Filtering signals in noise,
Case studies related to estimation and detection processes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Signal processing: Discrete Spectral analysis, Detection and Estimation - Mischa
Schwartz and Leonard Shaw, Mc-Graw Hill Book Company, 1975.
2. Signal Detection and Estimation - Mourad Barkat, Artech House Inc, , 2
nd
edition,
Norwood, MA 02062, 2005,
3. Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Estimation Theory - Steven M. Kay,
Prentice Hall New Jersey, 1993
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles - Peyton Z.Peebles Jr,
4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
2. Lessons in Estimation Theory for Signal Processing, Communication and Control -
Jerry M. Mendel, Prentice Hall Inc., 1995.
3. Detection of signals in Noise and Estimation - Shanmugam and Breipohl, John Wiley
& Sons, New York, 1985.
4. Intuitive Probability and Random Processes using Matlab - Steven M. Kay, Springer,
2006.
SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS:
1. Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling - Monson Hayes, John Wiley &
Sons.
2. Statistical Signal Processing Modell
WEATHER HAZARDS & RISK ASSESSMENT
Course Code :15 EC 52L1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Weather hazards: Types of weather hazards, vulnerability to weather elements, tropical
cyclones, severe local storms, heavy precipitation, flash floods, fog, heat and cold waves,
tornadoes.
323
GIS based Modelling -Hydrological Modeling - water quality modeling, watershed
management and modeling, saltwater intrusion models. Land-surface-subsurface Process
Modeling - pipeline alignment studies, solid and hazardous waste disposal site selection,
zoning atlas for industrial silting, environmental information system development. Ecosystem
modeling, risk and hazard modelling.
Disaster Impact and Damage Analysis: The use of satellite imagery for disaster relief and
recovery; Impact analysis and preliminary damage assessment.
Pre-Disaster Risk Assessment: Hazard Assessment; Elements at risk and vulnerability
assessment; Types and methods of risk assessment, risk evaluation, cost-benefit analysis.
Risk Information for Risk Reduction Planning: Risk evaluation, Visualization of risk
information; Risk information and spatial planning.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Weather Risk Management: A guide for Corporations, Hedge Funds and Investors -
Tang, K., Ed., Risk Books, 2010.
2. The transfer of weather risk faced with the challenges of the future - Finas, B., SCOR,
2012.
3. Climate Risk and the Weather Market: Financial Risk Management with Weather -
Hedges, Robert S. Dischel Ed., Risk Books, 2002.
4. Weather Derivatives: Modeling and Pricing Weather-Related Risk - Antonis
Alexandridis K. and Achilleas D. Zapranis , Springer, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Climate risk assessment and management in agriculture - Ramasamy Selvaraju;
http://www.fao.org/docrep/017/i3084e/i3084e06.pdf
2. Severe and hazardous weather: An introduction to high impact meteorology - Rauber
Robert M, Walsh John E, Charlevoix Donna J, Kendall Hunt Publishing, 2013.
3. Meteorology Today - C. Donald Ahrens, Brooks Cole Pub., 2004.
324
CLIMATE CHANGE
Course Code :15 EC 52L2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
The Climate system – energy balance of the earth-atmosphere. History of climate change –
glacial cycle, inter-glacial and insterstadial events, year to decadal variations, natural
variability.
Global warming – Anthropogenic climate change. Greenhouse gases (GHG) and global
warming – GHGs trend, global temperature trend, global distribution of emissions, Sources
of CO
2
in the Land, Ocean and atmosphere.
Future Emissions and Energy Resources, Current and Future sources of Methane, Biological
sources of Nitrous oxide, societal resilience. Mitigation strategies: Reducing Carbon
Emissions, Energy use and Emission trading,
Climate trends: Teleconnections of the world climate system, consequences of global
warming; Ozone hole; Volcanic eruptions and aerosols, Nuclear winter; Climate in relation
to sunspot and cosmic activity.
IPCC Assessment of climate change: Detection and Attribution of Climate Change: from
Global to Regional scales. Short term climate change: Projections and Predictability. Long-
term climate change: Projections, commitments and irreversibility. Climate phenomena and
their relevance for future regional climate change.
The measurement of climate change. Climate change and extreme weather events. Climate
change impacts on ecosystems, agriculture.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Earth's Climate: Past and Future - Ruddiman, William F.2001.
2. Climate Change 2001 - Houghton, J.T., 2001, (ed). The Scientific Basis. 881pp.
3. Climate Change: A Multidisciplinary Approach - William James Burroughs
4. Current trends in Global Environment - A.L. Bhatia (2005).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I
to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.
IPCC 2013 report. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and
New York, NY, USA.
2. Causes of Climate - J.G.Lockwood
325
M.TECH - RF AND MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5125
Advanced Electromagnetic
Engineering
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5102
Microwave Antennas
3
1
2
5
3
15 EC 5103
EMI / EMC Techniques
3
1
0
4
4
15 EC 5104
Microwave Semiconductor Devices
and Applications
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
26
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5206
Antenna Measurements
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5226
RFIC and MMIC
3
1
0
4
3
15 EC 5205
Microwave and Millimetric Wave
Circuits
3
1
2
5
4
15 EC 5227
RF MEMS
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
26
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
326
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EC 51A3
Smart Antennas
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51M1
Software Defined Radio
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51F3
Biomedical Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EC 51B1
Phased Array Systems
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51B2
GPS & Global Navigation Satellite System
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51B3
Optical Communications
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EC 52O1
CMOS RF Circuit Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52C2
Radar Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52O2
Computational Techniques in Electromagnetics
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EC 52D1
RF and Microwave System Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52D2
VLSI System Design
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52P1
Advanced Digital Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
327
ADVANCED ELECTROMAGNETIC ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 EC 5125 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Review of Vector Analysis, Coordinate Systems.
Wave equations, propagation and properties: Introduction, Time-varying electromagnetic
fields, Time-harmonic electromagnetic fields, Solution to the wave equation, TEM modes, TEM
in lossy media, Polarization, Normal incidence-lossless media, Oblique incidence-lossless media,
Lossy media, Reflection and transmission of multiple interfaces, Polarization characteristics on
reflection.
Auxiliary vector potentials, electromagnetic theorems and principles: Introduction, Vector
potentials A and F, Construction of solutions, Solution of inhomogeneous vector potential wave
equation, Far-field radiation, Radiation and scattering equations, Duality theorem, Uniqueness
theorem, Image theory, Reciprocity theorem, Reaction theorem, Volume equivalence theorem,
Huygen’s principle, Induction theorem.
Rectangular cross-section waveguides and cavities: Introduction, Rectangular waveguide,
Rectangular resonant cavities, Hybrid modes, Partially filled waveguide, Transverse resonance
method, Dielectric waveguide, Stripline and microstrip lines, Ridged waveguide.
Circular cross-section waveguides and cavities: Introduction, Circular waveguides, Circular
cavity, Radial waveguides, Dielectric waveguides and resonators.
Spherical transmission lines and cavities: Introduction, Construction of solutions, Bi-conical
transmission line, Spherical cavity.
Text Books:
1. Balanis, C.A., “Advanced Engineering Electromagnetics”, John Wiley & sons, 1989.
2. Kraus, J.D. and Fleisch, D.A., “Electromagnetics with Applications”, McGraw-Hill,
1999.
Reference Books:
1. Jordan, E.C. and Balmain, K.G., “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”, 2nd
Ed., Prentice-Hall of India, 1993.
2. R. F. Harrington, “Time Harmonic Electromagnetic Fields”, Wiley Interscience, IEEE
Press, 2001.
3. R. E. Collin, “Field Theory of Guided Waves”, 2nd Ed, Wiley Interscience, IEEE Press,
1991.
328
MICROWAVE ANTENNAS
Course Code :15 EC 5102 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Introduction to Antenna Theory: Antenna Radiation concept, Types of Antennas, Antenna
parameters, Friis Transmission equation.
Aperture Antenna: Introduction, Pyramidal Horns- Design Procedure, Conical and Corrugated
Horns, Aperture Corrugated Horns, Reflected Antennas- Parameters, Analysis of front-fed
parabolic reflector, Feed methods and feed types, Cassegrain Reflector Horns.
Microstrip Radiators: Introduction, Rectangular Microstrip Antenna analysis and Design,
Circular Microstrip Antenna Analysis and Design.
Pencil-Beam and Fanned-Beam Antennas: Pencil-beam Requirements and Techniques,
Geometrical Parameters, The Surface-current and Aperture-field distributions, The Radiation
Field of the Reflector, The Antenna Gain, Primary Pattern Designs for maximizing gain,
Impedance Characteristics, The Vertex-plate matching Technique, Rotation of Polarization
Technique, Structural Design Problems. Simple Fanned-Beam Antennas: Applications of Fanned
Beams and methods of Production, Symmetrically Cut Paraboloids, Feed Offset and Contour
Cutting of Reflectors, The Parabolic Cylinder and Line Source, Parallel-plate Systems, Pillbox
Design Problems.
Shaped-Beam Antennas:
Shaped-beam Applications and Requirements, Effect of a Directional Target Response Survey of
Beam-shaping Techniques, Design of Extended Feeds, Cylindrical Reflector Antennas, Reflector
Design on the Basis of Ray Theory, Radiation Pattern Analysis, Double Curvature Reflector
Antennas, Variable Beam Shape.
Text Books:
1. Constantine A. Balanis – “Antenna Theory-Analysis and Design”, 3rd Edition, John
Wiley, 2005.
2. Samuel Silver, “Microwave Antenna - Theory and design”, IEE Press, 1984.
Reference Books:
1. Ramesh Garg, Prakash Bhatia, “Microstrip Antenna Design - Hand Book” Architect
House Inc. 2001.
2. Bahl IJ, and Bhartia N, “Microstrip Antennas”, Artech House, 1982.
3. James.J R. Hall, P S. Wood.C., “Micro strip Antenna-Theory and Design”,
PeterPeregrinu,1981.
329
EMI / EMC TECHNIQUES
Course Code :15 EC 5103 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction, Natural and Nuclear sources of EMI / EMC: Electromagnetic environment,
History, Concepts, Practical experiences and concerns, frequency spectrum conservations. An
overview of EMI / EMC, Natural and Nuclear sources of EMI.
EMI from apparatus, circuits and open area test sites: Electromagnetic emissions, noise from
relays and switches, non-linearities in circuits, passive inter-modulation, cross talk in
transmission lines, transients in power supply lines, electromagnetic interference (EMI). Open
area test sites and measurements.
Radiated and conducted interference measurements and ESD: Anechoic chamber, TEM cell,
GH TEM Cell, characterization of conduction currents / voltages, conducted EM noise on power
lines, conducted EMI from equipment, Immunity to conducted EMI detectors and measurements.
ESD, Electrical fast transients / bursts, electrical surges.
Grounding, shielding, bonding and EMI filters: Principles and types of grounding, shielding
and bonding, characterization of filters, power lines filter design.
Cables, connectors, components and EMC standards: EMI suppression cables, EMC
connectors, EMC gaskets, Isolation Transformers, optoisolators, National / International EMC
standards.
Text Books:
1. Dr. V.P. Kodali, “Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility”, IEEE Publication,
Printed in India by S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
2. Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility IMPACT series, IIT – Delhi,
Modules1 – 9.
Reference Books :
1. C.R. Pal, “Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility”, A John Wiley & Sons,
Inc. Publication, 1992.
2. Terence Rybak, Mark Steffka, “Automotive Electromagnetic Compatibility
(EMC)”, Kluwer Academic Publisher, London.
MICROWAVE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 5104 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
330
Introduction: Transient and ac behavior of p-n junctions, effect of doping profile on the
capacitance of p-n junctions, noise in p-n junctions, high-frequency equivalent circuit, varactor
diode and its applications; Schottky effect, Schottky barrier diode and its applications;
Heterojunctions.
Tunnel and Avalanche Transit Time diodes: Tunneling process in p-n junction and MIS
tunnel diodes, V-I characteristics and device performance, backward diode. Impact ionization,
IMPATT diode, small-signal analysis of IMPATT diodes.
Gunn diode: Two-valley model of compound semiconductors, vd-E characteristics, Gunn effect,
modes of operation, small-signal analysis of Gunn diode, power frequency limit.
PIN Diodes: Construction and operation of microwave PIN diodes, equivalent circuit, PIN diode
switches, limiters and modulators.
Microwave Transistor: High frequency limitations of BJT, microwave bipolar transistors,
hetero-junction bipolar transistors; Operating characteristics of MISFETs and MESFETs, short-
channel effects, high electron mobility transistor and its applications .
Text books:
1. Liao, S.Y., “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, 4th Ed., Pearson Education 2002.
2. Rebeiz, M.G., “R.F. MEMS: Theory, Design and Technology”, 2nd Ed.,Wiley-
Interscience 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Sze, S.M., and Ng, K.K., “Physics of Semiconductor Devices”, 3rd Ed.,Wiley-
Interscience 2006.
2. Glover, I.A., Pennoek, S.R. and Shepherd P.R., “Microwave Devices, Circuits and Sub-
Systems”, 4th Ed., John Wiley & Sons 2005.
3. Golio, M., “RF and Microwave Semiconductor Devices Handbook”, CRC Press 2002.
SMART ANTENNAS
Course Code :15 EC 51A3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Smart Antennas: Introduction, Need for Smart Antennas, Overview, Smart Antenna
Configurations, Switched-Beam Antennas, Adaptive Antenna Approach, Space Division
Multiple Access (SDMA), Architecture of a Smart Antenna System, Recei ver, Transmitter,
Benefits and Drawbacks, Basic Principles, Mutual Coupling Effects.
DOA Estimation Fundamentals: Introduction, Array Response Vector, Received Signal
Model, Subspace-Based Data Model, Signal Auto-covariance, Conventional DOA Estimation
Methods, Conventional Beam forming Method, Capon’s Minimum Variance Method, Subspace
Approach to DOA Estimation, MUSIC Algorithm, ESPRIT Algorithm, Uniqueness of DOA
Estimates .
Beam Forming Fundamentals: Classical Beam former, Statistically Optimum Beam forming
Weight Vectors, Maximum SNR Beam former, Multiple Side-lobe Canceller and Maximum,
331
SINR Beam former, Minimum Mean Square Error (MMSE), Direct Matrix Inversion (DMI),
Linearly Constrained Minimum Variance (LCMV), Adaptive Algorithms for Beam forming
Integration and Simulation of Smart Antennas: Overview, Antenna Design, Mutual
Coupling, Adaptive Signal Processing Algorithms, DOA, Adaptive Beam forming, Beam
forming and Diversity Combining for Rayleigh-Fading, Channel, Trellis-Coded Modulation
(TCM) for Adaptive Arrays, Smart Antenna Systems for Mobile Ad Hoc Networks (MANETs),
Protocol, Simulations, Discussion.
Space–Time Processing: Introduction, Discrete Space–Time Channel and Signal Models,
Space–Time Beam forming, Inter-symbol and Co-Channel Suppression, Space–Time Processing
for DS-CDMA, Capacity and Data Rates in MIMO Systems, Discussion.
Text Books:
1. Constantine A. Balanis & Panayiotis I. Ioannides, “Introduction to Smart Antennas”,
Morgan & Claypool Publishers’ series-2007
2. Joseph C. Liberti Jr., Theodore S Rappaport - “Smart Antennas for Wireless
Communications IS-95 and Third Generation CDMA Applications”, PTR – PH
publishers, 1st Edition, 1989.
Reference Books:
1. T.S Rappaport - “Smart Antennas Adaptive Arrays Algorithms and Wireless Position
Location”, IEEE press 1998, PTR – PH publishers 1999.
2. Lal Chand Godara, “Smart Antennas”, CRC Press, LLC-2004.
SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO
Course Code :15 EC 51M1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: The Need for Software Radios, What is Software Radio, Characteristics and
benefits of software radio- Design Principles of Software Radio, RF Implementation issues- The
Purpose of RF Front – End, Dynamic Range- The Principal Challenge of Receiver Design – RF
Receiver Front- End Topologies- Enhanced Flexibility of the RF Chain with Software Radios-
Importance of the Components to Overall Performance- Transmitter Architectures and Their
Issues- Noise and Distortion in the RF Chain, ADC and DAC Distortion.
Multi Rate Signal Processing: Introduction- Sample Rate Conversion Principles- Poly-phase
Filters- Digital Filter Banks- Timing Recovery in Digital Receivers Using Multi-rate Digital
Filters.
Digital Generation of Signals: Introduction- Comparison of Direct Digital Synthesis with
Analog Signal Synthesis- Approaches to Direct Digital Synthesis- Analysis of Spurious Signals-
Spurious Components due to Periodic jitter- Band Pass Signal Generation- Performance of
Direct Digital Synthesis Systems- Hybrid DDS-PLL Systems- Applications of direct Digital
Synthesis- Generation of Random Sequences- ROM Compression Techniques.
332
Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog Conversion: Parameters of ideal data converters-
Parameters of Practical data converters- Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog Conversion-
Techniques to improve data converter performance- Common ADC and DAC architectures.
Digital Hardware Choices: Introduction- Key Hardware Elements- DSP Processors- Field
Programmable Gate Arrays- Trade-Offs in Using DSPs, FPGAs, and ASICs- Power
Management Issues- Using a Combination of DSPs, FPGAs, and ASICs.
Case Studies in Software Radio Design: Introduction and Historical Perspective, SPEAK easy-
JTRS, Wireless Information Transfer System, SDR-3000 Digital Transceiver Subsystem,
Spectrum Ware, CHARIOT.
Text Books:
1. Jeffrey H. Reed, “Software Radio: A Modern Approach to Radio Engineering”, PEA
Publication, 2002.
2. Walter Tuttle Bee, “Software Defined Radio: Enabling Technologies”, Wiley
Publications, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Paul Burns, “Software Defined Radio for 3G”, Artech House, 2002.
2. Markus Dillinger, Kambiz Madani, Nancy Alonistioti, “Software Defined Radio:
Architectures”, Systems and Functions - 2003, Wiley.
3. Joseph Mitola, “Software Radio Architecture: Object Oriented Approaches to wireless
System Enginering”, John Wiley & Sons, 2000.
4. B. Razavi, “R.F Microelectronics”, PHI, 1998.
5. S. K. Mithra, “DSP – A Computer Based Approach”, McGraw-Hill, 1998.
BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51F3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction To Biomedical Signals - Examples of Biomedical signals - ECG, EEG, EMG etc -
Tasks in Biomedical Signal Processing - Computer Aided Diagnosis. Origin of bio potentials -
Review of linear systems - Fourier Transform and Time Frequency Analysis (Wavelet) of
biomedical signals- Processing of Random & Stochastic signals – spectral estimation –
Properties and effects of noise in biomedical instruments - Filtering in biomedical instruments.
Concurrent, Coupled And Correlated Processes - illustration with case studies – Adaptive
and optimal filtering - Modeling of Biomedical signals - Detection of biomedical signals in noise
-removal of artifacts of one signal embedded in another -Maternal-Fetal ECG - Muscle-
contraction interference. Event detection - case studies with ECG & EEG - Independent
component Analysis - Cocktail party problem applied to EEG signals - Classification of
biomedical signals.
Cardio Vascular Applications : Basic ECG - Electrical Activity of the heart- ECG data
acquisition – ECG parameters & their estimation - Use of multiscale analysis for ECG
parameters estimation - Noise & Artifacts- ECG Signal Processing: Baseline Wandering, Power
line interference, Muscle noise filtering – QRS detection - Arrhythmia analysis
333
Data Compression: Lossless & Lossy- Heart Rate Variability – Time Domain measures - Heart
Rhythm representation - Spectral analysis of heart rate variability - interaction with other
physiological signals.
Neurological Applications: The electroencephalogram - EEG rhythms & waveform -
categorization of EEG activity - recording techniques - EEG applications- Epilepsy, sleep
disorders, brain computer interface. Modeling EEG- linear, stochastic models – Non linear
modeling of EEG - artifacts in EEG & their characteristics and processing – Model based
spectral analysis - EEG segmentation - Joint Time-Frequency analysis – correlation analysis of
EEG channels - coherence analysis of EEG channels.
Text Books:
1. D.C.Reddy, “Biomedical Signal Processing: Principles and techniques”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Willis J Tompkins , “Biomedical Signal Processing”, ED, Prentice – Hall, 1993.
References Books:
1. R. Rangayan, “Biomedical Signal Analysis”, Wiley 2002.
2. Bruce, “Biomedical Signal Processing & Signal Modeling,” Wiley, 2001
3. Sörnmo, “Bioelectrical Signal Processing in Cardiac & Neurological Applications”,
Elsevier
4. Semmlow, “Bio-signal and Biomedical Image Processing”, Marcel Dekker
5. Enderle, “Introduction to Biomedical Engineering,” 2/e, Elsevier, 2005
GPS & GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM
Course Code :15 EC 51B1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
GNSS fundamentals: Trilateration, Hyperbolic navigation, Transit, GNSS principle of
operation, Architecture, Operating frequencies, orbits, Keplerian elements.
GPS Signals: GPS and UTC Time, Signal structure, C/A and P-code, ECEF and ECI coordinate
systems and WGS 84 datum, Important components of receiver and specifications.
GPS error Models: Ionospheric error, Tropospheric error, Ephemeris error, Clock errors,
Satellite and receiver instrumental biases, Antenna phase center variation, multipath, estimation
of Total Electron Content(TEC) using Dual Frequency measurement, Various DOP’s, UERE.
GPS data processing and position fixing: RINEX navigation and observation formats, Code
and Carrier phase observables, Linear combinations and derived observables, Ambiguity
resolutions, Cycle slips, Position estimation.
Other satellite Navigation Systems: Galileo, GLONASS, IRNSS, Space, control and ground
segments and Signal characteristics.
Text Books:
1. Global Navigation Satellite Systems – G. S. Rao, McGraw-Hill publications, New
Delhi, 2010.
334
2. GPS Theory and Practice - B.Hofmann Wollenhof, H.Lichtenegger, and J.Collins,
Springer Wien, New York, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to GPS - Ahmed El -Rabbany, Artech House, Boston, 2002.
2. Global Positioning System Signals, Measurements, and Performance - Pratap Misra
and Per Enge, Ganga-Jamuna Press, Massachusetts, 2001.
PHASED ARRAY SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 EC 51B2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Conventional Scanning Techniques: Mechanical versus electronic scanning, Techniques of
Electronic scanning, Frequency, Phase and time delay scanning principle, Hybrid scanning
techniques.
Array Theory:Linear and Planner arrays, various grid configuration, Concept of cell and grid,
Calculation of minimum number of elements, Radiation pattern, Grating lobe formation,
Rectangular and triangular grid design of arrays.
Feed Networks for phased Arrays: Corporate Feed, Lens and Reflect feed Techniques,
Optimum f/d ratio basic building block for corporate feed network, Series, Parallel feed
networks, Comparison of various feeding techniques, Antenna Array Architecture, Brick/ Tile
Type construction.
Frequency Scanned Array Design: Snake feed, Frequency-phase scanning, Phase scanning,
Digital phase shifter PIN diode and Ferrite phase shifters for phased arrays, Beam pointing errors
due to digitalization, Beam pointing accuracy.
Search Patterns: Calculation of search frame time, airborne phased array design, Electronic
scanning radar parameter calculation, Application of phased arrays, Phased Array Radar
Systems, Active Phased Array, TR/ATR Modules.
Text Books:
1. Olliner, A.A, and G.H. Knittel, “Phased Array Antennas”, Artech House, 1972.
2. Kahrilas. PJ, “Electronic Scanning Radar Systems Design Handbook”, Artech House,
1976.
Reference Books:
1. Skolnik. MI, “Radar Handbook”, Mcgraw Hillso, NY,McGrow Hills-2007.
335
2. Galati,G-(editor), “Advanced Radar Technique and Systems”, Peter Peregrims Ltd,
London, 1993.
OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 51B3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Signal propagation in Optical Fibers: Geometrical Optics approach and Wave Theory
approach, Loss and Bandwidth, Chromatic Dispersion, Non Linear effects- Stimulated Brillouin
and Stimulated Raman Scattering, Propagation in a Non-Linear Medium, Self Phase Modulation
and Cross Phase Modulation, Four Wave Mixing, Principle of Solitons.
Fiber Optic Components for Communication & Networking: Couplers, Isolators and
Circulators, Multiplexers, Bragg Gratings, Fabry-Perot Filters, Mach Zender Interferometers,
Arrayed Waveguide Grating, Tunable Filters, High Channel Count Multiplexer Architectures,
Optical Amplifiers, Direct and External Modulation Transmitters, Pump Sources for Amplifiers,
Optical Switches and Wavelength Converters.
Modulation and Demodulation: Signal formats for Modulation, Subcarrier Modulation and
Multiplexing, Optical Modulations – Duobinary, Single Side Band and Multilevel Schemes,
Ideal and Practical receivers for Demodulation, Bit Error Rates, Timing Recovery and
Equalization, Reed-Solomon Codes for Error Detection and Correction.
Transmission System Engineering: System Model, Power Penalty in Transmitter and Receiver,
Optical Amplifiers, Crosstalk and Reduction of Crosstalk, Cascaded Filters, Dispersion
Limitations and Compensation Techniques.
Fiber Non-Linearities and System Design Considerations: Limitation in High Speed and
WDM Systems due to Non-linearities in Fibers, Wavelength Stabilization against Temperature
Variations, Overall System Design considerations – Fiber Dispersion, Modulation, Non-Linear
Effects, Wavelengths, All Optical Networks.
Text Books:
1. Rajiv Ramaswami and Kumar N. Sivarajan, “Optical Networks: A Practical Perspective”,
2nd Ed., 2004, Elsevier Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Elsevier.
2. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, 3rd Ed., 2000, McGraw Hill.
Reference Books:
1. John.M.Senior, “Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice” 2nd Ed., PE,
2000.
2. Harold Kolimbris, “Fiber Optics Communication”, 2nd Ed., PEI, 2004.
3. Uyless Black, “Optical Networks: Third Generation Transport Systems”, 2nd Ed., PEI,
2009.
4. Govind Agarwal, “Optical Fiber Communications”, 2nd Ed., TMH, 2004.
5. S.C.Gupta, “Optical Fiber Communications and Its Applications”, PHI, 2004.
336
ANTENNA MEASUREMENTS
Course Code :15 EC 5206 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Antenna Pattern Measurements: Basic Considerations, Pattern Formats, Fresnel Region
Measurements, Modeling Techniques,Antenna Range Design and Evaluation: Introduction,
Electromagnetic Design Consideration, Antenna Range Evaluation.
Antenna Testing: Introduction, Types of of Ranges: Elevated Ranges, Ground Ranges, Near
Field Ranges, Radar Cross Section Ranges.
Far Field Range Design: Introduction, Designing the Range, Source Design, Receiving Site
Design, Ground Ranges.
Far Field Antenna Tests: Introduction, Pattern Testing, Gain and Directivity, Polarization. Far
Field Pattern Errors: Introduction, Error Estimates, Error Correction, Antenna Errors.
Compact Ranges: Introduction, Room Design, Feed Design, Reflector Design. Near Filed
Testing: Introduction, Planar Near Field Ranges, Errors, Cylindrical and Spherical Scanning
TEXT BOOKS
1.Evans, Gray E," Antenna measurements techniques", Artech House, Inc
2.J S Hollis, T J Lyon, L Clayton," Microwave Antenna Measurements” , Scientific Atlants, Inc
RFIC AND MMIC
Course Code :15 EC 5226 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Introduction to microstrip circuits design. Advantages and tradeoffs: cost,
performance, reliability, size. Applications: Satellite communications, wireless LANs,
microwave links, cellular networks. Choosing among device technologies: GaAs FET/pHEMT,
GaAs HBT, GaN HEMT. MMIC Design cycle : process selection, device characterization,
circuit topology decision, design, taping-out, testing.
Passive MMIC Elements: Lumped element modeling : resistors, capacitors, inductors, via-
holes. Transmission line modeling : microstrip, coplanar. Combiners and dividers : Wilkinson,
Lange. Baluns, coupled lines, transformers, couplers. Design example: 50-to-5 ohm matching
network.
337
Active Devices: De-embedding, Characterization, modeling. GaAs MESFET, HEMT, HBT, and
GaN HEMT Emerging technologies : Si CMOS, SiGe BiCMOS. Device parameters : ft, fmax,
gm, RON, COFF, parasitics. Equivalent circuit—physical basis. Intrinsic equivalent circuit.
Illustrative example: equivalent circuit extraction. Thermal resistance and lifetime estimation.
Design example: choosing FET gate-pitch and bias for 10+ years lifetime.
Buffer Amplifiers: Biasing network selection. Single stage design: lumped vs. distributed
matching. Design example: 30 GHz power amplifier. Multi-stage design. Feedback amplifiers.
Design example: 5 GHz, 1/2 – Watt power amplifier.
Layout steps: Microstrip layout rules. Coplanar layout rules. Process control and monitoring.
Design rules and component values limitations. Reverse engineering. Yield and sensitivity
analysis.
Testing and Packaging: Rapid testing: on-wafer, dc-screening. Package design. Package
parasitics: cavity effects, stabilization. Thermal management: epoxy, eutectic.
Text Books:
1. I.D Robertson,C .Lucyszyn, “RFIC and MMIC Design and Technology”, The Institution
of Engineering and Technology, 2001. Microwave Transistor Amplifiers.
2. G. Gonzalez, “Microwave Transistor Amplifiers: Analysis and Design”, 2nd edition .
Reference Books:
1. Gupta K. C. & Amarjit Singh, “Microwave Integrated Circuits", John Wiley & Sons,
1975.
2. Hoffman R. K., “Handbook of Microwave Integrated Circuits”, Artech House
Publishers, 1987.
3. Leo G. Maloratsky, “Passive RF & Microwave Integrated Circuits”, Elsevier, 2004.
4. Joseph J. Carr, “RF Components and Circuits”, Newnes, 2002
MICROWAVE AND MILLIMETRIC WAVE CIRCUITS
Course Code :15 EC 5205 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Analysis of Microwave Circuits: Introduction, Microwave Components – E-plane Tee, H-plane
Tee, Magic Tee, Directional Coupler, Isolator, Circulator & their Scattering.
Transformers & Resonators: Parameters, Impedance Transformers – Quarter wave
Transformers, Microwave Resonators – Rectangular and Cylindrical Resonators.
Filters And Periodic Structures: Design of Narrow Band Low Pass, Band Pass and High Pass
Filters, Maximally flat and Chebyshev Designs, Introduction to Periodic Structures, Floquet’s
Theorem, Circuit Theory Analysis of Infinite and Terminated Structures.
Obstacles In Wave Guides: Introduction, Posts in Waveguides, Diaphragms in Waveguides,
Waveguide Junctions, Waveguide Feeds, Excitation of Apertures.
Millimeter Wave Circuits: Wave Propagation in microstriplines, Discontinues in Microstrips,
Parallel Coupled lines, Power Dividers and Directional Couplers, Microwave and Millimeter
Wave Integrated Circuits
338
TEXT BOOKS
1. Roger F. Harrington, “Time-Harmonic Electromagnetic Fields”, Mc graw-hill
2. Robert E Collin, “Foundation for Microwave Engineering”, Mc Graw-Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Cam Nguyun, “Analysis Methods for RF, Microwave, and Millimeter-Wave Planar
Transmission Line Structures”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2000.
2. Hoffman R. K., “Handbook of Microwave Integrated Circuits”, Artech House
Publishers, 1987.
RF MEMS
Course Code :15 EC 5227 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: RF MEMS for microwave applications, MEMS technology and fabrication,
mechanical modelling of MEMS devices, MEMS materials and fabrication techniques.
MEMS Switches: Introduction to MEMS switches; Capacitive shunt and series switches:
Physical description, circuit model and electromagnetic modelling; Techniques of MEMS switch
fabrication and packaging; Design of MEMS switches.
RF Filters and Phase Shifters: Modeling of mechanical filters, micromachined filters, surface
acoustic wave filters, micromachined filters for millimeter wave frequencies; Various types of
MEMS phase shifters; Ferroelectric phase shifters.
Transmission Lines and Antennas: Micromachined transmission lines, losses in transmission
lines, coplanar transmission lines, micromachined waveguide components; Micromachined
antennas: Micromachining techniques to improve antenna performance, reconfigurable antennas.
Integration and Packaging: Role of MEMS packages, types of MEMS packages, module
packaging, packaging materials and reliability issues.
Text books:
1. Varadan, V.K., Vinoy, K.J. and Jose, K.J., “RF MEMS and their Applications”, John
Wiley & Sons. 2002.
2. Rebeiz, G.M., “MEMS: Theory Design and Technology”, John Wiley & Sons. 1999.
Reference books:
1. De Los Santos, H.J, “RF MEMS Circuit Design for Wireless Communications”, Artech
House. 1999
2. Trimmer, W., “Micromechanics & MEMS”, IEEE Press. 1996
3. Madou, M., “Fundamentals of Microfabrication”, CRC Press. 1997
4. Sze, S.M., “Semiconductor Sensors”, John Wiley & Sons. 1994
339
CMOS RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52O1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to RF Design and Wireless Technology: Design and Applications, Complexity
and Choice of Technology. Basic concepts in RF design: Nonlinearly and Time Variance, Inter
symbol interference, random processes and noise. Sensitivity and dynamic range, conversion of
gains and distortion.
RF Modulation: Analog and digital modulation of RF circuits, Comparison of various
techniques for power efficiency, Coherent and non-coherent detection, Mobile RF
communication and basics of Multiple Access techniques. Receiver and Transmitter
architectures, Direct conversion and two-step transmitters.
RF Testing: RF testing for heterodyne, Homodyne, Image reject, Direct IF and sub sampled
receivers.
BJT and MOSFET behavior at RF Frequencies: BJT and MOSFET behavior at RF
frequencies, modeling of the transistors and SPICE model, Noise performance and limitations of
devices, integrated parasitic elements at high frequencies and their monolithic implementation.
RF Circuits Design: Overview of RF Filter design, Active RF components & modeling,
Matching and Biasing Networks. Basic blocks in RF systems and their VLSI implementation,
Low noise Amplifier design in various technologies, Design of Mixers at GHz frequency range,
Various mixers- working and implementation. Oscillators- Basic topologies VCO and definition
of phase noise, Noise power and trade off. Radio frequency Synthesizers- PLLS, Various RF
synthesizer architectures and frequency dividers, Design issues in integrated RF filters.
Text Books:
1. B. Razavi, “RF Microelectronics” PHI 1998.
2. R. Jacob Baker, H.W. Li, D.E. Boyce “CMOS Circuit Design, layout and Simulation”,
PHI
Reference Books:
1. Thomas H. Lee “Design of CMOS RF Integrated Circuits” Cambridge University press
1998.
2. Y.P. Tsividis, “Mixed Analog and Digital Devices and Technology”, TMH 1996.
Hoffman R. K., “Handbook of Microwave Integrated Circuits”, Artech House Publishers,
1987.
340
RADAR SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 52C2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Angle-of-Arrival Estimation in the Presence of Multipath: The Low-Angle Tracking Radar
Problem, Spectrum Estimation Background, Thomson’s Multi-Taper Method, Comparison of
Some Popular Spectrum Estimation Procedures, Multi-taper Spectrum Estimation, F-Test for the
Line Components
Time–Frequency Analysis of Sea Clutter: An Overview of Non-stationary Behavior and
Time–Frequency Analysis, Theoretical Background on Non-stationary, High-Resolution Multi-
taper Spectrograms
Dynamics of Sea Clutter: Statistical Nature of Sea Clutter: Classical Approach, Is There a
Radar Clutter Attractor, Hybrid AM/FM Model of Sea Clutter, Modeling Sea Clutter as a Non-
stationary Complex Autoregressive Process
Sea-Clutter Non-stationary: The Influence of Long Waves: Radar and Data Description,
Statistical Data Analyses, Modulation of Long Waves: Hybrid AM/FM Model, Non-stationary
AR Model
Two New Strategies for Target Detection in Sea Clutter: Bayesian Direct Filtering Procedure,
Operational Details, Experimental Results on the Bayesian Direct Filter, Correlation Anomally
Detection Strategy - Overview
TEXT BOOKS
1. I. Haykin, Simon S, ”Rader Adaptive signal processing”, John Wiley & Sons
2. Mark A Richards, “Fundamentals of Radar signal processing”, M C Graw Hill
COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES IN ELECTROMAGNETICS
Course Code :15 EC 52O2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamental Concepts: Review of Maxwell’s equations and boundary conditions, integral
equations versus differential equations, radiation and edge conditions, modal representation of
fields in bounded and unbounded media.
341
Green’s Functions: Green’s function technique for the solution of partial differential equations,
classification of Green’s functions, various methods for the determination of Green’s functions
including Fourier transform technique and Ohm-Rayleigh technique, dyadic Green’s functions,
determination of Green’s functions for free space, transmission lines, waveguides, and
microstrips.
Integral Equations: Formulation of typical problems in terms of integral equations: wire
antennas, scattering, apertures in conducting screens and waveguides, discontinuities in
waveguides and microstriplines; Solution of Integral equations: General Method of Moments
(MoM) for the solution of integro-differential equations, choice of expansion and weighting
functions, application of MoM to typical electromagnetic problems.
Finite Element Method: Typical finite elements, Solution of two dimensional Laplace and
Poisson’s equations, solution of scalar Helmholtz equation.
Finite-difference Time-domain Method: Finite differences, finite difference representation of
Maxwell’s equations and wave equation, numerical dispersion, Yee’s finite difference algorithm,
stability conditions, programming aspects, absorbing boundary conditions.
Text Books:
1. Collin, R.E., “Field Theory of Guided Waves”, 2nd Ed., Wiley-IEEE Press, 1991.
2. David B. Davidson, “Computational Electromagnetics for RF and Microwave
Engineering”, Cambridge University Press, UK.
Reference Books:
1. Peterson, A.F, Ray, S.L. and Mittra, R., "Computational Methods for Electromagnetics”,
Wiley-IEEE Press. 1998.
2. Harrington, R.F., "Field Computation by Moment Methods", Wiley- IEEE Press. 1993
3. Sadiku, M.N.O., “Numerical Techniques in Electromagnetics”, 2nd Ed., CRC Press. 2001
4. Stutzman, W.L. and Thiele, H.A., “Antenna Theory and Design”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley &
Sons. 1998
5. Volakis, J.L., Chatterjee, A. and Kempel, L.C., "Finite Method for Electromagnetics",
Wiley-IEEE Press. 1998
6. Taflov, A. and Hagness, S.C., “Computational Electrodynamics”, 3rd Ed., Artech House.
342
RF & MICROWAVE SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52D1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Importance of RF and Microwave Concepts and Applications- and Units-
Frequency Spectrum, RF and Microwave Circuit Design, Dimensions - RF Behavior of Passive
Components: High Frequency Resistors, High Frequency Capacitors, High Frequency Inductors,
General Introduction, Types of Transmission Lines-Equivalent Circuit representation.
The Smith Chart: Introduction, Derivation of Smith Chart, Description of two types of smith
chart, Z-Y Smith chart, Distributed Circuit Applications, Lumped Element Circuit Applications.
SINGLE AND MULTIPORT NETWORKS: Basic Definitions, Interconnecting Networks.
Scattering Parameters: Scattering Parameters: Definition, Meaning, Chain Scattering Matrix,
Conversion Between S- and Z-parameters, Signal Flow Chart Modelling.
Stability and Gain Considerations – RF Design RF Source, Transducer Power Gain,
Additional Power Relations-Stability Considerations: Stability Circles, Unconditional Stability,
and Stabilization Methods-Unilateral and Bilateral Design for Constant Gain- Noise Figure
Circles- Constant VSWR Circles.
Rf Filters, Amplifiers And Oscillators Design Generalization-Basic Resonator and Filter
Configurations: Low Pass, High Pass, Band Pass and Band Stop type Filters-Filter
Implementation using Unit Element and Kuroda's Identities Transformations. Introduction,
Types and Characteristics of Amplifiers, Small Signal Amplifiers, Design of different types of
amplifiers (NBA, HGA, MGA, LNA, MNA, BBA), Design of Large Signal Amplifiers
Oscillator vs Amplifier Design, Design procedure of Transistor Oscillators.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency & Microwave Electronics”, Pearson Education
Asia, Second Edition,
2.Reinhold Ludwig and Powel Bretchko,” RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications”,
Pearson Education Asia, First Edition.
REFERENCES
1.Joseph . J. Carr, “Secrets of RF Circuit Design”, McGraw Hill Publishers, Third Edition.
2.Ulrich L. Rohde and David P. New Kirk, “RF / Microwave Circuit Design”, John Wiley &
Sons USA, 2000. (3) Roland E. Best, “Phase - Locked Loops: Design, simulation and
applications”, McGraw Hill Publishers 5
TH
Edition. (4) .Devendra K.Misra ,”Radio Frequency
and Microwave Communication Circuits – Analysis and Design “John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
5. Ian Hickman, " RF HandBook ", Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1993.
6. Ulrich L.Rohde, T.T.N.Bucher, " Communication Recievers ", McGraw-Hill, New York,
1998.
343
VLSI SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52D2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Design Methodology: Structured design techniques; Programmable logic; Gate array and sea of
gates design; cell based design; full custom design; Design flow; Design Economics.
Data path Subsystems: Adders; One/zero Detectors; Comparators; Counters; Shifters;
Multipliers; Power and Speed Trade-off.
Memory and Array Subsystems: SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial access memories; CAM, PLAs;
Array yield, reliability; Power dissipation in Memories.
Special-purpose Subsystems: Packaging; power distribution; I/O pads; Interconnect:
Interconnect parameters; Electrical wire models, capacitive parasitics; Resistive parasitics;
Inductive parasitic; Crosstalk; Advanced Interconnect Techniques.
Timing Issues: Timing classification; Synchronous design; Self-timed circuit design; Clock
Synthesis and Synchronization: Synchronizers; Arbiters; Clock Synthesis; PLLs; Clock
generation; Clock distribution; Synchronous Vs Asynchronous Design.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Neil H. E. Weste, David. Harris and Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson
Education, Third Edition, 2004.
2.Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital Integrated Circuits”
Pearson Education, Second Edition.
REFERENCES:
1.Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH, Third Edition,
2003
2. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,1998.
SIMULATION BOOKS
1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.
ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 52P1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Review of DFT, FFT, IIR Filters and FIR Filters.
Multi Rate Signal Processing: Introduction, Decimation by a factor D, Interpolation by a factor
I, Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor I/D, Multistage Implementation of Sampling
Rate Conversion, Filter design & Implementation for sampling rate conversion.
344
Applications of Multi Rate Signal Processing: Design of Phase Shifters, Interfacing of Digital
Systems with Different Sampling Rates, Implementation of Narrow Band Low Pass Filters,
Implementation of Digital Filter Banks, Sub-band Coding of Speech Signals, Quadrature Mirror
Filters, Trans-multiplexers, Over Sampling A/D and D/A Conversion.
Non-Parametric Methods of Power Spectral Estimation: Estimation of spectra from finite
duration observation of signals, Non-parametric Methods: Bartlett, Welch & Blackman-Tukey
methods, Comparison of all Non-Parametric methods
Implementation of Digital Filters: Introduction to filter structures (IIR & FIR), Frequency
sampling structures of FIR, Lattice structures, Forward prediction error, Backward prediction
error, Reflection coefficients for lattice realization, Implementation of lattice structures for IIR
filters, Advantages of lattice structures.
Parametric Methods of Power Spectrum Estimation: Autocorrelation & Its Properties,
Relation between auto correlation & model parameters, AR Models - Yule-Walker & Burg
Methods, MA & ARMA models for power spectrum estimation, Finite word length effect in IIR
digital Filters – Finite word-length effects in FFT algorithms.
Text Books:
1. J.G.Proakis & D. G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms &
Applications”, 4th Ed., PHI.
2. Alan V Oppenheim & Ronald W Schaffer, “Discrete Time signal processing” PHI.
3. Emmanuel C. Ifeacher, Barrie. W. Jervis, “DSP – A Practical Approach”, 2 ed., PE.
Reference Books:
1. S. M .Kay, “Modern spectral Estimation: Theory & Application”, PHI, 1988.
2. P.P.Vaidyanathan, “Multi Rate Systems and Filter Banks”, Pearson Education.
3. S.Salivahanan, A.Vallavaraj, C.Gnanapriya, “Digital Signal Processing”, 2000,TMH
4. Jr. Marple, Digital Spectral Analysis
345
M.TECH – VLSI
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5128
MOS Circuit Design
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5129
Algorithm for VLSI Design
Automation
3
1
0
4
3
15 EC 5130
HDL & PLD Architectures
3
1
2
5
4
15 EC 5131
IC Fabrication Technology
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EC 5232
Advanced Analog IC Design
3
1
2
5
2
15 EC 5233
Low Power VLSI Circuits
3
0
2
4
3
15 EC 5234
VLSI System Design
3
1
0
4
4
15 EC 5235
Testing of VLSI Circuits
3
1
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
346
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EC 51Q1
Embedded System Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51Q2
VLSI Signal Processing
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51Q3
CMOS Mixed Signal Circuits
3
0
0
3
4
15 EC 51Q4
Nano Electronics
3
0
0
3
5
15 EC 51Q5
CAD Tools for VLSI
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EC 51R1
Image and Video Processing
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 51R2
Bi-CMOS Technology & Applications
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51R3
Semiconductor Device Modeling
3
0
0
3
4
15 EC 51R4
Memory Design and Testing
3
0
0
3
5
15 EC 51R5
Reconfigurable Computing
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EC 52S1
System on Chip Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52S2
Process and Device Characterization Measurements
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52S3
Advanced VLSI Design
3
0
0
3
4
15 EC 52S4
MEMS System Design
3
0
0
3
5
15 EC 52S5
VLSI for Wireless Communication
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EC 52T1
Optimization Techniques and Applications in VLSI
Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 EC 52O1
CMOS RF Circuit Design
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 52T2
Advanced Digital IC Design
3
0
0
3
4
15 EC 52T3
Nano Sensors and its applications
3
0
0
3
5
15 EC 52T4
ASIC Design Flow
3
0
0
3
347
MOS CIRCUIT DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 5128 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Introduction: Classification of CMOS digital circuits and Circuit design, Overview of VLSI
design methodologies, VLSI design flow, Design hierarchy and concepts, VLSI design styles,
Design quality, Packing technology, CAD technology, Fabrication process flow, CMOS n-well
process, layout design rules. MOS Transistor and Circuit Modeling: MOS structure, MOS
system under external bias, structure and operation of MOS transistor, MOSFET current-voltage
characteristics, MOSFET scaling and small-geometry effects, MOSFET capacitances, Modeling
of MOS transistor using SPICE. MOS Inverter static characteristics and Interconnect
Effects: Introduction, Resistive-Load Inverter, Inverter with n-type MOSFET load, CMOS
Inverter, Delay-Time Definitions, Calculation of Delay Times, Inverter Design with Delay
Constraints, Estimation of Interconnect Parasitics, Calculation of Interconnect Delay, Switching
Power Dissipation of CMOS Inverters. Combinational and Sequential MOS logic Circuits:
Introduction, MOS logic circuits with depletion nMOS loads, CMOS logic Circuits, Complex
logic circuits, CMOS transmission gates (Pass gates), Behavior of bistable elements, SR latch
circuit, clocked latch and flip-flop circuits, CMOS D-latch and Edge-triggered flip-flop.
Dynamic logic Circuits: Basic principles of pass transistor circuits, voltage bootstrapping,
synchronous dynamic circuit techniques, Dynamic CMOS circuit techniques, High-performance
dynamic CMOS circuits.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH 2003
2. Neil H. E. Weste and David. Harris Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson
Education, 1999.
REFERENCES
1. Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital Integrated Circuits”
Pearson Education, 2003
2. Uyemura, “Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems” Wiley-India, 2006.
3. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,1998.
4. Kamran Ehraghian, Dauglas A. Pucknell and Sholeh Eshraghiam, “Essentials of VLSI Circuits
and Systems” – PHI, EEE, 2005 Edition.
SIMULATION BOOKS
1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.
348
ALGORITHMS FOR VLSI DESIGN AUTOMATION
Course Code :15 EC 5129 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Design Methodologies: Design Automation tools, Algorithmic Graph Theory,
Computational Complexity, Tractable and Intractable Problems
Layout: Compaction, Placement, Floor planning and Routing Problems, Concepts and
Algorithms Modeling: Gate Level Modeling and Simulation, Switch level modeling and
simulation, Basic issues and Terminology, Binary – Decision diagram, Two – Level Logic
Synthesis. Hardware Models: Internal representation of the input algorithm, Allocation,
Assignment and Scheduling, Some Scheduling Algorithms, Some aspects of Assignment
problem, High – level Transformations. FPGA technologies: Physical Design cycle for FPGA’s
partitioning and routing for segmented and staggered models. MCM technologies, MCM
physical design cycle, Partitioning, Placement – Chip array based and full custom approaches,
Routing –Maze routing, Multiple stage routing, Topologic routing, Integrated Pin – Distribution
and routing, routing and programmable MCM’s.
TEXT BOOKS
1. S.H.Gerez, “Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation”, John Wiley 1999.
2. Naveed Sherwani, “Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation” 3rd edition, Springer
International Edition.
REFERENCES
1. Hill & Peterson, “Computer Aided Logical Design with Emphasis on VLSI” Wiley,1993
2. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design: Systems on silicon” Pearson Education Asia, 2nd
Edition.
HDL & PLD ARCHITECTURES
Course Code :15 EC 5130 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Introduction to Verilog HDL: Basic concepts, Design modeling, Tasks and functions, Timing
and delays, user-defined primitives, PLI, Simulation and Synthesis Tools.Synthesis of
Combinational & Sequential Logic: Decoders and encoders, Multiplexers and Demultiplexers,
Priority encoder, Priority decoder, Comparators, Adders, synthesis of three-state devices and bus
interfaces. , Latches & Flip-flops, counters, registers, explicit state machines, implicit state
machines. Programmable Logic Devices: Full Custom Design, Semicustom Design,
Programmable Logic Devices, Read Only Memory (ROM), Programmable Read Only Memory
(PROM), and Programmable Logic Array (PLA), and Programmable Array Logic (PAL).
349
Complex Programmable Logic Devices : Basic Architecture, XC9500 CPLD, GAL, Altera
series – Max 5000, Max 7000 Series , ALTERA FLEX Logic – 10000 Series CPLDs. AMD’s –
CPLD (Mach 1 to 5).Field Programmable Gate Arrays: Introduction, Basic Architecture,
Design flow, Xilinx XC3000 & XC4000 Architectures, Actel Architectures, ALTERA’s FLEX
8000, and ALTERA’s FLEX 10000 FPGAs.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Michael D.Celetti “Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL” Prentice Hall.
2.S.Trimberger, Edr., Field Programmable Gate Array Technology, Kluwer Academic
Publications.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Verilog Digital System Design RT Level synthesis TestBench and verification by
Zainalabedin Navabi, 2008 Mc Graw Hill Publishers
2.Stephen Brown Zvonko Vranesic “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design”
McGraw-Hill.
SIMULATION BOOKS
1. Verilog HDL A Guide To Digital Design And Synthesis, Edition: 2 by Samir Palnitkar.
IC FABRICATION TECHNOLOGY
Course Code :15 EC 5131 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to IC Technology: Basic fabrication steps and their Importance. Environment of
IC Technology: Concepts of Clean room and safety requirements, Concepts of Wafer cleaning
processes and wet chemical etching techniques. Impurity Incorporation: Solid State diffusion
modeling and technology; Ion Implantation modeling, technology and damage annealing,
characterization of Impurity profiles Oxidation: Kinetics of Silicon dioxide growth both for
thick, thin and ultra thin films, Oxidation technologies in VLSI and ULSI, Characterization of
oxide films, High k and low k dielectrics for ULSI. Lithography: Photolithography, E-beam
lithography and newer lithography techniques for VLSI/ULSI, Mask generation. Chemical
Vapour Deposition Techniques: CVD techniques for deposition of polysilicon, silicon dioxide,
silicon nitride and metal films; Epitaxial growth of silicon: modeling and technology. Metal
Film Deposition: Evaporation and sputtering techniques, Failure mechanisms in metal
interconnects Multi-level metallization schemes. Plasma and Rapid Thermal Processing:
PECVD, Plasma etching and RIE techniques; RTP techniques for annealing, growth and
deposition of various films for use in ULSI.
TEXT BOOKS
1. S.M.Sze(2
nd
Edition )”VLSI Technology”, McGraw Hill Companies Inc.
350
2. C.Y. Chang and S.M.Sze (Ed), “ULSI Technology”, McGraw Hill Companies Inc.
REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS
1.Stephena, Campbell, “The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication”, Second
Edition, Oxford University Press.
2.James D.Plummer, Michael D.Deal, ”Silicon VLSI Technology” Pearson Education
EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 51Q1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Embedded systems: Embedded systems, processor embedded into a system,
embedded hardware units and devices in a system, embedded software in a system, examples of
embedded systems, embedded SOC and use of VLSI circuit design technology, Complex
systems design and processors, Design process in embedded system, formalization of system
design, design process and design examples, classification of embedded systems, skills required
for an embedded system designer. PIC Microcontrollers: PIC 16 Series family overview, An
architecture overview of the 16F84A, Status register, 16F84A memory, Some issues of timing,
Power-up and Reset, PIC 16F84A parallel ports, 16F84A clock oscillator, 16F84A operating
conditions, 16F84A interrupt structure. Larger systems and the PIC 16F873A: The main idea –
the PIC 16F87XA, The 16F873A block diagram and CPU, 16F873A memory and memory maps,
16F873A interrupts, 16F873A oscillator, reset and power supply, 16F873A parallel ports.
RTOS: Basic design using RTOS, Micro/OS-II and V
x
works, windows CE, OSEK, real-time
Linux functions, case study: digital camera hardware and software architecture, embedded
systems in automobile, embedded system for a smart card, mobile phone software for key inputs.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Embedded Systems Architecture Programming and Design by Raj Kamal, II edition, Tata MC
Graw-Hill.
2. Designing Embedded Systems with PIC Microcontrollers: principles and applications by Tim
Wilmshurst, Elsevier.
REFERENCES
1. Embedded Systems Design by Steve Heath, II edition, Newnes publications
2. Embedded Systems Architecture: A Comprehensive Guide for Engineers and
Programmers by Tammy Noergaard, Elsevier.
SIMULATION BOOKS
1. An embedded software primer by David E. Simon, Pearson Education, 1995.
351
VLSI SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51Q2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction To DSP Systems: Introduction; representation of DSP algorithms: Block
Diagram, signal flow graph, data flow graph, dependence graph. Iteration Bound: Data flow
graph representations, loop bound and iteration bound, longest path matrix algorithm, iteration
bound of Multirate data flow graphs. Pipelining and Parallel Processing: Pipelining and
parallel processing of FIR digital filters, pipeline interleaving in digital filters: signal and
multichannel interleaving. Retiming, Unfolding and Folding: retiming techniques; algorithm
for unfolding, Folding transformation, systolic architecture design, systolic array design
methodogy. Fast Convolution, Filters and Transforms: Cook-toom algorithm, modified cook-
toom algorithm, winogard algorithm, iterated convolution Algorithm strength reduction in filters
and transforms.
TEXT BOOK
1.Keshab k. Parhi,” VLSI Digital Signal Processing Systems: Design and Implementation”,
Wiley, inter science.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1.S.Y.kung, H.J.White house, T. Kailath,” VLSI and Modern Signal Processing”, Prentice hall,
CMOS MIXED SIGNAL CIRCUITS
Course Code :15 EC 51Q3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Data Converter Modeling and SNR: Sampling and Aliasing: A modeling Approach, SPICE
models for DACs and ADCs, Quantization noise, Viewing the quantization noise spectrum using
simulations, quantization noise voltage spectral density, Data converter SNR: an overview,
Improving SNR using averaging, Decimating filters for ADC, Interpolating filters for DACs,
Using feedback to improve SNR. Submicron CMOS Circuit Design: Submicron CMOS
overview and models, Digital circuit design, Analog circuit design. Implementing Data
Converters: R-2R topologies for DACs, Op-Amps in data converters, Implementing ADCs.
Noise-Shaping Data Converters: Noise-shaping fundamentals, Second-order noise-shaping,
noise-shaping topologies. Integrator-Based CMOS Filters: Integrator building blocks, filtering
topologies, Filters using Noise-shaping.
TEXT BOOKS
1 R. Jacob Baker, “CMOS: Mixed-Signal Circuit Design”, Wiley-Student Edition, IEEE Press,
352
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Behzad Razavi, "Principles of Data Conversion System Design, "John Wiley & Sons.
2.P. Allen and D. Holberg, “CMOS Analog Circuit design,” Oxford Press.
3. E. Bogatin, “Signal and Power –Simplified,” 2nd edition, Prentice Hall.
NANO ELECTRONICS
Course Code :15 EC 51Q4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Recent past, the present and its challenges, Future, Overview of basic Nano
electronics. Nano electronics & Nanocomputer architectures: Introduction to Nanocomputers,
Nanocomputer Architecture, Quantum DOT cellular Automata (QCA), QCA circuits, Single
electron circuits, molecular circuits, Logic switches – Interface engineering – Properties (Self-
organization, Size-dependent) – Limitations. Nanoelectronic Architectures: Nanofabrication –
Nanopatterning of Metallic/Semiconducting nanostructures (e-beam/X-ray, Optical lithography,
STM/AFM- SEM & Soft-lithography) – Nano phase materials – Self-assembled
Inorganic/Organic layers. Spintronics: Introduction, Overview, History & Background,
Generation of Spin Polarization Theories of spin Injection, spin relaxation and spin dephasing,
Spintronic devices and applications, spin filters, spin diodes, spin transistors. Memory Devices
And Sensors: Memory devices and sensors – Nano ferroelectrics – Ferroelectric random access
memory –Fe-RAM circuit design –ferroelectric thin film properties and integration –
calorimetric -sensors – electrochemical cells – surface and bulk acoustic devices – gas sensitive
FETs – resistive semiconductor gas sensors –electronic noses – identification of hazardous
solvents and gases – semiconductor sensor array
TEXT BOOKS
1.Nanoelectronics & Nanosystems: From Transistor to Molecular & Quantum Devices: Karl
Goser,
JanDienstuhl and others.
2. Nano Electronics and Information Technology: Rainer Waser
REFERENCES
1. Concepts in Spintronics – Sadamichi Maekawa
2. Spin Electronics – David Awschalom
353
CAD TOOLS FOR VLSI
Course Code :15 EC 51Q5 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to VLSI design methodologies and supporting CAD environment. Schematic
editors: Parsing: Reading files, describing data formats, Graphics & Plotting Layout. Layout
Editor: Turning plotter into an editor. Layout language: Parameterized cells, PLA generators,
Introduction to Silicon compiler, Data path. Compiler, Placement & routing, Floor planning.
Layout Analysis: Design rules, Object based DRC, Edge based layout operations. Module
generators. Simulation: Types of simulation, Behavioral simulator, logic simulator, functional
simulator & Circuit simulator. Simulation Algorithms: Compiled code and Event-driven.
Optimization Algorithms: Greedy methods, simulated annealing, genetic algorithm and neural
models. Testing ICs: Fault simulation, Aids for test generation and testing. Computational
complexity issues: Big Oh and big omega terms. Recent topics in CAD-VLSI: Array compilers,
hardware software co-design, high-level synthesis tools and VHDL modeling.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Stephen Trimberger,” Introduction to CAD for VLSI”, Kluwer Academic publisher, 2002
2. Naveed Shervani, “Algorithms for VLSI physical design Automation”, Kluwer Academic
Publisher,
Second edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1.Gaynor E. Taylor, G. Russell, “Algorithmic and Knowledge Based CAD for VLSI”, Peter
peregrinus ltd.
London.
2. Gerez, “Algorithms VLSI Design Automation”, John Wiley & Sons.
IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51R1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of Image processing and Image Transforms: Basic steps of Image processing
system sampling and quantization of an Image – Basic relationship between pixels Image
Transforms: 2 – D Discrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT), Discrete
Wavelet transforms Image Processing Techniques: Image Enhancement: Spatial Domain
methods: Histogram Processing, Fundamentals of Spatial Filtering, Smoothing Spatial filters,
Sharpening Spatial filters Frequency Domain methods: Basics of filtering in frequency domain,
image smoothing, image sharpening, selective filtering Image Segmentation: Segmentation
concepts, point, line and Edge detection, Thresholding, region based segmentation Image
Compression Image compression fundamentals – coding Redundancy, spatial and temporal
354
redundancy. Compression models : Lossy and Lossless, Huffmann coding, Arithmetic coding,
LZW coding, run length coding, Bit Plane coding, transform coding, predictive coding , wavelet
coding, JPEG standards Basic Steps of Video Processing: Analog video, Digital Video, Time
varying Image Formation models : 3D motion models, Geometric Image formation ,
Photometric Image formation, sampling of video signals, filtering operations 2-D Motion
Estimation: Optical flow, general methodologies, pixel based motion estimation, Block
matching algorithm, Mesh based motion Estimation, global Motion Estimation, Region based
motion estimation, multi resolution motion estimation. Waveform based coding, Block based
transform coding, predictive coding, Application of motion estimation in video coding.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gonzaleze and Woods ,”Digital Image Processing “, 3
rd
edition , Pearson
2. Yao wang, Joem Ostarmann and Ya – quin Zhang, ”Video processing and communication “,1
st
edition ,
PHI
REFERENCE TEXT BOOK
1. M. Tekalp ,”Digital video Processing”, Prentice Hall International
SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS
1. Relf, Christopher G.,"Image acquisition and processing with LabVIEW", CRC press
2. Aner ozdemi R, "Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar Imaging with MATLAB Algorithms", John
Wiley &
Sons
3. Chris Solomon, Toby Breckon ,"Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing A Practical
Approach with Examples in Matlab", John Wiley & Sons,
BiCMOS TECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 51R2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Device Modeling: Modeling of the MOS Transistor, Modeling of the Bipolar Transistor.
Device Design Considerations: Design Considerations for MOSFET's, Design Considerations
for Bipolar Transistors, BiCMOS Device Synthesis. BiCMOS Device Scaling: MOS Device
Scaling, Bipolar Device Scaling. BiCMOS Process Technology: BiCMOS Isolation
Consideration, CMOS Well & Bipolar Collector tradeoffs, CMOS & BiCMOS Processes
considerations, Interconnect Processes for submicron BiCMOS, Submicrometer BiCMOS
Process for 5V Digital Applications, Analog BiCMOS Process Technology, Process Reliability.
Digital Design: Delay Analysis, Gate Design, Performance Comparisons. Analog Design:
BiCMOS Operational Amplifiers, BiCMOS Analog Subsystems. BiCMOS Digital Circuit
Applications: Adders, Multiplier, Random Access Memory, Programmable Logic Arrays,
BiCMOS Logic Cells, BiCMOS Gate Arrays.
355
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A L ALVAREZ, BICMOS Technology & Applications, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
2. Sherif H.K. Embabi, Abdellatif Bellaouar & Mohamed 1. Elmasry “Digital BiCMOS
Integrated Circuit Design” Springer Science+ BusÎness Media, LLC.
REFERENCE
1. Kiat-Seng yeo, Samir S. Rofail, Wang-Ling Goh, CMOS/BiCMOS ULSI, Pearson
Education.
2. James C. Daly, Denis P. Galipeau, Analog BiCMOS Design: Practices & Pitfalls, CRC
Press
3. Klaas-Jan de Langen, Johan Huijsing, Compact Low-Voltage and High-Speed CMOS,
BiCMOS and Bipolar Operational Amplifiers, Springer Science
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MODELING
Course Code :15 EC 51R3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basic Device Physics : Electrons and holes in silicon, p-n junction, MOS capacitor, Highfield
effects. MOSFET Devices : Long-channel MOSFETs, Short-channel MOSFETs. CMOS Device
Design : MOSFET Scaling, Threshold voltage, MOSFET channel length. CMOS Performance
Factors : Basic CMOS circuit elements, Parasitic elements, Sensitivity of CMOS delay to device
parameters, Performance factors of advanced CMOS devices. Bipolar Devices : n-p-n
Transistors, Ideal current-voltage characteristics, Characteristics of a typical n-p-n transistor,
Bipolar device models for circuit and time-dependent analyses, Breakdown voltages. Bipolar
Device Design : Design of the emitter design, Design of the base region, Design of the collector
design, Modern bipolar transistor structures.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Yuan Taur, Tak.H.Ning, Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices, Cambridge University
Press,
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Donald Neamen, Semiconductors Physics and Devices, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2003
2. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor Materials and Devices, Wiley Publications, 2002.
3. Semiconductor Devices, Basic Principles Jasprit Singh, Wiley Publications, 2001
4. S.M. Sze (Ed), Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 2nd Edition, Wiley Publications, 1998
5. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits 4/e, Paul R. Gray, Paul J. Hurst,
Robert G Meyer, 2001, Wiley Publications
6. Physics of Semiconductor Devices 3/e S. M. Sze, Wiley Publications, 2007.
356
MEMORY DESIGN AND TESTING
Course Code :15 EC 51R4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Random Access Memory Technologies-Static Random Access Memories (SRAMs): SRAM
Cell Structures-MOS SRAM Architecture-MOS SRAM Cell and Peripheral Circuit Operation-
Bipolar, SRAM Technologies-Silicon On Insulator (SOl) Technology-Advanced SRAM
Architectures and Technologies- Application Specific SRAMs. Dynamic Random Access
Memories (DRAMs): DRAM Technology Development-CMOS DRAMs-DRAMs Cell Theory
and Advanced Cell Structures- BiCMOS DRAMs-Soft Error Failures in DRAMs-Advanced
DRAM Designs and Architecture-Application Specific DRAMs. Non-Volatile Memories-
Masked Read-Only Memories (ROMs)-High Density ROMs-Programmable Read-Only
Memories (PROMs)- Bipolar PROMs-CMOS PROMs-Erasable (UV) - Programmable Road-
Only Memories (EPROMs)-Floating- Gate EPROM Cell-One-Time Programmable (OTP)
Eproms-Electrically Erasable PROMs (EEPROMs)- EEPROM Technology And Architecture-
Nonvolatile SRAM-Flash Memories (EPROMs or EEPROM)-Advanced Flash Memory
Architecture. Memory Fault Modeling, Testing, And Memory Design For Testability And
Fault Tolerance-RAM Fault Modeling, Electrical Testing, Pseudo Random Testing-Megabit
DRAM Testing-Nonvolatile Memory Modeling and Testing-IDDQ Fault Modeling and Testing-
Application Specific Memory Testing. Semiconductor Memory Reliability And Radiation
Effects-General Reliability Issues-RAM Failure Modes and Mechanism-Nonvolatile Memory
Reliability-Reliability Modeling and Failure Rate Prediction-Design for Reliability-Reliability
Test Structures-Reliability Screening and Qualification. Radiation Effects-Single Event
Phenomenon (SEP)-Radiation Hardening Techniques-Radiation Hardening Process and Design
Issues-Radiation Hardened Memory Characteristics-Radiation Hardness Assurance and Testing -
Radiation Dosimeter-Water Level Radiation Testing and Test Structures. Advanced Memory
Technologies And High-Density Memory Packaging Technologies-Ferroelectric Random
Access Memories (FRAMs)-Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) FRAMs-Analog Memories-Magneto
resistive Random Access Memories (MRAMs)-Experimental Memory Devices. Memory
Hybrids and MCMs (2D)-Memory Stacks and MCMs (3D)-Memory MCM Testing and
Reliability Issues-Memory Cards-High Density Memory Packaging Future Directions.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Ashok K.Sharma, " Semiconductor Memories Technology, Testing and Reliability ",
Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 1997.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Luecke Mize Care, “Semiconductor Memory design & application”, Mc-Graw Hill.
2.Belty Prince, “ Semiconductor Memory Design Handbook”.
3.Memory Technology design and testing 1999 IEEE International Workshop on: IEEE
Computer Society Sponsor (S).
357
RECONFIGURABLE COMPUTING
Course Code :15 EC 51R5 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction Goals and motivations - History, state of the art, future trends - Basic concepts and
related fields of study - Performance, power, and other metrics - Algorithm analysis and speedup
projections - RC Architectures - Device characteristics - Fine-grained architectures - Coarse-
grained architectures . Fpga Design FPGA Physical Design Tools -Technology mapping -
Placement & routing - Register transfer (RT)/Logic Synthesis - Controller/Data path synthesis -
Logic minimization .Parallel Processing RC Application Design - Parallelism - Systolic arrays -
Pipelining - Optimizations - Bottlenecks - High-level Design - High-level synthesis - High-level
languages - Design tools. Architectures Hybrid architectures- Communication - HW/SW
partitioning - Soft-core microprocessors- System architectures -System design strategies -
System services - Small-scale architectures - HPC architectures - HPEC architectures - System
synthesis - Architectural design space explorations. Case Study Case Studies- Signal and image
processing - Bioinformatics - Security - Special Topics - Partial Reconfiguration - Numerical
Analysis -Performance Analysis/Prediction - Fault Tolerance
TEXT BOOK
1. Paul S. Graham and Maya Gokhale “Reconfigurable Computing Accelerating Computation
with Field-Programmable Gate Arrays” springer .
ADVANCED ANALOG IC DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 5232 L-T-P : 3-1-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 5
Syllabus:
Small Signal & large signal Models of MOS & BJT transistor. Analog MOS Process Passive
& Active Current Mirrors: Basic current mirrors, Cascode current mirror, Active loads,
voltage and current references; Frequency response of integrated circuits: Single Stage
(CS,CG,CD) amplifiers, Cascade Stage; frequency response( miller effect) of CG, CS, CD,
Operation of Basic Differential Pair, differential pair with MOS loads, Frequency response of
Cascade & Differential Pair; Operational Amplifiers with single ended outputs: Applications
of operational amplifiers, basic two stage MOS operational amplifiers, Deviations from ideality
in real operational amplifiers, Basic two-stage MOS operational amplifier, MOS Folded –
cascode operational amplifiers, Feedback: Ideal feedback equation, gain sensitivity, feedback
configurations, practical configuration and effect of loading Nonlinear Analog circuits &
other applications: Precision rectification ,phased locked loops, Sampling Switches, switched
capacitor integrator, oscillators, ADC, DAC.
358
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gray & Meyer, Analysis & Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, 4
th
edition, Wiley, 2001.
2. Behzad Razavi, “Design Of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Tata Mcgraw Hill,2005.
REFERENCE
1. Jacob Baker,“CMOS Mixed Signal Circuit Design”, John Wiley.
2. Gray, Wooley, Brodersen, " Analog MOS Integrated Circuits ", IEEE Press, 1989.
3. Kenneth R. Laker, Willy M.C. Sansen, William M.C.Sansen, “Design of Analog Integrated
Circuits and
Systems ", McGraw Hill.
LOW POWER VLSI CIRCUITS
Course Code :15 EC 5233 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Need for low power VLSI chips, Sources of power dissipation on Digital
Integrated circuits. Emerging Low power approaches. Device & Technology Impact on Low
Power: Dynamic dissipation in CMOS, Transistor sizing& gate oxide thickness, Impact of
technology Scaling, Technology & Device innovation. Simulation Power analysis: SPICE
circuit simulators, gate level logic simulation, capacitive power estimation, static state power,
gate level capacitance estimation, architecture level analysis, data correlation analysis in DSP
systems, Monte Carlo simulation. Probabilistic power analysis: Random logic signals,
probability & frequency, probabilistic power analysis techniques, signal entropy. Low Power
Circuit’s: Transistor and gate sizing, network restructuring and Reorganization. Special Flip
Flops & Latches design, high capacitance nodes, low power digital cells library. Logic level:
Gate reorganization, signal gating, logic encoding, state machine encoding, pre-computation
logic. Low power Architecture & Systems: Power & performance management, switching
activity reduction, parallel architecture with voltage reduction, flow graph transformation, low
power arithmetic components. Low power Clock Distribution: Power dissipation in clock
distribution, single driver Vs distributed buffers, Zero skew Vs tolerable skew, chip & package
co design of clock network. Special Techniques: Power Reduction in Clock networks, CMOS
Floating Node, Low Power Bus Delay balancing, and Low Power Techniques for SRAM.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gary K. Yeap, “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, KAP, 2002
2. Rabaey, Pedram, “Low Power Design Methodologies” Kluwer Academic
REFERENCES
1. Kaushik Roy, Sharat Prasad, “Low-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design” Wiley, 2000
2. Yeo, “CMOS/BiCMOS ULSI Low Voltage Low Power” Pearson Education
359
VLSI SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 5234 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Design Methodology: Structured design techniques; Programmable logic; Gate array and sea of
gates design; cell based design; full custom design; Design flow; Design Economics. Data path
Subsystems: Adders; One/zero Detectors; Comparators; Counters; Shifters; Multipliers; Power
and Speed Trade-off. Memory and Array Subsystems: SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial access
memories; CAM, PLAs; Array yield, reliability; Power dissipation in Memories. Special-
purpose Subsystems: Packaging; power distribution; I/O pads; Interconnect: Interconnect
parameters; Electrical wire models, capacitive parasitics; Resistive parasitics; Inductive parasitic;
Crosstalk; Advanced Interconnect Techniques. Timing Issues: Timing classification;
Synchronous design; Self-timed circuit design; Clock Synthesis and Synchronization:
Synchronizers; Arbiters; Clock Synthesis; PLLs; Clock generation; Clock distribution;
Synchronous Vs Asynchronous Design.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Neil H. E. Weste, David. Harris and Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson
Education, Third
Edition, 2004.
2. Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital Integrated Circuits”
Pearson
Education, Second Edition.
REFERENCES:
1. Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH, Third Edition,
2003
2 Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,1998.
SIMULATION BOOKS
1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.
360
TESTING OF VLSI CIRCUITS
Course Code :15 EC 5235 L-T-P : 3-1-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Basics of Testing And Fault Modeling Introduction to Testing - Faults in digital circuits -
Modeling of faults - Logical Fault Models - Fault detection - Fault location - Fault dominance -
Logic Simulation - Types of simulation - Delay models - Gate level Event-driven simulation.
Test Generation For Combinational and Sequential Circuits Test generation for
combinational logic circuits - Testable combinational logic circuit design - Test generation for
sequential circuits - design of testable sequential circuits. Design For Testability Design for
Testability - Ad-hoc design - Generic scan based design - Classical scan based design – System
level DFT approaches. Self Test and Test Algorithms Built-In Self Test - Test pattern
generation for BIST - Circular BIST - BIST Architectures - Testable Memory Design - Test
algorithms - Test generation for Embedded RAMs. Fault Diagnosis Logic Level Diagnosis -
Diagnosis by UUT reduction - Fault Diagnosis for Combinational Circuits - Self-checking design
- System Level Diagnosis.
TEXT BOOKS
1.M. Abramovici, M.A. Breuer and A.D. Friedman, "Digital Systems and Testable Design",
Jaico
Publishing House.
2.M.L. Bushnell and V.D. Agrawal, "Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital, Memory and
Mixed-Signal
VLSI Circuits", Kluwer Academic Publishers.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1.P.K. Lala, "Digital Circuit Testing and Testability", Academic Press, 2002.
2.A.L. Crouch, "Design Test for Digital IC's and Embedded Core Systems", Prentice Hall
International.
361
SYSTEM ON CHIP DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52S1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
System Level Design: System level design-Tools & methodologies for system level design,
System level space & modeling languages, SOC block based design & IP assembly, Performance
evaluation methods for multiprocessor SOC design, Power Management And Synthesizing
System level power management, Processor modeling & design tools, Embedded software
modeling & design Using performance metrics to select microprocessor for IC design,
Parallelizing High-Level Synthesize ,A code transformational approach to High Level
Synthesize.
Micro-Architecture Design And Power Optimization Micro-architecture design, Cycle
accurate system – level modeling, Performance evaluation, Micro architectural power estimation
optimization, Design planning. Software Design Verification logical verification, Design &
Verification languages, Digital simulation, using transactional, level models in an SOC design,
Assertion based verification. Hardware Design Verification Hardware acceleration &
emulation, Formal property verification, TEST, DFT, ATPG,Analog
& mixed signal test
TEXT BOOK
1. Louis Scheffer Luciano Lavagno and Grant Martin, “EDA for IC System verification and
Testing”, CRC,
2006.
REFERENCES
1.Wayone Wolf,” Modern VLSI Design: SOC Design”
2.Prakash Rashnikar, Peter Paterson, Lenna Singh” System-On-A-Chip Verification
methodlogy &
Techniques”, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
3.Alberto Sangiovanni Vincentelli,” Surviving the SOC Revolution: A Guide to Platformbased
Design”,
Kluwer Academic Publishers
PROCESS AND DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION & MEASUREMENTS
Course Code :15 EC 52S2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction And Preliminary Concepts: Macro-Meso, Micro and Nanostructure of Materials,
Fundamentals of crystallography and Crystal structures Optical Microscopy: Geometry of
362
Optics, Resolution, and Construction of a Microscope, Image Contrast, and Phase Contrast.
Electron Microscopy: SEM: Electron Optics - Interaction of Electrons and Matter - Elastic and
Inelastic Scattering, Backscattered Electrons, Secondary Electrons, Scanning Electron
Microscopy – Image Formation, EPMA, Magnification, and Depth of Field, Distortion,
Detectors, Contrast, and Resolution. TEM: Electron diffraction, different electron Diffraction
techniques. Semiconductor Material Impurity Characterization: Spectroscopic Ellipsometry
(SE), X-ray Reflectivity (XRR), X-ray Fluorescence (XRF), X-ray Diffraction (XRD),
Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (SIMS), Auger Electron Spectrometry (AES), Rutherford
Backscattering Spectrometry (RBS), EDAX, FTIR. Electrical Characterization: Four-probe
technique, Hall Effect, sheet resistance C-V measurements, DLTS, Carrier lifetime, impurity
profiling, I-V measurements . Process And Spice Model Parameter Extraction
TEXT /REFERENCES
1) W.R. Reunyan, “Semiconductor Measurements and Instrumentation”, Mc-Graw Hill
2) Micro structural Characterization of Materials - David Brandon and Wayne Kaplan, John
Wiley and
Sons, New York, NY.
3) Schroder, “Semiconductor Material and Device Characterization”
4) Philips F. Kare and Greydon B. Lauabee, “Characterization of semiconductor Materials”, Mc-
Graw Hill.
5) K.V. Ravi, “Imperfections and Impurities in Semiconductor Silicon”, John Wiley and Sons.
ADVANCED VLSI DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52S3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Review of MOS Circuits: MOS and CMOS static plots, switches, comparison between CMOS
and BI - CMOS. MESFETS: MESFET and MODFET operations, quantitative description of
MESFETS. MIS Structures and MOSFETS: MIS systems in equilibrium, under bias, small
signal operation of MESFETS and MOSFETS. Short Channel Effects and Challenges to
CMOS: Short channel effects, scaling theory, processing challenges to further CMOS
miniaturization Beyond CMOS: Evolutionary advances beyond CMOS, carbon Nano tubes,
conventional vs. tactile computing, computing, molecular and biological computing Mole
electronics-molecular Diode and diode- diode logic ,Defect tolerant computing. Super Buffers,
Bi-CMOS and Steering Logic: Introduction, RC delay lines, super buffers- An NMOS super
buffer, tri state super buffer and pad drivers, CMOS super buffers, Dynamic ratio less inverters,
large capacitive loads, pass logic, designing of transistor logic, General functional blocks -
NMOS and CMOS functional blocks. Special Circuit Layouts and Technology Mapping:
Introduction, Talley circuits, NAND-NAND, NORNOR, and AOI Logic, NMOS, CMOS
Multiplexers, Barrel shifter, Wire routing and module lay out. System Design: CMOS design
methods, structured design methods, Strategies encompassing hierarchy, regularity, modularity
363
& locality, CMOS Chip design Options, programmable logic, Programmable inter connect,
programmable structure, Gate arrays standard cell approach, Full custom Design.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kevin F Brennan “Introduction to Semi Conductor Device”, Cambridge publications
2. Eugene D Fabricius “Introduction to VLSI Design”, McGraw-Hill publications
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. D.A Pucknell “Basic VLSI Design”, PHI Publication
2. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design” Pearson Education, Second Edition
MEMS SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52S4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
MEMS and Microsystems, Microsystems and microelectronics, Microsystems and
miniaturization, Working principle of micro system - Micro sensors, Micro actuators, MEMS
with Micro actuators. Materials For MEMS - Substrate and wafer, silicon as a substrate
material, silicon compound, silicon Piezo-resistors, Gallium Arsenide, quartz, Piezoelectric
crystals, polymers and packaging Materials. Fabrication Process - Photolithography, Ion
implantation, Oxidation, Chemical vapor deposition (CVD), Physical vapor deposition,
Deposition by Epitaxy, Etching. Manufacturing Process - Bulk Micromachining, Surface
Micromachining, LIGA Process. Micro system Design - Design consideration, process design,
Mechanical design, Mechanical design using MEMS. Mechanical packaging of Microsystems,
Microsystems packaging, interfacing in Microsystems packaging, packaging technology,
selection of packaging materials, signal mapping and transduction. Case study on strain
sensors, Temperature sensors, Pressure sensors, Humidity sensors, Accelerometers, Gyroscopes
, RF MEMS Switch, phase shifter, and smart sensors. Case study of MEMS pressure sensor
Packaging.
TEXTBOOKS
1.Tai Ran Hsu,” MEMS & Micro systems Design and Manufacture” Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2002.
2.Julian W Gardner, "Microsensors MEMS and smart devices", John Wiley and sons Ltd,2001.
3.Chang Liu, "Foundation of MEMS", Pearson International Edition,2006.
REFERENCES
1.Stephen Santuria,” Microsystems Design”, Kluwer publishers, 2000.
2.Nadim Maluf,” An introduction to Micro electro mechanical system design”, Artech House,
3.Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, editor,” The MEMS Handbook”, CRC press Baco Raton,2000.
4.Gabriel M Rebeiz, "RF MEMS - Theory Design and Technology", John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
364
VLSI FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
Course Code :15 EC 52S5 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Communication Concepts: Wireless Channel Description, Path Loss, Multipath Fading,
Channel Model and Envelope Fading, Frequency Selective and Fast Fading Receiver
Architectures: Receiver Front End:, Filter Design, Rest of Receiver Front End, Derivation of
NF, IIP3 of Receiver Front End, Low Noise Amplifier: Wideband LNA Design, Narrow Band
LNA:, Impedance Matching, Core Amplifier Active Mixer: Balancing, Qualitative Description
of the Gilbert Mixer, Distortion, Low Frequency Case: Analysis of Gilbert Mixer, Distortion,
High-Frequency Case, Noise Passive Mixer: Switching Mixer, Distortion in Unbalanced
Switching Mixer, Conversion Gain in Unbalanced Switching Mixer, Noise in Unbalanced
Switching Mixer, practical Unbalanced Switching Mixer, Sampling Mixer, Conversion Gain in
Single-Ended Sampling Mixer Analog-to-Digital Converters: Demodulators, A/D converters
Used in a Receiver, Low-Pass Sigma-Delta Modulators, Implementation of Low-Pass Sigma-
Delta Modulators, Bandpass Sigma-Delta Modulators, Implementation of Bandpass Sigma-Delta
Modulators
TEXT BOOK
1. Bosco Leung, "VLSI for Wireless Communication, Second Edition, Springer
REFERENCES
1.
Emad N Farag, M.I Elmasry, “Mixed Signal VLSI Wireless Design Circuits and Systems”,
KluwerPublication.
2. David Tsee, Pramod Viswanath,” Fundamentals of Wireless Communication”, Cambridge
Univ Press.
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATIONS IN VLSI DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52T1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Statistical Modeling: Modeling sources of variations, Monte Carlo techniques, Process variation
modeling- Pelgroms model, principal component based modeling, Quad tree based modeling,
Performance modeling-Response surface methodology, delay modeling, interconnect delay
models Statistical Performance, Power And Yield Analysis Statistical timing analysis, parameter
space techniques, Bayesian networks Leakage models, High level statistical analysis, Gate level
statistical analysis, dynamic power, leakage power, temperature and power supply variations,
High level yield estimation and gate level yield estimation Convex Optimization Convex sets,
convex functions, geometric programming, trade-off and sensitivity analysis, Generalized
365
geometric programming, geometric programming applied to digital circuit gate sizing, Floor
planning, wire sizing, Approximation and fitting- Monomial fitting, Max-monomial fitting,
Polynomial fitting. Genetic Algorithm Introduction, GA Technology-Steady State Algorithm-
Fitness Scaling-Inversion GA for VLSI Design, Layout and Test automation- partitioning-
automatic placement, routing technology, Mapping for FPGA- Automatic test generation-
Partitioning algorithm Taxonomy-Multiday Partitioning Hybrid genetic-encoding-local
improvement-WDFR-Comparison of Cas-Standard cell placement-GASP algorithm-unified
algorithm. Ga Routing Procedures And Power Estimation Global routing-FPGA technology
mapping-circuit generation-test generation in a GA frame work-test generation procedures.
Power estimation-application of GA-Standard cell placement-GA for ATG-problem encoding-
fitness function-GA vs Conventional algorithm.
REFERENCES
1.Ashish Srivastava, Dennis Sylvester, David Blaauw “Statistical Analysis and Optimization for
VLSI:Timing and Power” , Springer, 2005.
2.Pinaki Mazumder, E.Mrudnick, “Genetic Algorithm for VLSI Design,Layout and test
Automation”,
Prentice Hall,1998.
3.Stephen Boyd, Lieven Vandenberghe “Convex Optimization”, Cambridge University Press,
CMOS RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52O1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to RF Design and Wireless Technology: Design and Applications, Complexity
and Choice of Technology. Basic concepts in RF design: Nonlinearly and Time Variance, Inter
symbol interference, random processes and noise. Sensitivity and dynamic range, conversion of
gains and distortion RF Modulation: Analog and digital modulation of RF circuits, Comparison
of various techniques for power efficiency, Coherent and non-coherent detection, Mobile RF
communication and basics of Multiple Access techniques. Receiver and Transmitter
architectures, Direct conversion and two-step transmitters RF Testing: RF testing for
heterodyne, Homodyne, Image reject, Direct IF and sub sampled receivers. BJT and MOSFET
behavior at RF Frequencies: BJT and MOSFET behavior at RF frequencies, modeling of the
transistors and SPICE model, Noise performance and limitations of devices, integrated parasitic
elements at high frequencies and their monolithic implementation RF Circuits Design:
Overview of RF Filter design, Active RF components & modeling, Matching and Biasing
Networks. Basic blocks in RF systems and their VLSI implementation, Low noise Amplifier
design in various technologies, Design of Mixers at GHz frequency range, Various mixers-
working and implementation. Oscillators- Basic topologies VCO and definition of phase noise,
Noise power and trade off. Radio frequency Synthesizers- PLLS, Various RF synthesizer
architectures and frequency dividers, Design issues in integrated RF filters.
366
TEXT BOOKS
1. B. Razavi, “RF Microelectronics” PHI 1998
2. R. Jacob Baker, H.W. Li, D.E. Boyce “CMOS Circuit Design, layout and Simulation”, PHI
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Thomas H. Lee “Design of CMOS RF Integrated Circuits” Cambridge University press 1998.
2. Y.P. Tsividis, “Mixed Analog and Digital Devices and Technology”, TMH 1996
ADVANCED DIGITAL IC DESIGN
Course Code :15 EC 52T2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Implementation Strategies for Digital ICs: Introduction, From Custom to Semicustom and
Structured Array Design Approaches, Custom Circuit Design, Cell-Based Design Methodology,
Standard Cell, Compiled Cells, Macrocells, Megacells and Intellectual Property, Semi-Custom
Design Flow, Array-Based Implementation Approaches, Pre-diffused (or Mask-Programmable)
Arrays, Prewired Arrays, Perspective—The Implementation Platform of the Future. Coping with
Interconnect: Introduction, Capacitive Parasitics, Capacitance and Reliability—Cross Talk,
Capacitance and Performance in CMOS, Resistive Parasitics, Resistance and Reliability—Ohmic
Voltage Drop, Electromigration, Resistance and Performance—RC Delay. Timing Issues in
Digital Circuits: Introduction, Timing Classification of Digital Systems,Synchronous
Interconnect, Mesochronous interconnect, Plesiochronous Interconnect, Asynchronous
Interconnect, Synchronous Design — An In-depth Perspective, Synchronous Timing Basics,
Sources of Skew and Jitter, Clock-Distribution Techniques, Synchronizers and Arbiters,
Synchronizers— Concept and Implementation, Arbiters, Clock Synthesis and Synchronization
Using a Phase-Locked Loop, Basic Concept, Building Blocks of a PLL. Designing Arithmetic
Building Blocks: Introduction, The Adder, The Binary Adder: Definitions, The Full Datapaths
in Digital Processor Architectures, Adder: Circuit Design Considerations, The Binary Adder:
Logic Design Considerations, The Multiplier, The Multiplier: Definitions, Partial- Product
Generation, Partial Product Accumulation, Final Addition, Multiplier Summary, The Shifter,
Barrel Shifter, Logarithmic Shifter. Designing Memory and Array Structures: Introduction,
Memory Classification, Memory Architectures and Building Blocks, The Memory Core, Read-
Only Memories, Nonvolatile Read-Write Memories, Read-Write Memories (RAM), Contents-
Addressable or Associative Memory (CAM), Memory Peripheral Circuitry, The Address
Decoders, Sense Amplifiers, Voltage References, Drivers/Buffers, Timing and Control.
TEXTBOOKS
1.Kamran Ehraghian, Dauglas A. Pucknell and Sholeh Eshraghiam, “Essentials of VLSI Circuits
and Systems” – PHI, EEE, 2005 Edition.
2.Neil H. E. Weste and David. Harris Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson
Education.
REFERENCES
367
1. Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici,”CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH 2003
2. Jan M. Rabaey, “Digital Integrated Circuits” Pearson Education, 2003
3. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,1998.
SIMULATION BOOKS
1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.
NANO SENSORS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EC 52T3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Sensor Characteristics And Physical Effects: Active and Passive sensors – Static characteristic
- Accuracy, offset and linearity – Dynamic characteristics - First and second order sensors –
Physical effects involved in signal transduction- Photoelectric effect – Photo dielectric effect –
Photoluminescence effect – Electroluminescence effect – Hal effect – Thermoelectric effect –
Peizoresistive effect – Piezoelectric effect – Pyroelectric effect –Magneto-mechanical effect
(magnetostriction) – Magneto resistive effect. Nano Based Inorganic Sensors: Density of
states (DOS) – DOS of 3D, 2D, 1D and 0D materials – one dimensional gas sensors:- gas
sensing with nanostructured thin films – absorption on surfaces – metal oxide modifications by
additives – surface modifications – nano optical sensors – nano mechanical sensors – plasmon
resonance sensors with nano particles – AMR, Giant and colossal magneto resistors – magnetic
tunneling junctions. Organic / Biosensors: Structure of Protein – role of protein in
nanotechnology – using protein in nanodevices – antibodies in sensing – antibody in nano
particle conjugates – enzymes in sensing – enzyme nanoparticle hybrid sensors – Motor proteins
in sensing – transmembrane sensors – Nanosensors based on Nucleotides and DNA – Structure
of DNA – DNA decoders and microarrays – DNA protein conjugate based sensors –
Bioelectronic sensors – DNA sequencing with nanopores – sensors based on molecules with
dendritic architectures – biomagnetic sensors. Nano Sensors:Temperature Sensors, Smoke
Sensors, Sensors for aerospace and defense: Accelerometer, Pressure Sensor, Night Vision
System, Nano tweezers, nano-cutting tools, Integration of sensor with actuators and electronic
circuitry Biosensors. Applications: Cantilever array sensors - Cantilever sensors for diagnosis of
diabetes mellitus - Cantilever sensors for cancer diagnosis - Nanotube based sensors - Nanotube
based sensors for DNA detection - Nanotube based sensors for capnography - Nanowire based
sensors - Nanowire based electrical detection of single viruses - Nanowire based electrical
detection of biomolecules. Detectors and Applications: Bio receptors –Bio detectors - Nano
array based detector - Nano Particle based detector - Ultra-sensitive detection of pathogenic
biomarkers - Ultra-sensitive detection of single bacteria.
REFERENCES:
1. Kourosh Kalantar – Zadeh, Benjamin Fry, “Nanotechnology- Enabled Sensors”, Springer,
2. H.Rosemary Taylor, “Data acquisition for sensor systems”, Chapman & Hall, 1997.
3. Jerome Schultz, Milan Mrksich, Sangeeta N. Bhatia, David J. Brady, Antonio J. Ricco, David
4 R. Walt, Charles L. Wilkins, “Biosensing: International Research and Development”, Springer,
368
5. Ramon Pallas-Areny, John G. Webster, “Sensors and signal conditioning” John Wiley & Sons,
2001.
6. Vijay.K.Varadan, Linfeng Chen, Sivathanupillai, “Nanotechnology Engineering in Nano and
Biomedicine”, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
ASIC DESIGN FLOW
Course Code :15 EC 52T4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Types of ASICs – Design flow – Economics of ASICs – ASIC cell libraries – CMOS logic cell
data path logic cells – I/O cells – cell compilers. ASIC Library design: Transistors as resistors –
parasitic capacitance – logical effort programmable ASIC design software: Design system –
logic synthesis – half gate ASIC. Low level design entry: Schematic entry – low level design
languages – PLA tools – EDIF – An overview of VHDL and verilog. Logic synthesis in verilog
and & VHDL simulation. CMOS System case studies: Dynamic warp processor:
Introduction, the problem, the algorithm, a functional overview, detailed functional specification,
structural floor plan, physical design, fabrication. pixels-planes graphic engine: introduction,
raster scan graphic fundamental, pixels-planes system overview, chip electrical design, chip
organization and layout, clock distribution. Hierarchical layout and design of single chip 32
bit CPU: Introduction ,design methodology, technology updatability and layout verification.
Floor planning & placement: Floor Planning Goals and Objectives, Measurement of Delay in
floor planning, Floor planning tools ,I/O and Power planning, Clock planning ,Placement
Algorithms. Routing: Global routing, Detailed routing ,Special routing.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Application specific Integrated Circuits”, J.S. Smith, Addison Wesley.
2. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design : A System Perspective, N. Westle & K. Eshraghian
,Addison – Wesley Pub.Co.1985.
REFERENCES
1. Basic VLSI Design :Systems and Circuits, Douglas A. Pucknell & Kamran Eshraghian,
Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd. , New Delhi , 1989.
2. Introduction to VLSI System,C. Mead & L. Canway, Addison Wesley Pub
3. Introduction to NMOS & VLSI System Design, A. Mukharjee, Prentice Hall,
4. The Design & Analysis of VLSI Circuits, L. A. Glassey & D. W. Dobbepahl, Addison
Wesley Pub Co. 1985.
5. Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective, Jan A. Rabey, Prentice Hall of India Pvt
Ltd
369
M.TECH - EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
First Year (First Semester):
S.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EM 5101
Microcontrollers for Embedded System
Design.
3
0
2
4
2
15 EM 5102
Real Time Concepts for Embedded Systems
3
2
0
4
3
15 EM 5103
VLSI Technology & Design
3
0
2
4
4
15 EM 5104
Wireless Communications & Networks
3
2
0
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EM 5205
RSIC processor Architecture and
Programming
3
0
2
4
2
15 EM 5206
Digital Signal Processors and
Architectures
3
2
0
4
3
15 EM 5207
Advanced Embedded Systems
Design
3
2
0
4
4
15 EM 5208
Linux System Concepts
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
370
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EM 51A1
CPLD & FPGA Architectures and Applications
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 51A2
Robotics
3
0
0
3
3
15 EM 51A3
System Modeling and Simulation
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EM 51B1
Embedded Real Time Operating Systems
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 51B2
Object Oriented Analysis and Design
3
0
0
3
3
15 EC 51R1
Image and Video Processing
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EM 52C1
Networking of Embedded Systems
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 52C2
Ad-hoc & Wireless Sensor Networks
3
0
0
3
3
15 EM 52C3
Cryptography and Network Security
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EM 52D1
Embedded Linux and Basics of Device drivers
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 52D2
SOC Design and Verification
3
0
0
3
3
15 EM 52D3
Advanced Computer Networks
3
0
0
3
371
MICRO CONTROLLERS FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code :15 EM 5101 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Embedded Systems
Overview of Embedded Systems, Processor Embedded into a system, Embedded Hardware Units
and Devices in system, Embedded Software, Complex System Design, Design Process in
Embedded System, Formalization of System Design, Classification of Embedded Systems.
Microcontrollers and Processor Architecture & Interfacing
8051 Architecture. Real world interfacing, Introduction to advanced architectures, processor &
memory organization, Instruction-level parallelism, and performance metrics.
PIC Microcontroller Hardware
Introduction, Architectural overview, Memory organization, interrupts and reset, I/O ports,
Timers
Device Drivers & Interrupt service Mechanism
Programmed-I/O Busy-wait approach without ISM,ISR concept, Interrupt sources, Interrupt
service mechanism, Multiple Interrupts, context and the periods for context switching, Interrupt
latency and deadline, Classification of processors ISM from context-saving angle, Direct
Memory Access, Device driver programming
Devices &Communication Buses for Devices Network
IO Types and examples, Serial communication Devices, Parallel Device ports, Networked
Embedded systems, Serial Bus communication protocols
Text Books:
1. Embedded Systems - Architecture Programming and Design – Raj Kamal, 2nd ed., 2008,
TMH.
2. Embedded C Programming and the Microchip PIC-Richard Barnett, O” Cull, Cox, 2009,
Cengage Learning.
Reference Books:
1. Embedded Microcomputer Systems, Real Time Interfacing – Jonathan W. Valvano –
Brookes Cole, 1999, Thomas Learning
372
REAL TIME CONCEPTS FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 EM 5102 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Examples of Embedded Systems, Definition of Embedded Systems, Architecture
of Embedded Systems, Real- Time Embedded Systems, Design Issues and Current Trends for
Embedded Systems
Hard versus soft Real- Time Systems: Jobs and Processes, Release Times, Deadlines and Timing
Constraints, Hard and Soft Timing Constraints, Hard Real Time Systems, Soft Real Time
Systems
A Reference Model of Real – Time Systems: Processors and Resources, Temporal Parameters
of Real Time Workload, Periodic Task Model, Precedence Constraints and Data Dependency,
Functional Parameters- preemptivity of jobs, criticality of jobs, Resource Parameters of Jobs and
Parameters of Resources, Scheduling Hierarchy- Scheduler and Schedules, Feasibility,
Optimality and Performance Measures.
Classification of Real Time Scheduling Approaches: Clock- Driven Approach, Weighted
Round- Robin Approach, Priority- Driven Approach, Dynamic versus Static Systems, Effective
Release Times and Deadlines, optimality of the EDF and LST algorithms, Non optimality of the
EDF and LST algorithms, Challenges in validating timing constraints in priority –driven systems
Off-line versus On-line Scheduling
Clock-Driven Scheduling : Notations and Assumptions, Static, Timer -Driven Scheduler,
General Structure of Cyclic Schedules, Cyclic Executives, Improving the Average Response
Time of Aperiodic Jobs, Scheduling Sporadic Jobs-Acceptance test ,EDF Scheduling of accepted
jobs and implementation, Pros and Cons of Clock Driven Scheduling,
Priority-Driven Scheduling of Periodic Tasks: Static Assumption, Fixed Priority v/s Dynamic
Priority Algorithms, schedulability test for the EDF algorithm, a schedulability test for fixed
priority tasks with short response times-time demand analysis, schedulability test for fixed
priority tasks with arbitrary response times: busy intervals, general schedulability test, sufficient
schedulability conditions for RM & DM algorithms: schedulable utilization of the RM algorithm
for tasks with Di=pi, schedulable utilization of fixed priority tasks with arbitrary relative
deadlines
Scheduling Aperiodic and Sporadic Jobs in Priority-Driven Systems: Assumptions and
Approaches, Deferrable Servers- Operations of Deferrable Servers, Constant utilization server
Scheduling of sporadic jobs-a simple acceptance test in deadline driven systems, a simple
acceptance test in fixed- priority driven systems
Resources and Resource Access control: Assumptions on Resources and Their Usage, Effects
of Resource Contention and Resource Access Control, Non-preemptive Critical Sections, Basic
373
Priority Inheritance Protocol, Basic Priority Ceiling Protocol- Definition, computation of
blocking time, controlling accesses to Multiple Unit Resources
Real-Time Operating Systems: Overview- Threads and Tasks, The Kernel, Time Services and
Scheduling Mechanisms- Time Services, Scheduling Mechanisms, Other Basic Operating
System Functions- Communication and Synchronization, Event Notification and Software
Interrupt, Memory Management, I/O and Networking
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Real Time Systems – By Jane W.S.Liu -Low Price Edition , Pearson Education Asia
2. Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems - Qing Li with Caroline Yao published by
CMP Books.
VLSI TECHNOLOGY & DESIGN
Course Code :15 EM 5103 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Review of Microelectronics and Introduction to MOS Technologies: MOS, CMOS, BiCMOS
Technology.
Basic Electrical Properties of MOS, CMOS &BiCMOS Circuits: Ids-Vds relationships,
Threshold Voltage Vt, Gm, Gds and ωo, Pass Transistor, MOS, CMOS & Bi CMOS Inverters,
Zpu/Zpd, MOS Transistor circuit model, Latch-up in CMOS circuits.
Layout Design and Tools: Transistor structures, Wires and Bias, Scalable Design rules, Layout
Design and Tools.
Logic Gates & Layouts: Static Complementary Gates, Switch Logic, Alternative Gate circuits,
Low power gates, Resistive and Inductive interconnect delays.
Combinational Circuit Design: Delay Estimation, Logical Effort and Transistor Sizing , Power
Dissipation, Circuit Families, Circuit Pitfalls, Low-power Logic Design, Comparison of Circuit
Families, Silicon-on-Insulator Circuit Design
Sequential Circuit Design: Introduction, Sequencing Static Circuits, Circuit Design of Latches
and Flip-flops: Conventional CMOS Latches and Flip-Flops, Pulsed Latches, Resettable Latches
and Flip-Flops, Enabled Latches and Flip-flops. Static Sequencing Element Methodology:
Choice of Elements, Low-power Sequential Design. Synchronizers: A simple synchronizer,
arbiter.
Floor Planning and System Design: Floor planning methods, Global interconnect, Floor Plan
design, off-chip connections, Register Transfer Design, Pipelining
Text Books:
1. Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems, K. Eshraghian. D, A.Pucknell, 2005, PHI.
2. Modern VLSI Design - Wayne Wolf, fourth edition, Pearson Education.
374
3. CMOS VLSI Design A Circuits and systems perspective Third Edition Neil H.E.Weste
References:
1. Introduction to VLSI systems – A Logic, Circuit and System Perspective- Ming Bo, Liu,
CRC Press, 1
st
Edition 2011.
2. Principals of CMOS VLSI Design – N.H.E Weste, K.Eshraghian, 2nd ed., Adisson Wesley.
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS & NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 5104 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to Mobile and Wireless Landscape: Definition of Mobile and Wireless,
Components of Wireless Environment, Challenges, Applications, Overview of Wireless
Networks, Categories of Wireless Networks, open Research topics.
Wireless LAN: Infra redVs radio transmission, Infrastructure and Ad-hoc Network,
IEEE 802.11: System architecture, Protocol architecture. Bluetooth: User scenarios,
Architecture.
Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM): Introduction, Mobile services, System
architecture, Radio interface, Localization and calling, Handover, Security.
(Wireless) Medium Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and exposed
terminals, Near and far terminals), SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA.
Mobile Network Layer:
Mobile IP: Goals, assumptions, entities and terminology, IP packet delivery, agent
advertisement and discovery, registration, tunneling and encapsulation, optimizations, Dynamic
Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs): Overview, Properties of a MANET, spectrum of
MANET applications, routing and various routing algorithms.
Mobile Transport Layer:Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast
retransmit/fast recovery, Transmission /time-out freezing, Selective retransmission, Transaction
oriented TCP.
Broadcast Systems: Overview, Cyclical repetition of data, Digital audio broadcasting:
Multimedia object transfer protocol, Digital video broadcasting: DVB data broadcasting, DVB
for high-speed internet access, Convergence of broadcasting and mobile communications.
Text Book:
1. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2009.
375
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. MartynMallick, “Mobile and Wireless Design Essentials”, Wiley, 2008.
2. Asoke K Talukder, et al, “Mobile Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
3. Mobile Computing, Raj Kamal,Oxford University Press.
4. William Stallings, “ Wireless Communications & Networks”, Person, Second
5. Edition, 2007.
6. JimGeier, “Wireless Networks first-step”, Pearson, 2005.
CPLD AND FPGA ARCHITECTURES AND APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EM 51A1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Programmable Logic Devices:
Introduction, Simple Programmable Logic Devices – Read Only Memories, Programmable
Logic Arrays, Programmable Array Logic, Programmable Logic Devices/Generic Array Logic;
Complex Programmable Logic Devices – Architecture of Xilinx Cool Runner XCR3064XL
CPLD Implementation of a Parallel Adder with Accumulation.
Field Programmable Gate Arrays:
Organization of FPGAs, FPGA Programming Technologies, Programmable Logic Block
Architectures, Programmable Interconnects, and Programmable I/O blocks in FPGAs, Dedicated
specialized Components of FPGAs, and Applications of FPGAs.
SRAM Programmable FPGAs:
Introduction, Programming Technology, Device Architecture, The Xilinx XC2000, XC3000 And
XC4000 Architectures.
Anti-Fuse Programmed FPGAs:
Introduction, Programming Technology, Device Architecture, The Actel ACT1, ACT2 and
ACT3 Architectures.
Design Applications:
General Design Issues, Counter Examples, A Fast Video Controller, A position Tracker for a
Robot Manipulator, A Fast DMA Controller, Designing Counters with ACT devices, Designing
Adders and Accumulators with the ACT Architecture.
TEXTBOOKS:
1.Field Programmable Gate Array Technology by Stephen M. Trimberger, Springer International
Edition.
2.Digital Systems Design by Charles H. Roth Jr, Lizy Kurian John, Cengage Learning.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Field Programmable Gate Arrays by John V. Oldfield, Richard C. Dorf, Wiley India.
2. Digital Design Using Field Programmable Gate Arrays by Pak K. Chan/Samiha Mourad,
376
Pearson Low Price Edition.
3. Digital Systems Design with FPGAs and CPLDs by Ian Grout, Elsevier, Newnes.
4. FPGA based System Design by Wayne Wolf, Prentice Hall Modern Semiconductor Design
Series.
ROBOTICS
Course Code :15 EM 51A2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction & Basic Definitions: Introduction, Control Programs for Robots, Industry
Applications of Robots, Pick and Place, Gantry and Armtype Robots in typical set-ups like
Automobile Industry
Coordinate Systems: Cartesian, Cylindrical, Polar, and Revolute systems: Robot Positioning:
Robot Arms; Axes, their ranges, offset and In-line Wrist: Roll, Pitch and Yaw, their meaning in
Robotics
Mechanical Aspects: Kinematics, Inverse Kinematics, Motion planning and Mobile
Mechanisms
Sensors and Applications: Range and Use of Sensors, Micro switches, Resistance Transducers,
Piezo-electric, Infrared and Lasers. Applications of Sensors : Reed Switches, Ultrasonic,
Barcode Readers and RFID
Robot Systems: Hydraulic and Electrical Systems including pumps, valves, solenoids,
cylinders, stepper motors, Encoders andAC Motors
Programming of Robots: Programming of Robots such as Lego Robots, Programming
environment, Example Applications, Safetyconsiderations
Text Books:
1. Introduction to Robotics – P.J.Mckerrow, ISBN : 0201182408
2. Introduction to Robotics – S.Nikv, 2001, Prentice Hall,
3. Mechatronics and Robotics: Design & Applications – A.Mutanbara, 1999,CRC Press.
References:
1. Robotics – K.S.Fu, R.C.Gonzalez and C.S.G.Lee, 2008, TMH.
SYSTEM MODELING AND SIMULATION
Course Code :15 EM 51A3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
377
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basic Simulation Modeling, Systems, Models and Simulation, Nature of Systems, event Driven
Models, Simulation of Single Server Queuing System, event Driven Models, Characterizing
Systems, Simulation Diagrams.
Stochastic generators: Uniformly Distributed Random Numbers, Statistical Properties of
U[0,1] generators, Generation of Non-Uniform and Arbitrary Random Variates, Random
processes, Characterizing and Generating Random
Processes, White Noise. Modeling Time Driven Systems: Modeling Input Signals, Discrete and
Distributed Delays, System Integration, Linear Systems.
Exogenous Signals and Events: Disturbance Signals, State Machines, Petri Nets and their
Analysis, System Encapsulation.
Markov Process: Probabilistic Models, Discrete Time Markov Processes, Random Walks,
Poisson Processes, Exponential Distribution, Simulating a Poisson Process, Continuous Time
Markov Process Event Driven Models: Simulation Diagrams, Queuing Theory, M/M/I Queues,
Simulating Queuing Systems, Finite Capacity Queues, Multiple Servers, M/M/C Queues.
System Optimization: System Identification, Searches, Alpha / Beta trackers,
Multidimensional Optimization, Modeling and Simulation Methodology.
Simulation Software and Building Simulation Models:
Comparison of Simulation Packages with Programming Languages, Classification of Simulation
Software, Desirable software features, General Purpose Simulation Packages-Arena, Extend;
Guide lines for determining the level of Model detail, Techniques for increasing Model Viability
and credibility.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. System Modeling and Simulation: An Introduction – Frank L. Severance, 2001,John
Wiley&Sons.
2. Simulation Modeling and Analysis - Averill M.Law, W.David Kelton, , 3 ed., 2003, TMH.
REFERENCES:
Systems Simulation-Geoffery Gordan, PHI.
EMBEDDED REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 EM 51B1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Introduction to UNIX/LINUX, Overview of Commands, File I/O ( open, create,
close, lseek, read, write), Process Control ( fork, vfork, exit, wait, waitpid, exec).
378
Real Time Operating Systems: Brief History of OS, Defining RTOS, The Scheduler, Objects,
Services, Characteristics of RTOS, Defining a Task, asks States and Scheduling, Task
Operations, Structure, Synchronization, Communication and Concurrency. Defining
Semaphores, Operations and Use, Defining Message Queue, States, Content, Storage,
Operations and Use
Objects, Services and I/O
Pipes, Event Registers, Signals, Other Building Blocks, Component Configuration, Basic I/O
Concepts, I/O Subsystem
Exceptions, Interrupts and Timers: Exceptions, Interrupts, Applications, Processing of
Exceptions and Spurious Interrupts, Real Time Clocks, Programmable Timers, Timer Interrupt
Service Routines (ISR), Soft Timers, Operations.
RT Linux, MicroC/OS-II, Vx Works, Embedded Linux, Tiny OS, and Basic Concepts of
Android OS.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Real Time Concepts for Embedded Systems – Qing Li, Elsevier, 2011
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Embedded Systems- Architecture, Programming and Design by Rajkamal, 2007, TMH.
2. Advanced UNIX Programming, Richard Stevens
3. Embedded Linux: Hardware, Software and Interfacing – Dr. Craig Hollabaugh
OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS & DESIGN
Course Code :15 EM 51B2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Methodology, Modeling: Object-oriented Methodologies; Rumbaugh et al.’s Object Modeling
Technique; The Booch Methodology; The Jacobson et al. Methodologies; Patterns; Frameworks;
The Unified Approach.
Unified Modeling Language: Introduction; Static and Dynamic Models; Modeling ;
Introduction to the Unified Modeling Language; UML Diagrams; UML Class Diagram; Use-
Case Diagram; UML Dynamic Modeling; Model Management: Packages and Model
Organization; UML Extensibility; UML Meta-Model.
Object-Oriented Analysis: Use-Case Driven: Object-Oriented Analysis Process: Identifying
use cases: Introduction; Why Analysis is a Difficult Activity; Business Object Analysis:
Understanding the Business Layer; Use-Case Driven Object-Oriented Analysis: The Unified
Approach; Business Process Modeling; Use-Case Model; Developing Effective Documentation;
Case-Study: Analyzing the Via Net Bank ATM-The Use-Case Driven Process. Classification:
379
Introduction; classifications Theory; Approaches for Identifying Classes; Noun Phrase
Approach; Common Class Patterns Approach; Use-Case Driven Approach: Identifying Classes
and Their Behaviors through Sequence/Collaboration Modeling; Classes, Responsibilities, and
Collaborators.
Identifying Object Relationships, Attributes, And Methods: Introduction; Associations;
Super-Sub Class Relationships; A-Part-of Relationships-Aggregation; Case Study: Relationship
Analysis for the Via Net Bank ATM System; Class Responsibility: Identifying Attributes and
Methods; Class Responsibility: Defining Attributes by Analyzing Use Cases and Other UML
Diagrams; Defining Attributes for Via Net Bank Objects; Object Responsibility: Methods and
Messages; Defining Methods for Via Net Bank Objects. The Object-Oriented Design Process
And Design Axioms: Introduction; The Object-Oriented Design Process; Object-Oriented
Design Axioms; Corollaries.
Designing Classes: Introduction; The Object-Oriented Design Philosophy; UML Object
Constraint Language; Designing Classes: The Process; Class Visibility: Designing Well-Defined
Public, Private, and Protected Protocols; Designing Classes: Refining Attributes; Refining
Attributes for the Via Net Bank Objects; Designing Methods and Protocols; Designing Methods
for the Via Net Bank Objects; Packages and Managing Classes. View Layer: Designing
Interface Objects: Introduction; User Interface Design as a Creative Process; Designing View
Layer Classes;
Macro-Level Process: Identifying View Classes by Analyzing Use Cases; Micro-Level Process.
Text Books:
(1) Object Oriented Systems Development by Ali Bahrami Tata McGraw Hill
International Editions, Computer Science Series.
Reference Books:
(1) Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual, James Rumbaugh, Jacobson, Booch, PHI.
(2) The Unified Software Development Process, Ivar Jacobson, Grady Booch, James
Rumbaugh, Pearson Education.
IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING
Course Code :15 EC 51R1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of Image processing and Image Transforms: Basic steps of Image processing
system sampling and quantization of an Image – Basic relationship between pixels Image
Transforms: 2 – D Discrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT), Discrete
Wavelet transforms Image Processing Techniques: Image Enhancement: Spatial Domain
methods: Histogram Processing, Fundamentals of Spatial Filtering, Smoothing Spatial filters,
Sharpening Spatial filters Frequency Domain methods: Basics of filtering in frequency domain,
image smoothing, image sharpening, selective filtering Image Segmentation: Segmentation
380
concepts, point, line and Edge detection, Thresholding, region based segmentation Image
Compression Image compression fundamentals – coding Redundancy, spatial and temporal
redundancy. Compression models : Lossy and Lossless, Huffmann coding, Arithmetic coding,
LZW coding, run length coding, Bit Plane coding, transform coding, predictive coding , wavelet
coding, JPEG standards Basic Steps of Video Processing: Analog video, Digital Video, Time
varying Image Formation models : 3D motion models, Geometric Image formation ,
Photometric Image formation, sampling of video signals, filtering operations 2-D Motion
Estimation: Optical flow, general methodologies, pixel based motion estimation, Block
matching algorithm, Mesh based motion Estimation, global Motion Estimation, Region based
motion estimation, multi resolution motion estimation. Waveform based coding, Block based
transform coding, predictive coding, Application of motion estimation in video coding.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gonzaleze and Woods ,”Digital Image Processing “, 3
rd
edition , Pearson
2. Yao wang, Joem Ostarmann and Ya – quin Zhang, ”Video processing and communication “,1
st
edition , PHI
REFERENCE TEXT BOOK
1. M. Tekalp ,”Digital video Processing”, Prentice Hall International
SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS
1. Relf, Christopher G.,"Image acquisition and processing with LabVIEW", CRC press
2. Aner ozdemi R, "Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar Imaging with MATLAB Algorithms",
John Wiley & Sons
3. Chris Solomon, Toby Breckon ,"Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing A Practical
Approach with Examples in Matlab", John Wiley & Sons,
RISC PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE AND PROGRAMMING
Course Code :15 EM 5205 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
MSP430 – 16-bit Microcontroller family: CPU architecture, Instruction set, Interrupt
mechanism, Clock system, Memory subsystem, bus –architecture, the assembly language and
‘C’ programming for MSP-430 microcontrollers.
Low Power embedded systems: On-chip peripherals, Examples of applications.
On-chip peripherals: digital input, output, Liquid crystal display, Watchdog timer, Op-Amp,
Timer, Basic Timer, Real Time Clock (RTC),
Mixed signal systems: Comparator, Analog-to-digital conversion- general issues, Successive
approximation, Sigma delta, signal conditioning using operational amplifiers and Digital-to-
analog conversion.
381
Low power features of MSP430: Clock system, low-power modes, Clock request feature, Low-
power programming and interrupts.
Communication peripherals: Serial peripheral interface, Inter-integrated circuit bus,
Asynchronous serial communication
Applications of MSP430: Thermometer using I2C–Low Power RF circuits; Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) in Power Supplies.
32 bit microcontroller: ARM Cortex M0 technical overview, Architecture, ARM Cortex M0
operation modes, Registers & Special Registers, Stack Pointer, Link Register, Program Counter,
combined Program Status Register
Instruction set: moving data, memory access, arithmetic & logic operations, shift & rotate,
Instruction usage examples.
Memory System: memory map, program memory, boot loading, data memory, Little endian and
Big endian support, memory attributes
xceptions and interrupts: Exception types, exception priority definition, vector table, Interrupt
control & system control, overview of NVIC and Control block features, Interrupt Enable and
Clear Enable, Interrupt pending status. 11
Introduction to ARM Cortex M3 & M4: Technical overview, Comparison of features of Cortex
M0, M3 & M4.
Text Books:
1. John H. Davies, “MSP430 Microcontroller Basics”, Newnes (Elsevier Science), 2nd Edition,
2008.
2. Joseph Yiu “The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M0”, Newnes, (Elsevier), 2011.
3. MSP430 Teaching CD-ROM, Texas Instruments, 2008.
4. Sample Programs for MSP430 downloadable from msp430.com
5. David Patterson and John L. Hennessey, “Computer Organization and Design”, (ARM
Edition), 3rd Revised Edition, Morgan Kauffman Publishers, 2007.
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS AND ARCHITECTURES
Course Code :15 EM 5206 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction To Digital Signal Processing: Introduction, A Digital signal-processing system,
The sampling process, Discrete time sequences. DiscreteFourier Transform (DFT) and Fast
Fourier Transform (FFT), linear time-invariant systems, Digital filters, Decimation and
interpolation
Computational Accuracy in DSP Implementations: Number formats for signals and
coefficients in DSP systems, Dynamic Range and Precision, Sources of errorin DSP
382
implementations, A/D Conversion errors, DSP Computational errors, D/A Conversion Errors,
Compensating filter.
Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices: Basic Architectural features, DSP
Computational Building Blocks, Bus Architecture and Memory, Data Addressing Capabilities,
Address Generation Unit, Programmability and Program Execution, Speed Issues, Features for
External interfacing.
Programmable Digital Signal Processors: Commercial Digital signal-processing Devices,
Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX DSPs, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX
Processors, Memory space of TMS320C54XX Processors, Program Control, TMS320C54XX
instructions and Programming, On-Chip Peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320C54XX processors,
Pipeline Operation of TMS320C54XX Processors.
Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices: Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices- ALU and
MAC block diagram, Shifter Instruction, Base Architecture of ADSP2100, ADSP-2181 high
performance Processor.
Introduction to Blackfin Processor – The Blackfin Processor, Introduction to Micro Signal
Architecture, Overview of Hardware Processing Units and Register files, Address Arithmetic
Unit, Control Unit, Bus Architecture and Memory, Basic Peripherals.
Interfacing Memory And I/O Peripherals To Programmable DSP Devices: Memory space
organization, External bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O interface,
Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct memory access (DMA).
Text Books
1. Digital Signal Processing – Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, Thomson Publications, 2004.
2. A Practical Approach to Digital Signal Processing – K Padmanabhan, R. Vijayarajeswaran,
Ananthi.S, New Age International, 2006/2009.
3. Embedded Signal Processing with the Micro Signal Architecture Publisher: Woon-Seng Gan,
Sen M. Kuo, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2007.
References
1. Digital Signal Processors, Architecture, Programming and Applications – B. Venkataramani
and M. Bhaskar, 2002, TMH.
2. Digital Signal Processing – Jonatham Stein, 2005, John Wiley.
3. DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architecture & Features- Lapsley et al. 2000, S. Chand & Co.
4. Digital Signal Processing Applications Using the ADSP-2100 Family by The Applications
Enguneering Staff of Analog Devices, DSP Division, Edited by Amy Mar, PHI.
5. The Scientist and Engineering’s Guide to Digital Signal Processing by Steven W. Smith,
Ph.D., California Technical Publishing, ISBN 0-9660176-3-3, 1997.
6. Embedded Media Processing by David J. Katz and Rick Gentile of Analog Devices, Newnes,
ISBN 0750679123, 2005.
383
ADVANCED EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Course Code :15 EM 5207 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Co- Design Issues
Co- Design Models, Architectures, Languages, A Generic Co-design Methodology.
Co- Synthesis Algorithms:
Hardware software synthesis algorithms: hardware – software partitioning distributed system co-
synthesis.
Prototyping and Emulation:
Prototyping and emulation techniques, prototyping and emulation environments, future
developments in emulation and prototyping
Target Architectures:
Architecture Specialization techniques, System Communication infrastructure, Target
Architecture and Application System classes, Architecture for control dominated systems (8051-
Architectures for High performance control), Architecture for Data dominated systems
(ADSP21060, TMS320C60), Mixed Systems.
Compilation Techniques and Tools for Embedded Processor Architectures:
Modern embedded architectures, embedded software development needs, compilation
technologies practical consideration in a compiler development environment.
Design Specification and Verification:
Design, co-design, the co-design computational model, concurrency coordinating concurrent
computations, interfacing components, design verification, implementation verification,
verification tools, interface verification
Languages for System – Level Specification and Design-I
System – level specification, design representation for system level synthesis, system level
specification languages.
Languages for System – Level Specification and Design-II
Heterogeneous specifications and multi-language co-simulation the cosyma system and lycos
system
Text Books:
1. Hardware / software co- design Principles and Practice – Jorgen Staunstrup, Wayne Wolf –
2009, Springer.
2. Hardware / software co- design Principles and Practice, 2002, kluwer academic publishers
384
LINUX SYSTEM CONCEPTS
Course Code :15 EM 5208 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
GNU Development tools: Compilation tools and its functionalities, Debugging applications,
Using Make, Creating Libraries.
Operating Systems Concepts: Structure of Linux Operating System, Process Management,
Memory Management, File System Management, I/O Management, Networking Subsystem.
Introduction Linux Kernel: Linux installation, partitioning, Compilation of open sources,
Configuration & Compilation of kernel sources, Kernel modules, Implementing System Calls.
Linux Kernel Concepts: The proc file system, Unified Device Model and systems, Memory
Management and Allocation, User and Kernel Space communication, Interrupt Handling. Kernel
Debugging.
Linux Device drivers:, Skeleton of device drivers, Character Driver, Block Drivers, Building
driver into the kernel
Networking in Linux: Sockets, a sample example
Text Books:
1. Programming Embedded Systems, 2nd Edition With C and GNU Development Tools
by Michael Barr, Anthony Massa.
2. Michael Beck (1998), “ Linux Kernel Internals”, Addison Wealey
3. Doug Abbott. (2003), “Linux for Embedded and Real time Applications”, Newnes
publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Understanding the Linux Kernel, Third Edition Daniel P. Bovet , Marco Cesati, 3
rd
edition, Orally Publications
2. Linux Device Drivers, 3
rd
edition, Linux Device Drivers, 3rd Edition Jonathan Corbet,
Alessandro Rubini , Greg Kroah-Hartman, Orally Publications
3. Advanced Programming in UNIX Environment– Richard Stevens, Addison-Wesley,
1992.
4. Linux Kernel Development, Robert Love, 2
nd
Edition, 2006, Pearson Education.
385
NETWORKING OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 EM 52C1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
EMBEDDED COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS: Embedded Networking: Introduction –
Serial/Parallel Communication – Serial communication protocols -RS232 standard – RS485 –
Synchronous Serial Protocols -Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) – Inter Integrated Circuits (I2C)
– PC Parallel port programming -ISA/PCI Bus protocols – Firewire.
USB Bus: Introduction – Speed Identification on the bus – USB States – USB bus
communication: Packets –Data flow types –Enumeration –Descriptors –PIC 18 Microcontroller
USB Interface
CAN Bus: Introduction - Frames –Bit stuffing –Types of errors –Nominal Bit Timing – PIC
microcontroller CAN Interface –A simple application with CAN.
EMBEDDED ETHERNET: Exchanging messages using UDP and TCP – Serving web pages
with Dynamic Data – Serving web pages that respond to user Input – Email for Embedded
Systems – Using FTP – Keeping Devices and Network secure.
WIRELESS EMBEDDED NETWORKING: Wireless sensor networks – Introduction –
Applications – Network Topology – Localization –Time Synchronization - Energy efficient
MAC protocols –SMAC – Energy efficient and robust routing – Data Centric routing
TEXT BOOKS
1. Frank Vahid, Givargis ‘Embedded Systems Design: A Unified Hardware/Software
Introduction’, Wiley Publications
2. Jan Axelson, ‘Parallel Port Complete’, Penram publications
3. Dogan Ibrahim, ‘Advanced PIC microcontroller projects in C’, Elsevier 2008
4. Jan Axelson ‘Embedded Ethernet and Internet Complete’, Penram publications
5. Bhaskar Krishnamachari, ‘Networking wireless sensors’, Cambridge press 2005
AD-HOC & WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 52C2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
386
Introduction to Ad Hoc Networks: Characteristics of MANETs, Applications of MANETs and
challenges of MANETs - Routing in MANETs: Criteria for classification, Taxonomy of
MANET routing algorithms, Topology based routing algorithms, Position based routing
algorithms, Other routing algorithms.
Data Transmission: Broadcast storm problem, Broadcasting, Multicasting and Geocasting -
TCP over Ad Hoc: TCP protocol overview, TCP and MANETs, Solutions for TCP over Ad hoc
Basics of Wireless Sensors and Applications: Applications, Classification of sensor networks,
Architecture of sensor network, Physical layer, MAC layer, Link layer.
Data Retrieval in Sensor Networks: Routing layer, Transport layer, High-level application
layer support, Adapting to the inherent dynamic nature of WSNs, Sensor Networks and mobile
robots - Security: Security in Ad Hoc networks, Key management, Secure routing, Cooperation
in MANETs, Intrusion Detection systems.
Sensor Network Platforms and Tools: Sensor Network Hardware, Berkeley motes, Sensor
Network Programming Challenges, Node-Level Software Platforms - Operating System:
TinyOS - Imperative Language: nesC, Dataflow style language: TinyGALS, Node-Level
Simulators, ns-2 and its sensor network extension, TOSSIM
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks – Theory and Applications, Carlos Corderio Dharma
P.Aggarwal, World Scientific Publications, March 2006, ISBN – 981-256-681-3
2. Wireless Sensor Networks: An Information Processing Approach, Feng Zhao, Leonidas
Guibas, Elsevier Science, ISBN – 978-1-55860-914-3 ( Morgan Kauffman)
CRYPTOGRAPHY & NETWORK SECURITY
Course Code :15 EM 52C3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Attacks, Services and Mechanisms, Security attacks, Security services, A Model
for Internetworksecurity. Classical Techniques: Conventional Encryption model,
Steganography, Classical EncryptionTechniques.
Modern Techniques: Simplified DES, Block Cipher Principles, Data Encryption standard,
Strength of DES, Differential and Linear Cryptanalysis, Block Cipher Design Principles and
Modes of operations.
Algorithms: Triple DES, International Data Encryption algorithm, Blowfish, RC5, CAST-128,
RC2, Characteristics of Advanced Symmetric block cifers.
387
Conventional Encryption: Placement of Encryption function, Traffic confidentiality, Key
distribution, Random Number Generation.
Public Key Cryptography: Principles, RSA Algorithm, Key Management, Diffie-Hellman Key
exchange, Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
Number theory: Prime and Relatively prime numbers, Modular arithmetic, Fermat’s and
Euler’s theorems, Testing for primality, Euclid’s Algorithm, the Chinese remainder theorem,
Discrete logarithms.
Message authentication and Hash functions: Authentication requirements and functions,
Message Authentication, Hash functions, Security of Hash Functions and MACs
Hash and Mac Algorithms: MD File, Message digest Algorithm, Secure Hash Algorithm,
RIPEMD-160, and HMAC. Digital signatures and Authentication protocols: Digital
signatures, Authentication Protocols, Digital signature standards. Authentication Applications:
Kerberos, X.509 directory Authentication service. Electronic Mail Security: Pretty Good
Privacy, S/MIME.
IP Security: Overview, Architecture, Authentication, Encapsulating Security Payload,
Combining security Associations, Key Management
Web Security
Web Security requirements, Secure sockets layer and Transport layer security, Secure Electronic
Transaction. Intruders, Viruses and Worms:Intruders, Viruses and Related threats. Fire Walls
Fire wall Design Principles, Trusted systems.
Text Book:
1. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice - William Stallings, 2000, PE.
References:
1. Principles of Network and Systems Administration, Mark Burgess,JohnWiel
EMBEDDED LINUX AND BASICS OF DEVICE DRIVERS
Course Code :15 EM 52D1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: History of Embedded Linux, Embedded Linux versus Desktop Linux, Embedded
Linux Distributions, Architecture of Embedded Linux, Linux Kernel Architecture, Linux Start-
Up Sequence, GNU Cross-p\Platform Tool chain.
Board Support Package: Inserting BSP in Kernel Build Procedure, Boot Loader Interface,
Memory Map, Interrupt Management, PCI Subsystem, Timers, UART, and Power Management.
Embedded Storage: Flash Map, MTD—Memory Technology Device, MTD Architecture,
Flash-Mapping Drivers, MTD Block and Character devices, Embedded File systems, Optimizing
Storage Space.
388
Embedded Drivers: Linux Serial Driver, Ethernet Driver, I2C subsystem on Linux, USB
Gadgets, Watchdog Timer, and Kernel Modules.
Porting Applications: Architectural Comparison, Application Porting Road Map, Programming
with Pthreads, Operating System Porting Layer (OSPL), Kernel API Driver.
Real-Time Linux: Linux and Real-Time, Real-Time Programming in Linux, Hard Real-Time
Linux.
Text Books:
1. Embedded Linux System Design and Development, P.Raghavan, Amol Lad,
SriramNeelakandan, 2006, Auerbach Publications
Reference Books:
1.Embedded Linux – Hardware, Software and Interfacing
SOC DESIGN AND VERIFICATION
Course Code :15 EM 52D2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Motivation for SoC Design - Review of Moore’s law and CMOS scaling, benefits of system-on-
chip integration in terms of cost, power, and performance, Comparison of System-on-Board,
System-on-Chip, and System-in-Package, Typical goals in SoC design – cost reduction, power
reduction, design effort reduction, performance maximization.
System on chip design process: A canonical SoC Design, SoC Design flow waterfall vs. spiral,
top down vs. Bottom up. Specification requirement, Types of Specification, System Design
process, System level design issues, Soft IP Vs Hard IP, hardware-software co-design, Design
for timing closure, Logic design issues Verification strategy, On chip buses and interfaces.
VLSI System Testing & Verification: Introduction, A walk through the Test Process, Reliability,
Logic Verification Principles, Silicon Debug Principles, Manufacturing Test Principles, Design
for Testability, Boundary Scan
Embedded Memories – cache memories, flash memories, embedded DRAM, cache memories,
Cache coherence, MESI protocol and Directory-based coherence.
Interconnect Architectures for SoC – Bus architecture and its limitations, Network on Chip
(NOC) topologies, Mesh-based NoC, Routing in an NoC, Packet switching and wormhole
routing.
MP SoCs: What, Why, How MP SoCs. Techniques for designing MP SoCs, Performance and
flexibility for MP SoCs design
389
Case study: A Low Power Open Multimedia Application Platform for 3G Wireless 21
Test Books:
1. Sudeep Pasricha and Nikil Dutt, “On-Chip Communication Architectures: System on Chip
Interconnect”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2008.
2. Rao R. Tummala, Madhavan Swaminathan, “Introduction to system on package sop-
Miniaturization of the Entire System”, McGraw-Hill-2008.
3. James K. Peckol, “Embedded Systems: A Contemporary Design Tool”, Wiley Student
Edition,
2008.
4. Michael Keating, Pierre Bricaud, “Reuse Methodology manual for System on chip designs”,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2nd edition, 2008.
References:
1. Ahmed Amine Jeraya, Wayne Wolf, “Multiprocessor System On Chip”, Morgan Kauffmann,
2005.
2. Sung- Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits”, Tata Mcgraw-hill, 3rd
Edition, 1996.
3. Neil H.E. Weste, David Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and System Perspectives”
Addison Wesley - Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2004.
4. Henry Chang, Larry Cooke, Merrill Hunt, Grant Martin, Andrew McNelly, Lee Todd,
“Surviving the SoC Revolution: A guide to platform-based design”, Springer, 2000.
ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 52D3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Congestion and Quality of Service (QoS): Data traffic, Congestion, Congestion Control, Open
loop and Closed Loop Congestion Control in TCP andFrame Relay, Quality of Service, Flow
Characterization, Flow Classes, Need For QoS, Resource Allocation,Best Effort Service
Features, Techniques to Improve QoS.
Queue Management: Passive, Active (RED), and Fair (BRED, Choke) Queue Management
Schemes, Scheduling, Traffic Shaping, Resource Reservation and Admission Control
Scheduling, Integrated and Differential Services.
Wireless Local Area Networks: Introduction, Wireless LAN Topologies, Wireless LAN
Requirements, the Physical Layer, the Medium Access Control (MAC) Layer, Latest
Developments.
Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs): Introduction to PAN Technology and
Applications, Commercial Alternatives- Bluetooth, Home RF.
Wireless Wide Area Networks and MANS: The Cellular Concept, Cellular Architecture, The
First-Generation Cellular Systems, The Second- Generation Cellular Systems, The Third-
Generation Cellular Systems, Wireless in Local Loop, Wireless ATM, IEEE 802.16 Standard.
390
Cellular Systems and Infrastructure- Based Wireless Networks: Cellular Systems
Fundamentals, Channel Reuse, SIR and User Capacity, Interference Reduction Techniques,
Dynamic Resource Allocation, Fundamental Rate Limits.
Virtual Private Network (VPN): Types of VPN, VPN General Architecture, Disadvantages,
VPN Security Issues, VPN Standards.
ATM Protocol Reference Model: Introduction, Transmission Convergence (TC) Sub-layer,
Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) Sub-layer, Physical Layer Standards for ATM.ATM
Layer: ATM Cell Header Structure at UNI, ATM Cell Header Structure at NNI, ATM Layer
Functions.
ATM Adaptation Layer: Service Classes and ATM Adaptation Layer, ATM Adaptation Layer
1 (AAL1), ATM Adaptation Layer 2 (AAL2), ATM Adaptation Layer 3/4 (AAL3/4), ATM
Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5).
ATM Traffic and Service Parameterization: ATM Traffic Parameters, ATM Service
Parameters, Factors Affecting QoS Parameters, ATM Service Categories, QoS and QoS Classes.
Interconnection Networks: Introduction, Banyan Networks- Properties, Crossbar Switch, Three
Stage Class Networks, Rearrangeable Networks, Folding Algorithm, Benes Networks, Looping
Algorithm, Bit- Allocation Algorithm.
SONET/SDH: SONET/SDH Architecture, SONET Layers, SONET Frames, STS Multiplexing,
SONET Networks.
Text Books:
1. Wireless Communications - Andrea Goldsmith, 2005, Cambridge University Press.
2. Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols - C. Siva Ram Murthy and
B.S.Manoj,2004, PHI.
3. Data Communication and Networking - B. A.Forouzan, 2nd updating, 2004,TMH
References:
1. Introduction to Broadband Communication Systems- Sadiku, Mathew N.O., Akujuobi,
Cajetan.M, PHI
2. Wireless Networks- P. Nicopolitidis, A. S. Pomportsis, G. I. Papadimitriou, M. S. Obaidat,
2003, JohnWiley& Sons
3. High Performance TCP / IP Networking – Mahaboob Hassan, Jain Raj, PHI.
4. Telecommunication System Engineering – Roger L. Freeman, 4/ed., Wiley-Interscience,
JohnWiley & Sons, 2004.
M.TECH - WIRELESS COMMUNICATION & SENSOR NETWORKS
First Year (First Semester):
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EM 5109
Computational Methods and Error Analysis
3
2
0
4
2
15 EM 5110
Wireless Communication
3
0
2
4
3
15 EM 5111
Sensors and Sensing Principles
3
2
0
4
4
15 EM 5112
Data Acquisition and Hardware Networks
3
0
2
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EM 5213
Micro Electro Mechanical
Systems(MEMS)
3
2
0
4
2
15 EM 5214
Communications Protocols and
Standards
3
0
2
4
3
15 EM 5215
Wireless Sensor Networks
3
0
2
4
4
15 EM 5216
Design and Analysis of Algorithms
3
2
0
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
2
Total
18
4
8
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EM 51E1
Ad hoc and Vehicular Networks
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 51E2
Cryptography Wireless Security
3
0
0
3
3
15 EM 51E3
Advanced Data Communications
3
0
0
3
4
15 EM 51E4
Methods of Probability and Stochastic Process
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EM 51F1
Database Design and Management
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 51F2
Remote Sensing
3
0
0
3
3
15 EM 51F3
RF System Design for Wireless Communications
3
0
0
3
4
15 EM 51F4
Optical Networks
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EM 52G1
Advanced Digital Communications
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 52G2
Smart Grid Communications and Networking
3
0
0
3
3
15 EM 52G3
Advanced Wireless Networks
3
0
0
3
4
15 EM 52G4
CDMA and OFDM for Wireless Communications
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EM 52H1
Advanced Techniques for Wireless Reception
3
0
0
3
2
15 EM 52H2
Fuzzy logic and Neural Networks
3
0
0
3
3
15 EM 52H3
Reliability Engineering Applications
3
0
0
3
4
15 EM 52H4
Advanced Microcontroller and its Applications
3
0
0
3
COMPUTATIONAL METHODS AND ERROR ANALYSIS
Course Code :15 EM 5109 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Error Analysis: Errors in Numerical calculations, Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Bisection
Method, Iteration method, Newton-Raphson method, Secant method, Muller method.
Interpolation: Newton’s forward and Newton’s backward interpolation formulas, Cubic spline interpolation;
Lagrange’s interpolation and Newton’s divided difference interpolation for unequal intervals.
Curve fitting: Fitting of straight line, parabola, power curve, exponential curve using method of least squares and
method of weighted least squares; Method of least squares for continuous functions; Grams-Schmidth process.
Numerical differentiation and Numerical Integration: Errors in numerical differentiation, Newton’s forward and
backward formulas; cubic spline method, maxima and minima of tabulated functions.
Numerical integration: Simpson’s formulae, Weddle’s rule, Boole’s rule, cubic splines, Romberg integration.
Matrices and Linear system of equations: Formation of system of linear equations, Gauss elimination methods,
Gauss-Jacobi iterative method, Gauss-Seidal iterative method, Power method to find eigen values.
Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations: Euler’s method, modified Euler’s method, 4
th
order Runge-
Kutta method, and Runge-kutta method for simultaneous first order ordinary differential equations.
Finite difference method: Solution of BVP by finite differences, Classification of Partial differential equations,
solution of PDE by finite differences: Laplace and Poisson equation by Gauss-Seidal method.
Text Books:
1. Introductory Methods to Numerical Analysis by S.S. Sastry, 4
th
edn., PHI.
2. Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering computations by M.K. Jain, S.R.K.
Iyengar, and R.K. Jain, 4
th
edn., New Age publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics by B.S. Grewal, 40
rd
edn, Khanna publishers.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Erwin Kreyszig, 8
th
edn, Wiley publishers. dory
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
Course Code :15 EM 5110 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Cellular Concepts – System Design Fundamentals Cellular concept-channel reuse- handoff strategies-dynamic
resource allocation-interference and system capacity-improving capacity and coverage of cellular systems. Second
and third generation network standards: GSM standardization-architecture and function partitioning-GSM radio
aspects-security aspects-protocol model-call flow sequences-evolution to 2.5G mobile radio networks. IS-95 service
and radio aspects, key features of IS-95 CDMA systemsECWDMA-UMTS physical layer-UMTS network
architecture-CDMA 2000 physical layer.
Radio Wave Propagation Free space propagation model- basic propagation mechanisms –reflection- ground
reflection model diffraction-scattering-practical link budget design-outdoor and indoor propagation models.
Capacity of Wireless Channels Capacity of Flat Fading Channel- Channel Distribution Information known –
Channel Side Information at Receiver – Channel Side Information at Transmitter and Receiver – Capacity with
Receiver diversity – Capacity comparisons – Capacity of Frequency Selective Fading channels.
Diversity Realization of Independent Fading Paths – Receiver Diversity – Selection Combining – Threshold
Combining – Maximal-Ratio Combining – Equal - Gain Combining – Transmitter Diversity – Channel known at
Transmitter – Channel unknown at Transmitter – The Alamouti Scheme-basic concepts of RAKE receivers.
Multiple Access Techniques Frequency division multiple access-time division multiple access-spread spectrum
multiples access space division multiple access- packet radio. MIMO and multicarrier modulation: Narrowband
MIMO model-parallel decomposition of MIMO channel-MIMO channel capacity-MIMO diversity gain.
Text Books:
Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications,” Cambridge University Press, 2005 2. T.S.
Rappaport, “Wireless Communications,” Pearson Education, 2003
Reference Books:
1. Raj Pandya, “Mobile and Personal Communication Systems and Services,” Prentice Hall of
India, 2002
2. William C.Y. Lee, “Wireless and Cellular Telecommunications,” Third edition, Mc. Graw Hill,
2006.
SENSORS AND SENSING PRINCIPLES
Course Code :15 EM 5111 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Sensor Fundamentals:
Basic sensor technology -sensor characteristics –static and dynamic –Principles of sensing- capacitance- magnetic
and electromagnetic induction –resistance – piezoelectric effect –Pyroelectric effect -Hall effect- See beck and
Pettier effect-heat transfer-light.
Physical sensors:
Position, Displacement and Level sensors, Velocity and Acceleration sensors, Force, Strain, Tactile and pressure
sensors.
Chemical sensors:
Classification of chemical sensing Mechanism, Potentiometric sensors, Conduct metric Sensors, Amperometric
Sensors, Enhanced Catalytic gas Sensors.
Optical Sensors:
Optical Radiation- Electromagnetic Spectrum, Snell’s Law and Total internal reflection, Diffraction principles,
Optical Detectors and Sources-Photo diodes and transistors, Photo-darling ton pairs, Photoconductive sensors, CCD
sensors, Fiber optic sensors. Solid state light sources- LED , Diode lasers, Semiconductor laser optical cavity
resonator.
Bio sensors
Origin and Transmission of bioelectrical Signals, The Electromyogram (EMG) & the Electrocardiogram (ECG) The
Electroencephalogram (EEG) & Blood pressure measurement, Catalytic biosensors, mono-enzyme electrodes, bi-
enzyme electrodes. cell based biosensors, biochips and biosensor arrays, problems and limitations.
Text books:
1. Biosensor Principles and Applications, Edited by Loïc J.Blum, Pierre R. Coulet Agarwal, Govind P, “fiber
Optic Communication Systems”, 2nd edition, Wiley, NewYork,1997
2. Principles of Biochemistry Albert L.Lehninger, David Lee Nelson,Michael M. 2005, Fourth Edition.
3. Sensors and Transducers D. Patranabis Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd August 15, 2004
4. Jacob Fraden, “ Hand Book of Modern Sensors: physics, Designs and Applications”, 3rd ed.,Springer, 2003.
DATA ACQUISITION AND HARDWARE NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 5112 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Power Supplies & Filters
Amplifiers-Instrumentation amplifiers-isolation-chopper and low drift amplifier -Lock- in amplifiers electrometer
and trans-impedance amplifiers-modulation-filters-Constant voltage and constant current regulators, DC-DC
converter, SMPS. D/A converters,
Comparator,PLL.
Sensor Signal Conditioning Circuits
Signal conditioning for resistive sensors, Reactive variation sensors and Self generating sensors-Error budget
analysis.
Basic Signal Conversion and Communication
RS232 interface standard, S485 interface standard. Distributed and stand alone data loggers, IEEE488 standard.
methods of frequency-to-code conversion-standard, indirect and combined counting method, two wire transmission-
four wire, six wire sensing.
Data Acquisition Methods for Multi Channel Sensor Systems
Data acquisition method with time-division channeling, data acquisition with space- division channeling, and main
errors of multi channel data-acquisition systems, data transmission and error protection.
Serial Communication &Networks
Serial data communication –transmission modes,SPI,I
2
C, CAN. Examples of Implementation on a 8051 based
microcontroller.
Interfacing: memory interfacing, linear variable Differential Transformer (LVDT), speed measurement (RPM
meter), Digital Thermometer
Text books:
1. Jacob Fraden, “Hand Book of Modern Sensors: physics, Designs and Applications”, 3rd edition, Springer, 2003.
2. Jon.S. Wilson, “Sensor Technology Hand Book”, Elsevier Inc., 2005.
Reference Books
1. Pallas Areny. R, Webster. J. G, “Sensors and Signal conditioning”, 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, 2001.
2 Taylor H Rosemary, “Data Acquisition for Sensor Systems”, Kluwer Academic Publishers Group, 1997
3.Microcontrollers (Theory & Applications) –A.V. Deshmuk, WTMH 2005
4.Embedded Systems Architecture, programming and Design 2nded.Rajkaml McGraw –Hill.
ADHOC AND VEHICULAR NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 51E1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Ad Hoc Networks: Characteristics of MANETs, Applications of MANETs and challenges of
MANETs - Routing in MANETs: Criteria for classification, Taxonomy of MANET routing algorithms, Topology
based routing algorithms, Position based routing algorithms, Other routing algorithms.
Data Transmission: Broadcast storm problem, Broadcasting, Multicasting and Geocasting - TCP over Ad Hoc:
TCP protocol overview, TCP and MANETs, Solutions for TCP over Ad hoc.Basics of Wireless Sensors and
Applications: Applications, Classification of sensor networks, Architecture of sensor network, Physical layer,
MAC layer, Link layer.
Data Retrieval in Sensor Networks: Routing layer, Transport layer, High-level application layer support,
Adapting to the inherent dynamic nature of WSNs, Sensor Networks and mobile robots - Security: Security in Ad
Hoc networks, Key management, Secure routing, Cooperation in MANETs, Intrusion Detection systems.
Introduction to GPS, Principles used in GPS, GPS Components, Signal structure and frame formats,Dilution of
Precision, Position calculations, Data formats, DGPS, Applications.
IVC Routing: Broadcast; TRADE, DDT, Unicast: Position Based GPS, LAR, VANETS: Introduction, VANET
Specifications, DSRC, IEEE802.11p/WAVE,
Inter Vehicular Communication, Current trends in GPS applications, Location Services; Security in IVC
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks – Theory and Applications, Carlos Corderio Dharma P.Aggarwal, World
Scientific Publications, March 2006, ISBN – 981-256-681-3
2.Wireless Sensor Networks: An Information Processing Approach, Feng Zhao, Leonidas Guibas, Elsevier
Science, ISBN – 978-1-55860-914-3 ( Morgan Kauffman)
REFERENCES:
1. Jean-Marie zogg-Ublox, GPS Basics: Introduction to GPS systems
2. Sivaram Murthy and Manoj, Adhoc networks by,Pearson, 2006,
3. Latest Published articles related to IVC
CRYPTOGRAPHY WIRELESS SECURITY
Course Code :15 EM 51E2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction and Symmetric Key Encryption
Attacks-Services-Mechanisms-OSI Security architecture-Model for Network Security- Symmetric Cipher Model-
Substitution and Transposition Techniques- Simplified DES- DES Block Cipher Principles-The Strength of DES-
Differential and Linear Cryptanalysis-Block Cipher Design Principles- Block Cipher Modes of Operation- -AES
cipher-Triple DES.
Number Theory and Public Key Encryption
Prime Numbers-Fermat’s and Euler’s Theorems-Testing of Primality-The Chinese Remainder Theorem-Discrete
Logarithms-Principles of Public Key Cryptosystems-The RSA Algorithm-Key Management-Diffie-Hellman Key
Exchange-Elliptic Curve Arithmetic- Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
Message Authentication and Hash Functions
Authentication Requirements- Authentication functions-message Authentication Codes- Hash Functions- Security of
Hash Functions and MACs-MD5 Message Digest Algorithm-Digital Signatures- Authentication Protocols-Digital
Signature Standard.
Network Security Practice
Authentication Application-Kerberos-Electronic Mail Security-Pretty Good Privacy- S/MIME-IP Security
Overview-IP Security Architecture-Authentication Header Encapsulation Security Payload- Web Security
Considerations-Secure Sockets Layer and Transport Layer Security-Secure Electronic Transaction.
System Security
Intruders- Intrusion Detection-Password Management-Viruses and Related Threats- Viruses Counter Measures-
Firewall Design Principles-Types of Firewalls-Firewalls Configurations-Trusted Systems
Text book:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security-Principles and practice”, 3rd Edition Prentice Hall,
2003.
Reference Books:
1. Michael E.Whitman and Herbert J.Mattord, “Principles of Information security,” 1st Edition, 2003.
2. Bruce Schneier,”Applied Cryptography,” 2nd Edition, Toha Wiley and Sons, 1996.
ADVANCED DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Course Code :15 EM 51E3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Digital Modulation Schemes: BPSK, QPSK, 8PSK, 16PSK, 8QAM, 16QAM, DPSK – Methods, Band Width
Efficiency, Carrier Recovery, Clock Recovery.
Basic Concepts of Data Communications, Interfaces and Modems: Data Communication Networks, Protocols
and Standards, UART, USB, I2C, I2S, Line Configuration, Topology,
Transmission Modes, Digital Data Transmission, DTE-DCE interface, Categories of Networks – TCP/IP Protocol
suite and Comparison with OSI model.
Error Correction: Types of Errors, Vertical Redundancy Check (VRC), LRC, CRC, Checksum, Error Correction
using Hamming code
Data Link Control: Line Discipline, Flow Control, Error Control
Data Link Protocols: Asynchronous Protocols, Synchronous Protocols, Character Oriented Protocols, Bit-Oriented
Protocol, Link Access Procedures.
Multiplexing: Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM), Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), Multiplexing
Application, DSL.
Local Area Networks: Ethernet, Other Ether Networks, Token Bus, Token Ring, FDDI.
Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE 802.6, SMDS
Switching: Circuit Switching, Packet Switching, Message Switching.
Networking and Interfacing Devices: Repeaters, Bridges, Routers, Gateway, Other Devices.
Multiple Access Techniques: Random Access, Aloha- Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA)- Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Avoidance (CSMA/CA), Controlled Access- Reservation- Polling- Token Passing,
Channelization, Frequency- Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Time – Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Code -
Division Multiple Access (CDMA), OFDM and OFDMA.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data Communication and Computer Networking - B. A.Forouzan, 2nd Ed., 2003, TMH.
2. Advanced Electronic Communication Systems - W. Tomasi, 5th Ed., 2008, PEI.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data Communications and Computer Networks - Prakash C. Gupta, 2006, PHI.
2. Data and Computer Communications - William Stallings, 8th Ed., 2007, PHI.
3. Data Communication and Tele Processing Systems -T. Housely, 2nd Ed, 2008, BSP.
4. Data communications and computer networks –Brijendera Singh, 2 nd Ed, 2005,PHI
METHODS OF PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESS
Course Code :15 EM 51E4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Random Variables and their Probability Distributions
Random variables, Probability distribution function, Probability density function, Conditional probability, Statistical
Independence, Bayes formula. Moments of random variables: Expected value and moments, Mean and variance of
random variable, Coefficients of variation, Skewness and kurtosis, Moments, Covariance and Correlation
coefficient, Mean and variance of sum and Product of two random variables. Conditional mean and variance,
Application of conditional mean and variance.
Discrete Random Variables and their Distributions
Moment Generation Function, Characteristics Function, Cumulants, Probability generating function, Binomial
Distribution, Negative Binomial Distribution, Hyper geometric distribution, Multinomial,
Continuous Random Variables and their Distributions
Normal, Log - Normal, Multivariate Normal, Gamma, Exponential, Chi-square, Weibull, Rayleigh distributions.
Relationship between continuous distributions.
Transformation of Random Variables
Transformation of Single, Several Random Variables, Function of Random Variables, Sum, Differences, Product
and Ratio of Two Random Variables, Transformation through characteristic Functions.
Stochastic Processes
Introduction- Classification of stochastic process, Stationary process (SSS and WSS) Stationary process, Ergodic
Process, Independent increment Process, Markov Process, Counting Process, Narrow- Band Process, Normal
Process, Wiener-Levy Process, Poisson, Bernoulli, Shot noise Process, Autocorrelation Function.
Text Book:
1. Michel K. Ochi , “Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes,” John Wiley & Sons, ISSN – 0271- 6356,
2008.
Reference Books:
1. Paboulis, A, “Probability, Random variables and Stochastic Processes,” Mc Graw Hill. New York 1984.
2 Kishor S. Trivedi, “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Science Application,”
John Wiley, 2002.
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
Group-B
DATABASE DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT
Course Code :15 EM 51F1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basic concepts: Database and Need for DBMS, Characteristics of DBMS, Database Users, 3-tier architecture of
DBMS (its advantages over 2-tier), Data Models, Views of data-schemas and instances, Data Independence.
Database Design using ER model: Entities, Relationships, Representation of entities, attributes, relationship
attributes, relationshipSet, Generalization, aggregation, Relational algebra, Structure of relational Database and
different types of keys, Codd’s rules, , ER to Relational model
Relational Model: Relational model concept, Relational model constraints, Data definition in SQL, Views and
Queries in SQL Specifying constraints and Indexes in SQL., Functional dependencies, Normalization, Normal forms
based on primary keys (1 NF, 2 NF, 3 NF, BCNF, 4 NF, 5 NF), Loss less joins and dependency preserving
Decomposition
Transaction And Concurrency control: Concept of transaction, ACID properties, Serializibility, States of
transaction, Concurrency control, Locking techniques, Time stamp based protocols, Granularity of data items,
Deadlock
Storage and File Structure: Overview of physical storage media, Tertiary storage, Storage access, File
organization, Organization of records in files, RAID, Database security issues, Failure classifications, Recovery &
atomicity, Log base recovery, Recovery with concurrent transactions
Text books:
1. Database system concept Korth
2. Introduction to database systems C.J.Date
Reference books:
1. Database Management Systems Bipin Desai
2. Database Management systems Ramakrishnan & Gehrke
REMOTE SENSING
Course Code :15 EM 51F2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
EMR AND ITS INTERACTION WITH ATMOSPHERE & EARTH MATERIAL: Definition of remote
sensing and its components – Electromagnetic spectrum – wavelength
regions important to remote sensing – Wave theory, Particle theory, Stefan-Boltzman and
Wein’s Displacement Law – Atmospheric scattering, absorption – Atmospheric windows –
spectral signature concepts – typical spectral reflective characteristics of water, vegetation and
soil.
PLATFORMSANDSENSORS Types of platforms – orbit types, Sun-synchronous and Geosynchronous – Passive
and Activesensors – resolution concept – Pay load description of important Earth Resources and Meteorological
satellites – Airborne and spaceborne TIR and microwave sensors.
IMAGEINTERPRETATIONANDANALYSIS Types of Data Products – types of image interpretation – basic
elements of image interpretation- visual interpretation keys – Digital Image Processing – Pre-processing –
imageenhancement techniques – multispectral image classification – Supervised and unsupervised.
GEOGRAPHICINFORMATIONSYSTEM Introduction – Maps – Definitions – Map projections – types of map
projections – map analysis –GIS definition – basic components of GIS – standard GIS softwares – Data type –
Spatial andnon-spatial (attribute) data – measurement scales – Data Base Management Systems (DBMS).
DATAENTRY,STORAGEANDANALYSISData models – vector and raster data – data compression – data input
by digitization andscanning – attribute data analysis – integrated data analysis – Modeling in GIS Highway
alignment studies – Land Information System.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Lillesand, T.M., Kiefer, R.W. and J.W.Chipman. (2004). Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation. V Edn.
John Willey and Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. Pp:763. 2. Anji Reddy, M. (2001). Textbook of Remote Sensing
and Geographical Information System. Second edn. BS Publications, Hyderabad.
REFERENCES
1. Lo. C.P.and A.K.W.Yeung (2002). Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information
Systems. Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. Pp:492.
2. Peter A.Burrough, Rachael A.McDonnell (2000). Principles of GIS. Oxford University Press.
3. Ian Heywood (2000). An Introduction to GIS. Pearson Education Asia.
RF SYSTEM DESIGN FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
Course Code :15 EM 51F3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fundamentals of System Design
Linear Systems and Transformations:- Linear System, Fourier Series and Transformation, Frequency Response of
LTI Systems, Band-Pass to Low-Pass Equivalent Mapping and Hilbert Transform –
Nonlinear System Representation and Analysis Approaches:- Representation of Memoryless Nonlinear Systems,
Multiple Input Effects in Nonlinear System, Memoryless Band-Pass Nonlinearities and Their Low-Pass Equivalents.
Radio Architectures and Design Considerations
Super heterodyne Architecture: - Configuration of Superheterodyne Radio, Frequency Planning, Design
Consideration of Superheterodyne Transceiver.
Direct Conversion (Zero IF) Architecture:- Configuration of Direct-Conversion Radio.
Low IF Architecture: - Configuration of Low IF Radio, Approaches to Achieve High Image Rejection, Some
Design Considerations.
Receiver System Analysis and Design
Introduction - Sensitivity and Noise Figure of Receiver: -Sensitivity Calculation, Cascaded Noise Figure.
Adjacent/Alternate Channel Selectivity and Blocking Characteristics: – Desired Signal Level and Allowed
Degradation, Formula of AdjacedAlternate Channel Selectivity and Blocking Characteristics, Two-Tone Blocking
and AM Suppression Characteristics. Receiver Dynamic Range and AGC System: -Dynamic Range of a Receiver.
System Design and Performance Evaluation:- Receiver System Design Basics, Basic Requirements of Key
Devices in Receiver System.
Transmitter System Analysis and Design
Introduction - Transmission Power and Spectrum - Adjacent and Alternate Channel Power: - Low-Pass
Equivalent Behavioral Model Approach, Multitone Techniques.
Noise
Noise and Random Process: - Noise Power and Spectral Representation, Noise and Random Process Through
Linear Systems, Narrow-Band Noise Representation, Noise Figure and Noise Temperature. Noise Emission
Calculation: - Formulas for Noise-Emission Calculation, Some Important Notes in Noise-Emission Calculation,
Noise Expressed in Voltage, Examples of Noise-Emission Calculations
Text Books:
1. Gu, Qizheng, “RF System Design of Transceivers for Wireless Communications,” 1st ed. Corr. 2nd printing,
2005, XIV, 479 p. 125 illus., Hardcover, Springer, ISBN: 978-0-387-24161
Reference Books:
1. D.K.Misra, “Radio Frequency and Microwave Communication Circuits, Analysis and
Design”, John wiley & Sons., inc, 2004, kundli.
2. Pozar,D.M, “Microwave Engineering,” Adison Wesley, 3rd Edition, 1990.
OPTICAL NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 51F4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction
Introduction to WDM optical networks-WDM networks architectures- issues in wavelength routed networks.
Wavelength routing algorithms: Introduction- Classification of RWA algorithms-RWA algorithms- fairness and
admission control- distributed control protocols.
Wavelength Convertible Networks
Need for wavelength conversion-wavelength convertible node architectures-converter placement and allocation
problems. Wavelength rerouting algorithms: Benefits of wavelength rerouting-issues in wavelength rerouting-light
path migration-rerouting schemes-rerouting in networks with sparse wavelength conversion- rerouting in multi fiber
networks.
Virtual Topology Design
Introduction- virtual topology design problems- virtual topology design sub problems-virtual topology design
heuristics-need for virtual topology design reconfiguration. Optical multicasting: Introduction to multicast routing-
multicasting node architectures- multicast tree generation-source based tree generation-Steiner tree based
generation.
Control and Management
Network management functions, management frame work and protocols, configuration management and adaptation
management. Network survivability: failures and recovery- protection in SONET- benefits of optical layer
protection-restoration schemes in WDM networks-multiplexing schemes-Traffic grooming in WDM.
Optical Burst Switching
OBS node architecture-burst switching protocols-wavelength channel scheduling. Optical packet switching and
access networks: Introduction-optical packet switching node architecture- contention resolution protocols. Enhanced
HFC-FTTC –PON architectures.
Text Books:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy and Mohan Gurusamy, “WDM Optical Networks: Concepts,
Design and Algorithms”, Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
2. Rajiv Ramaswami and Kumar N. Sivarajan, “ Optical Networks: A Practical
Perspective, Second edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2002.
Reference Book:
1. B.Mukherjee, “Optical Communication Networks”, Mc Graw Hills, New York, 1997.
MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ( MEMS )
Course Code :15 EM 5213 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Overview of MEMS and Micro Systems: Introduction, miniaturization, Reliability, Advantages of MEMS,
working principles of chemical sensors, optical, pressure and thermal sensors, micro actuation: actuation using
thermal forces, actuation using piezo electric crystals, actuation using electrostatic forces; micro accelerometers,
micro fluidics, MEMS switches, phase shifters, varactors, tunable oscillators
Basics of MEMS technology: Molecular theory of matter and intermolecular forces, doping of semi conductors, the
diffusion process, scaling laws in miniaturization, Engineering mechanics: static bending of thin plates, mechanical
vibrations, thermo mechanics, fluid flow in nano scale.
Micro system Design: Introduction, design considerations, process design, mechanical design, micro system
packaging, essential packaging technologies, 3D packaging, assembly, selection of materials, Finite Element
Analysis (FEA).
Fabrication methods: Lithography:Introduction,wafers, masks, spinning resist and soft baking, exposure and post
exposure treatment, resolution, mathematical expression of resist profiles, image reversal, interface effects, radiation
and resist profiles, ion implantation, diffusion, oxidation, RIE , Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD), Physical
Vapour Deposition (PVD), deposition by epitaxy, comparison of bulk and surface micromachining, comparison of
wet and dry etching, LIGA process. System level packaging, single and multichip packaging.
Case Study: MEMS capacitive switch, MEMS capacitive accelerometer, MEMS pressure sensor, quartz rate
gyroscope, cantilever based micro cantilevers for mass measurement.
Text Books:
1. Microsystem Design by Stephen D.Senturia, Springer International Edition,2010
2. RF MEMS Theory, Design and Technology by Gabriel M.Rebeiz, Wiley India Pvt Ltd.
3.MEMS and Microsystems: Design and Manufacture by Tai-Ran Hsu, Tata McGraw
Hill,2002
4. The MEMS Handbook, Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, CRC Press, 2002.
5. Foundations of MEMS by Chang Liu, Second Edition, Pearson Publication
COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS AND STANDARDS
Course Code :15 EM 5214 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Networks in process automation
Networks in process automation: Information flow requirements, Hierarchical communication model, Data
Communication basics, OSI reference model, Industry Network, Network Topologies.
Communication Protocols:
Communication Protocols: Communication Basics, Basics, Network Classification, Device Networks, Control
Networks, Enterprise Networking, Network selection. Proprietary and open networks: Network Architectures,
Building blocks
Wired Communication:
Wired: Wired Communication: Industry open protocols (RS-232C, RS- 422, RS-485), CAN bus, I2C, SPI,
Ethernet,USB ,OFC, Modbus, Modbus Plus, Data Highway Plus, Advantages and Limitations of Open networks.
Fieldbus Trends
Fieldbus: Fieldbus Trends, Hardware selection, Fieldbus design, Installation, Documentation, Fieldbus advantages
and limitations, Automotive Most bus, Hot standby router protocol(HSRP) and Hot 255 modem, Dial up modem,
Physical media -Cabling types and noise level conditions, leased line modems.
WPAN
Wireless: WPAN, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zig-Bee, Z-wave, GPRS, GSM. Infrared communication: Routers, Hubs,
Bridges, Ethernet switches, Different type of converters - Serial to Ethernet, Ethernet to OFC, Serial to OFC, RS232
to RS485
Outcomes: After completion of these course students should able to, Build sensor networks and Communicate
through various media
Text Books:
1. TCIP/IP protocol suite , Behrouz A. Forouzen, III Edition
2. Data communications, computer networks, open systems, Prakash C. Guptha, V Edition
WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 5215 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Cellular and Ad Hoc Wireless Networks-Applicationa of Ad Hoc Wireless Networks,Issues in Ad Hoc Wireless
Networks: Medium Acces Scheme-Routing-Multicasting Transport Layer Protocols-Pricing Scheme-Quality of
Service Provisioning-Self Organization-Security-Addressing and Service Discovery-Energy management
Scalability-Deployment Considerations, Ad Hoc Wireless Internet.
Comparison with Adhoc wireless networks-Challenges for WSNs – Difference between sensor networks and
Traditional sensor networks ,Types of Applications, Enabling Technologies for Wireless Sensor Networks –Single
Node Architectures , Hardware Components , Energy Consumption of Sensor Nodes, Issues in Designing a
Multicast Routing Protocol.
Data Dissemination-Flooding and Gossiping-Data gathering Sensor Network Scenarios –Optimization Goals and
Figures of Merit – Design Principles for WSNs Gateway Concepts – Need for gateway – WSN to Internet
Communication –Internet to WSN Communication –WSN Tunneling
MAC Protocols for Sensor Networks -Location Discovery-Quality of Sensor Networks Evolving Standards-Other
Issues- Low duty cycle and wake up concepts- The IEEE802.15.4 MAC Protocols- Energy Efficiency -Geographic
Routing Mobile nodes
Gossiping and Agent based Unicast Forwarding-Energy Efficient Unicast-Broadcastand Multicast-Geographic
Routing-Mobile nodes-Security-Application SpecificSupport - Target detection and tracking-Contour/ edge
detection-Field Sampling.
Text Books:
1. Holger Karl and Andreas Wiilig, “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks” John Wiley & Sons
Limited 2008.
2. I.F .Akyildiz and Weillian, “A Survey on Sensor Networks”,IEEE Communication Magazine, August 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Wilson , “Sensor Technology hand book,” Elsevier publications 2005.
2. Anna Hac “Wireless Sensor Networks Design,” John Wiley& Sons Limited Publications 2003.
3. C.Siva Ram Murthy and B.S.Manoj “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks,” Pearson Edition 2005
DESIGN & ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
Course Code :15 EM 5216 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Algorithm, Pseudo code for expressing algorithms, performance Analysis- Space complexity, Time
complexity, Asymptotic Notation-Big oh notation. Omega notation, Theta notation and little oh notation.
Divide and conquer: General method, applications-Binary search, Quick sort, Merge sort, Strassen’s Matrix
Multiplication.
Greedy method: General method, applications-Job sequencing with dead lines, 0/1 knapsack problem, Minimum
cost spanning trees, Single source shortest path problem.
Dynamic Programming: General method, applications-Matrix chain multiplication, Optimal binary search trees,
0/1 knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path problem, Traveling sales person problem, Reliability design.
Search Trees- Balanced search trees-AVL trees, representation, Operations-insertion, deletion and searching, B-
Trees-B-Tree of order m, Operations- insertion, deletion and searching.
Backtracking General method -Applications-n-queen problem, sum of subsets problem, graph coloring,
Hamiltonian cycles.
and Branch and Bound: General method, Applications - Traveling sales person problem, 0/1 knapsack problem-
LC Branch and Bound solution, FIFO Branch and Bound solution.
NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems: Basic concepts, non-deterministic algorithms, NP – Hard and NP-
Complete classes
Text Books:
1. Computer Algorithms/C++, E.Horowitz, S.Sahani and S.Rajasekharan, Galgotia Publishers pvt. Limited.
2. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 2nd Edition, Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Design and Analysis of algorithms, Aho, Ullman and Hopcroft, Pearson Education.
2. Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms, A.Levitin, Pearson Education.
3. Data structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++, S.Sahni, University press (India) pvt ltd, 2nd edition,
Orient Longman pvt.ltd.
4 Object Oriented Programming Using C++, 2nd Edition, I.Pohl, Pearson Education.
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
Group-C
ADVANCED DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
Course Code :15 EM 52G1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction
Elements of a digital communication system – Communication channels and their characteristics– Mathematical
model for channels. Representation of digitally modulated signals Performance of memory less modulation methods
– signaling schemes with memory – CPFSK CPM.
Optimum Receivers for AWGN Channels
Waveform and vector channel models. Detection of signals in Gaussian noise. Optimum detection and error
probability for band limited signaling and power limited signaling – Non coherent detection – Comparison of digital
signaling methods – Lattices and constellations based on lattices – Detection of signaling schemes with memory –
Optimum receiver for CPM – Performance analysis for wire line and radio communication systems. Introduction to
partially coherent, double differentially coherent communication systems.
Channel Coding
Introduction to linear block codes, Convolution coding –Tree, Trellis and State diagrams – Systematic, Non-
recursive and recursive convolution codes – The inverse of a convolution Encoder and Catastrophic codes –
Decoding of convolution codes - Maximum likelihood decoding, Viterbi algorithm and other decoding algorithms –
Distance properties – Punctured convolution codes, Dual-k codes, Concatenated codes – MAP and BCJR algorithms
– Turbo coding and Iterative decoding – Factor graphs and sum-product algorithms – LDPC codes – Trellis coded
modulation - Performance comparison.
Pulse Shaping and Equalization
Pulse shaping: Characterization of Band limited channels – ISI – Nyquist criterion – Controlled ISI – Channels with
ISI and AWGN – Pulse shaping for optimum transmissions and reception. Equalization: MLSE – Linear
equalization – Decision feedback equalization – ML detectors – Iterative equalization – Turbo equalization.
Adaptive linear equalizer – Adaptive decision feedback equalization – Blind equalization.
Synchronization
Signal parameter Estimation-Carrier phase Estimation–Symbol timing Estimation – Joint estimation of carrier phase
and symbol timing – Performance characteristics of ML Estimators.
Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis and Masoud Salehi, “Digital Communications”, Fifth edition, Mc Graw Hill International edition,
2008.
2. Ian A. Glover and Peter M. Grant, “Digital communications”, Second edition, Pearson education, 2008.
3. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications,” Cambridge University Press, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Marvin K. Simon, Sami M. Hinedi and William C. Lindsey, “Digital Communication Techniques : Signal Design
and Detection” PHI publishers, 2009.
2. Bernard Sklar, “Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications”, Second edition, Pearson Education
SMART GRID COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKING
Course Code :15 EM 52G2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Communication networks in smart grid: an architectural view: Introduction , Smart grid conceptual model ,
Smart grid communication infrastructures, Interoperability issues, Role of communication infrastructures in smart
grid.New models for networked control in smart grid: Introduction, Information in today’s power system
management operations,Enhanced smart grid measuring functionalities,Demand-side management and demand
response: the key to distribute cheap and green electrons
Communications and access technologies for smart grid: Introduction, Communications media, Power-line
communication standards, Wireless standards, Networking solutions
Machine-to-machine communications in smart grid: Introduction, M2M communications technologies, M2M
applications, M2M architectural standards bodies, M2M application in smart grid
Networking technologies for wide-area measurement applications: Introduction 205, Components of a wide-area
measurement system, Communication networks forWAMS, WAMS applications, WAMS modelling and network
simulations
Wireless networks for smart grid applications: Introduction,Smart grid application requirements, Network
topologies, Deployment factors, Performance metrics and tradeoffs
Wireless sensor networks for smart grid: research challenges and potential applications : Introduction, WSN-
based smart grid applications. Sensor techniques and network protocols for smart grid: Introduction, Sensors
and sensing principles, Communication protocols for smart grid. Potential methods for sensor and actuator
networks for smart grid: Introduction, Energy and information flow in smart grid, SANET in smart grid, Proposed
mechanisms, Home energy–management system – case study of SANET in SG
Cyber-attack impact analysis of smart grid: Introduction, Background, Cyber-attack impact analysis framework,
Case study.
Text Books
Smart Grid Communications and Networking By Ekram Hossain, Zhu Han and H. Vincent Poor , Cambridge
University Press 2015
Ref. books
1) Communication and Networking in Smart Grids (Novel by Yang Xiao)Originally published: January 1, 2012.
CRC Press.
2) Smart Grid Applications, Communications And Security ,_ Wiley Publications
ADVANCED WIRELESS NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 52G3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction
Evolution of Wireless Networks - Wireless Local Area Networks - Public Wide-Area Wireless networks.
Introduction to 1G/2G/3G/4G Terminology. Evolution of Public Mobile Services – First Wave of Mobile Data
Services: Text-Based Instant Messaging. Second Wave of Mobile Data Services: Low-Speed Mobile Internet
Services. Current Wave of Mobile Data Services: High-Speed and Multimedia Mobile Internet Services. IP-
Based Wireless Networks - 3GPP, 3GPP2.
Wireless IP Network Architectures
3GPP Packet Data Networks - Network Architecture-3GPP2 Packet Data - MWIF All-IP Mobile Networks -
Network Architectures - Access to MWIF Networks - Session Management.
IP Multimedia Subsystems and Application-Level Signaling
Signaling in IP Networks -Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) -Session Description Protocol (SDP) 3GPP IP
Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) - IMS Architecture 3.2.2 Mobile Station Addressing for Accessing the IMS -
Reference Interfaces -Service Architecture - Registration with the IMS - Deregistration with the IMS -End-to-
End Signaling Flows for Session Control 3GPP2 IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS)
Mobility Management
Basic Issues in Mobility Management - Mobility Management in IP Networks - Mobility Management in
3GPP Packet Networks -Mobility Management in 3GPP2 Packet Data Networks –Mobility Management in
MWIF Networks - Comparison of Mobility Management in IP, 3GPP, and 3GPP2 Networks .
Quality of Service
Internet QoS - QoS Challenges in Wireless IP Networks - QoS in 3GPP - QoS in 3GPP2 - 3GPP2 QoS
Architecture -3GPP2 QoS Management -3GPP2 QoS Classes -QoS Attributes (QoS Profile) Management of
End-to-End IP QoS.
Text Books:
1. Jyh-Cheng Chen and Tao Zhang, “IP-Based Next-Generation Wireless Network Systems, Architectures,
and Protocols,” John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Publication, 2006.
2. Crosspoint Boulevard , “Wireless and Mobile All-IP Networks,” Wiley Publication, 2005.
Reference Books
1. Minoru Etoh, “Next Generation Mobile Systems3G and Beyond,” Wiley Publications, 2005.
2. Savo Glisic , “Advanced Wireless Communications 4G Technologies,” Wiley Publications,
2004.http://www.ebookee.com/Advanced-Wireless-Communications-4G- Technologies-
CDMA AND OFDM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
Course Code :15 EM 52G4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Principles of Code Division Multiple Access
Spread spectrum technique – Direct sequence and frequency hopping spread spectrum communication system – PN
codes and Walsh codes – Rake receiver – Capacity – Effects of loading, sectorization and voice activity – Power
control – Hand off – Link structure – Forward link – Pilot, synchronization, paging and traffic channels – Reverse
Link – access and traffic channel.
Call Processing and Traffic
Call processing states – Initialization, idle, access and traffic states – Forward link and Reverse link analysis -
Calculation of Ec/I0 and Eb/N0 – Traffic intensity – Grade of Service – Erlang- B and C models.
OFDM Basics
OFDM principles – system model – Generation of sub carrier using IFFT, guard time and cyclic extensions –
windowing - Choice of OFDM parameters - OFDM signal processing.
Coding, Modulation and Channel Estimation
FEC coding – Interleaving – QAM – Coded modulation – Synchronization – Synchronization using cyclic extension
and special training symbols – Coherent detection – One and two dimensional channel estimation – Special training
symbols – Decision directed channel estimation – Differential detection in the time and frequency domain.
OFDMA and MC-CDMA
Frequency hopping in OFDMA - OFDMA system description – Channel coding, modulation, time and frequency
synchronization, Combination of OFDM and CDMA - MC-CDMA, MT- CDMA and MC-DS CDMA systems -
Difference between OFDMA and MC-CDMA
Text books:
1. Samuel C Yang, “CDMA RF System Engineering”, Artech House, 1998.
2. Richard Van Nee and Ramjee Prasad, “OFDM for wireless Multimedia Communication”, Artech House, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Lajas Hanzo, “OFDM and MC-CDMA for Broadband Multiuser Communications,” 2003
2. Khaled Fazal and Stephen Kaiser, “Multicarrier and Spread Spectrum Systems,” 2008
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
Group-D
ADVANCED TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS RECEPTION
Course Code :15 EM 52H1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Blind Multiuser Detection
Wireless signaling environment, Basic receiver signal processing for wireless reception- matched filter/raked
receiver, equalization and MUD. Linear receiver for synchronous CDMA- decorrelating and MMSE detectors.
Blind MUD, direct and subspace methods.
Group Blind MUD
Linear group blind MUD for synchronous CDMA, Non-linear group blind multiuser detectors for CDMA-slowest
descent search. Group blind multiuser detection in multipath channels- Linear group blind detectors.
Space-Time MUD
Adaptive array processing in TDMA systems-Linear MMSE combining, sub-space based training algorithm and
extension to dispersive channels. Optimal space time MUD. Linear space time MUD- Linear MUD via iterative
interference cancellation, single user space-time detection and combined single user/multiuser linear detection.
NBI Suppression
Linear predictive techniques-linear predictive methods. Non-linear predictive techniques-ACM filter, Adaptive non-
linear predictor, Non-linear interpolating filters and HMM based methods. Code aided techniques-NBI suppression
via Linear MMSE detector.
Signal Processing for Wireless Reception
Bayesian signal processing- Bayesian framework, batch processing Versus adaptive processing, Monte-Carlo
methods. Signal processing for fading channels. Coherent detection in fading channels based on EM algorithm.
Decision feedback differential detection in fading channels-Decision feedback differential detection in flat
channels, Decision feedback space-time differential decoding.
Textbook:
1. X.Wang and H.V.Poor,” Wireless Communication Systems,” Pearson,2004
2. Iti Saha Misra,”Wireless Communications and Networks,”Tata McGraw Hill,2009.
3. Doughas R.Stinson, “Cryptography-Theory and Practice,” CRC Press,1995
FUZZY LOGIC AND NEURAL NETWORKS
Course Code :15 EM 52H2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION TO FUZZY LOGIC PRINCIPLES
Basic concepts of fuzzy set theory – operations of fuzzy sets – properties of fuzzy sets – Crisp relations – Fuzzy
relational equations – operations on fuzzy relations – fuzzy systems – propositional logic – Inference – Predicate
Logic – Inference in predicate logic – fuzzy logic principles – fuzzy quantifiers – fuzzy inference – fuzzy rule based
systems – fuzzification and defuzzification – types.
ADVANCED FUZZY LOGIC APPLICATIONS
Fuzzy logic controllers – principles – review of control systems theory – various industrial applications of FLC
adaptive fuzzy systems – fuzzy decision making – Multiobjective decision making – fuzzy classification – means
clustering – fuzzy pattern recognition – image processing applications – systactic recognition – fuzzy optimization –
various
INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
Fundamentals of neural networks – model of an artificial neuron – neural network architectures – Learning methods
– Taxonomy of Neural network architectures – Standard back propagation algorithms – selection of various
parameters – variations Applications of back propagation algorithms.
OTHER ANN ARCHITECTURES
Associative memory – exponential BAM – Associative memory for real coded pattern pairs – Applications adaptive
reasonance theory – introduction – ART 1 – ART2 – Applications – neural networks based on competition –
kohenen self organizing maps – learning vector quantization – counter propagation networks – industrial
applications.
RECENT ADVANCES
Fundamentals of genetic algorithms – genetic modeling – hybrid systems – integration of fuzzy logic, neural
networks and genetic algorithms – non traditional optimization techniques like ant colony optimization – Particle
swarm optimization and artificial immune systems – applications in design and manufacturing.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S.Rajasekaran.G.A.Vijayalakshmi Pai “Neural Networks, fuzzy logic and genetic algorithms”,
prentice hall of India private limited, 2003
2. Timothy J.Ross, “Fuzzy logic with engineering applications”, McGraw Hill, 1995
3. Zurada J.M. “Introduction to artificial neural systems”, Jaico publishing house, 1994
REFERENCES:
1. Klir.G, Yuan B.B. “Fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic prentice Hall of India private limited, 1997.
2. Laurance Fausett, “Fundamentals of neural networks”, Prentice hall, 1992
3. Gen, M. and R. Cheng “Genetic algorithm and engineering design”, john wiley 1997
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EM 52H3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Concept of reliability: What is Reliability, System Reliability Parameters, Component Reliability, Reliability
Function, and Failure Rate Failures: Causes of failures, types of failures, Modes of failure, Bath tub curve, Effect of
preventive maintenance. Mathematics of reliability: Variation, Probability concept, Rules of probability, Continuous
variation, Continuous distribution functions, Variation in engineering, Discrete variation, Statistical confidence,
Statistical hypothesis testing, Non-parametric inferential methods, Goodness of fit Series of events, Computer
software for statistics, Practical conclusions, Probability plotting
Electronic System Reliability: Reliability of electronic Components, Component Types & Failure Mechanisms,
Summary Of Device Failure Modes, Circuit & System Aspects, Electronic System reliability prediction, Reliability
in electronic system design, Parameter variation and tolerance Design for production test and maintenance.
Design for higher redundancy: Computer aided engineering, Environment, Design analysis methods Quality
function deployment, Reliability prediction, Load strength analysis, Failure mode effect and criticality analysis,
Fault tree analysis, Hazard and operability study, Parts material and process review System reliability models:
Series, Parallel, Series-parallel, parallel-series, non- series-parallel configurations, Expressions for the reliability of
the basic configurations, Reliability evaluation of Non-series-parallel configurations, Decomposition methods,
Deduction of the minimal cut sets from the minimal path sets.
Quality: Managing production quality, Quality audit, Quality management approach.
Maintainability: Maintenance time distribution, Preventive maintenance strategy, Maintenance schedule,
Technology aspect, Calibration, Maintainability prediction, Design for maintainability Basic Safety Technology
Principles for Processing Systems :Basic Requirements, Risk Definition and Analysis, Risk and Consequences of a
Malfunction, Risk Assessment, Risk Graphs, Requirement Classes, Risk Acceptability, Standard Institutes and the
role of Standards and Norms, Developing Safety Critical Computer Systems: General Concepts.
Reliability Management: Corporate policy for reliability, integrated reliability programs, Standards for quality
reliability and safety, contracting for reliability achievement, managing lower level supply, Customer management
of reliability, Organization for reliability, reliability and cost, economics: Cost, Economics.
Text Books:
1. Practical Reliability Engineering -Patrick D. T. O' Connor., IV Edition
2. Electronic Safety Systems - Josef Borcsok
ADVANCED MICROCONTROLLER AND ITS APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 EM 52H4 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Overview of Microcomputer systems, Addresses, General Operation of a computer, Microprocessors in Digital
System design. Purpose of micro controller. Difference between microprocessor and microcontroller. Advantages
and Disadvantages. Block diagram of a microcontroller – operation, Microcontroller functioning. Microprocessors
architectures Architecture, RISC and CISC processors.Memory organization, ports, interrupts.
Internal architecture: Introduction to ARM7TDMI processor – Pin Description, Pinfunctionality, internal
architecture, Instruction Set and Instruction Cycle timings, ARM 32- bit and THUMB (16-bit) operating modes,
Switching between ARM and THUMB instructions. Types of memory – Code memory, External Memory, Internal
memory, Register Set.
PIC16F877 Instructions Set, addressing modes, Assembly language Programs. PIC16F877 PERIPHERALS:
Timers, CCP modules, ADC modules, configuration word and programming.
SERIAL COMMUNICATION MODULES: UART, I2C, PSP, EEPROM, Reset, Oscillator modes, configuration
word and programming.
INTERFACING: Interfacing of keys, Display - LEDs, 7-segment LED (multiplexed display) & LCDs, (Programs
in assembly and C). DAC and ADC, generation of PWM with PIC microcontroller. (Programs in assembly and C )
APPLICATIONS OF MICROCONTROLLERS. EX: RPM meter, event counter, temperature, controller.
(Programs in assembly and C). Development Tools: Simulators, debuggers, cross compilers, in-circuit Emulators for
the microcontrollers.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. J.B.PEATMAN Design with PIC microcontrollers-, PHI 1998.
2. Barrnett Cox & Cull, Embedded C programming and the microchip PIC- Thomson Publications 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ajay .V. Deshmukh Micro Controller theory and Application, TATA McGraw –Hill, 2008, 1st Edition
419
M.TECH - POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES
First Year (First Semester):
S.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EE 5101
Design of Power Converters
3
0
2
6
4
2
15 EE 5102
Power Electronic Control of
Drives
3
0
2
6
4
3
15 EE 5103
Optimization Techniques
3
2
0
4
4
4
15 EE 5104
Modern Control theory
3
2
0
4
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
4
2
Tot
18
4
8
30
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EE 5205
Advanced Power Converters
3
2
0
4
4
2
15 EE 5206
Micro controllers and Embedded
Systems
3
0
2
6
4
3
15 EE 5207
Modeling and Simulation of Power
Electronic Systems
3
0
2
6
4
4
15 EE 5208
Industrial Applications of Electronics
3
2
0
4
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
4
2
Total
18
4
8
30
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
420
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EE 51A1
Instrumentation & Control
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 51A2
Special Machines
3
0
0
3
3
15 EE 51A3
Electric and Hybrid Vehicles
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EE 51B1
Digital Signal Processor
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 51B2
Non Conventional Energy Resources
3
0
0
3
3
15 EE 51B3
AI Techniques in Power Electronics & Drives
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EE 52C1
FACTS
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 52C2
Power Quality
3
0
0
3
3
15 EE 52C3
Embedded Control of Electric Drives
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 EE 52D1
Smart Grids
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 52D2
State Estimation & Adaptive Control
3
0
0
3
3
15 EE 52D3
Advance PWM Techniques
3
0
0
3
421
DESIGN OF POWER CONVERTERS
Course Code : 15 EE 5101 L-T-P :
3-0-2
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
DESIGN OF SNUBBER CIRCUITS: Design of snubber circuits for diode, transistor and
thyristor- snubbers for bridge circuit configuration- GTO snubber circuit design considerations-
Problems. DESIGN OF GATE AND BASE DRIVE CIRCUITS: Preliminary design
considerations- DC-coupled drive cuircuits- electrically isolated drive circuits- cascaded
connected drive circuits- thyristor drive circuits- power device protection in drive circuits-
Problems. DESIGN ASPECTS OF HEAT SINKS: control of semiconductor device
temperature- Heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation- Heat sink design-Problems.
DESIGN OF MAGNETIC COMPONETS: Analysis of a specific inductor design- Inductor
design procedure- Analysis of a specific transformer design- transformer design procedure-
comparison of transformer and inductor sizes- Problems. DESIGN OF DC-DC
CONVERTERS- Design considerations of DC-DC converters- Current Mode Control-
Controller Design- Problems.
Text Books:
1. Ned Mohan, T.M. Undeland and William P. Robbins “Power Electronics: Converters,
Applications and Design”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, (2009).
2. M.H. Rashid “Power Electronics-circuits, Devices and Applications”, 3rd Edition, PHI,
(2005).
3. Bimal K.Bose “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, (2003).
Reference Books:
1. Jai P.Agrawal, “Power Electronics Systems”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, (2002).
2. P.T. Krein, Elements of Power Electronics, Oxford University Press, (1998).
422
POWER ELECTRONIC CONTROL OF DRIVES
Course Code : 15 EE 5102 L-T-P :
3-0-2
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
Control of induction motor, Review of steady-state operation of Induction motor, Equivalent
circuit analysis, torque-speed characteristics. VSI Fed Induction motor drives &CSI Fed
Induction motor drives. Control of induction by Slip power recovery schemes. Vector control of
Induction Motor: Principles of vector control, Direct vector control, derivation of indirect
vector control, implementation – block diagram; estimation of flux, flux weakening operation.
Control of Synchronous motor drives: Synchronous motor and its characteristics- Control
strategies-Constant torque angle control- power factor control, constant flux control, flux
weakening operation, Load commutated inverter fed synchronous motor drive. PMSM and
BLDC control of Drives, control of Variable Reluctance Motor Drive .Speed control of dc
Motors-Different types of speed control techniques by using single phase& three phase ac
systems .Closed loop control of phase controlled DC motor Drives. Open loop Transfer function
of DC Motor drive- Closed loop Transfer function of DC Motor drive –Phase-Locked loop
control.Closed loop control of chopper fed DC motor Drives, Speed controlled drive system –
current control loop – pulse width modulated current controller – hysteresis current controller –
modeling of current controller – design of current controller .
Text Books:
1. B. K. Bose , “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”,Pearson Publications (2005).
2. R.Krishanan,“Electric Motor Drives”, Indian Edition,Prentice Hall, (2008).
Reference Books:
1. Shepherd, Hulley, Liang , “Power Electronics and Motor Control”,II Edition, Cambridge
University Press ,(2004).
2. M. H. Rashid , “Power Electronic Circuits, Devices and Applications, 3 rd edition,PHI,
(2003).
3. GK Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electrical Drives” , 2 nd edition ,Narosa Publishers, (20020.
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
Course Code : 15 EE 5103 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
Linear Programming: Standard form of Linear programming problem; Simplex method two
phase simplex method; Duality in Linear programming, Decomposition Principle .Some simple
numerical problems. Non-Linear Programming: Fibonacci method, Univariate method,
423
Pattern directions, Golden section method, Powell’s method, Newton’s method, Quasi Newton
method.Some simple numerical problems. Transportation Problem: Definition of
transportation problem, transportation algorithm, North-West corner method, Vogel
approximation method, Least cost method, Unbalanced & Transportation Problems. Hungarian
method for assignment. Unbalanced Assignment, problems. Project planning through
Networks: Arrow diagram representation; Rules for constructing an arrow diagram. PERT and
CPM, critical path calculations, Earliest start and latest completion times; Determination of
floats. Some simple numerical problems. Dynamic Programming: Multistage decision
processes; Types of multistage decision problems, concept of sub-optimization and the principle
of sub-optimality computational procedure in dynamic programming. Some simple numerical
problems.
Text Books:
1.S.S. Rao ,“Engineering optimization theory and practice”,New Age International Publications.
A Wiley Interscience publication,(1996).
2.Hamdy A. Taha , “Operations Research, An introduction”, PHI learning private Ltd. New
Delhi,(2010).
Reference Books:
1.S.D. Sharma, “Operations Research”, Kedarnath & Ramnath Publishers, Delhi.
2.Hiller and Liberman , “Introduction to operations research”, McGrawHill Eduction Pvt Ltd,
(2010).
MODERN CONTROL THEORY
(Common to Both PED & PS)
Course Code : 15 EE 5104 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
System representation: Introduction to state and state variable – system representation in state
variable form – transformations – phase variable form – canonical forms – physical systems –
plant models – representation using state function - language linearization. Time response: state
transition matrix - properties and methods of valuation – time response of linear systems – state
diagrams – resolvent matrix – resolvent algorithm. Controllability and Observability:
definition and concepts – criteria for controllability and observability – state variable feedback –
pole placement – luenberger observer design. Stability: introduction – definitions of stability –
stability in the sense of liapunov – stability of linear systems – transient response – behaviour of
estimation – stability of non linear systems – generation of liapunov functions.Optimal
control:formulation of the optimal control problem – method of calculus of variations – use of
hamiltonian method – pontryagin’s minimum principle - optimal control problem – hamilton –
jacobi approach – continuous time linear state regulator matrix riccati equation – methods of
solution – state variable feedback design.
424
Text Books:
1. M. Gopal, “Modern Control Systems Theory”, Wiley Eastern Limited, New
Delhi,(1996).
2. K.Ogata , “Discrete Time Control Systems”,Pearson Education (2005).
3. M.Gopal, “Digital Control systems and State Variables methods”,(2006)
Reference Books:
1. M. Gopal , “Modern Control System Theory”, New Age International (2005).
2. Ogata. K , “Modern Control Engineering”,Prentice Hall (2006).
3. Kirck , “Optimal control”.
ADVANCED POWER CONVERTERS
Course Code : 15 EE 5205 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
PWM INVERTERS (SINGLE-PHASE)-Principle of operation – performance parameters –
single phase bridge inverter – evaluation of output voltage and current with resistive, inductive
and Capacitive loads – Voltage control of single phase inverters – single PWM – Multiple PWM
– sinusoidal PWM – modified PWM – phase displacement Control – Advanced modulation
techniques for improved performance – Trapezoidal , staircase, stepped, harmonic injection and
delta modulations – Advantage – application – numerical problems. PWM INVERTERS
(THREE-PHASE)-Three phase inverters – analysis of 180 degree condition for output voltage
And current with resistive, inductive loads – analysis of 120 degree Conduction – voltage control
of three phase inverters – sinusoidal PWM – Third Harmonic PWM – 60 degree PWM – space
vector modulation – Comparison of PWM techniques – harmonic reductions – Current Source
Inverter – variable DC link inverter – buck and boost inverter – inverter circuit design –
advantage applications – numerical problems. RESONANT CONVERTERS-Resonant
converters – Zero current switching resonant converters – L type ZCS resonant converter – M
type ZCS resonant converter – zero voltage Switching resonant converters – comparison between
ZCS and ZVS resonant Converters – Two quadrant ZVS resonant converters – resonant de-link
Inverters – evaluation of L and C for a zero current switching inverter – Numerical problems.
MULTILEVEL INVERTERS- Multilevel concept – Classification of multilevel inverters –
Diode clamped multilevel inverter –Principle of operation – main features – improved diode
Clamped inverter – principle of operation–Flying capacitors multilevel inverter –main features.
Cascaded multilevel inverter – principle of operation – main features – Multilevel inverter
applications –reactive power compensation – back to back intertie system – adjustable drives –
Switching device currents – de link capacitor voltage balancing – features of Multilevel inverters
425
– comparisons of multilevel converters. MATRIX CONVERTERS- Introduction-Matrix
converter circuit-Control strategies for PWM matrix converters in three-phase motor
Application, DC-DC Converters & SVM Techniques
Text Books:
1.N.Mohan, T.M.Undeland, W.P Robbins, “Power Electronics, Converters, Applications &
Design”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.(2013).
2.William Shepherd and Li Zhang, “Power Converter Circuits”,CRC press ,Taylor & Francis
(2004).
Reference Books:
1. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland and William P. Robbins , “Power Electronics”, Second
Edition ,John Wiley and Sons .
2. Gyugyi, L., B. R. Pelly, “Static Power Frequency Changers,” Wiley, New York.
3. Muhammad. H. Rashid , “Power Electronics Handbook”, Academic Press,(2001).
4. Ali Emadi, Alireza Khaligh, ,Zhong Nie, Young Joo Lee, “ Integrated Power Electronic
Converters and Digital Control”, CRC press.
MICROCONTROLLERS & EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Course Code : 15 EE 5206 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
MICRO CONTROLLERS: Micro controller families - 8051 Micro controller-Architecture -
Register organization -Addressing modes -Instruction set -Assembler directives, Introduction to
16-bit microcontroller. EMBEDDED SYSTEMS: Embedded System Classification –
Components of an Embedded System Hardware - Overview of Processors in the System - Other
hardware units - Software embedded into the system - Embedded System on a Chip (SOC) –
Structural units in Processor. DEVICE NETWORK AND EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING:
Device I/O types and Examples-Synchronous, ISO-synchronous and Asynchronous
communication from Serial Devices – Timer and Counting devices - Programming in Assembly
language (ALP) versus High Level Language - C program elements –embedded programming in
C++ and JAVA. REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS: Operating System services –Process
management – Memory management – Device, File and I/O Subsystem management – IEEE
Standard POSIX functions for Standardization of RTOS and inter-task communication functions
OS Security Issues – Mobile OS. HARDWARE SOFTWARE CO - DESIGN IN AN
EMBEDDED SYSTEM
Text Books:
1. Mazidi & Mc Kinley, ” The 8051 Micro controller and Embedded Systems using
Assembly and c”, 2
nd
edition, published by Person Education,(2006).
426
2. Rajkamal, “Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design”, TATA
McGraw-Hill Publications,(2003).
Reference Books:
1. Dr.K.V.K.K.Prasad, “Embedded/Real-time Operating System”, Dreamtech Press, (2003).
MODELLING AND SIMULATION OF POWER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
Course Code : 15 EE 5207 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
SIMMULATION OF AC-DC CONVETERS: Modeling of single phase and three phase
uncontrolled and controlled (SCR) rectifiers- simulation of converter fed DC drives-
computation of performance parameters: harmonics, power factor, angle of overlap.
SIMULATION OF DC-DC CONVERTERS: Modeling of Chopper circuits- Simulation of
thyristor choppers with voltage, current and load commutation schemes- Simulation of chopper
fed dc motor- computation of performance parameters.SIMULATION OF DC-AC
CONVERTERS: Modeling of single and three phase inverters circuits – Space vector
representation- Pulse-width modulation methods for voltage control- Simulation of inverter fed
induction motor drives.SIMULATION OF AC-AC CONVERTERS: Modelling of AC
voltage controllers, and Cyclo-converters- Simulation of AC voltage controllers and Cyclo-
converters feeding different loads- Computation of performance parameters.
Text Books:
1.Rashid, M., “Simulation of Power Electronic Circuits using PSPICE”, Prentice Hall Inc.,
(2006).
2.M. B. Patil, V. Ramnarayanan and V. T. Ranganathan., “Simulation of Power Electronic
Converters”, 1st Edition, Narosa Publishers, (2010).
3.John Keown., “Microsim, Pspice and circuit analysis”, third edition, Prentice Hall Inc., (1998).
Reference Books:
1.Robert Ericson, ‘Fundamentals of Power Electronics’, Chapman & Hall, (1997).
2.ssa Batarseh, ‘Power Electronic Circuits’, John Wiley,(2004).
3.Simulink Reference Manual, Math works, USA.
427
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRONICS
Course Code : 15 EE 5208 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
Industrial power controllers: Review of switching regulators and switch mode power supplies,
uninterrupted power.supplies- off-line and on-line topologies-Analysis of UPS topologies, solid
state circuit.Breakers, solid-state tap-changing of transformer. Analog controllers: Analog
Controllers - Proportional controllers, Proportional – Integral controllers, PID controllers,
derivative overrun, integral windup, cascaded control, Feed forward control, Digital control
schemes, control algorithms, programmable logic controllers. Signal conditioners-
Instrumentation amplifiers: Signal conditioners-Instrumentation amplifiers – voltage to
current, current to voltage, voltage to frequency, frequency to voltage converters; Isolation
circuits – cabling; magnetic and electro static shielding and grounding. Opto-electronic devices
and control: Opto-Electronic devices and control , electronic circuits for photo-electric
switches-output signals for photo-electric controls; Applications of opto-isolation, interrupter
modules and photo sensors; Fibre-optics; Bar code equipment, application of barcode in industry.
Servo-systems and Stepper motors: Introduction to servo systems and microcomputer based
servo amplifiers-block diagram of servo systems and servo amplifiers-functional description
cascade control circuits-velocity loop amplifier-current loop amplifier-PWM control circuits-
input and output signal for the control circuits-programming and operation of microcomputer
based servo controllers. Stepper motors – types, operation, control and applications; servo
motors- types, operation, control and applications – servo motor controllers – servo amplifiers –
linear motor applications-selection of servo motor.
Text Books:
1. James Maas, ‘Industrial Electronics’, Prentice Hall,(1995).
2. M.D. Singh and K. B. Khanchandani, ‘Power Electronics’, 2nd Edition ,Tata McGraw-
Hill, , New Delhi,(2008).
Reference Books:
1. Michael Jacob, ‘Industrial Control Electronics – Applications and Design’, Prentice
Hall,(1995).
2. Thomas E. Kissell, ‘Industrial Electronics’, Prentice Hall India,(2003).
428
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
Course Code : 15 EE 51A1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT – generalized configuration and functional
descriptions and Dynamic performance characteristics of measuring instruments– Classification
and elimination of errors. Examples with block diagrams MEASUREMENT OF
DISPLACEMENT: Theory and construction of various transducers to measure displacement –
Calibration procedures, measurement of temperature -Classification – Ranges.
MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE : Units – classification – different principles used. Low
pressure measurement – Thermal conductivity gauges MEASUREMENT OF LEVEL : Direct
method – Indirect methods – capacitative, ultrasonic, magnetic, cryogenic fuel level indicators –
flow measurement, Laser Doppler Anemometer (LDA).MEASUREMENT OF SPEED :
Mechanical and Electrical tachometers – Measurement of Acceleration and Vibration Different
simple instruments – Principles of Seismic instruments.
Text Books:
1. D.S Kumar “Mechanical Measurement Control” 3
rd
edition, Metropolitan Publishers,
(2004).
2. T.BeckWith, R.Marangoni, J.Linehard, “Mechanical Measurements”,6
th
edition
PHI/PE,(2009).
Reference Books:
1. Doeblin Earnest. O. Adaptation by Manik and Dhanesh, “Measurement systems:
Application and design”, TMH,(2007).
2. Instrumentation and Control systems/ S.Bhaskar/ Anuradha Agencies, (2004).
429
SPECIAL MACHINES
Course Code : 15 EE 51A2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Induction generators: self excitation requirements, steady state analysis, voltage regulation,
different methods of voltage control. Doubly fed induction machines: control via static converter,
power flow, voltage/frequency control (generation mode), application to grid connected wind
and mini/micro hydel systems. Brushless DC Machines: construction operation, performance,
control and applications. Micro Machines: principles of operation of various types. Sensors for
control, e.g. Position sensor. Linear Machines: Linear Induction Machines and Linear
Synchronous Machines. Construction, operation, performance, control and applications. PMDC
and PM Synchronous Machine, control and applications. Recent developments in electrical
machines. Stepper Motors: Various types, principle of operation, operating characteristics,
applications. Servo Motors. Servo amplifier and control. Special types of permanent magnet
motors for servo application. Switched Reluctance Motor: Construction, operating performance,
control and applications. Synchronous And Special Machines :Construction of synchronous
machines-types - Induced emf - Voltage regulation; emf and mmf methods - Brushless
alternators - Reluctance motor - Hysteresis motor – Axial flux machine, Flux Reversal Machine.
Text Books:
1. P.C Sen, ‘Principles of Electrical Machines and Power Electronics’, Second edition
,Wisley Edition, ,(1997).
2. Gopal K Dubey, ‘Fundamentals of Electrical Drives’, Second edition, Narosa
Publications,(2008).
Reference Books:
1. Bimal K. Bose, ‘Modern Power Electronics And AC Drives’, First edition ,Low Price
Edition,(2002).
2. R.K Rajput, ’Electrical Machines’, Fifth Edition, Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd,(2005).
ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES
Course Code : 15 EE 51A3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
History, Journey and necessity of Electric and Hybrid Vehicle-Vehicle dynamics- Architectures
of Hybrids-Motors, Power converters for Electric and Hybrid Vehicle-Power converters for
430
Electric and Hybrid Vehicle-Design of Electric and Hybrid Vehicle - Energy storage systems –
Control systems for Electric and Hybrid Vehicle.
Text Books:
1. M. Ehsani, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals,
Theory and Design”, CRC Press, (2005).
2. Husain and Iqbal, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals”, CRC Press,
London,(2003) .
Reference Books:
1. A. E. Fuhs, “Hybrid Vehicles and the Future of Personal Transportation”, CRC Press,
(2009).
2. Jefferson, C.M., Barnard and R.H., “Hybrid Vehicle Propulsion”, WIT Press, Boston,
(2002).
3. Erjavec, Jack, Arias and Jeff Hybrid, “Electric and Fuel-Cell Vehicles”, Thomson,
Australia,(2007).
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR
Course Code : 15 EE 51B1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESING: Introduction, A Digital Signal
processing system, The sampling process, Discrete time sequences. Discrete Fourier Transform
(DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), Linear time-invariant systems, Analysis and Design
tool for DSP Systems MATLAB, DSP using MATLAB.NUMBERING SYSTEMS: Floating,
Integer and Fixed point Processors, IEEE-754 Floating-Point Format, Q-
Format.ARCHITECTURES FOR PROGRAMMABLE DSP DEVICES: Architecture for
two selected DSPs, Pipelining process of instructions, Read and write operations, Interrupts,
Timers.PROGRAMMING FOR SELECTED DSP(TMS320F28335/F2812): Code composer
studio, implementation of small programs like Digital I/O, PID control, Digital Filters, Timer
and interrupts, PWM signal generation, Analog to Digital Conversion
Text Books:
1. Sanjit K Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing”, Tata MCgraw Hill Publications.
2. J G Proakis, D G Manolokis, “Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms,
Applications” PHI.
3. TMS320F28335 Manuals
431
Reference Books:
1. A V Oppenhiem, R W Schafer , “Discrete-Time Signal Processing”,Pearson Education.
2. Emmanuel C Ifeacher Barrie. W. Jervis, “DSP- A Practical Approach’,Pearson
Education.
2. S. M .Kay , “Modern spectral Estimation techniques”,PHI,(1997).
NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES
Course Code : 15 EE 51B2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
SOLAR RADIATION :Extraterrestrial solar radiation, Terrestrial solar radiation, solar thermal
conversion, solar ponds, solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation, photovoltaic energy
conversion, solar cells – 4 models. WIND ENERGY :Planetary and local winds, vertical axis
and horizontal axis wind mills, principles of wind power, maximum power, actual power, wind
turbine operation, design parameters of wind turbine. ENERGY FROM OCEANS :Ocean
temperature differences, principles of OTEC plant operations, wave energy, devices for energy
extraction, tides, simple single pool tidal system, double pool tidal system. BIO-ENERGY &
GEOTHERMAL ENERGY : Bio fuels, classification, direct combustion for heat and
electricity generator, anaerobic digestion for biogas, biogas digester types, power generation.
Origin and types of geothermal energy, geothermal energy extraction. MICRO- HYDEL
ELECTRIC SYSTEMS: Power potential–scheme layout-generation efficiency and turbine part
flow-different types of turbines for micro hydel electric systems.
Text Books:
1. Godfrey Boyle “Renewable Energy”, Oxford Publications, Second edition,(2004).
2. G. D. Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, First edition, Khanna Publishers,(2004).
Reference Books:
1. Roger H.Charlier, Charles W. “Ocean Energy- Tide and Tidal Power”ISBN: Library of
Congress Control Number: 2008929624_c Springer-Verlag Brerlin Heidelberg (2009).
2. John Twidell & Toney Weir: E&F.N. Spon, “Renewable Energy Sources”, 2nd edition
,Taylor & Francis New York.
3. John F.Walker & N.Jenkins, “Wind Energy Technology”, John Willey and Sons
Chichester, U.K(1997).
432
AI TECHNIQUES IN POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES
Course Code : 15 EE 51B3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Elements of neural control: ANN architectures- training algorithms- neural network
implementation, NN in induction motor drives, Other NN applications. Fuzzy Logic
Fundamentals: Fuzzy sets-membership functions-linguistic variables- Fuzzy logic operators-
Fuzzy control systems-Fuzzy logic in power and control applications. Fuzzy control of induction
motor drives, Fuzzy DC motor control, Fuzzy control of reluctance motor. Hybrid Systems-
Genetic Algorithms, Genetic Algorithms applications, Genetic Algorithms with Fuzzy
controllers.
Text Books:
1. M.N. Cirstea, A. Dinu, J.G. Khor and M. McCormick, “Neural and Fuzzy Logic Control
of Drives and Power System”, Newnes,(2002).
2. T. J. Ross “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Application”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and
Sons, (2010).
Reference Books:
1. P. Vas, “Artificial-Intelligence-Based Electrical Machines and Drives: Application of
Fuzzy, Neural, Fuzzy-Neural, and Genetic-Algorithm-Based Techniques”, Oxford
University Press, (1999).
FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
Course Code : 15 EE 52C1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
FACTS CONCEPT AND GENERAL SYSTEM CONSIDERATIONS: Transmission
interconnections, Power Flow in AC system, Dynamic stability Considerations and the
importance of the controllable parameters, Introduction to Facts devices, Basic types of FACTS
Controllers, benefits from FACTS controllers. VOLTAGE SOURCE CONVERTERS AND
CURRENT SOURCE CONVERTERS: Basic concept of voltage source converters, Single
phase, there phase full wave bridge converters operation, Transformer connections for 12 pulse,
24 and 48 pulse operation. Three level voltage source converter, Pulse width modulation
converter, basic concept of current source converters, Comparison of current source converters
with voltage source converters. STATIC SHUNT COMPENSATION: Objectives of shunt
compensation, Methods of controllable VAR generation, variable impedance type static VAR
433
generators (SVC): TCR, TSR, TSC, FC-TCR, TSC-TCR, switching converter type VAR
generators: STATCOM, Comparison between SVC and STATCOM, STATCOM for transient
and dynamic stability enhancement. STATIC SERIES COMPENSATION :Objectives of
series compensation, variable impedance type static series controllers: GCSC, TSSC, TCSC,
switching converter type controller: SSSC, Operation and Control External system Control for
series Compensator SSR and its damping – Static Voltage and Phase angle Regulators - TCVR
and TCPAR – Operation and Control. UPFC AND IPFC: The unified power flow Controller –
Operation –Comparison with other FACTS devices – control of P and Q – dynamic performance
– special Purpose FACTS controllers – Interline Power flow Controller – Operation and Control.
Text Books:
1. N.G Hingorani & L.Gyugyi “ Understanding FACTS: Concepts and Technology of
Flexible AC Transmission System” , IEEE Press,(2000).
2. K.R.Padiyar “FACTS Controller in power Transmission and Distribution” New Age Int
Publisher,(2007).
Reference Books:
1. Ned Mohan et.al “Power Electronics”2 nd edition John wiley & Sons,(2002).
2. T.J.E Miller, “Reactive power control in electric Systems” John willey & sons,(1982).
POWER QUALITY
Course Code : 15 EE 52C2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Introduction - Power or voltage quality, terms and definitions: short duration voltage
variations, Interruptions – Voltage sag – Swell – Surges – Harmonics – Voltage fluctuations.
Long duration voltage variations: Over voltage – Under voltage – Sustained interruptions,
Transients: Impulse transients – Oscillatory transient, Power quality terms. Long Interruptions
- Definition – Interruptions – Causes of long interruptions – Origin of interruptions – Limits for
the interruptions frequency – Limits for the interruption duration. Short Interruptions -
Definition, origin of short interruptions, basic principle, fuse saving, voltage magnitude events
due to re-closing, voltage during the interruption, monitoring of short interruptions, difference
between medium and low voltage systems. Multiple events, single phase tripping – voltage and
current during fault period, voltage and current at post fault period, stochastic prediction of short
interruptions. Voltage sag analysis - Voltage sag magnitude – Monitoring - Theoretical
calculations – Examples - Sag magnitude in non-radial systems, Voltage calculation in meshed
systems, Voltage sag duration, Fault clearing time – Magnitude duration plots- Measurement of
sag duration, Magnitude and Phase angle jumps for three phase unbalanced sags – Phase to phase
fault – Single phase faults – Two phase to ground faults – High impedance fault – Meshed
systems. Mitigation of Interruptions and Voltage Sags- Overview of mitigation methods –
From fault to trip, Reducing the number of faults, Reducing the fault clearing time changing the
434
power system, Installing mitigation equipment, Improving equipment immunity, Different events
and mitigation methods. System equipment interface – Voltage source converter, series voltage
controller with MATLAB, Shunt voltage controller with MATLAB, combined shunt and series
controller with MATLAB simulation. Typical wiring and grounding problems.
Text Books:
1. Math H J Bollen, “Understanding Power Quality Problems: voltage sags and
interruptions”, Wiley-IEEE Press, (2000), Indian Reprint (2013).
2. Roger C Dugan, Surya Santoso, Mark F. Mc Granaghan, H. Wayne Beaty, “Electrical
power systems quality”, Second edition, (2002).
Reference Books:
1. Angelo Baggini, “Hand book of power quality”, Wiley publications,(2008).
2. Arindam Ghosh, Gerard Ledwich, “Power Quality Enhancement using Custom Power
Devices” Springer International Edition,(2009).
3. C. Sankaran, “Power Quality”, CRC Press, Indian Reprint – (2011).
4. Ewald F. Fuchs, Mohammed A.S. Masoum, “Power Quality in Power Systems and
Electrical Machines” 2008. First Indian Reprint – (2009).
EMBEDDED CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DRIVES
Course Code : 15 EE 52C3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
8051 Architecture Basic organization - 8051 CPU structure - Memory Organization –
Addressing modes - Instruction set – Programming – Timing diagram – Memory expansion.
Peripherals and Versions of 8051 Parallel Ports – Timers and Counters – Interrupts – Serial
Communication – Simple Programs ADC, DAC and Analog Comparator options in P87LPC769
– PWM and Watch dog timer options in P89C66x - Assemblers and Compilers – Generation of
.LST and .HEX files for applications using Keil / RIDE IDE. Architecture of DSPIC
Architecture – Timer- I/O ports-PWM module-ADC-Case study. Peripherals Interfacing of
DSPIC I/O Ports – Timers / Counters – Capture / Compare / PWM modules – Master
Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module – USART – A / D Converter module – Comparator
module - .LST and .HEX files generation for applications using MpLab IDE. Applications using
8051 and PIC16f87XA Real Time Clock – DC motor speed control – Generation of gating
signals for Converters and Inverters – Frequency measurement – Temperature control – Speed
control of induction motors – Implementation of PID controller.
Text Books:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, JaniceGillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, “The
051Microcontroller and Embedded Systems- Using Assembly and C”, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, (2007).
435
2. Peatman, “Design with Pic Microcontrollers,Pearson”, (2003).
3. David Calcutt, Fred Cowan, Hassan Parchizadeh, 8051 Microcontrollers - An
Application
4. “Based Introduction”, Elsevier,(2006).
Reference Books:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, JaniceGillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, PIC Microcontroller
and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C for PIC18, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi,(2007).
2. Kenneth Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller (With CD)”, 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning,
(2007).
3. Subrata Ghoshal, “Embedded Systems & Robots: Projects Using The 8051
Microcontroller”,1st Edition Cengage Learning, (20090.
4. PIC16F87XA Data Sheet – DS39582B, Microchip Technology Inc., (2003).
SMART GRIDS
Course Code : 15 EE 52D1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Basics of Power Systems: Load and Generation, Power Flow Analysis, Economic Dispatch and
Unit Commitment Problems. Integration of renewable to smart grid. Introduction to Smart
Grid: Definition, Applications, Government and Industry, Standardization. Renewable
Generation: Carbon Footprint, Renewable Resources: Wind and Solar, Microgrid Architecture,
Tackling Intermittency, Stochastic Models and Forecasting, Distributed Storage and Reserves.
Smart Grid Communications: Two-way Digital Communications Paradigm, Network
Architectures, IP-based Systems, Power Line Communications, Advanced Metering
Infrastructure. Measurements: Sensor Networks, Phasor Measurement Units, Communications
Infrastructure, Fault Detection and Self-Healing Systems, Applications and Challenges.
Distribution system management: Data sources and associated external systems, Modeling and
analysis tools, applications. Demand Response: Definition, Applications, and State-of-the Art,
Pricing and Energy Consumption, Scheduling, Controllable Load Models, Dynamics, and
Challenges, Electric Vehicles and Vehicle-to-Grid Systems, Demand Side Ancillary Services.
Economics and Market Operations: Energy and Reserve Markets, Market Power, Generation
Firms, Locational Marginal Prices, Financial Transmission Rights. Security and Privacy:
Cyber Security Challenges in Smart Grid, Load Altering Attacks, False Data Injection Attacks,
Defense Mechanisms, Privacy Challenges.
Text Books:
436
1. James Momoh, “Smart Grid Fundamentals of Design and Analysis”, Wiley IEEE Press,
Ed (2012).
2. Janaka Ekanayake, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, Nick Jenkins,
“Smart Grid Technology and Applications”, Wiley Press, Ed (2012).
Reference Books:
1. Aranya Chakraborthy, “Control and Optimization Methods for Electric Smart Grids”,
Marija D llic Editor, Springer Publications.
STATE ESTIMATION & ADAPTIVE CONTROL
Course Code : 15 EE 52D2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Elements of probability theory: definition of probability and random variable, probability
functions, expected value, mean and covariance, independence and correlation, Gaussian
distribution and its properties. Stochastic processes and system models: Elements of the theory
of stochastic processes, mean value function and covariance kernel, independent and correlated
stochastic processes, stationery and non sequence model, Gaussian white process. Non
parametric methods & parametric methods: Nonparametric methods: Transient analysis-
frequency analysis-Correlation analysis-Spectral analysis. Liner Regression: The Lease square
estimate-best liner unbiased estimation under linear constraints-Prediction error methods:
Description of Prediction error methods-Optimal Prediction –relationships between Prediction
error methods and other identification methods theoretical analysis. Adaptive control schemes
Introduction – users- Definitions-auto tuning-types of adaptive control-gain scheduling
controller-model reference adaptive control schemes – self tuning controller. MRAC and STC:
Approaches – The Gradient approach – Lyapunov functions – Passivity theory – pole placement
method Minimum variance control – Predictive control. Adaptive control and application:
Stability – Convergence – Robustness – Application of adaptive control, direct model reference
adaptive control. Introduction: Basic approaches to adaptive control. Applications of adaptive
control. Identification: Error formulations linear in the parameters. Direct adaptive control:
Linear error equations with dynamics. Gradient and pseudo-gradient algorithms. Strictly positive
real transfer functions. Kalman-Yacubovitch-Popov lemma. Passivity theory.
Text Books:
1. Dan Simon, “Optimal State Estimation”, Wiley Intersience, (2006).
2. S. Sastry and M. Bodson, “Adaptive Control: Stability, Convergence, and Robustness”,
Prentice-Hall, (1989).
Reference Books:
1. K.J. Astrom and B. Wittenmark, “Adaptive Control”, 2
nd
edition, Addison-Wesley,
(1995).
437
2. I.D. Landau, R. Lozano, and M. M'Saad, “Adaptive Control”, Springer Verlag, London,
(1998).
3. Meditch, “Stochastic Optimal Linear Estimation and Control” Mc-Graw Hill Company,
(1969).
4. K.S. Narendra and A.M. Annaswamy, “Stable Adaptive Systems”, Prentice-Hall,(1989).
5. P.E. Wellstead & M.B. Zarrop, “Self-Tuning Systems: Control and Signal Processing”, J.
Wiley & Sons, Chichester, England,(1991).
ADVANCED PWM TECHNIQUES
Course Code : 15 EE 52D3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Power electronic converters for DC-AC and AC-DC power conversion: Electronic switches,
dc-dc buck and boost converters, H-bridge, multilevel converters – diode clamp, flying capacitor
and cascaded-cell converters voltage source and current source converters; evolution of
topologies for dc-ac power conversion from dc-dc converters. Applications of voltage source
converters: Overview of applications of voltage source converter, motor drives, active front-end
converters, reactive compensators, active power filters. Purpose of pulse width modulation
:Review of Fourier series, fundamental and harmonic voltages; machine model for harmonic
voltages; undesirable effects of harmonic voltages –line current distortion, increased losses,
pulsating torque in motor drives control of fundamental voltage; mitigation of harmonics and
their adverse effects. Pulse width modulation (PWM) at low switching frequency: Square
wave operation of voltage source inverter, PWM with a few switching angles per quarter cycle,
equal voltage contours, selective harmonic elimination, THD optimized PWM, off-line PWM.
Triangle-comparison based PWM: Average pole voltages, sinusoidal modulation, third
harmonic injection, continuous PWM, bus-clamping or discontinuous PWM. Space vector
based PWM: Space vector concept and transformation, per-phase methods from a space vector
perspective, space vector based modulation, conventional space vector PWM, bus-clamping
PWM, advanced PWM, triangle comparison approach versus space vector approach to
PWM.PWM for multilevel inverter: Extensions of sine-triangle PWM to multilevel inverters,
voltage space vectors, space vector based PWM, analysis of line current ripple and torque ripple
Text Books:
1. P.C. Sen, “Modern Power Electronics”, Third edition, Wheeler Publishing Co, New
Delhi,(2008).
2. Ned Mohan, Undeland and Robbin, “Power Electronics: converters, Application and
design”, John Wiley and sons.Inc, Newyork, Reprint (2009).
3. Jai P.Agrawal, “Power Electronics Systems”, Second Edition, Pearson Education,(2002).
Reference Books:
1. Rashid M.H., "Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications", Third Edition,
Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, (2011).
438
2. Bimal K Bose, "Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives", Second Edition, Pearson
Education, (2003).
3. Dubey. G.K., "Thyristorised power controllers", New age International, New Delhi,
(2002).
4. Bhimbhra P.S., "Power Electronics", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, (2005).
439
M.TECH - POWER SYSTEMS
First Year (First Semester):
S.
No.
Course
Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EE 5109
Power System Dynamics &
stability
3
0
2
6
4
2
15 EE 5110
Advanced Power System
Analysis
3
0
2
6
4
3
15 EE 5103
Optimization Techniques
3
2
0
4
4
4
15 EE 5104
Modern Control theory
3
2
0
4
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
4
2
Tot
18
4
8
30
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EE 5211
Real Time Control of Power System
3
0
2
6
4
2
15 EE 5206
Micro Controllers & Embedded
Systems
3
0
2
6
4
3
15 EE 5212
EHVAC & HVDC Transmission
3
2
0
4
4
4
15 EE 5213
Power Systems Digital Protection
3
2
0
4
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
4
2
Total
18
4
8
30
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
440
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 EE 51E1
Reactive Power Compensation & Management
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 51E2
Distribution System Planning & Automation
3
0
0
3
3
15 EE 51E3
Power System Reliability
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 EE 51F1
Power System Restructuring, Deregulation &
Power Markets
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 51B2
Non Conventional Energy Resources
3
0
0
3
3
15 EE 51B1
Digital Signal Processor
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 EE 52G1
Energy Conservation & Audit
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 52C1
FACTS
3
15 EE 52C2
Power Quality
Elective-4
1
15 EE 52H1
AI Techniques in Power Systems
3
0
0
3
2
15 EE 52D1
Smart Grids
3
0
0
3
3
15 EE 52D2
State Estimation & Adaptive Control
3
0
0
3
441
POWER SYSTEM DYNAMICS & STABILITY
Course Code : 15 EE 5109 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
POWER SYSTEM STABILITY: Introduction, General basic concept of Power System
Stability, swing equations, power angle equations, natural frequencies of oscillations, single
machine infinite bus system- equal area criterion- classical model of a multi machines systems.
SMALL SIGNAL STABILITY: Small signal stability of a single machine infinite bus system,
Effects of excitation systems, Power system stabilizers SYNCHRONOUS MACHINE
MODELING: Modeling of Synchronous Machine, Park’s Transformation, Analysis of Steady
State Performance, P. U. Quantities, Equivalent Circuit of Synchronous Machine, Vector
diagrams in steady state and transient state, power angles curves of a salient pole machine
EXCITATION SYSTEMS: Typical Excitations configurations and excitation (Automatic)
Voltage regulators, Effect of excitation on (a) Power limits, (b) Transient stability, (c) Dynamic
stability, VOLTAGE STABILITY: Basic Concepts Related to Voltage Stability – Voltage
Collapse – Voltage Stability Analysis – Prevention of Voltage Collapse.
Text Books:
1. Prabha Kundur, “Power System Stability and Control”,TATA McGRAW – HILL,
(2006).
2. P. M. Anderson & A.A. Fouad , “Power System Control and Stability”,2
nd
Edition, Wiley
IEEE press,(2002).
Reference Books:
1. K.R.Padiyar, “Power System Dynamics Stability & Control”,2nd Edition, B.S.
Publication,(2002).
2. Kimbark, “Power System Stability”,Vol- I, II & III – (1968), Dover Publication Inc,
Newyork,(1968).
ADVANCED POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS
Course Code : 15 EE 5110 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
Network Modeling-Single phase and three phase modeling of alternators, transformers and
transmission lines, Conditioning of Y Matrix- Incidence matrix method, Method of successive
elimination, Triangular factorization. Load flow analysis- Newton Raphson method, Fast
decoupled method, AC-DC load flow-Single and three phase methods-Sequential solution
techniques and extension to multiple and multi-terminal DC systems. Fault studies-Analysis of
balanced and unbalanced three phase faults-fault calculations-Short circuit faults-open circuit
442
faults. System optimization- strategy for two generator systems-generalized strategies-effect of
transmission losses-Sensitivity of the objective function-Formulation of optimal power flow-
solution by Gradient method-Newton’s method.
Text Books:
1. D. P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath, “Modern Power System Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill-
Education, New Delhi, (2003).
2. Arrillaga, J and Arnold, C. P., “Computer analysis and power systems” John Wiley and
Sons, New York, (1997)
Reference Books:
1. Grainger, J. J. and Stevenson, W. D. “Power System Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, (2003).
2. Hadi Saadat, “Power System Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, (2002).
3. Pai, M. A., “Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, (2006).
4. P. Venkatesh,B V Manikandan,S Charles Raja and A Srinivasa Rao, “Electric Power
System Analysis, Security & Deregulation”, PHI, (2012).
REAL TIME CONTROL OF POWER SYSTEMS
Course Code : 15 EE 5211 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
Unit Commitment Problem-Introductions to UCP, Economic Dispatch- characteristics of thermal,
nuclear and hydro-generator units, Economic dispatch problem- The Lambda iteration method,
first order gradient method, base point and participation factors, Load frequency control- single
area control, block diagram representation, steady state analysis, dynamic response, AGC multi area
system, static and dynamic response, Load frequency control of 2-area system, Computer control
of power systems- Energy Control Centre, various levels, SCADA system, data acquisition and
controls, EMS system, expert system applications for power system operation, Security control-
Security analysis and monitoring, generator and line outages by linear sensitivity factors, State
estimation- Power system state estimation, Weighted least square state estimation, state estimation
of AC network, Treatment of bad data – network observability and pseudo measurements.
Text Books:
1. Allen J. Wood and Bruce F. Wollenberg “Power Generation, Operation & Control” 2
nd
edition, John Wiley and Sons, (1996).
2. I.J. Nagarath & D. P. Kothari , “Modern power system analysis” 3
rd
Edition, TMH, New
Delhi, (20030.
443
Reference Books:
1. Elgard , “Electric Energy Systems Theory – An Introduction” TMH, (1983).
2. Abhijit Chakrabarti & Sunita Halder “ Power System Analysis operation and Control “ 1
st
edition, PHI, (2006).
3. Mahalanabis A.K., Kothari D.P. and Ahson S.I., “Computer aided power system analysis and
control”, 4
th
Edition, TMH, 2011.
4. J.J.Grainger, W.D.Stevenson JR, “Power system analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill N.D. (2007).
5. A. Handschin and E. Petroiaenu,” Energy Management Systems, Operations and Control of
Electric Energy Transmission Systems”, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, (1991).
EHVAC & HVDC TRANSMISSION
Course Code : 15 EE 5212 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Need of EHV transmission, Limitations, EHV transmission, Comparison of EHV-
AC & HVDC transmission, Interconnected Network and Role of Interconnecting Transmission
Lines. EHV-AC Transmission: Parameters of EHV line, over-voltages due to switching, Ferro
resonance, line insulator and clearance, corona, long distance transmission with series & shunt
compensations, principle of half wave transmission, flexible AC transmission. HVDC
Transmission: Types of DC links, terminal equipments & their operations, HVDC system
control, reactive power control, harmonics, multi terminal DC (MTDC) system, AC/DC system
analysis, protection of terminal equipments. Insulation Requirement of EHV-AC and HVDC:
Classification, Insulation design aspect, Difference between Insulation Coordination-EHV-AC
and HVDC, Insulation Coordination, Surge arrester protection in HVDC and EHV-AC
Substation, Clearance for HVDC and EHV-AC. Towers for (EHV-AC and HVDC): Types and
configuration of self supporting and flexible towers, Foundation of towers, mechanical design of
towers, Tower design based on switching surges and lightning strokes.
Text Books:
1. K. R. Padiyar, “HVDC Power Transmission System”, Wiley Eastern Limited, (1990).
2. S. Rao, “EHV-AC, HVDC Transmission and Distribution Engineering”, Khanna
Publishers,(2001).
Reference Books:
1. Rakesh Das Begmudre, “Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering”, Wiley
Eastern Limited, New Delhi, (1987).
2. E.W.Kimbark, “EHV-AC and HVDC Transmission Engineering &Practice”, Khanna
Publishers.
444
POWER SYSTEM DIGITAL PROTECTION
Course Code : 15 EE 5213 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Credits : 4
Syllabus:
General philosophy of protection – Characteristic functions of protective relays – basic relay
elements and relay terminology – Classification of Relays – Construction and operation of
Electro magnetic relays – A review of conventional protection schemes for Transmission lines
and station apparatus, CT, PT, summation transformer, phase-sequence current segregating
network. Protection of Power System Equipment - Generator, Transformer, Generator-
Transformer Units, Transmission Systems, Bus-bars, Motors. Pilot wire and Carrier Current
Schemes: Use of optical fibers for protection schemes. System grounding –ground faults and
protection; Load shedding and frequency relaying; Out of step relaying; Re-closing and
synchronizing. Static Relays: Advantages of static relays, working principles of static
impedance, static reactance using phase comparator, static distance, static over current, static
differential relay using amplitude comparator, use of sampling comparator. Microprocessor
based protection relays – Working principles of P based over current, impedance, reactance
directional, reactance (distance) & mho relays – digital relaying algorithms, various transform
techniques employed like discrete Fourier, Walsh-Hadamard, Haar, microprocessor
implementation of digital distance relaying algorithms – protection of lines against lightning &
traveling waves.
Text Books:
1. T.S. Madhava Rao, “Power System Protection: Static Relays With Microprocessor
Applications”, 2
nd
edition,Tata McGraw-Hill, (19920.
2. Badri Ram & DN Viswakarma, “Power System Protection & Switch Gear”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi (1995)
Reference Books:
1. A.R. Van C. Washington, “Protective Relays Their Theory & Practice”, Vol.I & II, John
Wiley & Sons.
2. Singh L.P , “Digital Protection, Protective Relaying from Electromechanical to
Microprocessor”, John Wiley & Sons, (1994).
3. D. Robertson, “Power System Protection – Reference Manual”, Oriel Press, London,
(1982).
4. C.R. Mason, “The art and science of protective relaying”, John Wiley & sons, Wiley
Eastern Ltd.,(1979).
5. Sunil S.Rao ,“Switchgear & Protection” ,10th edition, Khanna Publishers, (2006).
6. J.L. Blackburn, “Protective Relaying: Principles and Applications”, Marcel Dekker, New
York, (19870.
7. Ravindar P. Singh, “Digital Power System Protection”, PHI, NewDelhi, (2007).
445
REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION AND MANAGEMENT
Course Code : 15 EE 51E1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
LOAD COMPENSATION: Objectives and specifications – reactive power characteristics –
inductive and capacitive approximate biasing – Load compensator as a voltage regulator – phase
balancing and power factor correction of unsymmetrical loads- example.: Steady – state reactive
power compensation in transmission system: Uncompensated line – types of compensation –
Passive shunt and series and dynamic shunt compensation – examples. TRANSIENT STATE
REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION IN TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS: Characteristic
time periods – passive shunt compensation – static compensations- series capacitor
compensation –compensation using synchronous condensers –: Reactive power coordination:
Objective – Mathematical modeling – Operation planning – transmission benefits – Basic
concepts of quality of power supply – disturbances- steady –state variations – effects of under
voltages – frequency – Harmonics, radio frequency and electromagnetic interferences.
DEMAND SIDE MANAGEMENT: Load patterns – basic methods load shaping – power
tariffs- KVAR based tariffs penalties for voltage flickers and Harmonic voltage levels:
Distribution side Reactive power Management: System losses –loss reduction methods –
examples – Reactive power planning – objectives – Economics Planning capacitor placement –
retrofitting of capacitor banks . USER SIDE REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT: KVAR
requirements for domestic appliances – Purpose of using capacitors – selection of capacitors –
deciding factors – types of available capacitor, characteristics and Limitations. REACTIVE
POWER MANAGEMENT IN ELECTRIC TRACTION SYSTEMS AND ARC
FURNACES: Typical layout of traction systems – reactive power control requirements –
distribution transformers- Electric arc furnaces – basic operations- furnaces transformer –filter
requirements – remedial measures –power factor of an arc furnace
Text Books:
1. T.J.E.Miller, “Reactive power control in Electric power systems”, John Wiley and sons,
(1982).
2. D. M. Tagare, “Reactive power Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, (2004).
Reference Books:
1. Hong Chen, “Practices of reactive power management and compensation”, PJM
Interconnection, Norristown, PA;
2. T E Miller, “Reactive Power Control in Power Systems”, John Wiley, (1982).
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PLANNING & AUTOMATION
Course Code : 15 EE 51E2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Distribution system planning and load characteristics: Planning and forecasting techniques,
present and future role of computer, load characteristics, load forecasting, regression analysis,
446
correlation theory and time series analysis, load management. Distribution transformers:
Types, Regulation and Efficiency, KW-KVA-Method of determining regulation. Design of sub
transmission lines and distribution substation: Introduction, sub transmission systems,
distribution substation, substation bus schemes, description and comparison of switching
schemes, substation location and rating, application of network flow techniques in rural
distribution networks to determine optimum location of substation. Voltage Drop and Power
Loss Calculations: DC 2 wire system, DC 3 wire system, AC single phase distribution system,
% VD calculations, power loss estimation in distributed systems. Design considerations on
primary systems: Introduction, types of feeders, voltage levels, radial type feeders, feeders with
uniformly distributed load and non-uniformly distributed loads. Design considerations of
secondary systems: Introduction, secondary voltage levels, secondary banking existing systems
improvement. Capacitors in distribution systems and distribution system protection: Effects
of series and shunt capacitors, justification of capacitors, procedure to determine optimum
capacitor size and location, basic definition and types of over current protection device, objective
of distribution system protection, coordination of protective devices. Distribution system
automation: Reforms in power sector, methods of improvement, reconfiguration, reinforcement,
automation, communication systems, sensors, automation systems architecture, software and
open architecture, SCADA requirement, GIS based mapping of distribution network, integrated
substation, metering systems, revenue improvement, issuing multiyear tariff and availability
based tariff.
Text Books:
1. Turan Gonen , “Electrical Power Distribution Engineering” ,McGraw Hill, (1986).
Reference Books:
1. A. S. Pabla, “Electrical Power Distribution” ,5
th
Ed., TMH, (2004).
2. V Kamaraju, “Electrical Power Distribution” TMH,(2009).
POWER SYSTEM RELIABILITY
Course Code : 15 EE 51E3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Network Modelling and Reliability Analysis: Reliability concepts – exponential distributions –
meantime to failure – series and parallel system – MARKOV process – recursive technique -
Bath tub curve - reliability measures MTTF, MTTR, MTBF. Frequency & Duration
Techniques: Frequency and duration concept – Evaluation of frequency of encountering state,
mean cycle time, for one , two component repairable models – evaluation of cumulative
probability and cumulative frequency of encountering of merged states. Generation System
Reliability Analysis: Reliability model of a generation system– recursive relation for unit
447
addition and removal – load modeling - Merging of generation load model – evaluation of
transition rates for merged state model – cumulative Probability, cumulative frequency of failure
evaluation – LOLP, LOLE. Transmission System Reliability Analysis: Deterministic
contingency analysis-Determination of reliability indices like LOLP and expected value of
demand not served. Distribution System Reliability Analysis: Basic Concepts – Additional
interruption indices - Evaluation of Basic and performance reliability indices of radial networks.
Text Books:
1. R. Billinton, R.N.Allan, “Reliability Evaluation of Power systems” second edition, Springer.
2. Charles E. Ebeling, “An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering”, TATA
Mc Graw - Hill – Edition.
Reference Books:
1. R. Billinton, R.N.Allan, “Reliability Evaluation of Engineering System”, Plenum Press, New
York.
2. Eodrenyi, J., “Reliability modelling in Electric Power System”, John Wiley, (1980)
POWER SYSTEM RESTRUCTURING, DEREGULATION & POWER MARKETS
Course Code : 15 EE 51F1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Key Issues in Electric Utilities Introduction – Restructuring models – Independent System
Operator (ISO) – Power Exchange - Market operations – Market Power – Standard cost –
Transmission Pricing – Congestion Pricing – Management of Inter zonal/Intra zonal Congestion.
Open Access Same-time Information System (OASIS) Structure of OASIS - Posting of
Information – Transfer capability on OASIS. Available Transfer Capability (ATC) Transfer
Capability Issues – ATC – TTC – TRM – CBM Calculations – Calculation of ATC based on
power flow. Electricity Pricing Introduction – Electricity Price Volatility Electricity Price
Indexes – Challenges to Electricity Pricing – Construction of Forward Price Curves – Short-time
Price Forecasting. Power System Operation in Competitive Environment Introduction –
Operational Planning Activities of ISO- The ISO in Pool Markets – The ISO in Bilateral Markets
Operational Planning Activities of a GENCO. Market Power : Introduction - Different types of
market Power – Mitigation of Market Power - Examples. Transmission Congestion
Management :Introduction - Transmission Cost Allocation Methods : Postage Stamp Rate
Method - Contract Path Method - MW-Mile Method – Unused Transmission Capacity Method -
MVA-Mile method – Comparison of cost allocation methods.
Text Books:
1. Loi Lei Lai, “Power System Restructuring and Deregulation”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.,
England,
448
(2001).
2. Kankar Bhattacharya, “Operation of Restructured Power System”, Math H.J. Boller and Jaap
E.Daalder Kulwer Academic Publishers, (2001).
Reference Books:
1.Mohammad Shahidehpour and Muwaffaq alomoush, “Restructured Electrical Power
Systems”, Marcel Dekker, Inc., (2001).
2.P. Venkatesh,B V Manikandan,S Charles Raja and A Srinivasa Rao, “Electric Power System
Analysis, Security & Deregulation”, PHI, (2012).
ENERGY CONSERVATION & AUDIT
Course Code : 15 EE 52G1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ENERGY AUDIT:Energy audit- definitions, concept, types of
audit, energy index, cost index, pie-charts, Sankey diagrams, load profiles, Energy
conservation schemes- Energy audit of industries- energy saving potential, energy audit of
process industry, thermal power station, building energy audit. ENERGY MANAGEMENT:
Principles of energy management, organizing energy management program, initiating,
planning, controlling, promoting, monitoring, reporting - Energy manger, Qualities and
functions, language, Questionnaire - check list for top management. Demand side management.
ENERGY EFFICIENT MOTORS: Energy efficient motors, factors affecting efficiency,
loss distribution, constructional details, characteristics - variable speed, variable duty cycle
systems, RMS hp- voltage van at ion-voltage unbalance- over motoring- motor energy audit.
POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT, LIGHTING AND ENERGY INSTRUMENTS:
Power factor - methods of improvement, location of capacitors, PF with non linear loads, effect
of harmonics on PF , PF motor controllers - Good lighting system design and practice, lighting
control, lighting energy audit - Energy Instruments- watt meter, data loggers, thermocouples,
pyrometers, lux meters, tongue testers, application of PLC's. ECONOMIC ASPECTS AND
ANALYSIS: Economics Analysis - Depreciation Methods, time value of money, rate of
return, present worth method, replacement analysis, life cycle costing analysis - Energy
efficient measures- calculation of simple payback method, net present worth method - Power
factor correction, lighting - Applications of life cycle costing analysis, return on investment.
Text Books:
1. W.C.Turner, “Energy management hand book”, John wiley and sons Energy
management and good lighting practice: fuel efficiency- book let 12-EEO
2. W.K. Murphy, G- Mckay Butier worth, “Energy management”, Heine mann
publications, (20070.
Reference Books:
1. Paulo Callaghan, “Energy management”, 1
st
edition, Mc-graw Hill Book company,
(1998)
449
2. Giovanni and Petrecca, “Industrial Energy Management: Principles and
Applications”, The Kluwer international series-207 (1999)
3. Howard E.Jordan, “Energy-Efficient Electric Motors and their applications”, Plenum
pub corp; 2
nd
ed. (1994)
AI TECHNIQUES IN POWER SYSTEMS
Course Code : 15 EE 52H1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Credits : 3
Syllabus:
Artificial neural networks- introduction- neural network models- architectures – knowledge
representation– learning process – learning tasks- ann paradigms- back propagation, rbf
algorithms- hop field network. Fuzzy logic- introduction – fuzzy sets - membership function –
fuzzy logic – fuzzy inference- defuzzification methods. Genetic Algorithms - introduction-
encoding – fitness function-reproduction operators-genetic modeling –genetic operators-cross
over and mutation- generational cycle-convergence of genetic algorithm. Applications of AI
Techniques- load forecasting – load flow studies – economic load dispatch – load frequency
control –reactive power control – speed control of dc and ac motors.
Text Books:
1. S.Rajasekaran and G.A.V.Pai , “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic & Genetic Algorithms”,
PHI, New Delhi, (2003).
2. S.N.Sivanandam & S.N.Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, 1
st
Indian Edition ,Wiley
India (P) Ltd., (2008)
Reference Books:
1. D.E Goldberg,” Genetic Algorithms”, Addison – Wisley,(1999).
2. J.S.R. Jang, C.T. Sun, E. Mizutani “Neuro Fuzzy and Soft Computing”, PHI/Pearson
education, New Delhi, (2004).
3. Bast Kosko, “Neural networks & Fuzzy systems: dynamical system approach to machine
intelligence”, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India (2003).
450
M.TECH - MECHATRONICS
First Year (First Semester):
S.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 ME 5101
Fundamentals of Mechatronics
3
2
0
4
4
2
15 ME 5102
Advanced Engineering Mathematics
3
2
0
4
4
3
15 ME 5103
Sensors and Actuators
3
2
0
4
4
4
15 ME 5104
Modeling and Simulation of
Mechatronic Systems
3
0
2
4
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
4
2
Total
18
4
8
30
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 EM 5205
Robotics: Advanced Concepts and
Analysis
3
2
0
4
4
2
15 EM 5206
Control of Mechatronic Systems
3
2
0
4
4
3
15 EM 5207
Mechatronics Product Design
3
2
0
4
4
4
15 EM 5208
Precision Engineering
3
2
0
4
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
4
2
Total
18
4
8
30
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
451
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 ME 51A1
Signal Processing in Mechatronic Systems
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 51A2
MEMS and NEMS
3
0
0
3
3
15 ME 51A3
Vehicle Dynamics and Multi-body Systems
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 ME 51B1
Emerging Smart Materials for Mechatronics
Applications
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 51B2
Intelligent Visual Surveillance
3
0
0
3
3
15 ME 51B3
Microprocessors and Embedded Systems
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 ME 52C1
Computational Fluid Dynamics
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 52C2
Nonlinear Optimization
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 ME 52D1
Industrial Automation
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 52D2
Fuzzy Sets and Artificial Intelligence
3
0
0
3
452
FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHATRONICS
Course Code :15 ME 5101 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Module I: Introduction: Definition of Mechatronics, Mechatronics in manufacturing, Products,
and design. Comparison between Traditional and Mechatronics approach.
Module II: Review of fundamentals of electronics. Data conversion devices, sensors,
microsensors, transducers, signal processing devices, relays, contactors and timers.
Microprocessors controllers and PLCs.
Module III: Drives: stepper motors, servo drives. Ball screws, linear motion bearings, cams,
systems controlled by camshafts, electronic cams, indexing mechanisms, tool magazines, transfer
systems.
Module IV: Hydraulic systems: flow, pressure and direction control valves, actuators, and
supporting elements, hydraulic power packs, pumps. Design of hydraulic circuits. Pneumatics:
production, distribution and conditioning of compressed air, system components and graphic
representations, design of systems. Description
Module V: Description of PID controllers. CNC machines and part programming. Industrial
Robotics.
Texts:
o HMT ltd. Mechatronics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1988.
o G.W. Kurtz, J.K. Schueller, P.W. Claar . II, Machine design for mobile and
industrial applications, SAE, 1994.
o T.O. Boucher, Computer automation in manufacturing - an Introduction,
Chappman and Hall, 1996.
o R. Iserman, Mechatronic Systems: Fundamentals, Springer, 1st Edition, 2005
o Musa Jouaneh, Fundamentals of Mechatronics, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning,
2012.
453
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Course Code :15 ME 5102 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Linear Algebra: Matrix algebra; basis, dimension and fundamental subspaces; solvability of Ax
= b by direct Methods; orthogonality and QR transformation; eigenvalues and eigenvectors,
similarity transformation, singular value decomposition, Fourier series, Fourier Transformation,
FFT.
Vector Algebra & Calculus: Basic vector algebra; curves; grad, div, curl; line, surface and
volume integral, Green’s theorem, Stokes’s theorem, Gauss-divergence theorem.
Differential Equations: ODE: homogeneous and non-homogeneous equations, Wronskian,
Laplace transform, series solutions, Frobenius method, Sturm-Liouville problems, Bessel and
Legendre equations, integral transformations; PDE: separation of variables and solution by
Fourier Series and Transformations, PDE with variable coefficient.
Numerical Technique: Numerical integration and differentiation; Methods for solution of
Initial Value Problems, finite difference methods for ODE and PDE; iterative methods: Jacobi,
Gauss-Siedel, and successive over-relaxation.
Complex Number Theory: Analytic function; Cauchy’s integral theorem; residue integral
method, conformal mapping.
Statistical Methods: Descriptive statistics and data analysis, correlation and regression,
probability distribution, analysis of variance, testing of hypothesis.
Text Books:
o H. Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley, (2006).
o Gilbert Strang, “Linear Algebra and Its Applications”, 4th edition, Thomson
Brooks/Cole, India (2006).
o J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, “Complex Variables and Applications”,
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., New York (2004).
o J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, “Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems”,
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., New York (2009).
o G. F. Simmons, “Differential Equations with Applications and Historical Notes”,
Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, India (2003).
o S. L. Ross, “Differential Equations” 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., India
(2004).
o K. S. Rao, “Introduction to Partial Differential Equations”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
(2005).
o R. Courant and F. John, “Introduction to Calculus and Analysis, Volume I and II”,
Springer-Verlag, New York, Inc. (1989).
o K. Atkinson and W. Han, “Elementary Numerical Analysis” 3rd edition, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., India (2004).
o R. A. Johnson and G. K. Bhattacharya, “Statistics, Principles and Methods”,
Wiley (2008).
454
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
Course Code :15 ME 5103 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Brief overview of measurement systems, classification, characteristics and calibration of
different sensors. Measurement of displacement, position, motion, force, torque, strain gauge,
pressure flow, temperature sensor sensors, smart sensor. Optical encoder, tactile and proximity,
ultrasonic transducers, opto-electrical sensor, gyroscope. Principles and structures of modern
micro sensors, micro-fabrication technologies: bulk micromachining, surface micromachining,
LIGA, assembly and packaging.
Pneumatic and hydraulic systems: actuators, definition, example, types, selection. Pneumatic
actuator. Electro-pneumatic actuator. Hydraulic actuator, control valves, valve sizing valve
selection. Electrical actuating systems: solid-state switches, solenoids, voice coil; electric
motors; DC motors, AC motors, single phase motor; 3-phase motor; induction motor;
synchronous motor; stepper motors. Piezoelectric actuator: characterization, operation, and
fabrication; shape memory alloys.
Text Books
John G. Webster, Editor-in-chief, “Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors
Handbook”, CRC Press (1999).
Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of modern Sensors”, AIP Press, Woodbury (1997).
Nadim Maluf, “An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering”,
Artech House Publishers, Boston (2000).
Marc Madou, “Fundamentals of Microfabrication”, CRC Press, Boca Raton (1997).
Gregory Kovacs, “Micromachined Transducers Sourcebook”, McGraw-Hill, New York
(1998).
E. O. Deobelin and D. Manik, “Measurement Systems – Application and Design”, Tata
McGraw-Hill (2004).
D. Patranabis, “Principles of Industrial Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw-Hill, eleventh
reprint (2004).
B. G. Liptak, “Instrument Engineers’ Handbook: Process Measurement and Analysis”,
CRC (2003).
455
MODELING AND SIMULATION OF MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 ME 5104 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Physical Modelling: Mechanical and electrical systems, physical laws, continuity equations,
compatibility equations, system engineering concept, system modelling with structured analysis,
modelling paradigms for mechatronic system, block diagrams, mathematical models, systems of
differential-algebraic equations, response analysis of electrical systems, thermal systems, fluid
systems, mechanical rotational system, electrical-mechanical coupling.
Simulation Techniques: Solution of model equations and their interpretation, zeroth, first and
second order system, solution of 2nd order electro-mechanical equation by finite element
method, transfer function and frequency response, non-parametric methods, transient,
correlation, frequency, Fourier and spectra analysis, design of identification experiments, choice
of model structure, scaling, numeric methods, validation, methods of lumped element simulation,
modelling of sensors and actuators, hardware in the loop simulation (HIL), rapid controller
prototyping, coupling of simulation tools, simulation of systems in software (MATLAB,
LabVIEW) environment.
Modelling and Simulation of Practical Problems:
o Pure mechanical models
o Models for electromagnetic actuators including the electrical drivers
o Models for DC-engines with different closed loop controllers using operational
amplifiers
o Models for transistor amplifiers
o Models for vehicle system
Text Books:
o L. Ljung, T. Glad, “Modeling of Dynamical Systems”, Prentice Hall Inc. (1994).
o D.C. Karnopp, D.L. Margolis and R.C. Rosenberg, “System Dynamics: A Unified
Approach”, 2nd Edition, Wiley-Interscience (1990).
o G. Gordon, “System Simulation”, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning (2009).
o V. Giurgiutiu and S. E. Lyshevski, “Micromechatronics, Modeling, Analysis, and
Design with MATLAB”, 2nd Edition, CRC Press (2009).
456
SIGNAL PROCESSING IN MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 ME 51A1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Discrete- Time Signals: Sequences; representation of signals on orthogonal basis; Sampling and
Reconstruction of signals
Discrete systems: Z-Transform, Analysis of LSI systems, Frequency Analysis, Inverse Systems,
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), Fast Fourier Transform algorithm, Implementation of
Discrete Time Systems.
Frequency selective filters: Ideal filter characteristics, lowpass, highpass, bandpass and
bandstop filters, Paley-Wiener criterion, digital resonators, notch filters, comb filters, all-pass
filters, inverse systems, minimum phase, maximum phase and mixed phase systems.
Design of FIR and IIR filters: Design of FIR filters using windows, frequency sampling,
Design of IIR filters using impulse invariance, bilinear transformation and frequency
transformations, Butterworth, Chebyshev Filters.
Introduction to multi-rate signal processing: Decimation, interpolation, polyphase
decomposition; digital filter banks: Nyquist filters, two channel quadrature mirror filter bank and
perfect reconstruction filter banks, subband coding.
Introduction to DSP Processors: Introduction to various Texas processors such as
TMS320C6713, TMS320C6416, DM6437 Digital Video Development Platform with Camera,
DevKit8000 OMAP3530 Evaluation Kit.
Applications: Application of DSP to Speech and Radar signal processing,
A few case studies of DSP applications in multimedia using TI DSP kits.
Text books:
o S. K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A computer-Based Approach, 3/e, TMcHl,
2006.
o A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Shafer, Discrete-Time Signal Processing, Prentice
Hall India, 2/e, 2004.
o J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles,
Algorithms and Applications, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2007.
References:
o V.K. Ingle and J.G. Proakis, “Digital signal processing with MATLAB”,
Cengage, 2008.
o T. Bose, Digital Signal and Image Processing, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
Singapore,04.
o L. R. Rabiner and B. Gold, Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing,
PH, 2005.
o A. Antoniou, Digital Filters: Analysis, Design and Applications, Tata McH, 2003.
457
MEMS AND NEMS
Course Code :15 ME 51A2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Micro and nano mechanics – principles, methods and strain analysis, an introduction to
microsensors and MEMS, Evolution of Microsensors & MEMS, Microsensors & MEMS
applications, Microelectronic technologies for MEMS, Micromachining Technology – Surface
and Bulk Micromachining, Micromachined Microsensors, Mechanical, Inertial, Biological,
Chemical,Acoustic, Microsystems Technology, Integrated Smart Sensors and MEMS, Interface
Electronics for MEMS, MEMS Simulators, MEMS for RF Applications, Bonding & Packaging
of MEMS, Conclusions & Future Trends.
Nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS) – a journey from MEMS to NEMS, MEMS vs.
NEMS, MEMS based nanotechnology – fabrication, film formation and micromachining, NEMS
physics – manifestation of charge discreteness, quantum electrodynamical (QED) forces,
quantum entanglement and teleportation, quantum interference, quantum resonant tunneling and
quantum transport, Wave phenomena in periodic and aperiodic media – electronic and photonic
band gap crystals and their applications, NEMS architecture, Surface Plasmon effects and NEMS
fabrication for nanophotonics and nanoelectronics, Surface Plasmon detection – NSOM/SNOM
TEXT BOOKS
o Electromechanical Sensors and Actuators, Ilene J. Busch‐Vishniac, Springer,
2008.
o Introduction to Microelectronics Fabrication, Vol. V, G. W. Neudeck and R. F.
Pierret (eds.), Addison – Wesley, 1988.
o Introduction to Microelectromechanical Microwave Systems, H. J. De Loss
Santos, 2nd edition, Norwood, MA: Artech, 2004.
o Microsystems Design, S. D. Senturia, Kluwer – Academic Publishers, Boston
MA, 2001.
o Principles and Applications of Nano-MEMS Physics, H. J. Delos Santos,
Springer, 2008.
o Materials and Process Integration for MEMS Microsystems, Vol. 9, Francis E. H.
Tay, Springer, 2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS
o Quantum Mechanical Tunneling and its Applications, D. K. Roy, World
Scientific, Singapore, 1986
o Encyclopedia of Nanoscience and Technology, Vol. 5, H. S. Nalwa (ed.),
American scientific Publishers, 2004
o Carbon Nanotubes and Related Structures, P. J. F. Harris, Cambridge University
Press, UK, 1986.
o Carbon Nanoforms and Applications, M Sharon and M. Sharon, Mc Graw Hill,
2010
o VLSI Technology, S. M. Sze (eds.), Mc-Graw Hill, NY, 1983
o Quantum Phenomena, S. Datta, Addison – Wesley, 1989.
458
VEHICLE DYNAMICS AND MULTI-BODY SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 ME 51A3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to vehicle dynamics: Vehicle coordinate systems; loads on axles of a parked car
and an accelerating car. Acceleration performance: Power-limited acceleration, traction-limited
acceleration.
Tire models: Tire construction and terminology; mechanics of force generation; rolling
resistance; tractive effort and longitudinal slip; cornering properties of tire; slip angle; camber
thrust; aligning moments.
Aerodynamic effects on a vehicle: Mechanics of airflow around the vehicle, pressure
distribution, aerodynamic forces; pitching, rolling and yawing moments; crosswind sensitivity.
Braking performance: Basic equations for braking for a vehicle with constant deceleration and
deceleration with wind-resistance; braking forces: rolling resistance, aerodynamic drag, driveline
drag, grade, tire-road friction; brakes, anti-lock braking system, traction control, braking
efficiency.
Steering systems and cornering: Geometry of steering linkage, steering geometry error;
steering system models, neutral steer, under-steer, over-steer, steering ratio, effect of under-steer;
steering system force and moments, low speed and high speed cornering; directional stability of
the vehicle; influence of front-wheel drive.
Suspension and ride: Suspension types—solid axle suspensions, independent suspensions;
suspension geometry; roll centre analysis; active suspension systems; excitation sources for
vehicle rider; vehicle response properties, suspension stiffness and damping, suspension
isolation, active control, suspension non-linearity, bounce and pitch motion.
Roll-over: Quasi-static roll-over of rigid vehicle and suspended vehicle; transient roll-over, yaw-
roll model, tripping.
Multi-body systems: Review of Newtonian mechanics for rigid bodies and system of rigid
bodies; coordinate transformation between two set of axes in relative motion between one
another; Euler angles; angular velocity, angular acceleration, angular momentum etc. in terms of
Euler angle parameters; Newton-Euler equations of motion; elementary Lagrangian mechanics:
generalised coordinates and constraints; principle of virtual work; Hamilton’s principle;
Lagrange’s equation, generalized forces. Lagrange’s equation with constraints, Lagrange’s
multiplier.
459
Text Books
o T.D. Gillespie, “Fundamental of Vehicle Dynamics”, SAE Press (1995)
.
o J.Y. Wong, “Theory of Ground Vehicles”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons
(2008).
o Reza N. Jazar, “Vehicle Dynamics: Theory and Application”, 1st Edition, 3rd
Printing, Springer (2008).
o R. Rajamani, “Vehicle Dynamics and Control”, Springer (2006).
o A.A. Shabanna, “Dynamics of Multibody Systems”, 3rd Edition, Cambridge
University Press (2005).
Reference Books
o G. Genta, “Motor Vehicle Dynamics”, World Scientific Pub. Co. Inc. (1997).
o H.B. Pacejka, “Tyre and Vehicle Dynamics”, SAE International and Elsevier
(2005).
o Dean Karnopp, “Vehicle Stability”, Marcel Dekker (2004).
o U. Kiencke and L. Nielsen, “Automotive Control System”, Springer-Verlag,
Berlin.
o M. Abe and W. Manning, “Vehicle Handling Dynamics: Theory and
Application”, 1st Edition, Elsevier (2009).
o L. Meirovitch, “Methods of Analytical Dynamics”, Courier Dover (1970).
o H. Baruh, “Analytical Dynamics”, WCB/McGraw-Hill (1999).
460
EMERGING SMART MATERIALS FOR MECHATRONICS APPLICATIONS
Course Code :15 ME 51B1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction: Smart materials and their application for sensing and actuation, Mechatronics
aspects.
Piezoelectric materials: Piezoelectricity and piezoelectric materials, Constitutive equations of
piezoelectric materials, Piezoelectric actuator types, Control of piezoelectric actuators,
Applications of piezoelectric actuators for precise positioning and scanning.
Shape memory alloys (SMA): Properties of shape memory alloys, Shape memory effects,
Pseudo-elasticity in SMA, Design of shape memory actuator, selection of materials, Smart
actuation and control, Applications of SMA in precision equipments for automobiles, trains and
medical devices.
Electro-active polymers (EAPs): Ionic polymer metal composites (IPMC), Conductive
polymers, Carbon nanotubes, Dielectric elastomers, Design & control issues for EAP actuators,
Applications of EAP for biomemetic, tactile display and medical devices.
Magnetostrictive materials: Basics of magnetic properties of materials, magnetostriction:
constitutive equations, types of magnetostrictive materials, Design & control of magnetostrictive
actuators, Applications of magnetostrictive materials for active vibration control.
Summary, conclusion and future outlook: Comparative analysis of different smart materials
based actuators, Conclusions, Future research trend and applications trends of smart materials
and smart materials based actuator technology.
Text books:
o Jose L. Pons, Emerging Actuator Technologies, a Micromechatronics Approach,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2005. .
o Ralph Smith, Smart Material Systems: Model Development, SIAM, Society for
Industrial and Applied Mathematics, 2005. .
o F. Carpi, D. De Rossi, R. Kornbluh, R. Pelrine, P. Sommer-Larsen, Dielectric
Elastomers as Electromechanical Transducers, Elsevier, Hungry, 2008. .
o Y. B. Cohen, Electroactive Polymer (EAP) Actuators as Artificial Muscles
Reality, Potential and Challenges, SPIE press, USA, 2004.
461
INTELLIGENT VISUAL SURVEILLANCE
Course Code :15 ME 51B2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basics of Image Processing: Introduction to Image Processing methods, Image Transforms,
Wavelet Transform, JPEG Image Compression, Image Formats, Color Spaces- RGB, CMY, HSI.
Video Compression Standards: H. 261, H. 263, H.264, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MPEG-
7, and MPEG-21, Video shot boundary detection, motion modeling and segmentation
techniques.
Object Detection and Classification- Shape based object classification, motion based object
classification, Silhouette-Based Method for Object Classification, Viola Jones object detection
framework, Multiclass classifier boosting.
Multi-Object Tracking- Classification of multiple interacting objects from video, Region-based
Tracking, Contour-based Tracking, Feature-based Tracking, Model-based Tracking, Hybrid
Tracking, Particle filter based object tracking, Mean Shift based tracking, Tracking of multiple
interacting objects.
Human Activity Recognition- Template based activity recognition, Sequential recognition
approaches using state models (Hidden Markov Models), Human Recognition Using Gait, HMM
Framework for Gait Recognition, Description based approaches, Human interactions, group
activities, Applications and challenges.
Camera Network Calibration - Types of CCTV (closed circuit television) camera- PTZ (pan-
tilt zoom) camera, IR (Infrared) camera, IP (Internet Protocal) camera, wireless security camera,
Multiple view geometry, camera network calibration, PTZ camera calibration, camera
placement, smart imagers and smart cameras.
Text Books
o Murat A. Tekalp, “Digital Video Processing”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
o Y. Ma and G. Qian (Ed.), “Intelligent Video Surveillance: Systems and
Technology”, CRC Press, 2009.
462
MICROPROCESSORS AND IMBEDED SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 ME 51B3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to Embedded Systems and microcomputers: Introduction to Embedded
Systems, Embedded System Applications, Block diagram of embedded systems, Trends in
Embedded Industry, Basic Embedded system Models, Embedded System development cycle,
Challenges for Embedded system Design, Evolution of computing systems and applications.
Basic Computer architecture: Von-Neumann and Harvard Architecture. Basics on Computer
organizations. Computing performance, Throughput and Latency, Basic high performance CPU
architectures, Microcomputer applications to Embedded systems and Mechatronics.
Microprocessor: 8086 Microprocessor and its Internal Architecture, Pin Configuration and their
functions, Mode of Operation, Introduction to I/O and Memory, Timing Diagrams, Introduction
to Interrupts.
Microprocessor Programming: Introduction to assembly language, Instruction format,
Assembly language programming format, Addressing mode, Instruction Sets, Programming 8086
microprocessor.
Microprocessor Interfacing: Introduction to interfacing, Memory Interfacing, Programmable
Peripheral Interfacing, Programmable I/O, Programmable Interrupt Controller, Programmable
Timers, Programmable DMA Controller, Programmable Key board Controller, Data acquisition
Interfacing: ADC, DAC, Serial and parallel data Communication interfacing.
Microcontroller: Introduction to Microcontroller and its families, Criteria for Choosing
Microcontroller. Microcontroller Architecture, Programming model, Addressing modes,
Instruction sets, Assembly and C programming for Microcontroller, I/O programming using
assembly and C language, Interrupt Controller, I/O interfacing, Timers, Real Time Clock, Serial
and parallel Communication protocols, SPI Controllers. LCD Controller.
Microcontroller Interfacing: Introduction to Microcontroller Interfacing and applications: case
studies: Display Devices, controllers and Drivers for DC, Servo and Stepper Motor.
Introduction to Advanced Embedded Processor and Software: ARM Processor, Unified
Model Language (UML), Embedded OS, Real Time Operating System (RTOS), Embedded C.
Microprocessor and Embedded system Laboratories: Basic assembly language programming
implementation on Microprocessor and Microcontroller. Interfacing Displays, Key boards and
sensors with Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, Data Acquisition using Microprocessor and
463
Microcontroller, Implementation of Controlling schemes for DC, Servo, Stepper motor using
assembly and C programming in microprocessors and Microcontrollers.
Books:
o Introduction to Embedded Systems: Shibu K V, McGRAW Hill Publications.
o Embedded Systems: Raj Kamal, TATA McGRAW Hill Publications.
o Computer System Architecture: M. Morris Mano.
o 8086 Microprocessors and Interfacings: D. Hall, TATA McGRAW Hill .
o The Intel Microprocessors: B. Brey, Prentice Hall Publications.
o PIC Microcontrollers and Embedded Systems: M. A. Mazidi, R.D. Mckinlay and
D. Casey, Pearson Publications.
o Programming and Customizing the PIC Microcontroller: M. Predko, McGRAW
Hill Publications.
o Embedded C Programming and Microchip PIC: R. Barnett, L. O’Cull and S. Cox
464
ROBOTICS : ADVANCED CONCEPTS AND ANALYSIS
Course Code :15 ME 5205 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to robotics: brief history, types, classification and usage and the science and
technology of robots.
Kinematics of robot: direct and inverse kinematics problems and workspace, inverse kinematics
solution for the general 6R manipulator, redundant and over-constrained manipulators.
Velocity and static analysis of manipulators: Linear and angular velocity, Jacobian of
manipulators, singularity, static analysis.
Dynamics of manipulators: formulation of equations of motion, recursive dynamics, and
generation of symbolic equations of motion by a computer simulations of robots using software
and commercially available packages.
Planning and control: Trajectory planning, position control, force control, hybrid control
Industrial and medical robotics: application in manufacturing processes, e.g. casting, welding,
painting, machining, heat treatment and nuclear power stations, etc; medical robots: image
guided surgical robots, radiotherapy, cancer treatment, etc;
Advanced topics in robotics: Modelling and control of flexible manipulators, wheeled mobile
robots, bipeds, etc. Future of robotics.
Reference Books
o M. P. Groover, M. Weiss, R. N. Nagel and N. G. Odrey, “Industrial Robotics-
Technology, Programming and Applications”, McGraw-Hill Book and Company
(1986).
o S. K. Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Ltd. (2008).
o S. B. Niku, “Introduction to Robotics–Analysis Systems, Applications”, Pearson
Education (2001).
o . A. Ghosal, Robotics: “Fundamental Concepts and Analysis”, Oxford University
Press (2008).
o Pires, “Industrial Robot Programming–Building Application for the Factories of
the Future”, Springer (2007).
o Peters, “Image Guided Interventions – Technology and Applications”, Springer
(2008).
o K. S. Fu, R. C. Gonzalez and C.S.G. Lee, “ROBOTICS: Control, Sensing, Vision
and Intelligence”, McGraw-Hill (1987).
o J. J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, 2nd edition,
Addison-Wesley (1989).
465
CONTROL OF MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 ME 5206 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Time response design: Routh-Hurwitz test, relative stability, Root locus design, construction of
root loci, phase lead and phase-lag design, lag-lead design.
Frequency response design: Bode, polar, Nyquist, Nichols plot, lag, lead, lag-lead
compensator, time delay, process plant response curve. PID controller design.
Modern control: Concept of states, state space model, different form, controllability,
observability; pole placement by state feedback, observer design, Lunenburg observer, reduced
order observer, observer based control.
Optimal control design: Solution-time criterion, control-area criterion, performance indices;
zero steady state step error systems; modern control performance index: quadratic performance
index, Ricatti equation.
Digital control: Sampling process, sample and hold, analog to digital converter, use of z-
transform for closed loop transient response, stability analysis using bilinear transform and Jury
method, digital control design using state feedback.
Non-Linear Control System: Common physical non-linear system, phase plane method, system
analysis by phase plane method, stability of non-linear system, stability analysis by describing
function method, Liapunov’s stability criterion, Popov’s stability criterion.
Text Books:
o K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall India (2002).
o Gene F. Franklin, J. D. Powell, A E Naeini, “Feedback Control of Dynamic
Systems”, Pearson (2008).
o John Van De Vegte, “Feedback Control Systems”, Prentice Hall (1993).
o Thomas Kailath, “Linear Systems”, Prentice Hall (1980).
o Alok Sinha, “Linear Systems: Optimal and Robust Control”, Taylor & Francis
(2007).
o Brian D. O. Anderson and John B. Moore, “Optimal Control: Linear Quadratic
Methods”, Dover Publications (2007).
o K. Ogata, “Discrete-Time Control Systems”, PHI Learning (2009).
o H.K. Khalil, “Nonlinear Systems”, Prentice Hall (2001).
466
MECHATRONICS PRODUCT DESIGN
Course Code :15 ME 5207 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Integrated Design issues in Mechatronics, Mechatronics Design process,
Mechatronics Key Elements, Applications in Mechatronics.
Modeling and simulation of physical systems:Electrical systems, Mechanical systems-
translational&rotational systems, fluid systems.
Sensors and Transducers: Introduction, sensor for motion and position measurement, force,
torque and tactile sensors, vibration – Acceleration sensors, sensor for flow measurement,
temperature sensing devices, sensor applications.
Actuating Devices:DC Motors, Stepper motors, fluid power Actuation, fluid power design
elements, piezoelectric Actuators.
System Control – Logic Methods: Number Systems in Mechatronics, Binary Logic, Karnaugh
Map Minimization, Programmable Logic Controllers.
Signal Conditioning and Real Time Interfacing: Elements of a Data Acquisition and Control
System, Transducers and Signal Conditioning, Devices for Data Conversion, Data Conversion
Process.
Case Studies
TEXT BOOKS:
1. DevdasShetty, Richard A.Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design”, PWS Publishing
Company, 1997.
2. Boltan, “Mechatronics-Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical
Engineering”, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd., 1999
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. D.A Bradley, D.Dawson, N.C Burd and A.J.Loader, “Mechatronics” CRC Press, 2010.
467
PRECISION ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 ME 5208 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Concept of Accuracy and Accuracy of NC Systems:
Introduction-General concept of accuracy of machine tool-spindle rotation accuracy-
Displacement accuracy-Influence of Geometric Accuracy of Machine Tools on Work piece
Accuracy-Definition of Accuracy of NC system-Errors due to Numerical Interpolation-Errors
due to displacement measurement system-Periodic errors-Errors due to velocity Lags-Transient
Response.
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing:
Tolerance Zone Conversions – Surfaces, Features, Features of Size, Datum Features – Datum
Oddly Configured and Curved Surfaces as Datum Features, Equalizing Datums –Datum Feature
of Representation – Form Controls, Orientation Controls – Logical Approach to Tolerancing.
Tolerances and Fits:
Sign convention-Tolerance zone-Fits-Basic Hole System of fits-Standards of Limits and Fits-
Expected accuracy of a manufacturing process-Commonly used classification of types of fits-
Tolerances and Fits for bearings-Methods of specifying Fits on splined shafts and holes-Selective
assembly-Gauges for the control of distances between axes.
Surface Roughness and Micro finishing Processes:
Relation among the various indices of surface roughness-Ideal and Final Roughness in
Machining-Influence of machining parameters on surface roughness-Ideal surface roughness in
slab milling-Bearing area curves-Micro finishing processes in the machining of metals.
Methods of Improving accuracy and surface finish:
Concept of precision Machining-Finish Turning, Boring and Grinding-Precision Cylindrical
Grinding-Internal Cylindrical Grinding-Errors in shape of surface grinding
Applications and Future Trends in Nano Technology:
Nano-grating system-Nanolithography, photolithography, electron beam lithography- Machining
of soft metals, diamond turning, mirror grinding of ceramics-Devlopment of intelligent products-
Nano processing of materials for super high density Ics-Nano-mechanical parts and
micromachines.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Precision Engineering in Manufacturing / murthy R. L., / New Age International(P)
2. limited,1996.
3. Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing / James D.Meadows / Marcel Dekker
4. Inc.1995.
5. Norio Taniguchi,- " Nano Technology ", Oxford university,Press,1996.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Precision Engineering- V. C. Venkatesh, & Sudin Izman/ Tata McGraw-Hill
468
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
Course Code :15 ME 52C1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Concept of Computational Fluid Dynamics: Different techniques of solving fluid dynamics
problems, their merits and demerits, governing equations of fluid dynamics and boundary
conditions, classification of partial differential equations and their physical behavior, Navier-
Stokes equations for Newtonian fluid flow, computational fluid dynamics (CFD) techniques,
different steps in CFD techniques, criteria and essentialities of good CFD techniques.
Finite Difference Method (FDM): Application of FDM to model problems, steady and
unsteady problems, implicit and explicit approaches, errors and stability analysis, direct and
iterative solvers. Finite Volume Method (FVM): FVM for diffusion, convection-diffusion
problem, different discretization schemes, FVM for unsteady problems.
Prediction of Viscous Flows: Pressure Poisson and pressure correction methods for solving
Navier-Stokes equation, SIMPLE family FVM for solving Navier-Stokes equation, modelling
turbulence.
CFD for Complex Geometry: Structured and unstructured, uniform and non-uniform grids,
different techniques of grid generations, curvilinear grid and transformed equations.
Lattice Boltzman and Molecular Dynamics: Boltzman equation, Lattice Boltzman equation,
Lattice Boltzman methods for turbulence and multiphase flows, Molecular interaction, potential
and force calculation, introduction to Molecular Dynamics algorithms.
Text Book/ Reference Books:
o J. D. Anderson, “Computational Fluid Dynamics”, McGraw-Hill Inc. (1995).
o S. V. Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”, Hemisphere Pub.
(1980).
o K. Muralidhar, and T. Sundarajan, “Computational Fluid Flow and Heat
Transfer”, Narosa (2003).
o D. A. Anderson, J. C. Tannehill and R. H. Pletcher, “Computational Fluid
Mechanics and Heat Transfer”, Hemisphere Pub. (1984).
o M. Peric and J. H. Ferziger, “Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics”,
Springer (2001).
o H. K. Versteeg and W. Malalaskera, “An Introduction to Computational Fluid
Dynamics”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (2008).
o C. Hirsch, “Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows”,
Butterworth-Heinemann, (2007).
o J. M. Jaile, “Molecular Dynamics Simulation: Elementary Methods”, Willey
Professional, 1997.
o A. A. Mohamad, “Lattice Boltzman Method: Fundamentals and Engineering
Applications with Computer Codes”, Springer (2011).
469
NONLINEAR OPTIMIZATION
Course Code :15 ME 52C2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Nonlinear programming: Convex sets and convex functions, their properties, convex
programming problem, generalized convexity, Pseudo and Quasi convex functions, Invex
functions and their properties, KKT conditions.
Goal Programming: Concept of Goal Programming, Model Formulation, Graphical solution
method.
Separable programming. Geometric programming: Problems with positive coefficients up to
one degree of difficulty, Generalized method for the positive and negative coefficients.
Search Techniques: Direct search and gradient methods, Unimodal functions, Fibonacci
method, Golden Section method, Method of steepest descent, Newton-Raphson method,
Conjugate gradient methods.
Dynamic Programming: Deterministic and Probabilistic Dynamic Programming, Discrete and
continuous dynamic programming, simple illustrations.
Multiobjective Programming: Efficient solutions, Domination cones.
Text Books:
o Mokhtar S. Bazaaraa, Hanif D. Shirali and M.C.Shetty, Nonlinear Programming,
Theory and Algorithms, John Wiley & Sons, New York (2004).
Reference Books:
o D. G. Luenberger, Linear and Nonlinear Programming, Second Edition, Addison
Wesley (2003).
o R. E. Steuer, Multi Criteria Optimization, Theory, Computation and Application,
John Wiley and Sons, New York (1986).
470
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
Course Code :15 ME 52D1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Automation: Introduction, automation principles and strategies, basic elements of advanced
functions, levels modeling of manufacturing systems.
Material handling: Introduction, material handling systems, principles and design, material
transport system: transfer mechanisms automated feed cut of components, performance analysis,
uses of various types of handling systems including AGV and its various guiding technologies.
Storage system: Performance, location strategies, conventional storage methods and equipments,
automated storage systems.
Automated manufacturing systems: Components, classification, overview, group technology and
cellular manufacturing, parts classification and coding, product flow analysis, cellular
manufacturing, application considerations in G.T.
FMS: Introduction, components, application, benefits, planning and implementation, transfer
lines and fundamentals of automated production lines, application, analysis of transfer line
without internal storage (numerical problems).
Inspection Technology: Introduction, contact and non-contact conventional measuring, gauging
technique, CMM, surface measurement, machine vision, other optical inspection techniques,
non-contact non-optical inspection technologies versus.
Manufacturing support system: Process planning and concurrent engineering- process planning,
CAPP, CE and design for manufacturing, advanced manufacturing planning, production
planning and control system, master production schedule, MRP.
Capacity planning, shop floor control, inventory control, MRP-II, J.I.T production systems. lean
and agile manufacturing.
Text Books
o M.P. Groover, Automation, “Production Systems and Computer Integrated
manufacturing”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education (2004).
References Books
o Vajpayee, “Principles of CIM”, PHI, 1992.
o Viswanathan and Narahari, “Performance Modeling of Automated Manufacturing
Systems”, PHI, 2000.
o R.S. Pressman, “Numerical Control and CAM, John Wiley , 1993.
471
FUZZY SETS AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Course Code :15 ME 52D2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Basic Concepts of Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Logic, Zadeh’s Extension Principle, Operations on Fuzzy
Sets, Fuzzy Measures, Probability and Possibility Measures, Fuzzy Inference Methodologies,
Fuzzy Relations, Applications of Fuzzy Sets in Management, Decision Making, Medicine and
Computer Science.
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Production System and Artificial Intelligence, Problem
Solving by Search, Predicate Calculus, Knowledge Representation, Semantics Nets, Frames,
Conceptual Dependencies, Knowledge Bases and Expert Systems, Fuzzy Rule, Neuro Fuzzy
Approaches, Case Studies in Various Domain.
Texts:
o S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, 2nd Ed,
Prentice Hall, 2003.
o H.J.Zimmermann, Fuzzy Set Theory and Its Applications, 2nd Ed., Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1996.
o D.Dubois and H. Prade, Fuzzy Sets and Systems: Theory and Applications,
Academic Press, 1980.
References:
o E. Charniak and D. McDermott, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Addison-
Wesley, 1985.
o E. Rich, Artificial Intelligence, McGraw-Hill, 1983.
o P. H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, Addison Wesley, 1993.
o J.Yen and R.Langari, Fuzzy Logic Intelligence, Control, and Information, Pearson
Education, 2005.
o T.J.Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
o J.Kacprzyk, Multistage Fuzzy Control, Wiley, 1997.
472
M.TECH - THERMAL ENGINEERING
First Year (First Semester):
S.
No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 ME 5109
Numerical Methods in Thermal
engineering
3
2
0
4
4
2
15 ME 5110
Advanced Thermodynamics
3
2
0
4
4
3
15 ME 5111
Design of Thermal Systems
3
2
0
4
4
4
15 ME 5112
Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer
3
2
0
4
4
5
Elective – 1
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 2
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5149
Seminar
0
0
4
4
2
Total
18
4
8
30
24
First Year (Second Semester) :
S. No.
Course Code
Course Title
Periods
Contact
Hours
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 ME 5213
Incompressible and Compressible
Flows
3
2
0
4
4
2
15 ME 5214
Computational Fluid Dynamics
3
0
2
5
4
3
15 ME5215
Refrigeration and Cryogenics
3
2
0
4
4
4
15 ME 5216
Measurements in Thermal
Engineering
3
2
0
4
4
5
Elective – 3
3
0
0
3
3
6
Elective - 4
3
0
0
3
3
7
15 IE 5250
Term Paper
0
0
4
4
2
Total
18
4
8
30
24
Second Year (First & Second Semester) :
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
1
15 IE 6050
Dissertation
0
0
72
36
473
ELECTIVE COURSES
S.No
Course code
Course Title
Periods
Credits
L
T
P
Elective-1
1
15 ME 51E1
Heat Exchanger Design
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 51E2
Convection and Two-Phase Flow
3
0
0
3
3
15 ME 51E3
Compact Heat Exchangers
3
0
0
3
Elective-2
1
15 ME 51F1
Engine Systems and Performance
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 51F2
IC Engine Combustion and Pollution
3
0
0
3
3
15 ME 51F3
Alternative Fuels
3
0
0
3
Elective-3
1
15 ME 52G1
Principles of Turbo-machinery
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 52G2
Gas Turbine Engineering
3
0
0
3
3
15 ME 52G3
Turbo-Compressors
3
0
0
3
Elective-4
1
15 ME 52H1
Energy Conservation, Management & Audit
3
0
0
3
2
15 ME 52H2
Renewable Energy Technology
3
0
0
3
3
15 ME 52H3
Solar Energy and Wind Energy
3
0
0
3
474
NUMERICAL METHODS IN THERMAL ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 ME 5109 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Mathematical Description of the Physical Phenomena: Governing equations—mass, momentum,
energy, species, General form of the scalar transport equation, Elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic
equations, Behavior of the scalar transport equation with respect to these equation type; Discretization
Methods: Methods for deriving discretization equations-finite difference, finite volume and finite
element method, Method for solving discretization equations, Consistency, stability and convergence;
Diffusion Equation: 1D-2D steady diffusion, Source terms, non-linearity, Boundary conditions, interface
diffusion coefficient, Under-relaxation, Solution of linear equations (preliminary), Unsteady diffusion,
Explicit, Implicit and Crank-Nicolson scheme, Two dimensional conduction, Accuracy, stability and
convergence revisited; Convection and Diffusion: Steady one-dimensional convection and diffusion,
Upwind, exponential, hybrid, power, QUICK scheme,Two-dimensional convection-diffusion, Accuracy
of Upwind scheme; false diffusion and dispersion, Boundary conditions; Flow Field Calculation:
Incompressibility issues and pressure-velocity coupling, Primitive variable versus other methods,
Vorticity-stream function formulation, Staggered grid, SIMPLE family of algorithms; Numerical
Methods for Radiation: Radiation exchange in enclosures composed of diffuse gray surfaces, Finite
volume method for radiation, Coupled radiation-conduction for participating media
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Numerical heat transfer and fluid flow, S. V. Patankar, Hemisphere publishing company
(1980)
2. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, J. C. Anderson, D. A. Tanehil and R. H.
Pletcher, Taylor & Francis publications, USA (1997)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Advances in numerical heat transfer, (Eds.) W. J. Minkowycz, E. M. Sparrow, Taylor &
Francis publications (1997)
2. Heat Transfer - Mathematical Modelling, Numerical Methods and Information Technology, (Ed.)
A. Belmiloudi, InTech Publications (2011)
3. Numerical heat transfer by T. M. Shih, Hemisphere publications company (1984)
4. Numerical methods in thermal problems: Proceedings of seventh international
conference held in Staford, USA, Volumes 1-2, (Eds.) K. Morgan (1991)
5. Computational Heat Transfer, Mathematical Modelling, A. A. Samarskii, P. N.
Vabishchevich, John Wiley & Sons (1995)
6. Hand book of numerical heat transfer, W. J. Minkowycz, E. M. Sparrow, G. E. Schneider,
R. H. Pletcher, Wiley publishers (2001)
475
ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS
Course Code :15 ME 5110 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Review of first and second law of thermodynamics, Maxwell equations, Joule-Thompson
experiment, irreversibility and availability, exergy analysis, phase transition, types of equilibrium
and stability, multi-component and multi-phase systems, equations of state, chemical
thermodynamics, combustion. Third law of thermodynamics, Kinetic theory of gases-
introduction, basic assumption, molecular flux, equation of state for an ideal gas, collisions with
a moving wall, principle of equi-partition of energy, classical theory of specific heat capacity.
Transport phenomena-intermolecular forces, The Vander Waals equation of state, collision cross
section, mean free path, Statistical thermodynamics- introduction, energy states and energy
levels, macro and micro-scales, thermodynamic probability, Bose-Einstein, Fermi-Dirac,
Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics, distribution function, partition energy, statistical interpretation of
entropy, application of statistics to gases-mono-atomic ideal gas.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, A. Bejan, Wiley and sons, (2006)
2. Thermodynamics, J. P. Holman, McGraw-Hill Inc., (1998)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Advanced Thermodynamics for Engineers, Kenneth Wark, McGraw-Hill
2. Thermodynamics, Kinetic theory, and Statistical thermodynamics, F. W. Sears,
and G. L. Salinger, Narosa Publishing House (1998)
3. Fundamentals of Engineering thermodynamics, M. J. Moron, and H. N. Shapiro,
John Wiley& Sons
4. Heat and thermodynamics, M. W. Zemansky, and R. H. Dittman, Mc_Graw Hill
International (2007)
476
DESIGN OF THERMAL SYSTEMS
Course Code :15 ME 5111 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Modeling of Thermal Systems: types of models, mathematical modeling, curve fitting,
linear algebraic systems, numerical model for a system, system simulation, methods for
numerical simulation; Acceptable Design of a Thermal System: initial design,
design strategies, design of systems from different application areas, additional
considerations for large practical systems; Economic Considerations: calculation of
interest, worth of money as a function of time, series of payments, raising capital, taxes,
economic factor in design, application to thermal systems; Problem Formulation for
Optimization: optimization methods, optimization of thermal systems, practical aspects
in optimal design, Lagrange multipliers, optimization of constrained and unconstrained
problems, applicability to thermal systems; search methods: single-variable problem,
multivariable constrained optimization, examples of thermal systems; geometric, linear,
and dynamic programming and other methods for optimization, knowledge-based
design and additional considerations, professional ethics. Optimization, Objective
function formulation, Constraint equations, Mathematical formulation, Calculus
method, Dynamic programming, Geometric programming, linear programming
methods, solution procedures. Equation fitting, Empirical equation, best fit method,
method of least squares. Modeling of thermal equipments such as turbines,
compressors, pumps, heat exchangers, evaporators and condensers
TEXT BOOKS:
1. W.F. Stoecker, Design of Thermal Systems - McGraw-Hill
2. Y. Jaluria, Design and Optimization of Thermal Systems –CRC Press
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bejan, G. Tsatsaronis, M.J. Moran, Thermal Design and Optimization – Wiley.
2. R. F. Boehm, Developments in the Design of Thermal Systems – Cambridge
University Press.
3. N.V. Suryanarayana, Design & Simulation of Thermal Systems – MGH.
477
ADVANCED HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
Course Code :15 ME 5112 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction - review of heat transfer Fundamentals - transient conduction and extended surface
Heat Transfer, Unsteady heat conduction. Lumped capacity model, awareness of one-
dimensional unsteady results (charts; Biot and Fourier numbers), Brief review of Steady Laminar
and Turbulent Heat Transfer in External and Internal Flows - Heat Transfer at High Speeds -
Unsteady Laminar and Turbulent Forced Convection in Ducts and on Plates - Convection with
body forces, Boundary layers and internal flows. Awareness of these configurations, some
knowledge of internal flow energy balances, Convection correlations. Finding heat transfer
coefficients from Reynolds numbers and Rayleigh numbers, Heat Exchangers. Typical
configurations and epsilon-NTU analysis, phase-change heat transfer. General awareness of
processes of condensation and boiling in a pure substance, some use of correlations, Quenching
of metals, Leidenfrost problem, heat transfer of sprays, jets and films, Radiation basics -
Radiation in Enclosures - Gas Radiation - Diffusion and Convective Mass Transfer -
Combined Heat and Mass Transfer from Plates and in Pipes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Heat transfer, A. Bejan, John Wiley & Sons (1993)
2. Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer, A. Faghri, Y. Zhang, J. Howell, Global Digital
Press (2010)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A Heat Transfer Text Book, J. H. Lienhard iv, and J. H. Lienhard V, Phlogiston Press
(2008)
2. Heat and Mass Transfer, H. D. Baehr, and K. Stephan, Springer-Verlag (1998)
3. Heat transfer, F. M. White, Addision-Wesley (1984)
4. Basic heat and mass transfer, K. C. Rolle, Prentice-Hall (2000)
5. Heat Transfer – A practical approach, Y. A. Cengel, Tata McGraw-Hill (2002)
478
HEAT EXCHANGER DESIGN
Course Code :15 ME 51E1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Heat Exchangers-Introduction, C1assfication, and Selection. Heat Exchanger Thermo-Hydraulic
Fundamentals. Heat Exchanger Design. Compact Heat Exchangers. Shell and Tube Heat
Exchanger Design. Regenerators. Plate Heat Exchangers and Spiral Plate Heat Exchangers.
Heat-Transfer Augmentation. Fouling; Flow-Induced Vibration of Shell and Tube Heat
Exchangers. Mechanical Design of Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. Corrosion; Material
Selection and Fabrication. Quality Control and Quality Assurance and Nondestructive Testing.
Heat Exchanger Fabrication.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Heat Exchanges: Selection, Design and Construction, E. A. Saunders, Longman
Scientific and Technical (1988)
2. Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design, Ramesh K. Shah, Dusan P. Sekulic, Wiley
(2002)
REFERENCES
1. Heat Transfer, J. P. Holman, McGraw Hill, New York (1989)
2. Process Heat Transfer, CRC Press, G.F. Hewitt, G.L. Shires, T.R. Bott (1994)
3. Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer, J.G. Knudsen and D.L. Katz, McGraw Hill,
New York (1958)
4. Heat Exchanger Design Handbook, K. Thulukkanam, CRC Press (2013)
5. Heat Exchangers: Selection, Rating and Thermal Design, S. Kakaç and H. Liu, CRC
Press (2002)
6. Fluid Mechanics and Transfer Processes, Cambridge University Press, J. M. Kay, and R.
M. Nedderman (1985)
7. Heat exchanger design handbook, Hemisphere publishing corp., (1981)
479
CONVECTION AND TWO-PHASE FLOW
Course Code :15 ME 51E2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Introduction to two-phase flow and heat transfer technology, Liquid-vapor phase change
phenomena, Interfacial tension, Wetting phenomenon, Contact angles, Transport effects,
Dynamic behavior of interfaces, Phase stability and nucleation, Two-phase flow fundamentals,
Flow patterns and map representation, Development of homogeneous, separated flow and drift
flux models, Flooding mechanisms, Boiling Fundamentals, Homogeneous and heterogeneous
nucleation, Pool boiling and convective flow boiling, Heat transfer and CFH mechanisms,
Enhancement techniques, Condensation fundamentals, External and internal condensation, Film
condensation theory, Drop-wise condensation theory, Enhancement techniques, Application of
two-phase flow and heat transfer, Electronics thermal management, Latent heat storage devices,
Gravity assisted thermo-siphons/Vapor chambers, Theory and operation of Conventional heat
pipes, Micro heat pipes, Pulsating heat pipes, Capillary pumped loops/ Loop heat pipes, Micro
two-phase heat exchangers, Static and dynamic instabilities, micro-scale boiling and
condensation, atomistic nucleation models.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Liquid Vapor Phase Change Phenomena, Van P. Carey, Taylor & Francis
2. Boundary layer theory, H. Schlichting, Springer (2002)
REFERENCES
1. Heat Transfer - Incropera and Dewitt, John Wiley and Sons
2. One Dimensional Two-Phase Flow, G. B. Wallis, McGraw Hill (1969)
3. Heat transfer, McGraw Hill book, C. Gebhart (1961)
4. Convective Boiling And Condensation by Collier John (Oxford Engineering Science)
5. Two-phase Flow and Heat Transfer - P. B. Whalley (Oxford Engineering Science)
6. Heat Transfer Characteristics in Boiling and Condensation by Karl Stephan (Springer)
7. Heat Pipe Technology and Applications by J. P. Peterson (John Wiley & Sons)
480
COMPACT HEAT EXCHANGERS
Course Code :15 ME 51E3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Classification of heat exchangers - compactness - heat transfer correlation for laminar
and turbulent flow through channels, fins their geometries and efficiently. Applications
and selection of compact heat exchangers. Basic heat exchangers theory related to
compact heat exchangers - Definition of important HX parameters - ε NTU, F - LMTD,
P-NTU, P-θ and combination charts. Coupling of heat exchangers, effect of longitudinal
conduction in compact heat exchangers, effects of variable property and heat transfer
coefficient, core pressure drop and velocity distribution in compact heat exchangers.
Contraction and expansion pressure loss. Compact recuperators - Advantages and
disadvantages of plates fin and tube fin heat exchangers - fin configuration, heat
transfer and pressure drop data in finned heat exchangers, importance of laminar flow
in finned recuperators and entry length effect. Plate and frame heat exchangers -
Advantages of PHE, Plate geometry and flow configurations, effectiveness and pressure
drop in PHE, Fouling in PHE. Thermal regenerations - working principle of periodic
flow and rotary regenerators, transient temperature profile, Hausen's chart,
optimization of thermal storage. Heat Pipe Heat Exchangers - Working principles, Wick
types, various operating limits of heat pipes, pressure gradient and heat transfer
requirements in heat pipe heat exchangers. Use of compact heat exchangers in
multiphase applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Heat Exchangers Selection, Rating and Thermal design, Sadik Kakac, Hongtan Liu,CRC
Press (2002)
2. Heat Exchanger Design, P Arthur. Frass, John Wiley & Sons (1988)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Heat Exchangers, Theory and Practice, Taborek.T, Hewitt.G.F and Afgan.N, McGraw-
Hill Book Co. (1980)
2. Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design, Ramesh K. Shah, Dusan P. Sekulic, Wiley
(2002)
3. Process Heat Transfer, Hewitt.G.F, Shires.G.L, Bott.T.R, CRC Press (1994)
481
ENGINE SYSTEMS AND PERFORMANCE
Course Code :15 ME 51F1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Working principle; Constructional details; Classification and application of different
types of I.C. Engines; Wankel and other rotary engines; Operation of the Stirling engine;
Mixture preparation systems for SI and CI engines; Combustion chambers; Ignition,
lubrication and cooling systems; Speed governing systems; Intake and exhaust systems;
Supercharging methods; Turbocharger matching; Aero-thermodynamics of
compressors and turbines; Engine Testing and performance; Effects of engine design
and operating parameters on performance and emissions
TEXT BOOKS
1. John B Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Tata McGraw-Hill
(1988)
2. Elements of gas turbine technology, J. D. Mattingly, Tata McGrawHill (2005)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ganesan V, Internal Combustion Engines , Third Edition, Tata Mcgraw-Hill , 2007
2. Gas turbine theory, Cohen, Rogers, Saravanamutto, Pearson education (2001)
3. Patterson D.J. and Henein N.A, “Emissions from combustion engines and their control”
Ann Arbor Science publishers Inc, USA, 1978
4. Gupta H.N, “Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines” ,Prentice Hall of India,
2006
5. Ultrich Adler ,” Automotive Electric / Electronic Systems, Published by Robert Bosh,
GmbH,1995
IC ENGINE COMBUSTION AND POLLUTION
Course Code :15 ME 51F2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
482
Syllabus:
Role of fuel in engine combustion, selection of fuels, Basic combustion processes for SI
and CI engines - Factors affecting combustion in these engines - Combustion chambers -
Instrumentation to study the combustion process in engines. Pollution formation in SI
and CI engines - Factors affecting emissions - Control measures for evaporative
emissions - Thermal reactors and catalytic converters - Engine modifications to reduce
emissions - Instrumentation to measure pollutants - Emission standards and testing.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals- John B. Heywood, Pub.-McGraw
Hill, New York
2. Engineering fundamental of the I.C.Engine – Willard W. Pulkrabek Pub. PHI,
India
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of I.C. Engines - P.W. Gill, J.H. Smith & Ziurys- IBH & Oxford
pub.
2. Internal Combustion Engines –V. Ganesan, Pub.-Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Internal Combustion Engines & Air pollution- Obert E.F, Pub.-Hopper & Row
Pub., New York
483
ALTERNATIVE FUELS
Course Code :15 ME 51F3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Fossil fuels and their limitations; Engine requirements; Potential alternative liquid and
gaseous fuels; Methods of production; Properties, safety aspects, handling and
distribution of various liquid alternative fuels like alcohols, vegetable oils, Di-methyl
and Di-ethyl ether etc., their use in engines, performance and emission characteristics;
Conversion of vegetable oils to their esters and effect on engine performance; Use of
gaseous fuels like biogas, LPG, hydrogen, natural gas, producer gas etc. in SI/CI
engines; Production, storage, distribution and safety aspects of gaseous fuels. Different
approaches like dual fuel combustion and surface ignition to use alternative fuels in
engines; Use of additives to improve the performance with alternative fuels; Hybrid
power plants and fuel cell.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard.L.Bechfold – Alternative Fuels Guide Book - SAE International Warrendale
- 1997.
2. Handbook of Alternative Fuel Technologies, Sungyu Lee, CRC Press
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Alternative Fuels: Emissions, Economics, and Performance, Timothy T. Maxwell, Jesse
C. Jones, SAE International (1991)
2. Nagpal - “Power Plant Engineering” - Khanna Publishers – 1991
3. Maheswar Dayal - Energy Today & Tomorrow - I & B Horishr India - 1982.
4. “Alcohols as motor fuels progress in technology” - Series No.19 - SAE Publication
USE – 1980
5. SAE paper nos. 840367, 841333, 841334, 841156, Transactions, SAE, USA.
484
INCOMPRESSIBLE AND COMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOWS
Course Code :15 ME 5213 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Definition and properties of Fluids, Fluid as continuum, Langragian and Eulerian description,
Velocity and stress field, Fluid statics, Fluid Kinematics, Reynolds transport theorem, Integral
and differential forms of governing equations: mass, momentum and energy conservation
equation, Couette flows, Poiseuille flows, Fully developed flows in non-circular cross-sections,
Unsteady flows, Creeping flows, Revisit of fluid kinematics, Stream and Velocity potential
function, Circulation, Irrotational vortex, Basic plane potential flows: Uniform stream; Source
and Sink; Vortex flow, Doublet, Superposition of basic plane potential flows, Flow past a
circular cylinder, Magnus effect; Kutta-Joukowski lift theorem; Concept of lift and drag,
Boundary layer equations, Boundary layer thickness, Boundary layer on a flat plate, similarity
solutions, Integral form of boundary layer equations, Approximate Methods, Flow separation,
Entry flow into a duct, Basic concepts of thermodynamics, governing equations in various forms,
concept of Mach number, one dimensional flows and normal shock wave, Rayleigh and Fanno
flows, Two dimensional flows and oblique shock waves, θ-B-M relations, understanding of
shock interaction and shock reflection with various graphs, Prandtl- Mayer expansion, shock-
expansion theory, quasi one dimensional flows, method of characteristics and, unsteady wave
motion and introduction to various experimental facilities for these speed ranges.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Boundary layer theory, H. Schlichting, and K. Gersten, Springer (2000)
2. Elements of gas Dynamics, H. W. Liepmann & A. Roshko, Dover Publications
(2002)
3. Viscous fluid flow, F. M. White, Mc-Graw Hill (2005)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, E. J. Shaughnessy, I. M. Katz and J. P. Schaffer, Oxford
University Press (2004)
2. Compressible fluid flow, M. A. Saad, Prentice Hall (1985)
3. Incompressible flow, R. L. Panton, John Wiley & Sons (2005)
4. Advanced Fluid Mechanics, Som, and Biswas, Tata McGraw Hill (2008)
5. The dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible fluid flow, Vol. 1 & 2, A. H.
Shapiro, Ronald Press (1954)
485
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
Course Code :15 ME 5214 L-T-P : 3-0-2
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction: Conservation equation; mass; momentum and energy equations; convective forms
of the equations and general description, Classification and Overview of Numerical Methods:
Classification into various types of equation; parabolic elliptic and hyperbolic; boundary and
initial conditions; over view of numerical methods, Finite Difference Technique: Finite
difference methods; different means for formulating finite difference equation; Taylor series
expansion, integration over element, local function method; treatment of boundary conditions;
boundary layer treatment; variable property; interface and free surface treatment; accuracy of FD
method, Finite Volume Technique: Finite volume methods; different types of finite volume
grids; approximation of surface and volume integrals; interpolation methods; central, upwind and
hybrid formulations and comparison for convection-diffusion problem, Finite Element Methods:
Finite element methods; Rayleigh-Ritz, Galerkin and Least square methods; interpolation
functions; one and two dimensional elements; applications, Methods of Solution: Solution of
finite difference equations; iterative methods; matrix inversion methods; ADI method; operator
splitting; fast Fourier transform, Time integration Methods: Single and multilevel methods;
predictor-corrector methods; stability analysis; Applications to transient conduction and
advection-diffusion problems, Numerical Grid Generation: Numerical grid generation; basic
ideas; transformation and mapping, Navier-Stokes Equations: Explicit and implicit methods;
SIMPLE type methods; fractional step methods, Turbulence modeling: Reynolds averaged
Navier-Stokes equations, RANS modeling, DNS and LES.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, C. Hirsch, Vols. I & II, John
Wiley & Sons (2004)
2. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, H. K. Versteeg & W. Malalasekera,
Longman Scientific & Technical (1995)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, J. C. Anderson, D. A. Tannehil and
R. H. Pletcher, Taylor & Francis publications, USA (1997)
2. Fundamentals of CFD, T. K. Sengupta, Universities Press (2004)
3. Computational Fluid Dynamics, T. J. Chung, Cambridge University Press (2002)
4. Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, J. H. Ferziger and M. Peric, Springer (1997)
5. Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics, C. A. J. Fletcher, Vols. I & II, Springer-
Verlag (1996)
486
REFRIGERATION AND CRYOGENICS
Course Code :15 ME 5215 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Review of Basic Thermodynamics, Properties of Cryogenic fluids, First and Second Law
approaches to the study of thermodynamic cycles, Isothermal, Adiabatic and Isenthalpic
processes. Production of Low Temperatures: Liquefaction systems, ideal, Cascade, Linde
Hampson and Claude cycles and their derivatives; Refrigerators: Stirling, Gifford-McMahon
cycles and their derivatives. Cryogenic Insulations: Foam, Fibre, powder and Multilayer.
Applications of Cryogenics in Industry, Space Technology, Nuclear Technology, Biology and
Medicine, Matter at low temperatures: specific heat, thermal conductivity, electrical
conductivity, magnetic and mechanical properties; Review of free electron and band theory of
solids: Basic properties of Superconductors; out lines of Ginzbarg Landau and Bardeen-Cooper-
Schrieffer theories of superconductivity: Super-conducing tunneling phenomena; Introduction to
type II superconductivity including flux flow and critical current density: High temperature
superconductivity. Properties of liquid
4
He and
3
He; Production of very low temperatures by
Adiabatic demagnetization, dilution refrigeration and nuclear demagnetization and their
measurements.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Stoecker, and Jones ()
2. Cryogenics Systems, R. F. Barron, Oxford Univesity Press (1985)
3. Cryogenics: Theory, Processes and Applications, Allyson E. Hayes, Nova Science Pub
Incorporated (2010)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Jordan, and Priester, Prentice Hall India ()
2. A text book of Cryogenics, V. V. Kostionk, Discovery publishing house pvt. Ltd. (2003)
3. Principles of Refrigeration by Dossat. , Thomas J. Horan: Books.
4. Heating, Ventilating, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration by Billy C. Langley,
Prentice Hall
5. Haselden, G. G. (1971) Cryogenic fundamentals Academic Press, New York
487
MEASUREMENTS IN THERMAL ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 ME 5216 L-T-P : 3-2-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 4
Syllabus:
Introduction to measurements for scientific and engineering applications - need and
goal - broad category of methods for measuring field and derived quantities; Principles
of measurement - parameter estimation - regression analysis - correlations - error
estimation and data presentation - analysis of data; Measurement of field quantities -
thermometry - heat flux measurement - measurement of force, pressure, flow rate,
velocity, humidity, noise, vibration - measurement of the above by probe and non
intrusive techniques; Measurement of derived quantities - torque, power, thermo-
physical properties - radiation and surface properties; Analytical methods and pollution
monitoring - mass spectrometry -chromatography - spectroscopy.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Measurement in fluid mechanics, S. Tauvulorais, Cambridge University Press
(2009)
2. Experiments and Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers, H.W. Coleman and W.G. Steele Jr.,
Wiley & Sons, New York, (1989)
3. Fundamentals of temperature, pressure and flow measurement, R. P. Benedict,
John Wiley and Sons (2003)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fluid mechanics and measurements, R. J. Goldstein, Taylor & Francis (1996)
2. Hand book of experimental fluid mechanics, C. Tropea, Y. Alexander, J. F. Foss,
Springer (2007)
3. The measurement of turbulent fluctuations, Smolyakov, and Tkachenko,
Springer-Verlag (1983)
4. Thermal and flow measurements, T. W. Lee, CRC Press (2008)
488
PRINCIPLES OF TURBO MACHINERY
Course Code :15 ME 52G1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Classification - Specific work - Representation of specific work in T-s and h-s diagrams -
Internal and external losses - Euler's equation of turbo-machinery - Ideal and actual
velocity triangles - Slip and its estimation - Impulse and reaction type machines -
Degree of reaction - Effect of outlet blade angle on blade shape - Model laws, specific
speed and shape number - Special features of hydro, steam and gas turbines -
Performance characteristics of turbo-machines - Cavitation, Surge and Stall - Thin
aerofoil theory - Cascade mechanics. Use of CFD for Turbo-machinery analysis and
design.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Turbomachinery by William W. Peng, John Wiley & Sons
2. Principles of turbomachinery, D. G. Shepherd, Macmilan, 1969
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ahmed F. El-Sayed; Aircraft Propulsion and Gas Turbine Engines; CRC press, 2008.
2. Turbine, Compressors and Fans by S.M.Yahya, TMH
3. Hydraulic and Compressible Flow Turbomachines by A.T.Sayers, Mc-Graw Hill
4. Principles of Turbomachinery by Seppo A. Korpella, John Wiley & Sons
5. Nicholas Cumpsty, Compressor Aerodynamics, 2004, Kreiger Publications, USA.
6. Elements of gastubine technology, J. D. Mattingly, Tata McGrawHill (2005)
489
GAS TURBINE ENGINEERING
Course Code :15 ME 52G2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Thermodynamics of gas turbines: Cycle analysis; Gas Turbine Components:
compressor, combustor, heat exchangers, turbine - description: analytical
considerations, performance; Matching of compressor and turbine: cooling of turbine
blades. Compressor and turbine impeller construction, blade fixing details, sealing;
Material selection for components, Protective coating for hot turbine parts, Components
fabrication techniques, Gas turbine turbocharger, gas turbine power generation, turbo
expander, gas turbine application, Closed cycle gas turbines, Co-generation -
Introduction, Thermodynamics of co-generation, Criteria for component performance,
Some practical schemes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elements of gas turbine technology, J. D. Mattingly, Tata McGrawHill (2005)
2. Gas turbine theory, Cohen, Rogers, Saravanamutto, Pearson education (2001)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ahmed F. El-Sayed; Aircraft Propulsion and Gas Turbine Engines; CRC press, 2008.
2. Turbine, Compressors and Fans by S.M.Yahya, TMH
490
TURBO COMPRESSORS
Course Code :15 ME 52G3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Thermodynamics of fluid flow and thermodynamic analysis of compression and expansion
processes: Sonic velocity and Mach number; Classification of fluid flow based on Mach
number; Stagnation and static properties and their relations; Compression process – Overall
isentropic efficiency of compression; Stage efficiency; Comparison and relation between overall
efficiency and stage efficiency; Polytropic efficiency; Preheat factor; Expansion Process –
Overall isentropic efficiency for a turbine; Stage efficiency for a turbine; Comparison and
relation between stage efficiency and overall efficiency for expansion process; polytropic
efficiency of expansion; Reheat factor for expansion process. Axial flow compressors,
propellers, centrifugal compressors. Equations of motion in axial and radial turbomachines.
Operation and performance of compressors. Compressor cascades and loss correlations.
Compressor instrumentation and testing. Supersonic compressors. Special aspects. Future trends.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hydraulic and Compressible Flow Turbomachines by A.T.Sayers, Mc-Graw Hill
2. Aerodynamics of turbines and compressors, (Ed.) W. R. Hawthorne, Vol. 10,
Princeton university press, 1964
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Turbine, Compressors and Fans by S.M.Yahya, TMH
2. Theory of turbo machinery, G.T. Csandy, McGrawHill, 1964
3. J H Horlock, Axial Flow Turbines, Butterworths, 1965, UK.
491
ENERGY CONSERVATION, MANAGEMENT AND AUDIT
Course Code :15 ME 52H1 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Energy Scenario - Basics of Energy and its various forms - Energy Management and -
Audit - Material and Energy Balance - Energy Action Planning - Financial Management
–Project Management - Energy Monitoring and Targeting - Global Environmental
Concerns. Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities - Fuels and Combustion – Boilers -
Steam System - Furnaces - Insulation and Refractory - FBC Boilers -Cogeneration -
Waste heat recovery. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities - Electrical Systems -
Electric Motors - Compressed Air System - HVAC and Refrigeration System - Fans and
Blowers - Pumps and Pumping System - Cooling Tower - Lighting System - Diesel
Generating System - Energy Efficient Technologies in Electrical Systems
Energy Performance Assessment for Equipment and Utility systems – Boilers –
Furnaces - Cogeneration, Turbines (Gas, Steam) - Heat Exchangers - Electric Motors and
Variable Speed Drives - Fans and Blowers - Water Pumps – Compressors. HVAC
Systems - Lighting Systems - Performing Financial Analysis - Applications of Non -
Conventional and Renewable Energy Sources - Waste Minimization and Resource
Conservation
TEXT BOOKS
1. CB Smith, Enegy Management Principles, Pergamon Press, NewYork, 1981
2. Hamies, Energy Auditing and Conservation; Methods, Measurements,
Management & Case study, Hemisphere, Washington, 1980
REFERENCES:
1. Trivedi, PR, Jolka KR, Energy Managemnent, Commonwealth Publication,
NewDelhi, 1997
2. Witte, Larry C, Industrial Energy Management & Utilization, Hemisphere
Publishers, Washington,1988
3. Diamant, RME, Total Energy, Pergamon, Oxford, 1970.
4. Guide book for National Certification Examination for Energy Managers and
Energy Auditors, Bureau of energy efficiencies, 2005.
RENEWABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGY
Course Code :15 ME 52H2 L-T-P : 3-0-0
492
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Sources: Renewable Energy Sources in India - Potential sites, availability. Solar Energy:
Measurement and collection, flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors, solar ponds,
photovoltaic conversion, Thermal energy storage. Ocean Energy: Principles of OTEC;
wave energy, tidal energy, energy conversion systems. Wind Energy: Principle,
potential and status; Wind Characteristics; National Wind Atlas; Theory of wind
turbine blades; Types of wind turbines and their characteristics. Biofuels: Sources and
potential, properties and characterization; Biogas generation through aerobic and
anaerobic digestion; Thermochemical methods of biofuel utilization: Combustion and
gasification; Status of biofuel technology. Geothermal Energy-Nature, types and
utilization. Applications: Applications of renewable energy sources - Typical examples.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Renewable Energy Resources, Twidell & Wier, CRC Press
2. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford
University Press, U.K., 1996.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. L.L. Freris, Wind Energy Conversion systems, Prentice Hall, UK, 1990
2. Renewable energy resources - Tiwari and Ghosal - Narosa.
3. Renewable Energy Technologies - Ramesh & Kumar - Narosa
4. Non-Conventional Energy Systems / K Mittal /Wheeler
5. Renewable energy sources and emerging technologies by
D.P.Kothari,K.C.Singhal, P.H.I
6. Non-Conventional EnergySources - G.D.Rai, KhannaPublishers
493
SOLAR ENERGY AND WIND ENERGY
Course Code :15 ME 52H3 L-T-P : 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: NIL Credits: 3
Syllabus:
Solar Radiation: Availability - Measurement and Estimation - Isotropic and an Isotropic
Models – Introduction to Solar Collectors (Liquid Flat - Plate Collector, Air Heater and
Concentrating Collector) and Thermal Storage - Steady State Transient Analysis - Solar
Pond - Solar Refrigeration. Modeling of Solar Thermal Systems And Simulations In
Process Design: Design of Active Systems by f-chart and Utilizability Methods - Water
Heating Systems - Active and Passive - Passive Heating and Cooling of Buildings -
Solar Distillation - Solar Drying. Photovoltaic Solar Cell: P-N Junction - Metal -
Schottky Junction, Electrolyte - Semiconductor Junction, Types of Solar Cells - their
Applications - Experimental Techniques to determine the Characteristics of Solar Cells -
Photovoltaic Hybrid Systems Photovoltaic Thermal Systems – Storage Battery - Solar
Array and their Characteristics Evaluation - Solar Chargeable Battery. Wind: Its
Structure - Statistics - Measurements and Data Presentation - Wind Turbine
Aerodynamics - Momentum Theories - Basics Aerodynamics - Airfoils and their
Characteristics - HAWT - Blade Element Theory - Prandtl's Lifting Line Theory
(prescribed wake analysis) - VAWT Aerodynamics - Wind Turbine Loads -
Aerodynamic Loads in Steady Operation - Wind Turbulence - Yawed Operation and
Tower Shadow. Wind Energy Conversion System (WECS): Siting - Rotor Selection -
Annual Energy Output - Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine (HAWT) Vertical Axis Wind
Turbine - Rotor Design Considertions - Number of Blades – Blade Profile -2/3 Blades
and Teetering - Coning - Upwind/Downwind - Power Regulation - Yaw System - Tower
- Synchronous and Asynchronous Generators and Loads – Integration of Wind Enengy
Converters to Electrical Networks - Inverters - Testing of WECS - WECS Control System
- Requirements and Startegies - Miscellaneous Topics - Noise etc - Other Applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. L.L.Freris, Wind Energy Conversion Systems, Prentice Hall, 1990.
2. J.A.Duffie and W.A.Beckman-Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes-John
Wiley (1991).
REFERNECE BOOKS:
1. S.P.Sukhatme-Solar Energy: principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata
McGraw-Hill (1984).
2. J.F.Kreider and F.Kreith-Solar Energy Handbook McGraw-Hill (1981).
3. D.A.Spera, Wind Turbine Technology: Fundamental concepts of Wind Turbine
Engineering, ASME Press.
